形容词和副词是历年英语高考的重点。要复习好这一块知识点，考生不仅要掌握其基础知识，同时要牢记其中的重点和难点，也是高考的热点。
1.形容词是用来修饰名词的，常被放在名词前作定语，或放在系动词后面作表语。而副词则用来修饰形容词、动词，其他副词或者句子，一般位于形容词之前，动词之后或句子之首。以下属几种情况，须牢记：
①几个并列的形容词作定语，其语序通常为：
限定语（the/a/an）+ 描绘性形容词 + size（大小）+ shape（形状）+ age（年龄、时间）+ color（颜色）+origin（国籍、来源）+material（材料）+ purpose（目的）+名词；
a heavy black Chinese steel umbrella,
the man’s first tow interesting little red French oil paintings
熟记口诀就可以顺利解题：限定描绘大长高，形状年龄和新老，颜色国籍跟材料，作用类别往后靠。
②形容词短语作定语，定语后置；
a language difficult to master,
a leaning tower about 180 feet high
This is a student worth of praise.
They will turn their motherland into a country, beautiful and modern.
③表语形容词（afraid、alike、alone、asleep、awake、alive等）作定语，定语后置；
a man alive：活着的人
有些表身体健康状况的形容词如well, faint, ill只作表语。sick既可作表语又可作定语，ill如作定语意为“bad”；
④形容词作定语修饰由不定代词one, no, any, some和every构成的复合词如anything、something等时，通常后置；
I have something important to tell you.
⑤enough、nearby修饰名词前置或后置，程度副词一般位于形容词、副词前面，enough修饰形容词、副词时，必须后置；
⑥else常用作疑问代词和不定代词的后置定语；
⑦几个副词并列作状语时，其顺序较灵活，但一般是：方式→地点→时间；
⑧频度副词如often, always, usually等在be动词后，行为动词前；
⑨副词作定语，定语后置；
The person there is waiting for you.
⑩复合形容词常用作定语。
He was a 12-year-old boy.
复合形容词的构成：
▲形容词+形容词：red-hot炽热的 dark-blue深蓝的
▲形容词+现在分词：good-looking好看的 easy-going随和的
▲副词+现在分词：hard-working勤劳的 fast-moving快速转动的
▲副词+过去分词：hard-won得来不易的 newly-made新建的
▲名词+形容词：life-long终生的 world-famous世界闻名的
▲名词+现在分词：peace-loving爱好和平的 fun-loving爱开玩笑的
▲名词+过去分词：snow-covered白雪覆盖的 hand-made手工的
▲形容词+名词-ed：kind-hearted好心的 white-haired白发的
▲数词+名词 + ed：four-storeyed 4层楼的 three-legged 3条腿的
▲数词+名词（名词用单数）：ten-year 10年的 two-man两人的
2.形容词作伴随状语和原因状语
He spent 7days in the wind and snow, cold and hungry.他在风雪中度过了7天，又冷又饿。
She stared into the distance, speechless for a long time.她盯着远处看，好长时间不讲话。
Afraid of being caught, the thief hid himself under a bed.因为害怕被抓，这个小偷藏在床下面。
象get, grow, become, feel, appear, prove, look, keep, smell, taste, sound, go, turn, remain等这些动词既可以用作为实义动词又可以用作连系动词，因而要根据上下文语境判断究竟是什么性质的动动词才能正确解题。
玛丽悲伤地看了看父母亲而她的父母亲看上去也很悲伤。
Mary looked sadly at her parents while her parents looked sad, too.（第一个“look”为实义动词，第二个 “look” 为连系动词）
形容词、副词有三个等级：原级、比较级和最高级，其构成形式如下：
规则变化：单音节词和少数双音节词，加词尾-er，-est来构成比较级和最高级
构成法 原级 比较级 最高级
一般单音节词未尾加-er, -est tall taller tallest
以不发音的e结尾的单音词和少数以-le结尾的双音节词只加-r,-st nice nicer nicest
以一个辅音字母结尾的闭音节单音节词，双写结尾的辅音字母，再加-er,-est big bigger biggest
"以辅音字母+y"结尾的双音节词，改y为i，再加-er，-est busy busier busiest
少数以-er,-ow结尾的双音节词未尾加-er,-est clevernarrow cleverernarrower cleverestnarrowest
其他双音节词和多音节词，在前面加more，most来构成比较级和最高级 importanteasily more importantmore easily most importantmost easily
不规则变化
原级 比较级 最高级
good/well better best
bad/ill worse worst
old older/elder oldest/eldest
much/many more most
little less least
far farther/further farthest/furthest
注意：many, old和far比较级及最高级用法的区别
①如果后接名词时，much more +不可数名词，many more +可数名词复数。
②old有两种比较级和最高级形式: older/oldest 和elder/eldest。elder，eldest只用于兄弟姐妹的长幼关系。
My elder brother is an engineer.
Mary is the eldest of the three sisters.
③far有两种比较级，farther，further..在英语中两者都可指距离。
在美语中，father表示距离，further表示进一步
I have nothing further to say.
1.原级的用法
表示双方在程度、性质、特征等某方面相等时，用“as+原级形容词/副词+ as”的结构；表示双方不相等时，用“not so(as)+原级形容词/副词+ as”的结构；表示一方是另一方的若干倍时，用“倍数+ as+原级形容词/副词+ as”的结构。
Xiao Wang is as tall as Xiao Yu.
This building looks not so (as)high as that one.
Miss Xu speaks English as fluently as you .
This room is three times as large as that one.
2.比较级的用法
①双方比较，表示一方超过另一方时，用“比较级+than”的结构表示；
This picture is more beautiful than that one.
注意：
▲比较对象的一致性
请看下面这道选择题：
The weather in China is different from__ __.
A. in America B. one in America C. America D. that in America
本题意为"中国的天气比美国热。"比较的是天气而不是国家，C不能选。A没有名词，后句成分不全，排除。B和D中，B中的one常用来代替可数名词，而that可车以代替不可数或抽象名词，所以选D。
▲要避免将主语包含在比较对象中
（错）China is larger than any country in Asia.（因为中国也属于亚洲）
（对）China is larger than any other countries in Asia.
▲注意比较对象的省略或隐藏：有时省略或不点明被比较的对象，而是通过语境来暗示被比较的对象。
请看下面这两道选择题：
If there were no examinations, we should have ___ at school.
A. the happiest time B. a more happier time C. much happiest time D. a much happier time
本题将比较的对象隐藏在虚拟条件句中，即：与没有考试的时候相比。本题答案选D。
I don’t think this film is by far the most boring.I have seen____________.
A. better B. worse C. the best D. the worst
由前文“我认为这部电影不是最没趣的”可知，“我看过(比这部)更差的电影”，省略了than this one。本题答案是B。
It takes a long time to go there by train; it's ________by road.
A. quick B. the quickest C. much quick D. quicker
由语境可知，句末省略了than by train，用比较级。本题答案是D。
②表示一方不及另一方时，用“less+原级+than”的结构表示；
This room is less beautiful than that one.
③表示一方超过另一方的程度或数量时，可在比较级前加表示程度的状语，如even, a lot, a bit, a little, still, much, far, yet, by far等修饰；
He works even harder than before.
注意：by far通常用于强调最高级。用于比较级时，一般放在比较级的后面，如在前面，应在二者中
间加“the”。
He is taller by far than his brother.
He is by far the taller of the two brothers.
④表示一方随另一方的程度而变化时，用“the +比较级（主语+谓语），the +比较级（主语+谓语）”
的结构（意为“越……越……”）；
The harder he works, the happier he feels.
⑤不与其他事物相比，表示本身程度的改变时，用“比较级+ and+比较级”的结构；
The weather is getting colder and colder.
The girl becomes more and more beautiful.
⑥某些以-ior结尾的形容词进行比较时，用to代替than。这些词有inferior（劣等的，次的）、superior（较
好的，优于……）、junior（资历较浅的）、senior（资格较老的）、prior（在……之前）等；
He is superior to Mr. Zhang in chemistry.
⑦在比较从句中为了避免重复，我们通常用that(those)、one(ones)代替前面出现的名词。that指物,one既可指人又可指物。that可代替可数名词单数和不可数名词，而one只能代替可数名词；
The book on the table is more interesting than that(或the one)on the desk.
A box made of steel is stronger than one made of wood.
⑧否定词+比较级
该结构用否定形式表示肯定意义。要掌握该结构的用法，须注意以下几点：
▲该结构多为“can't ／couldn't ＋比较级”的形式
I can't agree with you more.我再同意你的意见不过了。（或：我完全同意你的意见。）
The weather couldn't be worse.天气再糟糕不过了。
He couldn't have done better.他做得再好不过了。
▲用于该结构中的否定词除了not之外，还有no，never，nothing等
This could give her no greater pleasure.这使她再高兴不过了。
There's nothing cheaper.这东西再便宜不过了。
There is no greater love than that of a man who lays down his life for his friends.
为朋友而放弃生命的爱是最伟大的爱。
▲当该结构中的比较级为less时，其意义为“一点也不”
试比较：He couldn't care more.他非常介意。（或：他最关心不过了。）
He couldn't care less.他毫不介意。（或：他最漠不关心了。）
注意：反过来用肯定形式表示否定意义。这种用法主要见于：
▲know better than+不定式。这种结构意为“不至于”
You have a better command of French than to make such mistakes.
你的法语较好，不至于犯这样的错误。
He is more experienced than to do such a thing.
他比较有经验，不至于做这样的事。
▲more than…can。这种句型形式上是肯定，实际上有否定含义
The boys in the street have become very insolent and it is more than flesh and blood can bear.
街上的男孩变得非常无礼,到了人所不能忍受的地步。
The beauty of the place is more than I can describe.
那地方美得无法形容。
⑨倍数表达法
▲A is three(four, etc.)times the size(height, length etc.)of B.
The new building is four times the size(the height)of the old one.
这座新楼是那座旧楼的四倍大（高）/这座新楼比那座旧楼大（高）三倍。
▲A is three(four, etc.)times as big(high, long, etc.)as B.
Asia is four times as large as Europe. 亚洲是欧洲的四倍大/亚洲比欧洲大三倍。
▲A is three (four, etc.)times bigger(higher, longer, etc.)than B.
Your school is three times bigger than ours.你们的学校比我们的学校大三倍。
用times表倍数通常用于三倍以上，两倍可以用twice或double.
3.最高级的用法
①三者或三者以上相比，表示最高程度时，用“the +最高级”的结构表示。这种句式一般常有表示比
较范围的介词短语；
Zhang Hua is the tallest of the three.
He works(the)hardest in his class.
②最高级可被序数词以及much、by far、nearly、almost 、by no means、not quite、not really、nothing like
等词语所修饰；
This hat is by far / much / nearly / almost / not nearly / by no means / not quite / nothing like the biggest.
③表示“最高程度”的形容词，如excellent、extreme、perfect等，没有最高级，也没有比较级。
④形容词最高级修饰作表语或介词宾语的名词、代词时，被修饰的词往往省略；
He is the tallest(boy)in his class.
⑤作状语的副词最高级前可以不加定冠词。
Of all the boys he came(the)earliest.
4.形容词和副词前面使用冠词的情况
①形容词最高级前一般要加定冠词，副词最高级前可不加冠词；
②形容词最高级前有时加不定冠词，或不加冠词，不表比较，表示“非常”；
He is a most clever young policeman.(most=very)
The film is most interesting.(most=very)
③as+形容词+a+单数名词；
This is as good an example as the other is.
④表示两者间“较……的一个”比较级前加the；
who is the older of the tow boys
⑤在“the + 比较级……，the + 比较级……”结构中；
⑥在same前一般要加the；
⑦What +a/an+形容词+单数可数名词=How+形容词+ a/an+单数可数名词
What an interesting film it is！=How interesting a film it is!
⑧so和such的用法
so + 形容词 / 副词 + that …
so + 形容词 + a（n）+ 单数可数名词 + that …
so + many / much / little / few + 名词 + that …
such + a(n)+ 形容词+单数可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 复数名词 + that …
下列词组中为什么只能用so不可用such？
so much progress、so many people、so little food、so few apples等。
因为名词受many, much, little, few等表示“多或少”意义的词修饰。
下列这句中such用得对不对？（对）。为什么？
These are such little boys that they can’t dress themselves.
因为little在这儿表示“小”，而不是表示“少”的意思。
下列so的用法是错误的：so difficult problems, so hot weather
为什么？因为problems是复数，weather是不可数名词。
⑧有些形容词前加the 成为名词。如the poor, the rich 等。
5.由as/so组成的形容词或副词短语
①as much as +不可数名词：多达
Each stone weighs as much as fifteen tons.
②as many as +可数名词：多达
I have as a many as sixteen reference books.
③as early as：早在
As early as the twelfth century the English began to invade the island.
④as far as：远到；就……而知（论）
We might go as far as (走到)the church and back.
As far as I know（就我所知），he has been there before.
⑤may (might, could)as well：不妨、不如
Then you might as well stay with us here.
⑥as … as can be：到了最……的程度，极其
They are as unreliable as they can be.他们极其不可信。
⑦as … as one can：尽其所能
He began to run, as fast as he could.
⑧as … as possible：尽可能
Just get them to finish up as quickly as possible.
6.more /less than及其相关结构
第一类
①more than＋具体数字=over：多于、超过……
He spoke English more than two years.(两年多)
more than＋名词/动词/形容词/副词：不仅仅
China Daily is more than a newspaper and it can also help us learn English.
②not more than：不超过……，顶多……=at most
There were not more than 70 women in the store then.（不足70个女性）
③no more than：仅仅，只不过
The theater was no more than a painted barn.
这戏院只不过是漆了油漆的库房而已（没什么大不了的）。
④less than：少于、不足……
Their car broke down where they drove less than five miles.（不到五英里）
less than＋名词/形容词：仅仅
He is less than pleased to have visitors.
⑤not less than：……以上，至少……=at least
He has not less than 2oo dollars.（至少200美元）
⑥no less than：不会少于……，与……一样，简直就……
It is no less than robbery to ask me for so much.
要我这么多钱，简直跟抢劫没有两样。
第二类
①more＋形容词/副词/名词＋than：比……更……
I have found that he is a more efficient worker than any other one.
②more…than…：与其……不如……
He is not more an artist than a philosopher.
与其说他是位艺术家，不如说他是位哲学家。
③not more…than…：不如……，不及……
You are not more careful than he is.你不如他仔细。
She was not more pleased than I was.她不及我开心。
④no＋比较级＋than：仅仅……，最多……，只不过……，和……一样不
This kind of plant grows no higher than one inch.
这种植物最多长到一英寸。
The officials could see no more than the Emperor.
官员们看到的和皇帝一样多。
He is no more a good player than I am.
他和我一样都不是好球员（他也好不到哪里去）。
⑤less＋形容词/副词/名than：比……更少，不如……
Jane is less beautiful than Suan.
He is less slow than lazy at his work.=He is more lazy than slow at his work.
⑥not less…than：不比……少，不亚于……
She is not less charming than her daughter.她跟她女儿一样有魅力。
⑦no less…than：不会比……差，正如……一样”
A dolphin is no less a clever animal than a dog is.海豚不会比狗笨吧！
1.下列单词虽以-ly结尾，但却是形容词而非副词
deadly,friendly,lovely,likely,lonely,silly,lively,brotherly,weekly等。
2.有无ly的副词意义、用法有别
①意义用法不同
Someone followed me close behind me.有人紧跟着我。
Everyone felt that his remarks hit close to home.他的话击中了要害。
Come close to me and you’ll listen to me clearly.靠近我，你就会听清楚的。
These two topics are closely related.这两个课题紧密相连。
（close修饰介词短语、closely修饰动词和过去分词）
He hardly worked hard at maths so he could not pass the maths examination.
他几乎没有 努力学习数学，结果没有通过这次数学考试。
He always works late into the night.他总是工作到深夜。
Have you been to the cinema lately 你最近有没有看电影？
The meeting proceeded in a most friendly atmosphere.会见在极其友好的气氛中进行。
The present world situation is most favorable for the people.当前世界形势对人民非常有利。
They are mostly visiting scientists.= Most of them are visiting scientists.
②具体和抽象的关系
They buried the body very deep. 他们把尸体埋得很深。（具体）
His words deeply moved me. 他的话深深地打动了我。（抽象）
类似的词：high/highly, wide/widely
3.形容词和副词相同形式
①意义不一
She said with a half smile to me.她微笑着对我说。
Well begun is half done.良好的开端是成功的一半。
This kind of material feels very hard.这种材料摸上去很硬。
He found modern art very hard to understand.他觉得现代艺术很难理解。
He is working hard at maths.他在努力学习数学。
The door was fast shut.门紧闭着。
His father was fast asleep.他父亲睡得很香。
②意义基本相同
He got up so early that he caught the early bus.他起得早赶上了早班车。
What you need is a sound sleep.你所需要的是好好睡一觉。
His father was sound asleep. 他父亲睡得很香。
If he were well, he would do the work well.如果他身体好的话，他会把这项工作干好的。
4.搭配特别的形容词和副词
英语中有些形容词和副词与名词、动词、或另一形容词等的搭配与汉语不完全一样，在平时学习中通过运用要把它们掌握好。
特别注意下列有别于汉语的表达：
well worth很值得 wide awake很清醒
fast/sound asleep睡得很香 largely due to…主要因为
greatly respected/honored很受尊敬 rain/snow hard/heavily下大雨（大雪）
large/small population人口多（少） heavy traffic交通堵塞
5.体现两句间逻辑关系的连接性副词
解决这类问题，首先要弄清形容词和副词真正含义，在解题时要弄清上下文的逻辑关系。
常用的此类词有：besides而且、再说,instead而是，反而,though不过，可是，然而,however不过，仍然，然而,thus/therefore因此，所以,furthermore/moreover此外，而且，再者,otherwise/or否则，不然,anyhow/anyway反正，不管怎样,even so即便如此，即使这样,or rather更确切地说等等。
请看下列选择题：
①Progress so far has been very good. _______, we are sure that the project will be completed on time.
A. However B. Otherwise C. Therefore D. Besides
【解析】“一直进展良好”与“按时完工”是因果关系，用therefore。答案是C。
②The hurricane damaged many houses and business buildings;_____ , it caused 20 deaths.
A. or else B. therefore C. after all D. besides
【解析】由前后语境不难确定，是要表示“此外，还有，而且”，用besides。其它选项不合语境：or so大约；therefore因此；after all毕竟。答案是D。
③Much of the power of the trade unions has been lost. _ , their political influence should be very great.
A. As a result B. As usual C. Even so D. So far
【解析】由前后的语意逻辑可知，所填之词应是表示“即使如此”之意，用even so。句意：工会已经失去很多权力了；即使这样，他们的政治影响还应当还是很大的。答案是C。
6.too much和much too的区别
①too much有下列用法
too much的含义是“太多”，充当形容词用时，too是副词，用来修饰much，后接不可数名词。
I have too much homework to do.我有太多的家庭作业要做。
too much充当副词用时，可用来修饰动词
Watching TV too much is bad for your health.看电视看得太多对你的健康有害。
too much充当代词用时，后面不接名词，代替上下文提到的事物。
You gave me too much.你给我的太多了。
②much too意为“太”，much(副词)用来修饰too(副词)，以加强语气，只可起副词作用，在句中修饰形容词或副词。
It’s much too expensive.太贵了。
You walk(much)too far yesterday.昨天你散步走得太远了。
It’s much too cold.
7.too…to结构表达的不同意义
①“too＋形容词／副词＋动词不定式”结构简称为“too...to”结构。这种结构是英语中常用的一种句型，在大多数情况下表示否定意义，在翻译时，通常可译为“太……而不能……”、“太……无法……”。
English is too difficult for me to learn well.英语太难，我学不好。
The hat is too large to wear.这帽子太大，没法戴。
②“too...to”不表示否定意义的情况：too...to结构之前带有but, only, all, never, not时，是强调肯定的表示法，译作”非常……、十分……、实在……、真是太……”等；“too...to”结构中带有表示某种心情或描绘性的形容词或副词，如ready, eager, satisfied, kind, willing, easy, anxious等加动词不定式结合成一个不可分割的状态、态度、倾向或心情等。
I am but too glad to do so.我非常喜欢这样做。
Comrade Lei Feng was too ready to help others.雷锋同志乐于助人。
①We don’t care if a hunting dog smells_ ,but we really don’t want him to smell____.
A. well, well B. bad, bad C. well, badly D. badly, bad
【解析】
②After the long journey, the three of them went back home, _____ .
A. hungry and tiredly B. hungry and tired C. hungrily and tiredly D. hungrily and tired
【解析】
③Although she did not know Boston well, she made her way ______ to the Home Circle Building.
A. easy enough B. enough easy C. easily enough D. enough easily
【解析】
④______to take this adventure course will certainly learn a lot of useful skills.
A. Brave enough students B. Enough brave students
C. Students brave enough D. Students enough brave
【解析】
⑤John Smith, a successful businessman, has a ______car.
A. large German white B. large white German
C. white large German D. German large white
【解析】
⑥______students are required to take part in the boat race.
A. Ten strong young Chinese B. Ten Chinese strong young
C. Chinese ten young strong D. Young strong ten Chinese
【解析】
①He speaks English well indeed, but of course not ______a native speaker.
A. as fluent as B. more fluent than C. so fluently as D. much fluently than
【解析】
②It is to spend money on preventing illnesses by promoting healthy living
rather than spending it trying to make people after they are ill.
A. good; good B. well; better C. better; better D. better; good
【解析】
③—Did you take enough money with you
—No, I needed I thought I would.
A. not so much as B. as much as C. much more than D. much less than
【解析】
④I like this jacket better than that one，but it costs almost three times_____ .
A. as much B. as many C. so much D. so many
【解析】
⑤A rough estimate, Nigeria is __________ Great Britain.
A. three times the size as B. the size three times of
C. three times as the size of D. three times the size of
【解析】
⑥It looks like the weather is changing for ______ . Shall we stick to our plan
A. the worse B. worse C. the worst D. worst
【解析】
⑦I don’t think this film is by far the most boring. I have seen______.
A. better B. worse C. the best D. the worst
【解析】
①Your story is perfect; I’ve never heard before.
A. the better one B. the best one C. a better one D. a good one
【解析】
②—Did you enjoy yourself at the party
—Yes，I’ve never been to one before.
A. a more excited B. the most excited C. a more exciting D. the most exciting
【解析】
③David has won the first prize in singing; he is still very excited now and feels_____ desire to go to bed.
A. the most B. more C. worse D. the least
【解析】
④I used to earn _______than a pound a week when I first started work.
A. a little B. a few C. fewer D. less
【解析】
⑤A typhoon swept across tiffs area with heavy rains and winds _______strong as 113 miles per hour.
A. too B. very C. so D. as
【解析】
①You’re driving too fast. Can you drive
A. more slowly a bit B. slowly a bit more C. a bit more slowly D. slowly more a bit
【解析】
②I wish you’d do ________ talking and some more work. Thus things will become better.（2006江苏卷）
A. a bit less B. any less C. much more D. a little more
【解析】
①The weather was cold that I didn’t like to leave my room.
A. really B. such C. too D. so
【解析】
②We were in ______ when we left that we forgot the airline tickets.
A. a rush so anxious B. a such anxious rush C. so an anxious rush D. such an anxious rus
【解析】
①Alan is a careful driver, but he drives ______ of my friends.
A. more carefully B. the most carefully C. less carefully D. the least carefully
【解析】
②Of the two sisters, Betty is one, and she is also the one who loves to be quiet.
A. a younger B. a youngest C. the younger D. the youngest
【解析】
①My brother is really . He often works in his office far into the night.
A. open-minded B. hard-working C. self-confident D. warm-hearted
【解析】
②A new bus service to Tianjin Airport started to operate two months ago.
A. normal B. usual C. regular D. common
【解析】
③Since Tom downloaded a virus into his computer，he can not open the file now.
A. readily B. horribly C. accidentally D. irregularly
【解析】
④If it is quite _______ to you, I will visit you next Tuesday.
A. convenient B. fair C. easy D. comfortable
【解析】
2009年
1.(安徽卷) — Do you think it's a good idea to make friends with your students
— , I do. I think it's a great idea.
A. Really B. Obviously C. Actually D. Generally
【答案】
【解析】
2.(福建卷)It seems that living green is easy and affordable. A small step masks a big difference.
A. exactly B. fortunately C. surprisingly D. hardly
【答案】
【解析】
3.(湖北卷) As there is less and less coal and oil, scientists are exploring new ways of making use of energy, such as sunlight, wind and water for power and fuel.
A. primary B. alternative C. instant D. unique
【答案】
【解析】
4.(湖北卷) The questionnaire takes ten to fifteen minutes to complete and can be used along with the assessment interview.
A. mainly B. punctually C. approximately D. precisely
【答案】
【解析】
5.(湖南卷) I can ______ be a teacher. I’m not a very patient person.
A. seldom B. ever C. never D. always
【答案】
【解析】
6.(江苏卷) Compared with his sister, Jerry is even more _____ to, and more easily troubled by, emotional and relationship problems.
A. skeptical B. addicted C. available D. sensitive
【答案】
【解析】
7.(江西卷)Frank put the mediocre in the top drawer to make sure it would not be _______ to the kids.
A. accessible B. relative C. acceptable D. sensitive
【答案】
【解析】
8.(辽宁卷) Usually John would be late for meetings. But this time, to my surprise, he arrived on
time.
A little B much C ever D even
【答案】
【解析】
9.(全国I)How much she looked without her glasses!
A. well B. good C. best D. better
【答案】
【解析】
10.(全国II)The children loved their day trip, and they enjoyed the horse ride _________.
A. most B. more C. less D. little
【答案】
【解析】
11.(全国II)I’m sure that your letter will get ________ attention .They know you’re waiting for the reply.
A. continued B. immediate C. careful D. general
【答案】
【解析】
12.(全国II) It’s high time you had your hair cut; it’s getting _____.
A. too much long B. much too long C. long too much D. too long much
【答案】
【解析】
13.(天津卷) It was a nice house, but _______ too small for a family of live.
A. rarely B. fairly C. rather D. pretty
【答案】
【解析】
14.(天津卷) I’m not surprised that he became a writer. Even as a child he had a _____ imagination.
A. clear B. cautious C. funny D. vivid
【答案】
【解析】
15.（四川卷）My uncle’s house in the downtown area is much smaller than ours , but it is twice _______ expensive .
A. as B. so C. too D. very
【答案】
【解析】
16.(浙江卷) John is very ——if he promises to do something he’ll do it .
A. independent B. confident C. reliable D. flexible
【答案】
【解析】
17.(浙江卷) In the good care of the nurses, the boy is recovering from his heart operation.
A .quietly B. actually C. practically D. gradually
【答案】
【解析】
18.(浙江卷)It took building supplies to construct these energy-saving houses. It took brains, too.
A. other than B. more than C. rather than D. less than
【答案】
【解析】
19.(浙江卷)_______and short of breath, Andy and Ruby were the first to reach the top of Mount Tai.
A. the; a B. Tired C. Tiring D. Being tired
【答案】
【解析】
20.(浙江卷)The incomes of skilled workers went up. ______, unskilled workers saw their earnings fall.
A. Moreover B. Therefore C. Meanwhile D. Otherwise
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(全国I ) I have seldom seen my mother ________ pleased with my progress as she is now.
A. so B. very C. too D. rather
【答案】
【解析】
2.(全国II )The island is ____ attractive in spring and autumn because of the pleasant weather in both seasons.
A. partly B. merely C. nearly D. equally
【答案】
【解析】
3.(全国II )Mr. Black is very happy because the clothes made in his factory have never been .
A. popular B. more popular C. most popular D. the most popular
【答案】
【解析】
4. (安徽卷) _______, she is the sort of woman to spread sunshine to people through her smile.
A. Shy and cautious B. Sensitive and thoughtful
C. Honest and confident D. Lighthearted and optimistic
【答案】
【解析】
5. (福建卷)—Volunteering is becoming popular in China .
—Yeah, people are now aware that helping others is helping themselves.
A. naturally B. successfully C. splendidly D. increasingly
【答案】
【解析】
6.(福建卷)Drunk driving, which was once a occurrence, is now under control.
A. general B. frequent C. normal D. particular
【答案】
【解析】
7.(湖北卷)In the lecture, I can only give you a purely view of how we can live life to the full and make some suggestions about the future.
A. private B. personal C. unique D. different
【答案】
【解析】
8.(湖北卷)Mistakes don’t just happen; they occur for a reason. Find out the reason, and then making the mistake becomes .
A. favourable B. precious C. essential D. worthwhile
【答案】
【解析】
9.(湖北卷)If I find someone who looks like the suspect, my reaction will be to tell the police.
A. physical B. immediate C. sensitive D. sudden
【答案】
【解析】
10.(湖北卷)I wasn’t blaming anyone; I said errors like this could be avoided.
A. merely B. mostly C. rarely D. nearly
【答案】
【解析】
11.(湖南卷)Father ________goes to the gym with us although he dislikes going there.
A. hardly B. seldom C. sometimes D. never
【答案】
【解析】
12.(江西卷)Computers and mobile phones, though they are indeed making our life and more
, have reduced the need for face-to-face communication.
A. easily; efficient B. easy, efficient C. easy; efficiently D. easily; efficiently
【答案】
【解析】
13.(辽宁卷)Jim went to answer the phone. _______, Harry started to prepare lunch.
A. However B. Nevertheless C. Besides D. Meanwhile
【答案】
【解析】
14.(辽宁卷)We only had ＄100 and that was _______to buy a new computer.
A. nowhere near enough B. near enough nowhere
C. enough near nowhere D. near nowhere enough
【答案】
【解析】
15.(山东卷)Mothers holding jobs outside the home should have _______ schedules to make it easier to care for their children.
A. heavy B. smooth C. flexible D. complex
【答案】
【解析】
16.(陕西卷)Studies show that people are more to suffer from back problems if they always sit before computer screens for long hours.
A. likely B. possible C. probable D. sure
【答案】
【解析】
17.(天津卷) People have always ______ about exactly how life on earth began.
A. curious B. excited C. anxious D. careful
【答案】
【解析】
18.(浙江卷)I have been convinced that the print media are usually more __ and more reliable than television.
A. accurate B. ridiculous C. urgent D. shallow
【答案】
【解析】
19.(浙江卷)Do you think shopping online will __ take the place of shopping in stores
A. especially B. frequently C. merely D. finally
【答案】
【解析】
20.(浙江卷)Playing on a frozen sports field sounds like a lot of fun. Isn't it rather risky, __________.
A. though B. also C. either D. too
【答案】
【解析】
21.(四川卷)The school was moved out of downtown as the number of students had grown too .
A. small B. few C. 1arge D. many
【答案】
【解析】
22.(上海卷)In ancient times, people rarely travelled long distances and most farmers only travelled the local market.
A. longer than B. more than C. as much as D. as far as
【答案】
【解析】
23.(上海卷). It took us quite a long time to get to the amusement park. It was journey.
A. three hour B. a three-hours C. a three-hour D. three hours
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（新课标卷) The form cannot be signed by anyone yourself.
A. rather than B. other than C. more than D. better than
【答案】
【解析】
2.（大纲卷）It is one thing to enjoy listening to good music, but it is _____ another to play it well yourself.
A. quite B. very C. rather D. much
【答案】
【解析】
3.（大纲卷）Mr. Stevenson is great to work for—I really couldn’t ask for a＿boss.
A. better B. good C. best D. still better
【答案】
【解析】
4.（上海卷）When Mom looked back on the early days of their marriage, she wondered how they had
managed with ______ money.
A. so few B. such few C. so little D. such little
【答案】
【解析】
5.（湖北卷）The old engineer’s eyes still shone bright in the wrinkled brown face and his step as he came across the room was _______, though slow.
A. shaky B. heavy C. casual D. steady
【答案】
【解析】
6.（湖北卷）An unhappy childhood may have some negative effects on a person’s character; however, they are not always _______.
A. practical B. avoidable C. permanent D. beneficial
【答案】
【解析】
7.（湖北卷）The state-run company is required to make its accounts as ______ as possible for its staff to monitor the use of money.
A. transparent B. reasonable C. secure D. formal
【答案】
【解析】
8.（江西卷）—The film is, I have to say, not a bit interesting.
—Why It’s ______ than the films I have ever seen.
A. far more interesting B. much less interesting C. no more interesting D. any less interesting
【答案】
【解析】
9.（江西卷）The house was too expensive and too big. ______, I’d grown fond of our little rented house.
A. Besides B. Therefore C. Somehow D. Otherwise
【答案】
【解析】
10.（辽宁卷）No matter how________ , it is not necessarily lifeless.
A. a desert may be dry B. dry a desert may be
C. may a desert be dry D. dry may a desert be
【答案】
【解析】
11.（江西卷）She has already tried her best. Please don’t be to _____ about her job.
A. special B. responsible C. unusual D. particular
【答案】
【解析】
12.（江苏卷）In that school, English is compulsory for all students, but French and Russian are ______.
A. special B. regional C. optional D. original
【答案】
【解析】
12.（安徽卷）To be great, you must be smart, confident, and, ______, honest.
A. therefore B. above all C. however D. after
【答案】
【解析】
13.（安徽卷）_____, I managed to get through the game and the pain was worth it in the end.
A. Hopefully B. Normally C. Thankfully D. Conveniently
【答案】
【解析】
14.（浙江卷）Since people are fond of humor, it is as well in conversation as _______ else.
A. anything B. something C. anywhere D. somewhere
【答案】
【解析】
15.（浙江卷）The professor could tell by the ___________look in Maria’s eyes that she didn’t understand a single word of his lecture
A. cold B. blank C. innocent D. fresh
【答案】
【解析】
16.（浙江卷）I’ve been writing this report ______ for the last two weeks, but it has to be handed in
tomorrow.
A. finally B. immediately C. occasionally D. certainly
【答案】
【解析】
17.（浙江卷）My schedule is very ______ right now, but I’ll try to fit you in.
A. tight B. short C. regular D. flexible
【答案】
【解析】
18.（四川卷）—How are your recent trip to Sichuan
—I’ve never had _______ one before.
A. a pleasant B. a more pleasant C. a most pleasant D. the most pleasant
【答案】
【解析】
19.（天津卷）The young man couldn’t afford a new car. _______, he bought a used one.
A. Besides B. Otherwise C. Instead D. Still
【答案】
【解析】
20.（福建卷）Nowadays, ____ increase in children’s creativity, for they are greatly encouraged to develop their talents.
A. sharp B. slight C. natural D. modest
【答案】
【解析】
1.Fitness is important in sport，but of at least importance are skills.
A. fair B. reasonable C. equal D. proper
【答案】
【解析】
2.She felt ________of having asked such a silly question when the classmates couldn’t help laughing.
A. guilty B. ashamed C. terrified D. proud
【答案】
【解析】
3.Don’t put chairs the stove. Dry wood catches fires easily，you know.
A. far away from B. too closely from C. too close from D. too close to
【答案】
【解析】
4.To complete the food questionnaire，the researchers asked about the participants’ intake and assessed the frequency of intake.
A. usual B. common C. ordinary D. normal
【答案】
【解析】
5. —Do you know our school will be enlarged soon
—Of course. It will be ________ in size，as far as I know.
A. the large B. the largest C. three times as large D. larger three times
【答案】
【解析】
6.—Many a student has a ________ opinion of him.
—But he is spoken ________ of by the leaders.
A. bad; worse B. badly; highly C. bad; more D. bad; better
【答案】
【解析】
7.I think she will look ________ if she wears her glasses.
A. well B. good C. best D. better
【答案】
【解析】
8.Sometimes, regret is a normal，________response to a failure when you could have done better.
A. effective B. efficient C. inevitable D. unforgettable
【答案】
【解析】
9.Can’t you see someone lying on the ground？Let’s go and see whether he is or not.
A. alive B. live C. lively D. living
【答案】
【解析】
10.To their great relief, the missing child returned home, ______, after an absence of two weeks.
A. felt tired and sound B. tiring and soundly
C. feeling tired but soundly D. tired but sound
【答案】
【解析】
11.—Now that you like the car so much，why not drive it back
—Well, how could I afford ________car
A. that expensive a B. that an expensive
C. such expensive a D. a such expensive
【答案】
【解析】
12.________are mostly from Asia and Africa.
A. The present scientists today B. Present the scientists today
C. The scientists present today D. Today the present scientists
【答案】
【解析】
13.Help will come from the UN，but the aid (援助) will be ________near what’s needed.
A. everywhere B. somewhere C. anywhere D. nowhere
【答案】
【解析】
14.—________do we have to go
—About two more miles.
A. How far B. How long C. How farther D. How much farther
【答案】
【解析】
15.—I wonder if you could lend me a hand.
—Sure, I’m ________to help.
A. too only glad B. only too glad C. just glad D. only glad
【答案】
【解析】
16.The farmers wondered if vegetables could bring in ________crops.
A. as many as B. as good as C. as much as D. as well as
【答案】
【解析】
17.The price ________should have made you realize it was a trick.
A. alone B. just C. simply D. only
【答案】
【解析】
18.—Do you like this part of the town, the so-called desired area
—On the contrary，it’s the ________area I want to visit in the town.
A. best B. last C. worst D. first
【答案】
【解析】
19.We’re expecting Lily because she’s our ________visitor who comes here for holiday every summer.
A. familiar B. particular C. popular D. regular
【答案】
【解析】
20.She’s a ________young girl，so it’s ________impossible for her to tell falseness from truth.
A. rather; quite B. too; quite C. so; fairly D. very; rather
【答案】
【解析】
21.Oh, boy, why are you killing your time this way？Can’t you find something _______doing at all
A. useful B. valuable C. worth D. good
【答案】
【解析】
22.—What’s in your hand
—________novel. Would you like to read it
A. An Australian new interesting historical B. A new interesting historical Australian
C. An interesting new Australian historical D. A historical interesting new Australian
【答案】
【解析】
23.—Let me help you , Tom !
—Thank you . I can do it. Here’s to hold all these things .
A. a big enough case B. an enough big case
C. a case enough big D. a case big enough
【答案】
【解析】
24.—How did you find your visit to Disneyland
—I enjoyed it very much. It was _____ than I had expected.
A. far more interested B. far more interesting
C. so interesting D. even more interested
【答案】
【解析】
25.—George is a wise person .
—But in my opinion , he is than wise .
A. cleverer B. braver C. more brave D. less brave
【答案】
【解析】
26.—Could we stay here for the night
—Sorry. I have ____ to hold you all.
A. too small a room B. very small a room C. a too small room D. such small a room
【答案】
【解析】
27.The bicycles in the other shops will be _____but _____.
A. cheaper, not as good B. more cheap, not as better
C. cheaper, not as better D. more cheap, not as good
【答案】
【解析】
28.The finance minister is not very ______ now since he has raised taxes to a such a high level.
A. famous B. well-known C. popular D. favorable
【答案】
【解析】
29.Jane was so for the news of her lost child that she was almost driven .
A. proper , madly B. thirsty , mad C. sad , madly D. curious , mad
【答案】
【解析】
30.It’s always difficult being in a foreign country, _____ if you don’t speak the language.
A. naturally B. basically C. unluckily D. especially
【答案】
【解析】
31.We do meet now and then, but not ______.
A. freely B. commonly C. regularly D. presently
【答案】
【解析】
32.We all do more speaking , even when we have a break after class .
A. now and then B. by and by C. step by step D. more or less
【答案】
【解析】
33.I thought horseback riding would be the sport for me until I fell down from the horse back .As you can imagine ,I haven’t been invited back .
A. later B. since C. after D. ever
【答案】
【解析】
34.It’s widely known that first aid is important and you can save lives if the right action is taken.
A. terribly B. hardly C. scarcely D. rarely
【答案】
【解析】
35.－If I’m not mistaken, your birthday is coming up. Has your brother sent you anything
－Not yet. He never forgets, _________.
A. since B. therefore C. so D. though
【答案】
【解析】
36.The task is too much for me, so I can’t carry on ______any longer. I must get some help.
A. singly B. simply C. alone D. lonely
【答案】
【解析】
37.The plane flew smoothly ______ in the sky and people spoke ______ of the experienced pilot.
A. high; high B. highly; highly C. high; highly D. highly; high
【答案】
【解析】
38.Professor White has written some short stories, but he is _____ known for his plays.
A. the best B. more C. better D. the most
【答案】
【解析】
39.How beautifully she sings! I have never heard _____ voice.
A. a better B. a best C. the better D. the best
【答案】
【解析】
40.—Have your working conditions improved
—No, ______than before, I’m afraid.
A. no better B. a little batter C. not worse D. no worse
【答案】
【解析】
41.It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science.
A. an art much as B. much an art as C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
【答案】
【解析】
42.The new airport is built close to the freeway , and it is ______ by Bus No. 2.
A. accessible B. available C. alternative D. abundant
【答案】
【解析】
43.Sometimes we buy a magazine with absolutely no purpose to pass time.
A. other than B. rather than C. as well D. as if
【答案】
【解析】
44.Sorry. Somebody borrowed the book last week. but I’ll let you know once it is .
A. possible B. probable C. available D. punctual
【答案】
【解析】
45.He kept thinking of the question whether it was ________ for his father to change the habit of a life time in such a short time.
A. possibly B. probable C. likely D. possible
【答案】
【解析】
46.Boris has brains. In fact，I doubt whether anyone in the class has IQ.
A. a high B. a higher C. the higher D. the highest
【答案】
【解析】
47.On snowy days, you have to drive very to avoid traffic accidents.
A. cautiously B. neatly C. smoothly D. properly
【答案】
【解析】
48.The Olympic Games in Greece were the biggest ________sports events in the world.
A. alive B. live C. lively D. living
【答案】
【解析】
49.—The dish is delicious!
—Well，at least it’s ________the one I cooked yesterday.
A. as bad as B. no worse than C. as well as D. so good as
【答案】
【解析】
50.—Jim, are you this Saturday
—Oh, sorry. I need to go to the bookshop the bank on Saturday.
A. convenient; and B. convenient; as well as
C. available; with D. available; as well as
【答案】
【解析】冠词分为不定冠词（a, an），定冠词（the），和零冠词。
1.指一类人或事，相当于a kind of
A plane is a machine that can fly.
2.第一次提及某人某物，非特指
A boy is waiting for you.有个男孩在等你。
3.表示“每一”相当于every，one
We study eight hours a day.
4.表示“相同”相当于the same
We are nearly of an age.
5.用于人名前，表示不认识此人或与某名人有类似性质的人或事
—Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith
—Sorry, wrong number. There isn't______ Mr. Smith here.
A. 不填 B. a C. the D. one
That boy is rather a Lei Feng.（活雷锋）
6.用于固定词组中
a couple of, a bit, once upon a time, in a hurry, have a walk, many a time
7.用于quite, rather, many, half, what, such之后
This room is rather a big one.
8.用于so(as, too, how)+形容词之后
She is as clever a girl as you can wish to meet.
9.用于抽象名词具体化的名词前
success(抽象名词)→a success(具体化) 成功的人或事
a failure 失败的人或事 a shame 带来耻辱的人或事
a pity 可惜或遗憾的事 a must 必需必备的东西
a good knowledge of 精通掌握某一方面的知识
10.与序数词连用，表示“又一，再一”。
In order to find a better job, he decided to study a second foreign language.
为了找到一个更好的工作，他决定再学习另外一门外语。
1.表示某一类人或物
In many places in China, ___ bicycle is still ___ popular means of transportation.
A. a; the B. /; a C. the; a D. the; the
2.用于世上独一无二的事物名词前
the universe, the moon, the Pacific Ocean
3.表示说话双方都了解的或上文提到过的人或事
Would you mind opening the door
4.用于演奏乐器
play the violin, play the guitar
5.用于形容词和分词前表示一类人
the reach, the living, the wounded
6.表示“一家人”或“夫妇”（对比上文的不定冠词用法5）
—Could you tell me the way to ____ Johnsons, please
—Sorry, we don’t have ____ Johnson here in the village.
A. the; the B. the; a C. /; the D. the; /
7.用于序数词和形容词副词比较级最高级前
He is the taller of the two children.
8.用于国家党派等以及江河湖海，山川群岛的名词前
the United States, the Communist Party of China, the French
9.用于表示发明物的单数名词前
The compass was invented in China.
10.在逢十的复数数词之前，指世纪的某个年代
in the 1990’s(二十世纪九十年代)
11.用于表示度量单位的名词前
I hired the car by the hour.
12.用于方位名词，身体部位名词
He patted me on the shoulder.
13.与比较级和最高级连用
①比较级+ and +比较级表示“越来越……”
The harder he works, the happier he feels.
②表示两者间“较……的一个”比较级前加the。
Who is the older of the tow boys
③三者或三者以上相比，表示最高程度时，用“the + 最高级”的结构表示。这种句式一般常有表示比较范围的介词短语。
Zhang Hua is the tallest of the three.
1.专有名词，物质名词，抽象名词，人名地名等名词前
Beijing University, Jack, China, love, air
2.名词前有this, my, whose, some, no, each, every等限制
I want this book, not that one. / Whose purse is this
3.季节，月份，星期，节假日，一日三餐前
March, Sunday, National Day, spring
4.表示职位，身份，头衔的名词前
Lincoln was made President of America.
5.表示球类，棋类等运动的名词前
He likes playing football/chess.
6.与by连用表示交通方式的名词前
We went right round to the west coast by ______ sea instead of driving across ______ continent.
A. the; the B.不填；the C. the; 不填 D. 不填；不填
7.以and连接的两个相对的名词并用时
husband and wife, knife and fork, day and night
8.表示泛指的复数名词前
Horses are useful animals.
冠词一般放在名词之前，名词之前若有形容词，冠词放在形容词之前。下列情况例外：?
1.不定冠词用于下列副词加形容词之后：as, how, however, so, too等。
如：He is as good a soldier as he was.他和以前一样是个好士兵。?
2.不定冠词置于such, what, many, not, too,much of等之后。
如：Many a little pickle makes a nickel.积少成多。?
3.定冠词通常放在all, both, double, exactly, just等词之后。
如：I offered him double the amount，but he still refused.?
4.不定冠词常用于quite和rather之后，但如果另有形容词修饰时，不定冠词既可放在第二位，也可放在第一位，但最常见的仍是第二位。
如：She is quite a woman.她真是个女人。?
It was quite/rather a cold day.很冷的一天(同 It was a quite/rather cold day.)?
5.当名词前的比较级被no，all，far，much等修饰时，也要后置。
如：He is no less a man than the President.?
6.定冠词要放在half, twice, much等之后。
如：He paid twice the price for it. 他花了两倍的钱买了它。?
7.如果名词被副词hardly，scarcely，barely，exactly所修饰，或和一个形容词共同修饰时，冠词要放在上述副词之后、形容词之前。如：This is hardly a right thing to do. 这几乎是不能做的事。
冠词是历年高考的常考点。主要考查冠词在具体语境中的运用，考查内容包括定冠词和不定冠词的用法区别，名词前不用冠词的情况，特指与泛指以及习语中的冠词用法。
①How about taking_____short break I want to make_____call.
A. the; a B. a; the C. the; the D. a; a
【解析】
②Christmas is_____special holiday when_____whole family are supposed to get together.
A. the; the B. a; a C. the; a D. a; the
【解析】
①I looked under_____bed and found books I lost last week.
A. the; a B. the；the C. 不填；the D. the; 不填
【解析】
②I like_____color of your skirt. It is good match for your blouse.
A. a; the B. a; a C. the; a D. the; the
【解析】
①George couldn’t remember when he first met Mr. Anderson, but he was sure it was Sunday because everybody was at church.
A. /; the B. the; / C. a; / D. /; a
【解析】
②Many people have come to realize that they should go on_____balanced diet and makeroom in their day for exercise.
A. a; / B. the; a C. the; the D. /; a
【解析】
①Many people have come to realize that they should go on balanced diet and make room in their day for exercise.
A.a;不填 B.the; a C.the; the D.不填; a
【解析】
②—How about _____Christmas evening party
—I should say it was _____success.
A. a; a B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
【解析】
①We went right round to the west coast by sea instead of driving across continent.
A. the; the B.不填;the C. the; 不填 D.不填;不填
【解析】
②George couldn’t remember when he first met Mr. Anderson, but he was sure it was Sunday because
everybody was at church.
A./; the B. the; / C. a; / D./; a
【解析】
类似的词组：
by day在白天 by the day按天计算
in case of以防 in the case of就……来说
in charge of负责，管理 in the charge of由……负责
in office执政 in the office在办公室
in sight(of)看见 in the sight(of)在……看来
go to sea去当水手 go to the sea到海边去
out of question毫无疑问 out of the question不可能
take advice征求意见 take the advice听从劝告
be of age成年 be of all age同龄
go to church去做礼拜 go to the church去教堂
in prison坐牢 in the prison在监狱
特别提示：当地点名词表示地点时，其前用定冠词；表示在这一地点所发生的活动时，其前不加冠词。如：He went to the bed and fetched me a magazine before he went to bed.他睡觉前到床边给我拿了本杂志。
2009年
1.（安徽卷）We can never expect bluer sky unless we create less polluted world.
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; a D. the; the
【答案】
【解析】
2.（北京卷）The biggest whale is ___ blue whale, which grows to be about 29 meters long—the height of ____ 9-story building.
A. the; the B. a; a C. a; the D. the; a
【答案】
【解析】
3.（江西卷）Some people fear that ________ air pollution may bring about changes in _______ weather around the world.
A.不填; the B. the; 不填 C. an; the D. the; a
【答案】
【解析】
4.（海南卷）Let’s go to cinema-that’ll take your mind off the problem for while
A. the; the B. the; a C. a; the D. a ; a
【答案】
【解析】
5.（陕西卷）What pity that you couldn’t be there to receive prize!
A. a; a B. the; a C. a; the D. the; the
【答案】
【解析】
6.（四川卷）In order to find _______ better job, he decided to study _________ second foreign language.
A. the; a B. a; a C. the; the D. a; the
【答案】
【解析】
7.I don’t understand what the engineer means, but I’ve got ______ rough idea of _____ project plan. （浙江卷）
A. the; a B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. a; the
【答案】
【解析】
8.（重庆卷）Washing machines made by China have won worldwide attention and Haier has become popular name.
A. a; the B. 不填; a C. 不填; the D. the; a
【答案】
【解析】
9.（全国卷II）What I need is book that contains ABC of oil painting.
A. a; 不填 B. the; 不填 C. the; an D. a; the
【答案】
【解析】
10.(辽宁卷)This area experienced heaviest rainfall in month of May.
A 不填; a B a ; the C the ; the D the ; a
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(北京卷)First impressions are the most lasting. After all, you never get __ second chance to make
__ first impression.
A. a; the B. the; the C. a; a D. the; a
【答案】
【解析】
2.(福建卷)It’s good feeling for people to admire the Shanghai world expo that gives them
pleasure.
A.不填，a B. a,不填 C. the ,a D. a, the
【答案】
【解析】
3.(江苏卷)The visitors here are greatly impressed by the fact that_______ people from all walks of life are working hard for_____ new Jiangsu.
A.不填; a B. 不填;the C. the; a D. the; the
【答案】
【解析】
4.(辽宁卷)There are over 58,000 rocky objects in _______ space, about 900 of which could fall down onto _______ earth.
A. the; the B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. a; the
【答案】
【解析】
5.(山东卷)If we sit near _______ front of the bus, we’ll have _______ better view.
A.不填; the B.不填; a C. the; a D. the; the
【答案】
【解析】
6.(四川卷)In most countries, a university degree can give you flying start in life.
A. the; a B. the; 不填 C.不填; 不填 D.不填; a
【答案】
【解析】
7.(浙江卷)Many lifestyle patterns do such __ great harm to health that they actually speed up__
weakening of the human body.]
A. a; 不填 B. 不填; the C. a; the D. 不填; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
8.(重庆卷)Everything comes with price; there is no such thing as free lunch in the world.
A. a, a B. the, 不填 C. the, 不填 D. a, 不填
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（新课标卷）It is generally accepted that _______boy must learn to stand up and fight like ________man.
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; the D. a; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
2.（大纲卷）As he reached ________front door, Jack saw _______strange sight.
A. the;不填 B. a; the C.不填；a D. the; a
【答案】
【解析】
3.（山东卷）Take your time—it’s just _______ short distance from here to _______ restaurant.
A.不填；the B. a; the C. the; a D.不填；a
【答案】
【解析】
4.（江西卷）—It’s said John will be in a job paying over $60,000 ______ year.
—Right, he will also get paid by ________week.
A. the; the B. a; the C. the; a D. a; a
【答案】
【解析】
5.（浙江卷）Experts think that ______recently discovered painting may be ______ Picasso.
A. the ;不填 B. a ;the C. a; 不填 D. the; a
【答案】
【解析】
6.（四川卷）Dr. Peter Spence, headmaster of the school, told us, “ fifth of pupils here go on to study at Oxford and Cambridge.”
A. 不填；A B.不填；The C. the; The D. a; A
【答案】
【解析】
7.（陕西卷）As is known to all, People’s Republic of China is biggest developing country in the world.
A. the ;不填 B. 不填 ；the C. the ；the D. 不填；不填
【答案】
【解析】
8.（重庆卷）In communication, a smile is usually________ strong sign of a friendly and _______ open attitude.
A. the, 不填 B. a, an C. a, 不填 D. the, an
【答案】
【解析】
1.The report said that a bus went out of control on highway south of the city are rushed into a river.
A. the; the B.不填; the C. the; 不填 D. 不填; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
2.Because ____ unemployment is very high at present, it's not easy for a fresh graduate to find ____ satisfying job
as he wishes.
A. the; 不填 B.不填; a C. an; a D. an; the
【答案】
【解析】
3.一My flight was delayed because of________ heavy rain.
—But you are just in______________ time for the discussion.
A. the; a B. a; the C.不填; 不填 D. the; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
4.I don’t think the experiment is ______ failure. At least we have gained ______ experience for future success.
A.不填; the B. a; the C. a ; 不填 D.不填; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
5.By ________ nature, you are an adventurer, full of amazement and curiosity about _________world bigger than
life itself.
A. a; the B. the; the C.不填; a D. the; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
6.Jack had ________feeling of excitement when hearing his article had been published in ________school magazine.
A. the; a B. a; the C. 不填; the D. the; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
7.I got ________bad toothache yesterday，which kept me awake ________whole night.
A. a; the B. 不填; a C. the; a D. a; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
8.China is ________vast country which is home to ________ amazing variety of landscapes，plants and animals.
A. the; the B. a; the C. the; an D. a; an
【答案】
【解析】
9.—Anyone in mind for this position？What about Jack
—He may be a good friend, but business is business. He is not ________ man for ________job.
A. a; a B. the; the C. a; the D. the; a
【答案】
【解析】
10.We all hold ________ belief that those who have ________wonderful sense of humor are more popular.
A. the; a B. 不填; 不填 C. the; 不填 D. a; the
【答案】
【解析】
11.________World Expo is regarded as the Olympic Games of the economy, science and technology, ________expert said.
A. A; an B. The; an C. The; a D. A; the
【答案】
【解析】
12. I was told that________10∶15 flight would take us to Shanghai in time to reach ________Fudan University.
A. the; 不填 B. the; a C. a; the D. 不填; the
【答案】
【解析】
13.The students were studying in ________classroom when，all of ________sudden, the lights went out.
A. 不填; 不填 B. a; the C. the; a D. the; 不填
【答案】
【解析】
14.My mother asked me to repeat ________ phone number ________second time so that she could write it down.
A. the; a B. a; the C. an; a D. the; the
【答案】
【解析】
15.Jack wanted to be ________ university student，but in ________ entrance examination he missed by a mile.
A. a; an B. an; the C. the; an D. a; the
【答案】
【解析】
16.—Stay a bit longer, please. It’s been such ________ fun having you here.
—Thank you, but I’ve got ________early start tomorrow morning.
A. 不填; the B. a; an C. 不填; an D. the; an
【答案】
【解析】
17.—How many people are still leading ________ life under ________ poverty line in the world
—Perhaps one fourth，according to the report.
A. the; 不填 B. a; the C. a; a D. 不填; the
【答案】
【解析】
18.His failure at ________ first attempt didn’t disappoint him. Instead，he gathered his courage and tried ________second time.
A. the; the B. the; a C. a; the D. a; a
【答案】
【解析】
19.Everyone should learn from ________ Lei Feng and try to be ________ Lei Feng.
A. 不填; a B. 不填; 不填 C. the; the D. 不填; the
【答案】
【解析】
20.Only when you stay and live with ________local people for a period of time will you have ________ better understanding of life here.
A. a; 不填 B. the; a C. 不填; the D. the; the
【答案】
【解析】情态动词表示说话人的语气和情绪，本身词义不全，不能单独作谓语，后面必须与动词原形一起构成谓语。情态动词没有人称和数的变化，有的情态动词有过去式。常见的情态动词有can, could, may, might, must, have to, shall, should, will, would, ought to, need, dare等。
（一）can和could
1.表示体力或脑力(知识、技能)所产生的能力。
He could read books in English when he was only five.他只有五岁的时候就会读英文书籍了。
2.表示客观的可能性
Anybody can make mistakes.任何一个人都有可能犯错误。
3.表示请求建议，用could 比 can语气更委婉 (回答用原形)
Could you be here at eight o’clock tomorrow morning 你可不可以明天上午8点钟来这儿呢？
4.表示允许、许可，用could 比 can更委婉客气。
Could/Can I borrow your reference books 我可以借用一下你的参考书吗？
1.否定句、疑问句和感叹句中，表示怀疑、惊异、不相信的态度。
Can it be true 难道这是真的？
You can't be serious! 你怕不是在开玩笑吧！
Oh, dear, what on earth can this mean 哎呀，亲爱的，这究竟是意味着什么？
2.表示“经过努力后终于能……”用be able to
The fire spread the building quickly but everybody was able to escape.
大火迅速蔓延到整幢大楼，但大家都逃了出来。
注意：be able to比can有更多的形式变化
When he grows up, he will be able to support his family.他长大后就能养家了。
Frank is ill. He hasn't been able to go to school for one week.弗兰克病了，已经一周没去上学了。
I'm sorry for not being able to help you in time.对不起，不能及时帮你的忙。
3.惯用形式“can not (can't)…too/over/enough”。表示“无论怎么……也不(过分)”，用来加强语气
You can not be too careful.你无论怎么小心都不为过（你越小心越好）。
4.can not but do sth. 不得不；只好。
I couldn’t but choose to wait.我只好选择等待。
（二）may和might
1.表示允许、请求。
“Might I…？”比“May I…？”语气更为委婉和有礼貌。对于“Might I …？”的回答用“… may”；
“May I …？”的否定回答常用“… mustn’t / can’t”
— May I watch TV after supper 晚饭后我可以看电视吗？
— Yes, you may.可以。
或No, you may not.不，不可以。
或You mustn't.绝对不可以。
2.表示可能性，表示“或许”，“大概”。用于肯定句或否定句中，用might 比 may语气更加不肯定。
He may be very busy these days.这些天也许他很忙。
He might come tomorrow.明天他也许要来的。
1.惯用形式 may (might)as well＋动词原形：不妨做……
If that is the case, we may as well try.如果情况是这样的话，我们不妨试试看。
2.表示祝愿may而不用might。采用部分倒装语序：may＋主语＋动词原形＋……！
May the friendship between our two peoples last forever! 祝愿我们两个民族的友谊源远流长！
3.may或might可和as well连用，表示“建议”，译为“还是……的为好”
You may as well keep a certain distance from that mad man. 你们还是离那疯子远点为好。
You might as well go home now.你还是现在回家为好。
（三）must和have to
1.must 表示“必须”。强调主观看法，只有现在时形式，否定式是must not/mustn’t，表示“禁止、不准”。
Everybody must obey the rules. 人人都得遵守规则。
You mustn't speak like that to your mother. 不准你那样对你母亲说话。
— Must I be home before eight o'clock 八点之前我必须回家吗？
— Yes, you must.是的，必须的。
— No, you needn't./No, you don't have to.不，没必要/不必啦。
2.must表示有把握的推测，意为“一定，肯定”，用于肯定句中。
You must be hungry after the long walk.跑了这么远的路，你一定是饿了。
Home cooking must be more delicious.家常菜一定更可口。
3.have to表示“必须，不得不”，着重强调客观需要，能用于更多时态(过去式和将来式)。
The students today will have to know how to use computers.现在的学生必须懂得如何使用电脑。
As he had his leg broken, he had to lie in bed.由于腿断了，他不得不躺在床上。
1.must 还表示主语主观的坚持，有“偏偏， 偏要，一定要”之意
If you must know how old I am, I tell you that I’m twice my son’s age.
如果你一定要知道我多大年龄的话，我告诉你我是儿子年龄的两倍。
2.must表示推测时的否定式是“can’t”翻译为“不可能”
Michael ______be a policeman, for he’s much too short.
A. needn’t B. can’t C. wouldn’t D. mustn’t
（四）will和would
1.用于各种人称，表示意愿或决心。will指现在，would则指过去
I will do my best to help you.我愿意尽力帮助你。
They said that they would help us.他们说他们愿意尽力帮助我们。
2.用于第二人称的疑问句中表示有礼貌的询问和请求，would 比 will更委婉。其 回 答 用“will”
—Would you pass me the book 请把那本书递给我，好吗？
—Yes, I will.好的。
Will you please give him a message when you see him 你见到他时给他带个口信，好吗？
3.表示习惯性、经常性、倾向性，意为“总是”，“惯于”。 will指现在，would指过去。
Fish will die without water.鱼儿离开了水会死亡的。
He would come to see me on Sunday when he was in Beijing.他在北京的时候，每逢星期日他常来看我。
The wound would not heal.伤口老是不能愈合。
would 与used to 的区别：
1.used to表示过去的某种习惯，现在已经没那样的习惯了；would 表示过去有某种习惯，不与现在对比
We would sit in the yard every evening and listen to his story. (过去会这样，不与现在对比)
We used to sit in the yard every evening and listen to his story. (过去是这样的，但现在不这样了)
2.表示过去的状态，只能用used to，不能用would
There used to be a park here.这儿过去有个公园。（言下之意：现在没有了）
（五）shall, should和ought to
1.shall用于第一、第三人称作主语的疑问句中，表示征求对方（听话者）的意见
What shall we do this evening 我们今天晚上做什么呢？
Shall he come in 他可以进来吗？
2.should 表示“应该”，表义务，责任，也可表示劝告，建议
You should keep your promise.你应该信守诺言。
3.should表示按常规、常理推测，意为“可能”或“应该”
They should arrive by one o’clock.到了一点钟，他们该回来了。
4.提出意见、请求、建议时，可用should表示委婉、谦逊的语气，意为“可”，“倒是”
I should think you are mistaken.我倒是认为你弄错了。
5.ought to表示责任和义务，意为“应该”，语气比 should强；还可表推测
You ought to obey your parents when they are right.父母亲对的时候，你就该服从他们。
You have practiced for a long time. There ought to be no difficulty for you.
你练了那么长时间了，对你来说，应该没有什么困难了。
1.shall用于第二、三人称表示“警告、命令、允诺、威胁”等
You shall fail if you don’t work harder.你不更加努力工作，你就不会成功。（警告）
You shall have the book when I finish reading.我读完了，你就可以拿走这本书。（允诺）
He shall be punished.他一定会遭到惩罚。（威胁）
2.Why/How ＋should结构表示说话人对某事不能理解、感到意外、惊异等意思，意为“竟会”。
Why should you be so late 你今天来得怎么这么晚？
How should I know 我怎会知道！(意为：我不知道。)
(六)need
need作情态动词表示“需要”，“必要”。通常用于否定句、疑问句、条件句中，且只有现在时，其他
时态用“have to”的相应形式代替
You needn't come tomorrow. 你明天没必要来了。
— Need he come now 他现在就需要来吗？
— Yes, he must. 是的，必须来。/ No, he needn't / he doesn't have to.不必啦。
1.“Must…？”一般疑问句的否定回答要用：No, …needn't.
— Must I finish my homework now 我现在就必须把作业做完了？
— No, you needn’t.不，不必啦.
2.need还可以用作行为动词，其变化和一般的动词相同。若主语为动作承受者时用动词主动形式表示被动意义或用不定式的被动形式。
We need to have a rest.我们需要休息一下。
The house needs repairing.=The house needs to be repaired.这栋房子需要修理。
(七)dare
dare作情态动词表示“敢于”，用于否定句、疑问句和条件句中。
She dare not go there.她不敢去那儿。
How dare he do such a thing 他怎么敢做重要的事呢？
If he dare come, I will kick him out. 如果他胆敢来，我就把他踢出去。
1.惯用短语“I dare say”意为“我敢说、我想、或许”。
I dare say he is right.我敢说他是对的。
2.dare还可以用作行为动词，其变化与一般动词相同。
The girl didn't dare to go home.那个女孩不敢回家。
Do you dare to jump into the ocean 跳进海洋里，你敢吗？
【注意】在否定句中时，dare后的“to＋动词原形”可以省略to。
I don't dare (to) ask her. 我不敢问她。
(八) can ,may ,must皆可用来表示推测
1.在肯定句中都可以用来表示可能。在含义上“must”语气最肯定，“may”表示的是事实上的可能性。
2.在否定句中只能用“can和may”。所以“can’t”（不可能）语气比“may not”（可能不、也许不）更强。
3.在疑问句中只能用“can”，不能用“may和must”。
①Peter ______come with us tonight, but he isn’t very sure yet.
A. must B. may C. can D. will
②Mary is in poor health. She can be ill at any times.
Michael ______be a policeman, for he’s much too short.
A. needn’t B. can’t C. should D. may
③He may be very busy now. → Can he be very busy now
He must be very busy now. → Can he be very busy now
④They can’t be cleaning the room now. 他们现在不可能在打扫房间。
注意：could ,might 表示推测时不表示时态，其推测的程度不如can ,may。
(九)情态动词+have done的用法
1.could+have done：过去本可以做而实际上未能做
You could have done better, but you didn’t try your best. 你本来能做得更好的，但你没有尽力。
2.cannot+have done：表示对过去行为的否定推测
He cannot have been to that town. 他不可能去过那个小镇。
3.can+主语+have done：（用于疑问句）表示对过去行为的怀疑或不肯定
Can he have got the book 他可能得到那本书了吗？
4.might(may)+ have done：对过去发生的行为不太肯定的推测
He may not have finished the work. 他可能没有完成工作。
If we had taken the other road, we might have arrived earlier.
如果我们走另一条路，我们可能更早地到达了。
5.must+have done：对过去发生的行为肯定的推测。其否定式为：cannot have done
You must have seen the film. 你肯定看过那部电影。
You cannot have seen the film. 你不可能看过那部电影。
6.needn’t+have done：本来不必要做的而实际上又做了
You needn’t have watered the flowers, for it is going to rain.你本没必要浇花的，因为就要下雨了。
注意：didn’t need to(have to)do :没有必要做而实际上也没有做
I didn’t need to clean the windows. My sister did it 2 hours ago.我没必要擦窗户。我姐姐两小时前刚擦过。
7.should(ought to)+ have done：本来应该做而实际上又没有做。
其否定形式表示某种行为不该发生却发生了。
You should have started earlier, but you didn’t. 你应该早点开始的，但是你没有。
She shouldn’t have taken away my measuring tape, for I wanted to use it.
他本不应该拿走我的字典的，因为我现在需要它。
（一）“if”虚拟条件句
主从句谓语动词的构成
情 况 从句谓语动词的构成 主句谓语动词的构成
与现在事实相反 过去式（be用were） should/would/could/might+动词原形
与过去事实相反 had+过去分词 should/would/could/might +have+过去分词
与将来事实相反 过去式should+动词原形were+不定式 should/would/could/might+动词原形
注意：从句中的should可用于各种人称，且不可以被would所代替。
If he were here, he would help us.如果他在这里，他会帮助我们的。
If I had been free at that time, I would have visited you.如果那时我有空的话，我就拜访你了。
If it should rain tomorrow, we would not go camping.如果明天下雨的话，我们就不去野营。
（二）省略“if”的虚拟条件句
将虚拟条件从句中的“were，had，should”放到主语之前，构成部分倒装
Should he come, tell him to ring me up.如果他来，告诉他让他给我打电话。
Were I you, I would not do it.如果我是你，我就不做。
Had I been free, I would have visited you.如果我有空的话，我就拜访你了。
（三）混合虚拟条件句
1.不同时间的虚拟，遵守相应的规则
If he had listened to me, he would not be in trouble now.
要是他听了我的话，现在就不会有麻烦了。（从句与过去事实相反，主句与现在事实相反）
If he had told me yesterday, I should know what to do now.
要是他昨天告诉我了，我就知道现在做什么了。（从句与过去事实相反，主句与现在事实相反）
If I were you, I would have gone to her birthday party.
如果我是你，我就去参加他的生日聚会了。（从句与现在事实相反，主句与过去事实相反）
2.虚拟与陈述的混合，遵守相应的规则
He could have passed the exam, but he wasn’t careful enough. 他本来能通过考试的，但他不够细心。
You should have come earlier. The bus left a moment ago. 你应该早一点来的，汽车刚走一会儿。
（四）含蓄虚拟条件句：即不用“if”而用其它形式给出虚拟条件
1.用“but for+名词”表示虚拟条件
—Did you make it at last 你们最后成功了吗？
—Yes. But for your help, it would have caused a serious loss.成功了，要不是你的帮助，我们的损失就大了。
2.用“without+名词”表示虚拟条件
Without electricity, human life would be quite different today.
如果没有电的话，人类今天的生活就会大为不同。
3.用“动词不定式”表示虚拟条件
It would be only partly right to follow in this way. 如果这样做，仅仅对了一半。
4.用“现在分词”表示虚拟条件
Having known in time ,we might have prevented the accident.
要是及时得知的话，我们也许能阻止这场事故。
5.用“过去分词”表示虚拟条件
Given more attention, the tree could have grown better.如果多留心的话，这树本来可以长的更好。
6.用“副词otherwise”表示虚拟条件
I was too busy at that time. Otherwise, I would have called you.我当时太忙，否则我就给你打电话了。
7.用“连词but连接的句子”表示隐含的虚拟条件
He _________fatter but he eats too little.
A. would become B. would have become C. must become D. must have become
【解析】答案为A。从后句“但是他吃得太少”来看，隐含着虚拟即：如果他吃得多点，就会胖些了。
（五）特殊句式虚拟结构
1.suggest, order, propose, request, require, demand, advise, insist+ 宾语从句(should )do
He suggested that we (should)not change our mind.他建议我们不要改变主意。
He insisted that he (should) go to work in the south.他坚持要到南方去工作。
注意：当suggest表示暗示，insist表示坚持观点，事实时，后接的宾语从句应当用真实语气。
His silence suggested that he agreed with my decision.他的沉默说明了他同意我的决定。
He insists that doing morning exercises does good to people’s health.他坚持认为做早操对人的身体有益。
2.It is suggested/advised/ordered/requested/required…+ that从句(should) do
It is suggested that more students should go to university.有人建议应该有更多的学生去上大学。
3.My advice/suggestion/request/requirement/order/proposal…+ is +表语从句(should)do
My advice is that you should practice speaking English as often as possible.
我的建议是有应该尽可能多地练习说英语。
4.His suggestion/advice/request/requirement…+ 同位语从句(should )do+ is..
The request that they should get more is reasonable.他们得到更多的要求是合理的。
5.It is natural/necessary/strange +that从句 (should) do表惊奇、怀疑、惋惜、不满、理应如此等。
It’s strange that he should have missed the train. 真奇怪，这样的一个人竟然是我们的朋友。（表竟然）
It is important that we should learn from others.重要的是我们理应向他人学习。（表理应如此）
It is a pity that he should not go with us.真遗憾，他不肯跟我们一起走。(表惋惜)
6.wish + that clause (did/were 与现在相反)
wish + that clause (would/could/might + do与将来相反)
wish + that clause ( had done 与过去相反)
I wish I were a doctor. 我希望我是个医生就好了。(现在)
I wish that the rain would stop. 我希望雨能停下来。(将来)
I wish that he had not made so much fuss about it. 我希望他不要把事情搞大了。(过去)
7.It is (high) time + 从句(did或should do )
It is (high) time we went/should go home. 我们真该回家了。
8.would rather + 从句 (did 与现在或将来相反)；（had done 与过去相反）
I would rather you came tomorrow. 我宁愿你现在呆在家里。
I would rather you hadn’t told her the news.我宁愿你没有把这个消息告诉她。
9.省去条件从句或主句：表示虚拟语气的主句或从句有时可以省略，但其含义仍可以推知
①省去条件从句
You could have washed your clothes yourself. 你本可以自已洗衣服的。
（省去了“If you had wanted to”，事实是：你自己没洗衣服，因为你不想洗。）
②省去主句(常用以表示愿望) If only + 从句 ( did/were与现在相反)/ (would/could/might + do与将来相反) /( had done 与过去相反) “要是……就好了”
If my grandmother were with me! 如果我的祖母与我在一起多好啊!(事实是:祖母已不在世了。)
If only she had not left! 如果她没走就好了!(事实是:她已经走了。)
If only he would come tomorrow!要是他明天能来该多好啊！
注意：only if是“只要”的意思，从句中用陈述语气。
10.as if +从句 (did/were 与现在相反) / (would/could/might + do与将来相反)/( had done 与过去相反)
I’ve loved you as if you were my relative.我一直爱你仿佛你是我的亲人。
They talked as if they had been friends for years.他们交谈起来就像是处了多年的朋友。
注意：“as if/as though”引导的状语从句中也可以用陈述语气：当说话者认为所述的是真实的或极有可能发生或存在的事实时：
It sounds as if it is raining. 听起来像是在下雨。
He talks as if he is drunk. 从他谈话的样子来看他似乎是喝醉了。
（一）情态动词
▲can表示“能力；可能性；能够”
①If it were not for the fact that she _______ sing, I would invite her to the party.
A. couldn’t B. shouldn’t C. can’t D. might not
【解析】答案为C。“fact”后接“that”引导的同位语从句，用于对其作进一步的解释。她不会唱歌是一个事实，所以要用陈述语气。can’t意为“不会，不具备某种能力”。
②The World Wide Web is sometimes jokingly called the World Wide Wait because it _________be very slow.
A. should B. must C. will D. can
【解析】答案为D。“can”在肯定句中表示“可能性”时意为“有时候可能会”，这是它的一个特殊用法。
③We hope that as many people as possible join us for the picnic tomorrow.
A. need B. must C. should D. can
【解析】答案为D。can表示“能够”。句意：希望尽量多的人能够参加明天的野餐。need意为“需要”，表示需要或有必要做某事。must意为“必须”。should意为“应该”。
▲may表示“也许，可能”
Helen _______ go on the trip with us, but she isn’t quite sure yet.
A. shall B. must C. may D. can
【解析】答案为C。句意：海伦可能（也许）会和我们一起去旅游，但她还不能确定。根据句意我们可以推断“不是她有没有这个能力去的问题”，故不能选择D项。
▲should表示“应该；按理应该”
①—I think I’ll give Bob a ring.
—You _______. You haven’t been in touch with him for ages.
A. will B. may C. have to D. should
【解析】答案为D。should意为“应该”，多表示“某事宜做、应当做或必须做”，强调主观方面的原因。根据所提供的情景“You haven’t been in touch with him for ages.”可判断出由于多年没有联系，应该给鲍勃打电话了。will意为“将”。may意为“可以”。have to意为“因客观原因不得不做某事”。
②There ____ be any difficulty about passing the road test since you have practiced a lot in the driving school.
A. mustn’t B. shan’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
【解析】答案为C。根据经验或惯例对某一情况进行推测，用“should”或“ought to”，常译成“按理应该……”或“可能会……”。“shouldn’t”是其否定形式。句意：既然你已经在驾驶学校练习了那么多，要通过路考按理说不应该有什么困难的。
▲shall表示“征询对方意见；表示法律法规条文的规定”
①—What’s the name
—Khulaifi.
—_______I spell that for you
A. Shall B. Would C. Can D. Might
【解析】答案为A。“shall”用于征询对方的意见。此句意为：要不要我给你拼出来 “would”用于第二人称，表示“愿意”。“can”用于征得对方的同意意为“可以，可能”。“might”用于征得对方的同意意为“可以”，用于疑问句和建议时比“may”更委婉和礼貌。
②一What does the sign over there read
一No person ________smoke or carry a lighted cigarette，cigar or pipe in this area.
A. will B. may C. shall D. must
【解析】答案为C。“shall”常用于第二，三人称表示命令，意为“必定，一定，应该”。
▲must表示“主观意愿”意为：“一定要”；表示“命令或要求”意为“必须、一定”。
①In crowded places like airports and railway stations, you___ take care of your luggage.
A. can B. may C. must D. will
【解析】答案为C。根据句意“在诸如飞机场和火车站那样拥挤的地方，你一定要看好你的行李。”must表示“必须，一定”；can和may表示“可能”。
②—Could I have a word with you, mum
—Oh dear, if you _______.
A. can B. must C. may D. should
【解析】答案为B。must表示“一定要”表示主观意愿。can表示“有能力”；may表示“可能、也许”；should表示“应该”。
▲have to表示“客观”上的“不得不”
①—What do you think we can do for our aged parents
—You _______do anything except to be with them and be yourself.
A. don’t have to B. oughtn’t to C. mustn’t D. can’t
【解析】答案为A。句意：除了和他们待在一起,其它的什么都不必做。mustn’t表示“禁止，不许可”的意思。
②Some aspects of a pilot’s job _______be boring, and pilots often ________work at convenient hours.
A. can; have to B. may; can C. have to; may D. ought to; must
【解析】答案为A。can意为“可能”。have to意为“不得不”表示“由于受客观条件的限制不得不做某事”。句意：从某些方面看，飞行员的工作可以说是很乏味的，因为他们经常不得不在不舒服的环境下工作好几个小时。
①You be hungry already— you had lunch only two hours ago!
A. wouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. needn’t
【解析】答案为B。can’t+动词原形表示“对现在情况的猜测或判断”意为“不可能”。根据下文“you had lunch only two hours ago!”可判断出“你不可能饿了”。
②There’s no light on—they ______be at home.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. needn’t D. shouldn’t
【解析】答案为A。根据所提供的情景“There’s no light on”可判断出他们不可能在家。mustn’t后接动词原形表示“禁止，不准”，不用于表示猜测、推测或判断。needn’t意为“没必要”。shouldn’t意为“不应该”。
③—I’ve take someone else’s green sweater by mistake.
—It _____ Harry’s. He always wears green.
A. has to be B. will be C. mustn’t be D. could be
【解析】答案为D。根据上下文 “could”在这里表示可能性。根据所提供的情景“He always wears green.”可判断出这件毛衣可能是哈利的。
①The weather turned out to be fine yesterday. I the trouble to carry my umbrella with me.
A. should have taken B. could have taken C. needn’t have taken D. mustn’t have taken
【解析】答案为C。句意：昨天结果证明天气晴朗，所以我本来就没有必要麻烦带伞的。needn’t have taken the trouble意为“本来没有必要”。
②As you worked late yesterday, you ______have come this morning.
A. mayn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. needn’t
【解析】答案为D。needn’t have +过去分词表示“过去做了没必要做的事情”。根据所提供的情景“as you worked late yesterday”可判断出今天早上没有必要来这么早（可实际上来早了）。
③I told your friend how to get to the hotel, but perhaps I have driven her there.
A. could B. must C. might D. should
【解析】答案为D。根据句子意思“ 本该开车送他去的（但是没有做）”可以得出答案。
④—I’m sorry. I ________at you the other day.
—Forget it. I was a bit out of control myself.
A. shouldn’t shout B. shouldn’t have shouted
C. mustn’t shout D. mustn’t have shouted
【解析】答案为B。句意：“对不起，几天前我本不应该朝你大喊大叫的。”“不要放在心上。我自己有点情绪失控。”shouldn’t have done sth.表示“本不应该做某事（但做了）”。
⑤—Guess what! I have got A for my term paper.
—Great! You ______read widely and put a lot of work into it.
A. must B. should C. must have D. should have
【解析】答案为C。说话人听到对方说“I have got A for my term paper”，据此来推断对方一定是读了好多书，花费了大量的心血。“must have+过去分词”表示对过去发生事情较有把握的推测。
⑥He _____ have completed his work; otherwise, he wouldn’t be enjoying himself by the seaside.
A. should B. must C. wouldn’t D. can’t
【解析】答案为B。根据语境判断，此处用must have done 表示“肯定已经……”。本句含义为：他肯定已经完成工作了；否则他现在不会在海边玩。
⑦—Where is my dictionary I remember I put it here yesterday.
—You it in the wrong place.
A. must put B. should have put C. might put D. might have put
【解析】答案为D。根据句意“你可能昨天放错了地方”可知，应用might have put表示“对过去情况较为肯定的猜测”。
⑧She have left school, for her bike is still here.
A. can’t B. wouldn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
【解析】答案为A。由下文“for her bike is still here”可知“她不可能离开了学校”，故选C项。
⑨Thank you for all your hard work last week. I don’t think we it without you.
A. can manage B. could have managed
C. could manage D. can have managed
【解析】答案为B。couldn’t have+过去分词表示“(过去)不可能”。主意否定的转移，否则就不可能正确理解句子的意思。句意：感谢你上个星期所做的艰苦努力。我想如果没有你我们就不可能把它做好的。
⑩He paid for a seat, when he _________ have entered free.
A. could B. would C. must D. need
【解析】答案为A。could have done表示“本来可以……”。句意：尽管他本来可以免费进去的，但他还是买了票。解本题的关键在于“when”一词，在本句中表示“尽管，虽然”。
（二）虚拟语气
①If there were no subjunctive mood, English ______ much easier.
A. will be B. would have been C. could have been D. would be
【解析】答案为D。观察题干，可知全句表达的是与现在事实相反的虚拟语气。故答案为D。句意：如果没有虚拟语气的话，英语会更加简单的。
②________he had not hurt his leg, John would have won the race.
A. If B. Since C. Though D. When
【解析】答案为A。句意：如果他的腿没有受伤的话，他就会赢得此次比赛了。根据句意可知此句是是与过去事实相反的虚拟条件句，应选“if”引导虚拟条件句。
③If it _______ tomorrow, we________ put off the visit to the Yangpu Bridge.
A. rains; would have had to B. were to rain; will have to
C. should rain; would have to D. rained; should have had to
【解析】答案为C。根据语境中所给时间状语tomorrow可知，这是表示将来的条件状语从句，本句可使用陈述语气（条件句用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时），也可使用与将来事实相反的虚拟语气（条件句用did/were to do/should do…，主句用would do…），根据所给选项，只有答案C项为正确答案。
特别注意省略“if”的虚拟条件句
④________fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.
A. Would you be B. Should you be C. Could you be D. Might you be
【解析】答案为B。虚拟条件句省略了“if”，要把“should”放在从句主语的前面构成部分倒装。句意：即使你被解雇了，医疗保障和其它福利也不会受到影响。
⑤______for the free tickets, I would not have gone to the films so often.
A. If it is not B. Were it not C. Had it not been D. If they were not
【解析】答案为C。根据主句中谓语动词结构would not have gone，说明前一分句是与过去事实相反的虚拟条件句，应选用过去完成时结构，分析四个选项，只有选项C（倒装结构）为正确答案。实际上，相当于一个陈述结构：If it had not been for…。
If Newton lived today, he would be surprised by what________in science and technology.
A. had discovered B. had been discovered C. has discovered D. has been discovered
【解析】答案为D。与现在的事实相反，从句用的是过去时，主语用“would”加动词原形构成。“by”后的宾语从句是现在的事实，因此就该用与实际相符的时态来表示。“by”后的宾语从句表示的意思是：科学技术已经发现的东西。
①They ________two free tickets to Canada, otherwise they’d never have been able to afford to go.
A. had got B. got C. have got D. get
【解析】答案为B。【简析】根据下文“否则他们不可能负担得起”中所用的“虚拟语气”表示“与过去的事实相反的情况”可以推断上文应该是一个过去的事实。
②But for the Party, he _______ of hunger 30 years ago.
A. would have died B. must have died C. would die D. died
【解析】答案为A。but for=without意为“要是没有……”，常跟虚拟语气连用。根据后面的时间状语判断是跟过去事实相反的虚拟语气。
③Without the air to hold some of the sun’s heat, the earth at night__, too cold for us to live.
A. would be freezing cold B. will be freezing coldly
C. would be frozen cold D. can freeze coldly
【解析】答案为A。句中介词短语Without the air to hold some of the sun’s heat暗示条件，实际上相当于一个明确的条件状语从句If there were no air to hold…。根据句意，句中时间状语today说明句子是对现在的假设，所以，该句应用与现在事实相反的动词虚拟结构形式。
④Having known earlier, we __________such a thing from happening again.
A. would stopped B. should have stopped C. would have stopped D. need have stopped
⑤— He _________ in the experiment last time.
— Luckily he followed your advice.
A. failed B. was failing C. might have failed D. would have failed
【解析】答案为D。根据对话情景可知，应答句Luckily he followed your advice（很幸运他听了你的建议）实际上就是上一句讲话人暗示的条件。从应答句所给特定的动词时态（一般过去时）看，说明上一句中讲话人所说内容是对过去情况的假设，故暗示的条件句应为If he hadn’t followed your advice。由此可见，选项部分应为主句的谓语动词，与过去事实相反，应选用would have failed。
①Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it________ yesterday.
A. was happening B. happens C. has happened D. happened
【解析】答案为A。as if意为“好像，仿佛……似的”，所引导的从句如果表示真实情况，谓语动词用陈述语气。如果表示非真实情况，谓语动词用虚拟语气。因为伊丽莎所能想起的事都发生在过去，而不是发生在昨天，是非真实情况，所以要用虚拟语气。
②—I’m going to see the victim’s brother.
—I’d rather you__________________.
A. didn’t B. do not C. don’t D. do
【解析】答案为A 。 would rather后面从句用一般过去时表示跟现在事实相反的虚拟语气。
③—Don’t you think it necessary that he _______to Miami but to New York
—I agree, but the problem is ________ he has refused to.
A. will not be sent; that B. not be sent; that
C. should not be sent; what D. should not send; what
【解析】答案为B。在“It is necessary that…”句型中，从句中常常用虚拟语气，其形式为“should+动词原型”，“should”也可以省略。第二空考查了表语从句。“that”没有实际的意义，只起一个连接的作用。
④I wish that you _____ such a bad headache because I’m sure that you would have enjoyed the concert.
A. hadn’t B. didn’t have had C. hadn’t had D. hadn’t have
【解析】答案为C。wish后面用过去完成时表示与过去事实相反的虚拟语气。
2009年
1. (全国卷I)What do you mean, there are only ten tickets There be twelve
A. should B. would C. will D. shall
【答案】A
【解析】由语义：你什么意思啊？只有十张票，应该有十二张，可知正确答案是A项。
2. (全国卷II) I can’t leave. She told me that I stay here until she comes back.
A. can B. must C. will D. may
【答案】B
【解析】根据前文, “我不能走”, 可以判断她告诉我 “必须”呆在这儿。must表示“必须、一定”。
3. (北京卷) One of the few things you ___ say about English people with certainty is that they talk a lot about the weather.
A. need B. must C. should D. can
【答案】D
【解析】关于英国人你可以肯定的一点是他们谈论很多的天气。用can表示可以，能够，所以正确答案为D项。不能选C，should是表示责任和义务的。
4.（上海卷）It_____ have been Tom that parked the car here, as he is the only one with a car.
A. may B. can C. must D. should
【答案】C
【解析】从后句他是唯一有车的人可以知道这一定是汤姆停的车，语气绝对和肯定用“must”。
5.This printer is of good quality. If it _______ break down within the first year, we would repair it at our expense.
A. would B. should C. could D. might
【答案】B
【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：这台打印机的质量很好。如果在第一年里它坏了的,修理费用由我们负担。对将来虚拟时，用should/were to do +v原形。
6.（重庆卷）—Hi, Tom. Any idea where Jane is
—She in the classroom. I saw her there just now.
A. shall be B. should have been
C. must be D. might have been
【答案】C
【解析】根据语境知道问现在在哪里，而第二句话是指我刚才见到他在教室里，由此可以肯定，她现在一定在教室里，是对现在的肯定推测。
7.（安徽卷）Some people who don’t like to talk much are not necessarily shy；they just be quiet people.
A. must B. may C. should D. would
【答案】B
【解析】前半句为“有些人不喜欢讲很多话未必就是因为害羞,”后半句应该为”他们可能是比较安静的人。”
8.（安徽卷）But for their help，we the program in time.
A. can not finish B. will not finish C. had not finished D. could not have finished
【答案】D
【解析】But for起到了对过去虚拟的条件句作用,后面自然要选would/could/might/should+have done结构了。
9.（福建卷）But for the help of my English teacher, I the first prize in the English Writing Competition.
A. would not win B. would not have won C. would win D. would have won
【答案】B
【解析】此处虚拟语气表示与过去事实相反，句子谓语动词用would/should/could/might + have done结构，故选B。
10.（湖南卷）— It’s the office! So you know eating is not allowed here.
— Oh, sorry.
A. must B. will C. may D. need
【答案】A
【解析】句意为：这是办公室！因此你必须知道吃的不允许带到这里。must表示“绝不”的意思。
11.（江苏卷）He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he it differently.
A. could express B. would express C. could have expressed D. must have expressed
【答案】C
【解析】he could have expressed it differently的意思为“他要是用另一种方式来说该多好啊”。
12.（辽宁卷）The traffic is heavy this day, I arrive a bit late, so could you save me a place
A. can B. must C. need. D. might
【答案】D
【解析】A 项can 常用于疑问、否定的猜测句；must一定的意思表示很肯定的猜测，而此处的语境应该是或许，大概之意，故选D项。
13.（四川卷） —I don’t care what people think. —Well, you _______
A. could B. would C. should D. might
【答案】C
【解析】答话的人提了一个建议——你应该关注别人对你的评价的。should可以用来向别人提建议，所以答案为C项。
14.（浙江卷）The doctor recommended that you swim after eating a large meal.
A. wouldn’t B. couldn’t C. needn’t D. shouldn’t
【答案】D
【解析】recommend的宾语从句中用虚拟语气既：（should）+v,所以答案为D。
2010年
1.(全国I) Just be patient .You_____________ except the world to change so soon.
A. can’t B. needn’t C. may not D. will not
【答案】A
【解析】通过选项此题考察情态动词，can't在否定句中可以表示推测，译为不可能，，可以表示能力，译为不能够，也可以表示命令，不允许，但是语气比mustn't弱，具有劝慰的意思，根据句意此题中选择A项，can't表示劝慰。句意：耐心一点儿，你不可能期望世界变化如此快。
2.(全国II) I’m afraid Mr.Harding ____ see you now . he’s busy.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
【答案】A
【解析】结合语境，根据情态动词用于疑问或否定推测时，要用can’t。
3.(安徽卷) Jack descried his father, who _____a brave boy many years ago, as a strong-willed man
A. would be B. would have been C. must be D. must have been
【答案】D
【解析】句意：杰克把他的父亲描述为一个意志坚强的人，他的父亲多年前肯定很勇敢。用must have been表示对过去事情的肯定推测。
4.(北京卷)—Good morning. I've got an appointment with Miss Smith in the Personnel Department.
—Ah, good morning. You be Mrs. Peters.
A. might B. must C. would D. can
【答案】B
【解析】第一个说话人说和史密斯小姐有约，那下面的人就回应说，“那您一定就是Mrs. Peters了”因此排除A，C，D三个选项。
5.(北京卷)－The weather has been very hot and dry.
－Yes. If it had rained even a drop, things would be much better now! And my vegetables .
A. wouldn't die B. didn't die C. hadn't died D. wouldn't have died
【答案】D
【解析】第二个说话人的If条件句是我们选择正确答案的关键。要是当时下雨了，现在的情况就好的多了！我的蔬菜也就不会死了。与过去事实相反：过去没有下雨，所以我的蔬菜干死了也是发生在过去。将句子整合还原：If it had rained even a drop, my vegetables wouldn't have died.
If+ had done,主句为couldn’t/ shouldn't/ wouldn't have done.
6.(福建卷)Teachers recommend parents their children under 12 to ride bicycles to school for safety.
A. not allow B. do not allow C. mustn’t allow D. couldn’t allow
【答案】A
【解析】recommend 后面的（that）从句中要用虚拟语气：should+do, should可以使省略。 =Teachers recommend parents should not allow…=Teachers recommend parents not to allow…句意：老师建议父母出于安全考虑最好不要让12岁以下的孩子骑自行车去学校。
7.(湖南卷)If he __________my advice, he wouldn’t have lost his job.
A. followed B. should follow C. had followed D. would follow
【答案】C
【解析】根据“wouldn’t have lost”可判断if引导的状语从句表示与过去事实相反的虚拟，故选C项。
8.(湖南卷)You_________ buy a gift , but you can if you want to.
A. must B. mustn’t C. have to D. don’t have to
【答案】D
【解析】don’t have to 意为“没有必要”，符合语境，句意：你没有必要买礼物，但如果你想买的话，你也可以买。
9.(江苏卷)—I haven’t got the reference book yet, but I’ll have a test on the subject next month.
—Don’t worry. You______ have it by Friday.
A. could B. shall C. must D. may
【答案】B
【解析】shall在第二人称中表示允诺，还可以表示强制，命令，威胁，警告。还有在法律条文中的要求或规定。
10.(江苏卷)George is going to talk about the geography of his country, but I’d rather he_______ more on its culture.
A. focus B. focused C. would focus D. had focused
【答案】B
【解析】would rather后应用虚拟语气，表示与现在时间相反，用动词的过去式。
11.(江西卷)I have told you the truth I keep repeating it
A. Must B. Can C. May D. Will
【答案】A
【解析】must必须,一定，can可以,能够， may也许，will意愿,倾向性动作。前半句说我告诉你事实了，这里用的是现在完成时，表示过去的动作对现在造成了影响,既然我已经说了,我还必须重复一遍吗？
12.(辽宁卷)Doctors say that exercise is important for health, but it _______ be regular exercise.
A. can B. will C. must D. may
【答案】C
【解析】can一般表示“可能，或能力”；will表示“意志”；may表示“许可，可能”；must表示“必须”。句意：医生说锻炼对身体重要，但是必须是有规律的锻炼。
13.(山东卷)I_______ have watched that movie —it’ll give me horrible dreams.
A. shouldn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
【答案】A
【解析】句意：“我本来不应该看那部电影的——它会使我做噩梦的。”表示“本来不应该做而做了某事”用shouldn’t have done, 所以A项正确。
14.(陕西卷)If we _ __ the other road, we might have arrived here in time for the meeting.
A. take B. had taken C. took D. have taken
【答案】B
【解析】考查虚拟语气。所填词做虚拟语气中条件状语从句的谓语，根据主句的谓语动词形式might have arrived可知题干是与过去事实相反，故所填部分用had+过去分词形式，选B项。句意：如果当时走了另一条路，我们就有可能及时赶到这儿开会了。
15.(陕西卷)—May I take this book out of the reading room
—No, you . You read it in here.
A. mightn’t B. won’t C. needn’t D. mustn’t
【答案】D
【解析】英语中用could，might表示询问或征求意见的问句中，肯定性应答要用can或may来代替could或might，而may或might征求意见的问句否定应答时要用mustn’t，故本题选D项。
16.(四川卷)— I take the book out
—I'm afraid not.
A. Will B. May C. Must D. Need
【答案】B
【解析】表请求可用情态动词can, may, could, might ,表允许用can, may。句意：“我可以将这本书带出去吗？”“恐怕不行”。故应选表情请求的情态动词may。
17.(天津卷)Mark _______ have hurried. After driving at top speed, he arrived half an hour early.
A. needn’t B. wouldn’t C. mustn’t D. couldn’t
【答案】A
【解析】根据后面的语境，提前半个小时到达，说明Mark本来不必那么匆忙，所以用needn’t have done 结构，表示“本来不必要做某事的而实际上做了”。句意：迈克本来不必要那么忙的。这么高速驾驶之后，他早半个小时到达了。
18.(天津卷)－John went to the hospital alone.
－If he _______ me about it, I would have gone with him.
A. should tell B. tells C. told D. had told
【答案】D
【解析】前一句是陈述语气，说明动发生在过去，而且后一句的主句已经是would have gone说明是与过去事实相反的虚拟语气。与之对应的从句结构，应该用had+过去分词。句意：约翰独自去了医院。如果他告诉我的话，我会跟他一起去的。
19.(重庆卷)You park here! It’s an emergency exit.
A. wouldn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
【答案】D
【解析】由后面的 “这是一个紧急出口”可知, 这儿是禁止人们停车的, 所以用“mustn’t”表示禁止某人做某事。
20.(浙江卷) “You ____ have a wrong number,” she said. “There’s no one of that name here.”
A. need B. can C. must D. would
【答案】C
【解析】肯定的猜测，用must。
21.(浙江卷)Had I known about this computer program, a huge amount of time and energy __ .
A. would have been saved B. had been saved
C. will be saved D. was saved
【答案】A
【解析】根据句子的倒装特征判断此处是省略了if的虚拟语气，原形是：If I had known about this computer program, a huge amount of time and energy .句意：如果我早知道这个电脑程序，就可以节省大量的时间和精力了。
22.(上海卷)－Sorry, Professor Smith. I didn't finish the assignment yesterday.
－Oh, you have done it as yesterday was the deadline.
A. must B. mustn't C. should D. shouldn't
【答案】C
【解析】此处表示和过去事实相反的情况，应该用should + have +过去分词。表示“本来应该做，而未做”。
2011年
1.(新课标卷) They have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed.
A. will B. can C. must D. should
【答案】D
【解析】will have done将来可以完成；can have done可能做过……吗？表示对过去行为的怀疑，用于疑问句；must have done一定做过某事，表示对过去事情的肯定推测；should have done本来应该做某事，而实际没做。but their flight was delayed这样的结果，说明他们本来该到达却没有到达，因此选D。句意：他们本该午饭时到达，但他们的航班推迟了。
2.(大纲卷) If you smoke, please go outside.
A. can B. should C. must D. may
【答案】C
【解析】must (表示主张)一定要，坚持要。根据后一句please go outside的要求，选C项。句意：如果你非得要抽烟，请到外面去抽。
3.（北京卷）—I don’t really like James. Why did you invite him
—Don’t worry. He come. He said he wasn’t certain what his plans were.
A. must not B. need not C. would not D. might not
【答案】D
【解析】题干中的he wasn’t certain说明他可能不来，可能来，因此使用不完全否定might not。选D项。句意：“我真不喜欢James。你为何请了他？”“别担心。他可能来不了。他说他的计划还没安排好。”
4.（北京卷）—Where are the children The dinner’s going to be completely ruined.
—I wish they always late.
A. weren’t B. hadn’t been C. wouldn’t be D. wouldn’t have been
【答案】A
【解析】wish后面的宾语从句中要用虚拟语气。题干中出现了always，从句中用一般过去时表示虚拟。句意：“孩子们在哪儿？这顿饭快要吃不起来了。”“我但愿他们不要老是迟到。”
5. Maybe if I science, and not literature then, I would be able to give you more help.
A. studied B. would study C. had studied D. was studying
【答案】C
【解析】then表示过去的时间，if引导的从句是对过去的虚拟，因此使用过去完成时。选C项。句意：或许那时我要是学了理科而不是文科的话，我现在就能给你更多的帮助了。
6.（天津卷）I ______ sooner but I didn’t know that they were waiting for me.
A. had come B. was coming C. would come D. would have come
【答案】 D
【解析】but I didn’t know表示了过去时间，因此前句是对过去的虚拟，用主语+should / would / could / might + have done表达，故选D项。句意：我本来可以早点来，但我真不知道他们在等我。
7.I ______ worry about my weekend—I always have my plans ready before it comes.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. daren’t D. needn’t
【答案】D
【解析】根据句意“我没有必要担心我的周末。在周末到来之前我总是会事先作好计划的。”选择D项。needn’t do sth没有必要做某事。
8.（江苏卷）—I left my handbag on the train, but luckily someone gave it to a railway official.
—How unbelievable to get it back! I mean, someone ______ it.
A. will have stolen B. might have stolen C. should have stolen D. must have stolen
【答案】B
【解析】will have stolen是将来完成时，表示到将来某个时间，某件事一定会发生，显然不符合语境;should have stolen表示本该做某事，也不符合意思;must have stolen表示一定做了某事，显然错误。这里应该选用might have stolen表示说话者觉得包落在火车上，很有可能会被别人偷走的。句意：“我把包忘在火车上了，但幸运的是，有人拾到后交给了一位铁路官员。 “失而复得，简直令人难以置信！我的意思是，本来可能有人会偷走的。”
9.（福建卷）—Shall I inform him of the change of the schedule right now
—I am afraid you , in case he comes late for the meeting .
A. will B. must C. may D. can
【答案】B
【解析】must (表示必要、命令或强制)必须,得。根据后半句，选B项。句意：“需要我现在就通知他计划有变吗？”“恐怕你得这样做，以防他开会迟到。”
10.（福建卷）—Pity you missed the lecture on nuclear pollution.
—I it, but I was busy preparing for a job interview.
A. attended B. had attended C. would attend D. would have attended
【答案】D
【解析】对过去的虚拟，用主语+should / would / could / might + have done表达，故选D项。句意：“真可惜你错过了那场有关核污染的讲座。”“我本可以去听的，但我当时忙于工作面试。”
11.（安徽卷）—What do you think of store shopping in the future
—Personally, I think it will exist along with home shopping but _______.
A. will never replace B. would never replace
C. will never be replaced D. would never be replaced
【答案】C
【解析】根据I think it will exist along with home shopping，排除虚拟的选项D，这是表示将来的时间，考虑到被动语态，选C项。句意：“你对将来的商店购物怎么看？”“我个人认为会与在家购物并存，但商店购物不会被取代。”
12.（浙江卷）—How’s your new babysitter
—We ________ask for a better one. All our kids love her so much.
A. should B. might C. mustn’t D. couldn’t
【答案】D
【解析】should应该；might可能，可以；mustn’t禁止；couldn’t不可能。根据句意选D项。句意：“你们新来的保姆怎么样？”“我们不可能找到（比她）更好的了。我们的孩子们很喜欢她。”
13.（四川卷）The police still haven’t found the lost child, but they’re doing all they .
A. can B. may C. must D. should
【答案】A
【解析】can可以，能够；may可能，许可；must必须；should应该。根据句意，选A项。句意：警方依然没有找到失踪的孩子，但他们现在正在做他们所能做的一切。
14.（重庆卷）—Why didn’t you come to Simon’s party last night
— I wanted to ,but my mom simply ________ not let me out so late at night.
A. could B. might C. would D. should
【答案】C
【解析】could可以，能够，表示可能性或用于婉转语气；might可能，表示不确定；would愿意，偏要，表示意志；should应该，表示建议、命令、决定等。根据题意选C。句意：“昨晚你为什么没来参加Simon的聚会？”“我想来的，但我妈妈就是不让我这么晚出来。”
15.（陕西卷）I________ through that bitter period without your generous help.
A. couldn’t have gone B. didn’t go C. wouldn’t go D. hadn’t gone
【答案】A
【解析】that bitter period表示过去的时间，对过去的虚拟语气用主语+should / would / could / might + have done表达，故选A。句意：没有你的慷慨帮助，我是不可能度过那段痛苦的时期的。
16.（陕西卷）—Will you read me a story ,Mummy
—OK. You________ have one if you go to bed as soon as possible.
A. might B. must C. could D. shall
【答案】D
【解析】句意：“妈妈，可以读一个故事给我听吗？”“好的，如果你马上上床睡觉的话。”shall 用于陈述句中的第二、第三人称时,表示说话人的意图、允诺、警告、命令、决心等，题中是母亲对儿子的承诺，故选D项。
17.（湖南卷）No one ________ be compared with Yao Ming in playing basketball.
A. can B. need C. must D. might
【答案】A
【解析】句意：在打篮球方面没人能比得上姚明。can可以，能够；need需要；must必须；might可能。故根据题意，选A项。
18.(辽宁卷) If you go, at least wait until the storm is over.
A. can B. may C. must D. will
【答案】C
【解析】can可以，能够；may 可能，许可；must(表示主张)一定要，坚持要；will将要，愿意。根据后句的劝告，选C。句意：如果你非得走话，至少也要等到这暴风雨过去后。
19.（江西卷）It _______ be the postman at the door. It’s only six o’clock.
A. mustn’t B. can’t C. won’t D. needn’t
【答案】B
【解析】mustn’t 禁止，不允许；can’t 不可能；won’t 不愿意，就是不，偏不；needn’t 不需要。根据后一句中“现在仅仅是六点”，only一词肯定语气强烈，前一句为门外的绝不可能是邮递员。故选B。句意：不可能是邮递员在门口，才六点钟呢。
20.（江西卷）We _____John’s name on the race list yesterday but for his recent injury.
A. will put B. will have put C. would put D. would have put
【答案】B
【解析】but for 是虚拟语气的提示，yesterday表示过去的时间。对过去的虚拟，用主语+should/would/could/might+have done表达，故选B。句意：要不是因为他最近受伤，我们本应该把John的名字加进昨天的比赛名单中。
1.—Why didn’t Alex attend the party yesterday evening
—He ________not have wanted to see me.
A. should B. might C. could D. would
【答案】B
【解析】句意：他可能不想来见我。might have done 表示对过去一种不太肯定的推测。
2. —May I tell this to my close friend
—No, you ________.Never let anybody else know about it.
A. needn’t B. shouldn’t C. mustn’t D. can’t
【答案】C
【解析】由“决不可以让其他任何人知道”可知选C，mustn’t 表示“不允许，不可以”，语气强烈。
3.—Mum, I am feeling tired and sleepy now.
—You ________so late last night.
A. couldn’t have stayed up B. mustn’t have stayed up
C. shouldn’t have stayed up D. needn’t have stayed up
【答案】C
【解析】shouldn’t have stayed up本来不该熬夜。couldn’t have stayed up不可能熬夜；needn’t have stayed up本没有必要熬夜。根据语意可知本句是母亲责备孩子昨晚熬夜了，故选C项。
4. Shopping online can save much time as you ________go to a shop or walk around crowded shopping centers.
A. don’t have to B. oughtn’t to C. won’t D. mustn’t
【答案】A
【解析】句意：由于不必去商店或者拥挤的购物中心，网上购物能够节省大量时间。根据句意，应选A项。
5.—Everyone in my class passed the exam.
—Oh, really？It ________difficult.
A. can’t have been B. needn’t have been C. must be D. mightn’t be
【答案】A
【解析】对过去进行推测，表示“一定不”应使用can’t have done。语意：——我们班上每个人都通过了考试。——哦，真的吗？那题目一定不难。
6.—Did you punish him for losing your digital camera
—Yes, but I don’t think I________.
A. should do that B. need to have done so
C. ought have done that D. should have done so
【答案】D
【解析】句意：“他把你的数码相机弄丢了，你处罚他了吗？”“是的。但我现在认为当时我不应该这样做。”shouldn’t have done sth.意为“(过去)不应该做某事，但实际上已做了”。此处否定发生了转移。
7.It ________be really cold in November in Hefei though we usually have warm and sunny days.
A. should B. will C. must D. can
【答案】D
【解析】can可表示常有的行为和情况，意为“有时会，时而可能”。句意为：尽管合肥十一月的时候常常很暖和，但有时候可能会很冷。根据语意选D项。
8.The well-dressed lady was caught stealing in the fashion shop. Strangely enough, she ________have done such a thing.
A. would B. must C. should D. might
【答案】C
【解析】根据题干中的Strangely enough 可知，这里应该用should，表示惊讶，可译为“竟然”。
9.—Mary’s score on the test is the highest in her class.
—Really？She ________have studied very hard.
A. may B. ought to C. must D. should
【答案】C
【解析】may have done可能已经……；ought to have done 本应该……；must have done一定曾……，一定已经……；should have done 本应该……。句意：“玛丽的考试成绩是全班最高的。”“真的吗？她一定很努力了。”
10.Don’t play with the dog, Jack, for it ________be dangerous at times.
A. shall B. should C. can D. must
【答案】C
【解析】句意：杰克，不要逗狗玩，因为狗有时可能是危险的。can 在此表示理论上的可能性，其他三项则无此意，故选C项。
11. The purpose of education ________ be to provide students with a value system—not to prepare them for a specific job.
A. will B. should C. could D. may
【答案】B
【解析】句意：教育的目的应该是为学生提供一套价值观，而不是让他们为从事某一项特定的工作做好准备。情态动词should表示“应该”，合乎语境。
12.—Where is Lucy
—I can’t say where she is, but she ________have gone to meet her classmates，for they want to go to Sichuan to work as volunteers.
A. can B. should C. must D. may
13.—Mum, would you please buy me an MP5 player
—If you can help do the dishes the whole vacation, you ________have one as a reward.
A. must B. need C. would D. shall
【答案】 D
【解析】shall用于第一、三人称问句中表示征询对方意见；shall用于第二、三人称的肯定句中，表示“警告、许诺、命令、威胁”等语气。答句句意：如果你整个假期能够帮助洗盘子的话，就会得到一个MP5作为回报。shall表示允诺。
14.If human beings had been a bit less greedy and cruel, more birds and animals ________dying out.
A. ought to avoid B. could have been avoided
C. should have avoided D. might have avoided
【答案】D
【解析】句意：如果人类少点贪婪少点残忍，更多的鸟类和动物就有可能免于灭绝。这里考查的是对过去情况的假设，从句用had done，主句用would/could/might have done。avoid “避免”，其后接doing 时没有被动语态。
15.________anyone call, please tell him I’m not free.
A. Must B. Can C. May D. Should
【答案】D
【解析】句意：如果有人给我打电话，就告诉他我很忙。第一个分句是省略了if 虚拟条件句，补充完整为：If anyone should call，please tell him I’m not free.当if 省略时，句子要倒装，故D项正确。
16.If you hadn’t taken such a long time to get dressed, we ________there by now.
A. would be B. are C. have been D. had been
【答案】A
【解析】如果不是你穿衣服花了那么长时间的话，我们现在就到那里了。从句用了与过去相反的虚拟语气，但主句与现在情况相反，故选A项。
17.—I didn’t attend the lecture yesterday.
—I________, either, if my mother hadn’t reminded me.
A. wouldn’t B. wouldn’t have C. didn’t D. hadn’t
【答案】B
【解析】从句子中if my mother hadn’t reminded me 知，此处是对过去状况的虚拟，主句应该用should/would/could/might＋have done结构，从选项中看只有B项合适(I wouldn’t have 是I wouldn’t have attended the lecture的省略)。
18. Without the help of my English teacher, I ________ the first prize in the English Speaking Competition.
A. would win B. would have won C. would not win D. would not have won
【答案】D
【解析】这是一个隐含的虚拟条件句，含有if my English teacher hadn't helped me with my spoken English之意，表示与过去的事实相反，故用与过去相反的虚拟语气，因此D项符合题意。
19. —I ________ to your birthday party last Sunday.
—Unfortunately, you were out on business.
A. had come B. came C. would come D. would have come
【答案】D
【解析】根据答句“很遗憾，你当时在外出差”可知，说话人没能参加答话人的生日晚会，因此选D项，表示“我如果当时有时间的话，就参加你上周日的生日晚会了”。
20.—It's hard to believe that Jack ________ have fought with the policeman.
—Yes. If one ________ ask for trouble, it can't be helped.
A. would; will B. must; may C. should; must D. need; dare
【答案】C
【解析】句意：“难以置信，杰克竟然与警察打了一架。”“是的。如果一个人非要找麻烦，实在没法子。”句中should表示“竟然”，must表示“硬要，非要”。
21.We’re still at the airport. If it weren't for the delayed flight, we ________ the concert right now.
A. can be enjoying B. must have enjoyed
C. would be enjoying D. should have enjoyed
【答案】C
【解析】if条件句中的虚拟要注意：对现在状况的虚拟，条件句中用“一般过去时态，be动词用were”，而主句用“should/would/could/might＋do”，同时根据right now可知，此处是对正在进行的状态的虚拟，故选C项。
22.—Thank you for reminding me of the time, or I ________ late yesterday.
—Don’t mention it.
A. should be B. would be C. will have been D. would have been
【答案】D
【解析】从语境可知说话人是在谈论昨天的事，因此要使用情态动词would＋完成式。句意：谢谢你提
醒我时间，不然昨天我就迟到了。
23. I was totally shocked that that child ________ have said such a thing to his parents.
A. might B. could C. would D. should
【答案】D
【解析】情态动词较为特殊的用法。句意：我十分震惊，那个孩子竟然对他的父母说了那样的话。由此可知所缺情态动词表示“竟然”之意。
24.—Did you hear Tom was criticized for his spelling mistakes in his English composition
—Yes, but a more careful person ________ so many mistakes.
A. wouldn’t make B. needn’t have made C. shouldn’t make D. wouldn’t have made
【答案】D
【解析】“一个比较细心的人是不会犯这么多错误的”。根据句意，这里表示对“过去状况的虚拟”，用“情态动词＋have done”。wouldn't have done表示“过去本不该做……(实际却做了)”；而needn't have done表示“过去本没必要做……”；A项和C项是对现在状况的虚拟，由此我们不难判断这里选D项。
25.—He was receiving more and more attention in the company.
—So he was. But for his good education, he ________ the job.
A. will never get B. shouldn't have got C. would not have got D. mustn't have got
【答案】C
【解析】回话句意：他确实在公司里受到越来越多的关注，要不是他受过良好的教育，他就不会得到这份工作。“受教育”和“得到工作”都是过去的事实，说明此处表示与过去事实相反，But for his good education是介词短语表示虚拟条件，因此主句的谓语动词用would not have got，表示对过去事实的虚拟。
26.—Did you meet with Mr. Jackson
—________ I had come here a little earlier.
A. If only B. Only if C. But for D. For fear
【答案】A
【解析】句意：“你见到杰克逊先生了吗？”“(没有，)要是我来得稍微早点儿就好了。”If only意为“要是……就好了，但愿”，表示对过去愿望的虚拟语气。Only if“只要……就，只有”，表示条件。
27.The captain urged that the mission ________ before dark.
A. must be finished B. ought to be finished C. be finished D. was finished
【答案】C
【解析】urge表示“竭力主张”，引导that从句时，从句应使用虚拟语气，形式为“should＋do”，should可以省略。故答案为C项。
28.If he ________ that he ________ to work there then, everything would be OK now.
A. insisted; be sent B. insisted; was sent C. had insisted; be sent D. had insisted; was sent
【答案】C
【解析】当insist表示“坚持要求”时，其后的宾语从句要用虚拟语气，从句的谓语动词用(should) do，由此可以排除B、D两项；另外，从句表示对过去已经发生的事情的虚拟，谓语动词要用had done的形式，因此C项正确。
29.—Did you make it at last
—Yes. But for your help, it ________a serious loss.
A. would cause B. must have caused C. would have caused D. may cause
【答案】C
【解析】句意：“你们最后成功了吗？”“成功了，要不是你的帮助，我们的损失就大了。”but for...要不是……。
30.—How much of the foreign expert’s speech have you understood
—Next to nothing. I wish I ________harder at English.
A. worked B. had worked C. would work D. were working
【答案】B
【解析】wish 后的宾语从句用虚拟语气，此处表示与过去事实相反。句意：我希望我(过去)更努力地学习英语了。
31.Would you rather I _____ buying a new bike
A. decided against B. will decide against C. have decided D. shall decide against
【答案】A
【解析】would rather的宾语从句用sb. did的形式。
32.You look so tired tonight. It is time you _____.
A. go to sleep B. went to sleep C. go to bed D. went to bed
【答案】B
【解析】It is time后面的定语从句用sb. did的形式。
33.He was very busy yesterday; otherwise, he _____ to the meeting.
A. would come B. came C. would have come D. will come
【答案】C
【解析】otherwise经常可以搭配虚拟语气，表示与过去事实相反。
34.I do not have a job. I would find one but I _____ no time.
A. had B. didn’t have C. had had D. have
【答案】B
【解析】but的并列句表示真实情况，不用虚拟语气。
35.—It looks as if he were drunk.
—So it does. _________.
A. He’d better give up drinking B. He shouldn’t have drunk so much
C. Health is more important than drink D. I wonder why he is always doing so
【答案】D
【解析】关键信息是It looks as if he were drunk 中的虚拟语气，句子既然用了虚拟语气，也就是说，“他喝醉了”不是事实，只是他的言行好像是醉了，所以此题的最佳答案是D项。代词是高考考查的重点语法项目之一，也是考生容易出错的项目，因为代词具有较大灵活性。考生在做代词选择填空时最容易犯的错误是1）机械地套用语法规则；2）用汉语思维去分析题意。从高考考查情况看，高考考查最多的是不定代词，因为不定代词是整个代词中最为活跃的部分，其次是名词性物主代词和反身代词。
单数 复数
第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称
人称代词 主格 I you he she it we you they
宾格 me you him her it us You them
物主代词 形容词性 my your his her its our your their
名词性 mine yours his hers its ours yours theirs
反身代词 myself yourself himself herself itself ourselves yourselves themselves
指示代词 this that such these those such
相互代词 宾格 each other one another
所有格 each other’s one another’s
不定代词 可数 one each, many, (a) few ,both, another, either., neither
不可数 much, (a) little
可数不可数 any other all some
复合不定代词 anyone anybody anything somebody something someone everyone everything everybody nobody nothing
疑问代词 who whom whose which what
连接代词 who whom whose which what（参见第九讲）
关系代词 who whom whose which that（参见第十一讲）
1.人称代词
①在句中作主语用主格，在句中作宾语,则用宾格；
She teaches them physics.
②在句中作表语常用宾格；
Who is it It’s me.
但有时要用主格：It was I who told him the whole story.
在强调句型中,强调的是主语,故I用主格。
③两个或两个以上的人称代词并列时，其顺序是：
单数按2，3，1人称排列，复数按1，2，3人称顺序排列。
you, she and I ; we, you and they
2.物主代词
①形容词性物主代词只能作宾语
We love our motherland.
②名词性物主代词可用作主语,表语和宾语
Your coat is black while mine is red.
3.反身代词
①用作宾语、表语，或主语、宾语的同位语
He teaches himself Japanese every evening.（宾语）
She is not quite herself today.她今天身体不太舒服。（表语）
I myself can repair the bike.（主语的同位语）
②常用含有反身代词的惯用语归纳
by oneself= alone 独自 for oneself独立、为自己
be oneself处于正常状态,显得自然 enjoy oneself玩得愉快
seat oneself坐下 dress oneself in 给自己穿
devote oneself to专心于、献身于 help oneself to 自行取用、不用客气
come to oneself苏醒 make oneself at home 不要客气
4.指示代词
①this和that是近指, that和those 是远指
I don’t want this book. I want that one.
②有时为了避免重复，常用that/ those 来代表前面出现过的名词
At this time of year，the weather here is much colder than that in Nanjing.
③this和that都可代表前面提到过的事情,若出现两个名词,指代前面的用that指代较后面的用this；但若指下文将要叙述事情,则只能用this，不能用that。此外，还可用于代替上文中出现过个单数或不可数名词，且后面带有of短语修饰。
Health is above wealth; this cannot give so much happiness as that.
健康胜于财富;财富不会像健康那样带来那么多幸福(句中this=wealth; that=health)
They cant afford it. That/this is their problem.
What I want you to remember is this :English is of great use.(此句中this不能用that替换)
The population of Shanghai is larger than that of Suzhou.
④such的用法
such 一般在句中作定语和主语.用作定语时,它所修饰的名词前的不定冠词应放在之后。
Such is my answer.
Such are the results of the exams.
I have never seen such beautiful flowers.
用作定语时,它所修饰的名词前的不定冠词应放在such之后such a good book。
5.相互代词
①在句中可作宾语
They help each other and learn from each other.
②加’s后成为所有格,作定语
They asked about one another’s life and work.
6.不定代词
不定代词种类较多,在使用时应注意其用法与区别。为了便于记忆我们择其重点以表格的形式列出。
不定代词 区 别 例 句
one, some，any和it one可以泛指人或者事（东西），其复数为ones。 ①We’ve been looking at the houses but haven’t found ___ we like yet. A.one B.ones C.it D.them ②Cars do cause us some health problems — in fact far more serious _______ than mobile phones do. A.one B.ones C.it D.those
some可用于疑问句中，表示盼望得到肯定的答复，或者表示建议，请求等。 —Your coffee smells great! —It’s from Mexico. Would you like ________ A.it B.some C.this D.1ittle
some 和any修饰可数名词单数时，some表示某个，any表示任何一个。 ①I have read this article in some magazine. Please correct the mistakes, if any.②—Which of the three ways shall I take to the village —________way as you please.A.Each B.Every C.Any D.Either
one指同类中的一个，it指代同一种类的东西。记住下列三点区别：①it =the /this/ my…+单数名词one =a/an+单数名词②it代替特定的单数名词one代替不特定的单数名词③one之前加上定冠词the可以表示特指，one前如有形容词修饰,之前还可以加上不定冠词,但是it之前既不能加冠词也不能加形容词修饰。此外it还可以作形式主语、形式宾语和用于强调句型中。 ①—There is still a copy of the book in the library. Will you go and borrow —No, I’d rather buy in the bookstore. A.it;one B.one;one C.one;it D.it;it②This film is an interesting one.③Of all the dresses, this is the one I like best.
some多用于肯定句，any多用于疑问句和否定句。 ①There’s ________cooking oil in the house. Would you go to the corner store and get ________. A.1ittle,some B.1ittle,anyC.a little,some D.a little,any②We had three sets of garden tools and we seemed to have no use for ________.A.none B.either C.any D.each③He doesn’t have _________ furniture in his room --just an old desk.A. any B. many C. some D. much
each和every each强调个别，代表的数可以是两个或两个以上，而every强调整体，所指的数必须是三个或三个以上。 ①Each student has a pocket dictionary.Each (of us) has a dictionary.= We each have a dictionary.②Every student has strong and weak points. Every one of us has strong and weak points.
all和both both指两个人或物,而all指三个以上的人或物. 在句中都可作主语，宾语,表语,同位语和定语 ①— Which of the two books will you take — I’ll take ____and I think ____of them is very important to me.A. either; neither B. neither; both C. both; either D. either; both②—Which of those electronic dictionaries do you like most —____.They are both cheap and of great importance.A. None B. Both C. Neither D. All
注意：both, all, each, every以及由every构成的不定代词出现在否定句中，不管否定词在前还是在后，都是部分否定：All of them don’t like music=Not all of them like music.他们并不都喜欢音乐。要表示完全否定，需要借助neither，none ，no one ，nothing，nobody等。Neither of them doesn’t like music.他们俩都不喜欢音乐。None of them don’t like the music.他们都不喜欢音乐。
none和no no等于not any，作定语。none作主语或宾语，代替不可数名词，谓语用单数，代替可数名词，谓语单复数皆可。 ①There is no water in the bottle.②How much water is there in the bottle None.③None of the students are (is) afraid of difficulties.
other和another other泛指“另外的，别的”常与其他词连用，④the other day, every other week, some other reason, no other way, the other特指两者中的另外一个，复数为the others。 ①Both sides have accused of breaking the contract.A. another B. the other C. neither D. each②Two students in our class failed, but all the others passed the exam.
another指“又一个，另一个”，复数形式是others，泛指“别的人或事”。 ①We had a picnic last term and it was a lot of fun，so let’s have ______ one this month. A. the other B. some C. another D. other②The trousers are too long, please give me another pair/some others.③Some like football, while others like basketball.
either和neither 前者意思为：两者中任何一方都；后者意思为：两者都不。 ①—Do you want tea or coffee —______,I really don't mind. A. none B. neither C. either D. all②It was hard for him to learn English in a family,in which _____ of the parents spoke the language.A. none B. neither C. both D. each
few和little;a few和a little few 和little 表示没有多少,含否定意义,而a few 和a little表示一些,有几个,含肯定意义.另外, few与a few修饰可数名词, little与 alittle 修饰不可数名词。此外quite a few , quite a little意思是“不少,相当多的”。 ①The old man knows a little English.②Few of them can speak Russian.
7.it的用法
①用作人称代词,代替前文提到的事情。
This bike is not mine. It’s Peter’s.
②用以代替提示代词this, that
—What is this —It’s a pen.
—Whose book is that —It’s Mike’s.
③起指示代词的作用,指一个人或事物
—Who is knocking at the door —It’s me.
—Who is making such a noise. —It must be the children.
④指环境情况等。
It was very quiet at the moment.
⑤指时间，季节，天气，气候等
—What time is it —It is eight o’clock.
It often rains in summer.
⑥指距离
It is five kilometers from the office to my home.
It is a long way to the factory.
⑦作形式主语和形式宾语
当动词不定式,动名词或从句作主语时,通常把它们放在谓语之后,而用it作句子的形式主语
It is not easy to finish the work in two days.
It is not a good habit to stay up late.
It is no use crying over split milk.
It is a pity that you didn’t read the book..
当复合宾语中的宾语是不定式,动名词,宾语从句时,往往把宾语放在它的补足语后面,而用it作形式宾语,放在宾语补足语之前
I think it no use arguing with him.
I found it very interesting to study English.
He made it clear that he was not interested in this subject.
注意：see to it that…（务必）和take it for granted that…（想当然）句型中的it，以及词组make it（做事成功，搞定）中的it。
⑧用于强调结构（详见第十二讲）
要强调句子的某一部分(通常是主语,状语,宾语), 可以把it 当作先行词.这种句子的结构是 “It is(was)+被强调部分+that (who )+句子的其余部分” .如果强调的部分是人,可用who whom 代替that
I met an old friend in the park yesterday.
此句各部分被强调后句型如下：
It was I who /that met an old friend in the park yesterday.
It was an old friend who/ that/whom I met in the park yesterday.
It was in the park that I met an old friend yesterday.
It was yesterday that I met an old friend in the park.
①Our neighbors gave_ __a baby bird yesterday that hurt_ __when it fell from its nest.
A. us, it B. us, itself C. ourselves, itself D. ourselves, it
②To save class time, our teacher has ________ students do half of the exercise in class and complete the other half for homework.
A. us B. we C. our D. ours
【解析】答案为A。us students 是同位结构。us是宾语，students为us的同谓语，又如：tell us all。
Some of the stamps belong to me, while the rest are _____.
A. him and her B. his and hers C. his and her D. him and hers
【解析】答案为B。在句中作表语，指“他的邮票和她的邮票”用his and her (=his stamps and her stamps)。
①—Who called me this morning when I was out
—A man calling ______ Robert.
A. him B. himself C. his D.不填
【解析】答案为B。 因为“call sb./oneself+某名”就是“叫某人/自称某名字”；句意是“一个自称罗
伯特的人”，用himself。
②Isn’t it amazing how the human body heals ____ after an injury
A. himself B. him C. itself D. it
【解析】答案为C。itself 指代前面的the human body。
①—He got his first book published. It turned out to be a bestseller.
—When was _____
—_____ was in 2000 when he was still in college.
A. that; This B. this; It C. it; This D. that; It
【解析】答案为D。that可以指代过去的情况,下句是强调句型的省略形式=it was in 2000 when he was still in college he got his first book published.
②—Could you tell me how to get to Victoria Street
—Victoria Street ______ is where the Grand Theatre is.
A. Such B. There C. That D. This
【解析】答案为C。that代替上下文提到的地方。
③The English spoken in the United States is only slightly different from ____ spoken in England.
A. which B. what C. that D. the one
【解析】答案为C。that用来指代前面的名词The English,以避免重复。题意是“美国英语现和英国英语只有很微小的差别了。”在英语中，that还常可以用来指代人口、天气、金钱等。如： The weather here is hotter than that in the north of the country.
④Little joy can equal ________ of a surprising ending when you read stories.
A. that B. those C. any D. some
【解析】答案为A。因为替代前面的不可数名词（little）joy，所以用that,而不是those。
此外指示代词“this和that”还可以用作副词修饰形容词，相当于“so”。
⑤Sometimes it was a bit boring to work there because there wasn’t always ______ much to do.
A. such B. that C. more D. very
【解析】答案为B。much前用so, 不用such。口语中，常用that来代替so。
①If you can’t decide which of the two books to borrow, why don’t you take ______ I won’t read them this week.
A. all B. any C. either D. both
【解析】答案为D。由前后语境来看，应是建议对方将两本书都拿去看。
②You may drop in or just give me a call. ______ will do.
A. Either B. Each C. Neither D. All
【解析】答案为A。由前句可知是指两者中的“任何一个”，用either。
③Of all the books on the desk, ______ is of any use for our study.
A. nothing B. no one C. neither D. none
④It was hard for him to learn English in a family, in which ____ of the parents spoke the language.
A. none B. neither C. both D. each
【解析】答案为B。neither 表示“两者都不”，句意：在父母都不懂 英语的家庭里学习英语，对于他
来讲是很困难的。
⑤The mayor has offered a reward of $ 5000 to ______ who can capture the tiger alive or dead.
A. both B. others C. anyone D. another
【解析】答案为C。根据句意“谁能捕获那只老虎，无论死活，市长将给赏金5000美元”应选C项。其它三个选项均与题意不符。
①There’s _____ cooking oil left in the house. Would you go to the corner store and get _____
A. little; some B. little; any C. a little; some D. a little; any
【解析】答案为A。因为在Would you… 等表示请求、劝请或建议之类的问句中，一般用some；又由
后文“买些油”可知，家里“没有油”了，所以用little。句意：家里没有油了，请你到附近
的店子里买些回来好吗？
②―Would you like _____, sir
―No, thanks. I have had much.
A. some more oranges B. any more oranges C. some more orange D. any more orange
【解析】答案为A。由答语中的much可知，对话中的orange是指“桔子汁”而非“桔子”，是不可数名
词，没有复数形式，排除选项A和B；在劝请的疑问名中用some不用any，排除选项D。
①I’m moving to the countryside because the air there is much fresher than _____ in the city.
A. ones B. one C. that D. those
【解析】答案为C。选项中只有that能替代不可数名词the air。one替代“a＋单数可数名词”，表示泛指。特指的the one相当于that；the one复数形式the ones，在口语中也常用those代替；当后面有of短语时，一般用that或those，当有前置修饰语时，只能用one(s)，如the red one。one(s), the one(s), those, that都是替代“同类”事物，其中只有that可替代不可数名词。
②We’ve been looking at houses but haven’t found _____we like yet.
A. one B. ones C. it D. them
【解析】答案为A。one =a house, 指我们喜欢的那一类房子。
③Cars do cause us some health problems —in fact far more serious _____ than mobile phones do.
A. one B. ones C. it D. those
【解析】答案为B。 替代泛指的名词复数problems，用ones。those是替代特的“the +复数名词”的。
④My most famous relative of all, __________ who really left his mark on America, was Rob Sussel, my
great-grandfather.
A. one B. the one C. he D. someone
【解析】答案为B。由语境可判断是特指，且作My most famous relative of all的同位语，用the one。
⑤—There is still a copy of the book in the library. Will you go and borrow
—No, I’d rather buy in the bookstore.
A. it; one B. one; one C. one; it D. it; it
【解析】答案为A。it指代前面的a copy of the book,后面的意思是：我要到书店去买一本（不是特指哪一本）。
①I think he’s just going to deal with this problem ______ day.
A. next B. other C. following D. another
【解析】答案为D。表示“改天”用another day。但表示相对于过去或将来某天来说的“第二天”时，
用the next day 或the following day都可以。
②No progress was made in the trade talk as neither side would accept the conditions of _____.
A. others B. the other C. either D. another
【解析】答案为B。由neither可知，谈话双方都不同意对方的条件，这个“对方”是特指的另一方，所以用the other。
③The manager believes prices will not rise by more than _____ four percent.
A. any other B. the other C. another D. other
【解析】答案为C。题干上的意思应该是“价格不会再增长超过4%”。any other “其他另外的”。the
other“两者中第二者”。another“另外，又”，放在数词前面。other表示“另外”，和more一
样，要放在数字的后面。
①—One week’s time has been wasted. —I can’t believe we did all that work for _____.
A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything
【解析】答案为B。因为for nothing是习语，意为“徒劳、没有好结果”、“免费”，句意是：我简直不敢相信我们所做的一切都是徒劳的。
②She doesn’t know anyone here. She has got ______to talk to.
A. anyone B. someone C. everyone D. no one
【解析】答案为D。因为“在这里，她谁都不认识”，所以“她没有人可以交谈”。no one = nobody =
not…any one没有一个人。
③I made so many changes in my composition that only I could read it. To _____ else, it was hard to make out.
A. none B. everyone C. someone D. anyone
【解析】答案为D。意为除了我以外，“其他任何人(anyone else)”都很难懂。
④—I’d like some more cheese. —Sorry, there’s ______ left.
A. some B. none C. a little D. few
【解析】答案为B。none既可以修饰可数名词，表示“一个也不， 一个也没有”；也可以修饰不可数名词，表示“一点也不，一点也没有”。在本题中指代不可数名词cheese。本题的意思是：—我想再来点奶酪。—抱歉，一点都没有了。A项some表示“一些”，C项a little表示“有一点”，修饰不可数名词D项few表示“几乎没有”，修饰可数名词。
①If I can help_______, I don't like working late into the night.
A. so B. that C. it D. them
【解析】答案为C。if I can help it意为“如果我有办法”，表示有办法做某事，或有办法控制某个局面。所提供的情景I don’t like working late into the night说明如果有办法，不喜欢工作到深夜。so意为“这样”，常用于省略句中，代替上文中的动作。that用于代替上文的内容。
②I’d appreciate ____ if you would like to teach me how to use the computer.
A. that B. it C. this D. you
【解析】答案为B。it指代用来泛泛地指某事，可用于如I like/hate it, I appreciate it等类似的句子。表示喜欢/憎恨和赞赏某事。
数词分为两种：基数词（表示数目）和序数词（表示顺序）。
功 能 例 句
主语 Two of them are teachers.
定语 There are fifty students in our class.
宾语 Give me two.
表语 I'm eighteen now.
同位语 You may leave it to us two.
状语 This room is one-sixth larger than that one.
数词不是高考的常考点。但是除了了解数词常见的表达方式外，还有下列重点内容需要注意。
1.dozen和score的复数形式应注意以下几点：
①dozen表示：一打，十二个，score表示：二十；
②当dozen与数词，或many，several等连用时，不加“s”，所修饰的名词前常省去“of”；score则不然。
two dozen pencils两打铅笔
two score of pencils四十支铅笔
dozens of people=scores of people许多人
③当后面的名词前有"these"，“those"，“them"，" us"等词时, dozen后应加"of "。
a dozen of these people
two dozen of them
three score and ten people中不加of(七十人)
2.分数和百分数的表达
①分数由基数词和序数词合成，分子用基数词，分母用序数词，分子大于1时，分母的序数词要用复数
形式
1/3：one(a)third 2/3：two thirds three-sevenths：七分之三
特殊的表达
1/2：one(a)half 1/4：one(a)quarter／one(a)fourth 3/4：three quarters
分子与分母之间加in或out of,分子在前，分母在后，分子分母都用基数词
one in ten：十分之一 five in eight：八分之五
one out of ten：十分之一 five out of eight：八分之五
②百分数的表示法
表示百分数直接将数词放在单词percent前面即可：twenty percent=20%百分之二十。
注意：分数和百分数后面不能直接接名词或代词，而用以下形式：
分数/百分数＋of +冠词/限定词+名词/代词，其谓语动词与of后的名词在人称和数上保持一致
Two-thirds of the money was spent on food.
About seventy percent of the earth surface is covered by water.
3.序号的表示法
①单纯的序号，可在基数词前加number,简写为No.。
No.1一号
②事物名词的序号表达法有什所不同：
对于一些小序号可有序数词也可用基数词表达，形式分别为：the +序数词 + 名词；名词 + 基数词
第一次世界大战可以表示为the First World War或World War I。
对于一些大序号我们通常只用一种表达法，即名词 + 数词
501号房间表示为Room 501
538路公共汽车表示为Bus 538
可用a/the + number + 基数词 + 名词
a No.5 bus一辆五路公共汽车
the No.8 bus那辆8路公共汽车
4.大约数的表示法
①用ten, dozen, score, hundred, thousand, million等数词的复数后加of短语来表示几十、几百、上千、成千上万等大约数概念
The little boy buys dozens of pencils every term.数打铅笔
Thousands of people died in the earthquake.数千人
Every year tens of thousands of people go to work in Guangdong Province.
②用less than、under、below、almost、nearly、up to等来表示小于或接近某数目
He is good at English, so he can finish the paper in less than two hours.不到两个小时
③用more than, over, above, beyond, or more等来表示超过或多于某个数目
Peking University has a history of more than 100 years.北大有100多年的历史
④用or, or so, about, around, some, more or less等表示在某一数目左右
About 50 people were present at that time.
⑤用to, from … to…, between … and表示介于两数词
His salary rises from 20 dollars a week to 35 dollars a week.从每周20美元涨到每周35美元
注意：dozen, score, hundred, thousand, million作数词表示确切数量时，不用复数。如：three score, five dozen, seven million等。
5.年龄的表达法
用基数词表示年龄。如：The baby is one year old.
表示“在某人的几十岁”时，可用介词in+ one’s+整十位数的复数形式：
She is still in her twenties. 她才二十几岁。
但表示十多岁时用：in one’s teens
表示“一个九岁的男孩”，可以有多种表达法
a boy of nine，a boy of nine years old，a boy of nine years of age，a nine-year-old boy
注意：与基数词合成的定语，其中的名词用单数：a three-month-old baby，a five-year plan。
She went to the bookstore and bought .
A. dozen books B. dozens books C. dozen of books D. dozens of books
【解析】答案为D。 dozen意为“一打,十二个”,与数词连用时要用单数形式。与of连用时要用复数形式。dozens of意为“若干, 许许多多”。dozen与数词或many，several连用时其后不加s；dozen前有基数词表示确切数字时，其后一般不与of连用。
①It is reported that the floods have left about people homeless.
A. two thousand B. two-thousands C. two thousands D. two thousands of
【解析】答案为A。“thousand”等指具体数字时，不用复数形式；指大约数字时， 常用复数形式。
如：two thousand，thousands of。
②________people in the world are sending information by E-mail every day.
A. Several million B. Many millions C. Several millions D. Many million
【解析】答案为A。 “million”表示确切数量时其前往往需用表确切的“数”，而不用many这类词，但可说many millions of（上百万的），也可以说“several million（几百万）”。
______of the land in that district______ covered with trees and grass.
A. Two fifth; is B. Two fifth; are C. Two fifths; is D. Two fifths; are
【解析】答案为C。 分数的分子用基数词，分母用序数词。如果分子大于“1”，分母就用序数词的复数形式。land为不可数名词，其“2/5”也为不可数，应用is。
2009年
1.(北京卷)Being a parent is not always easy, and being the parent of a child with special needs often carries
with______ extra stress.
A. it B. them C. one D. him
【答案】A
【解析】该句话的意思是：作为一个父母并非总是一件容易的事，但是作为一个有特殊需求的父母来说就需要有更多的额外的压力。it特指being the parent of a child with special needs这件事。
2.(江苏卷)Nine in ten parents said there were significant differences in their approach to educating their children compared with _____ of their parents.
A. those B. one C. both D. that
【答案】D
【解析】十分之九的家长都认为自己教育子女的方式与他们父母教育自己的方式有很大区别。
此处用that代替教育方式一词。上文提到approach为单数，故A错；one是不定指的代词，
如果要指代前文出现过的事物，要在其前面加定冠词the，故B错。C项是指的两个人，明显不对。
3.(辽宁卷) is the power of TV that it can make a person suddenly famous.
A. Such B. This C. That D. So
【答案】A
【解析】such置于句首句子要倒装，防止误选D;此处不是such…hat; so…that句型；such代替的是” that it can make a person suddenly famous. ”,选A.
4.(全国I)One of the most important questions they had to consider was of public health.
A. what B. this C. that D. which
【答案】C
【解析】句意：他们必须考虑其中最重要的问题是公共卫生。考查that作代词，that 作代词，往往用于特指，相当于“that＋名词”，它也只能代替事情不能代替人。
5.(全国II) Charles was alone at home, with _____ looking after him.
A. someone B. anyone C. not one D. no one
【答案】D
【解析】根据上句意思可知，Carles was alone, 孤单的，所以是没有人照顾他。此处应该是no one。
6.(全国II) The CDs are on sale！Buy one and you get ______ completely free.
A. other B. others C. one D. ones
【答案】C
【解析】句子意思是这些CD在促销。买一个就可以免费得到另外一个。所以用one表示一个。而其它的选项，other是形容词，词性不合适。others名词，其它的。此处意思不合适。 ones指代复数，其它的，用在这里意思不合适。
7.(山东卷) I felt so bad all day yesterday that I decided this morning I couldn’t face ________ day like that.
A. other B. another C. the other D. others
【答案】B
【解析】本题考查与other 相关的单词的区别，由题意知：我昨天一整天感到很糟糕，以至于我今天早晨决定我不会面对那样的一天。是指在未来的日子中的一天，故用another.
8.(陕西卷) Jane was asked a lot of questions ,but she didn’t answer of them .
A other B any C none D some
【答案】B
【解析】所填词与not构成全部否定，四个选项中只有any与not可以构成not any，等于none，表全部否定，故选B。
9.(上海卷) —Wow! You’ve got so many clothes.
—But _____ of them are in fashion now.
A. all B. both C. neither D. none
【答案】D
【解析】从第一句话可知是指三者以上，第二句话转折说没有任何一件现在还流行，none指三者以上都不。
10.(四川卷)I like this house with a beautiful garden in front, but I don’t have enough money to buy__________.
A. one B. it C. this D. that
【答案】B
【解析】it用作人称代词最基本的用法就是代替前面已提到过的事物，以避免重复。指物时与one的区别。两者均可代替前面提到的事物，区别是：It指的是与前面已提到的事物为同一物，此时的It等于“the (this, that, my… )+名词;而one指的是与前面已提到的事物为同一事物，此时的one等于“a+名词”。
11.(浙江卷)——I’ve read another book this week.
——Well, maybe is not how much you read but what you read that counts.
A .this B. that C. there D. it
【答案】D
【解析】 由句中" not how much you read but what you read"做动词count 的主语，选D构成强调句型。
12.(重庆卷)Over the past 20 years, the Internet helped change our world in _____way or another for the better.
A. any B. one C. every D. either
【答案】B
【解析】考查与代词有关的固定短语，in one way or another以某种方式。
2010年
1.(全国I卷) I’ll spend half of my holiday practicing English and ___ half learning drawing.
A. another B. the other C. other’s D. other
【答案】B
【解析】此题考查代词的用法区别。other一般不单独使用，其前经常有冠词或其他形容词，如B选项的the other，one...the other..，用于一个整体的两部分“一个……另一个”，题干中将假期分成两部分，一部分用来学英语，一部分用来学画画，符合题意。another用作形容词时表示“又，再”，other's没有此种用法。句意：我将会用假期一半的时间练习英语，另外一半时间用来学画画。
2. (全国II卷12.) Neither side is prepared to talk to _____ unless we can smooth thing over between them。
A. others B. the other C. another D. one other
【答案】B
【解析】neither含有“两者都不”之意，一方对应另一方，故用the other指“两者中的另一个”。
3.(全国II )The doctor thought ____ would be good for you to have a holiday.
A. this B. that C. one D. it
【答案】D
【解析】it作形式主语。真正的主语为for you to have a holiday。
4.(安徽卷)You are the team star! Working with _________ is really your cup of tea.
A. both B. either C. others D. the other
【答案】C
【解析】句意：你是球队明星！与他人合作必定是你的拿手好戏。习语“one’s cup of tea”意为“the type of
thing or person that you like”。
5.(福建卷)When you introduce me to Mr. Johnson could you please say for me
A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing
【答案】C
【解析】句子的意思是当你向Mr. John介绍我的时候，你可以为我说一些好话吗 A. everything 所有的；B. anything 任何事；D nothing 什么也没有 C. something表示一些，某些
6.(江西卷)Swimming is my favorite sport.There is like swimming as a means of keeping fit.
A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
【答案】C
【解析】nothing like 没有什么象……比得上……。句子的意思：再没有比游泳更好的锻炼方式了。
7.(陕西卷)The cost of renting a house in central Xi’an is higher than ____ in any other area of the city.
A. that B. this C. it D. one
【答案】A
【解析】所填词用于比较状语从句中，指代句子的主语cost，即指代不可数名词，用that。This指代下文即将提到的事物；it指代“同一物”；one指代“同类中的一个”之意。
8.(四川卷)On my desk is a photo that my father took of when I was a baby.
A. him B. his C. me D. mine
【答案】C
【解析】take a photo of sb.意为给某人照相，此处应用人称代词的宾格。
9.(天津卷)_______ in my life impressed me so deeply as my first visit to the Palace Museum.
A. Anything B. Nothing C. Everything D. Something
【答案】B
【解析】nothing用于句中表示否定意义，而其他三个词则表示肯定意义。句意：我一生中没有什么比
我第一次参观故宫给我的印象更深刻的了。
10.(重庆卷) He had lost his temper and his health in the war and never found of them again.
A. neither B. either C. each D. all
【答案】B
【解析】由“his temper and health”可以排除C项和D项，由后面的never表否定，选either，never either是全部否定，相当于neither 。
11.(上海卷)If our parents do everything for us children, we won't learn to depend on
A. themselves B. them C. us D. ourselves
【答案】D
【解析】主语为we，因此应为ourselves。depend on oneself:自力更生。根据句意，选D。
12.(辽宁卷)The fact that she was foreign made _____difficult for her to get a job in that country.
A. so B. much C. that D. it
【答案】D
【解析】it形式宾语，真正的宾语为for her to get a job in that country。
13.(山东卷)Helping others is a habit, _______ you can learn even at an early age.
A. it B. that C. what D. one
【答案】D
【解析】句意应为“帮助别人是一种习惯，一个你在很小时就能学会的习惯。”空格处与前句中的habit构成同位关系，所以选择D项。句中you can learn even at an early age是省略了关系代词that 的定语从句，that在定语从句中作learn的宾语使用。
14.(浙江卷) ______that's important is that you are doing your best and moving in the right direction.
A. One B. All C. Everything D. Anything
【答案】B
【解析】分析四个选项的意思，根据语境：重要的是你正在努力并且朝着正确的方向前行。从而判断此处选择all意思最合适。
2011年
1.（大纲卷）I got this bicycle for ________ ; my friend gave it to me when she bought a new one.
A. everything B. something C. anything D. nothing
【答案】D
【解析】根据句中的解释，可知自行车是朋友送给我的，因此选nothing，for nothing表示“免费”。句意：我一分钱没花就得到了这辆自行车。我的朋友买了辆新车，她就把这辆给我了。
2.（北京卷）The employment rate has continued to rise in big cities thanks to the efforts of the local governments to increase ________.
A. them B. those C. it D. that
【答案】C
【解析】it代指前面交代过的“the employment rate”，是单数，而them和those是复数。因此选C。句意：由于当地政府的努力，大城市里的就业率持续升高。
3.（上海卷） To stay awake, he finished a cup of coffee and ordered ________.
A. the other B. other C. the others D. another
【答案】C
【解析】两者中另一个用“the other”。不定数目（两个以上）中的另一个用“another”句意：为了保持清醒，他喝完了一杯咖啡，又要了一杯。
4.（山东卷）The two girls are so alike that strangers find ________ difficult to tell one from the other.
A. it B. them C. her D. that
【答案】A
【解析】it在此句中充当形式宾语，代指“to tell one from the other”。 因此选A。句意：这两个女孩长得很相像，不熟悉的人很难将她俩区分开来。
5.（江西卷）Why don’t you bring _________ to his attention.
A. that B. it C. his D. him
【答案】B
【解析】it作形式宾语，指代句子后面that引导的宾语从句。因此选B。句意：为什么你不让他注意到你病得太严重了以至于不能工作下去？
6.（安徽卷）Surprisingly, Susan’s beautiful hair reached below her knees and made_______ almost an overcoat for her.
A. them B. her C. itself D. herself
【答案】C
【解析】根据句意及句子结构，选项表示的是主语hair，故应选择与主语hair同义的反身代词itself。句意：令人惊奇的是，苏珊的秀发垂到她的膝盖下，就像给她披上了一件外套。
7.（福建卷）We have various summer camps for your holidays, you can choose________based on your own interests.
A. either B. each C. one D. it
【答案】C
【解析】one代替单数可数名词，表泛指，相当于“a/an + 单数名词”。这里泛指某个summer camp夏令营。因此选C。句意：在你们的假期里，我们这儿有各种暑期夏令营，你们可以根据自己的兴趣任选一个。
8.（四川卷）There is __________in his words. W e should have a try.
A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
【答案】A
【解析】something 指不简单的事、可观的成绩、有些地位的人。因此选A。句意：他的话有些道理，我们应该试一试。
9.（辽宁卷）—Would you like tea or coffee
—______, thank you. I’ve just had some water.
A. Either B. Both C. Any D. Neither
【答案】D
【解析】根据句意，此处应该是拒绝请求，什么也不喝，因为是两者全部否定，所以选Neither。either“两者之间任何一个”；both“两者都”；any“任何一个”，均与题意不符。句意：“你是想喝茶还是咖啡？”“谢谢你，都不想喝，我刚刚喝了一些水。”
10.（天津卷）We feel __________our duty to make our country a better place.
A. it B. this C. that D. one
【答案】A
【解析】it在此句中充当形式宾语，代指“to make our country a better place”。 因此选A。句意：我们觉得将我们的国家变得更好是我们的职责。
11.（陕西卷）—Would you get me a bar of chocolate from the kitchen, dear
—________one
A. Other B. Every C. Another D. More
【答案】C
【解析】考查不定代词与数词的连用。another 与数词连用时，数词放在another的后面，如another three chairs; other和more与数词连用时，数词放在它们的前面，如one more apple, two other boys；every指每一个，含义与all接近。因此选C。句意：—亲爱的，可不可以到厨房里给我拿一块巧克力来？—还要吃一块？”
12.（重庆卷）—Silly me! I forget what my luggage looks like.
—What do you think of ________over there
A. the one B. this C. it D. that
【答案】D
【解析】 luggage行李，不可数名词，故排除A；it应该指上文提到的那一个“luggage”；根据句中的over there, 可知选that，that指代较远处的人或物；this指代距离说话人较近的人或物。
句意：“我真傻，竟忘记了我的行李是什么样子的了”。“你看看那边的那个行李是不是你的？”
13.（湖南卷）I know that _________ would ever discourage him; he would never give up wanting to be a director.
A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing
【答案】D
【解析】根据后面“never give up”可知前面相应地也要用否定性的不定代词nothing。因此选D。句意：我知道没有什么能够阻止他；他决不会放弃做一名导演的念头。
14. Since people are fond of humor, it is as well in conversation as _______ else.
A. anything B. something C. anywhere D. somewhere
【答案】C
【解析】考查不定代词和疑问副词的用法。疑问副词与else连用表示（除了in conversation以外）其它任何地方，表示场合。anything和something不能表示场合。句意：人们喜欢幽默，因此幽默在谈话中或者其它场合中都会受到欢迎。
1.—How much vinegar did you put in the soup
—I’m sorry to say, ____. I forget.
A. no B. no one C. nothing D. none
【答案】D
【解析】 此处none指的是not any vinegar，也就是说，此处可以这样理解：I’m sorry to say that I didn’t put any vinegar in the soup, because I forgot it.
2.Why don’t you bring to his attention that you are to ill to go on working
A. One B. it C. that D. this
【答案】B
【解析】此处it指代后面的宾语从句所说的内容。
3.The young mother saw her baby fall to the ground, brought her heart to her mouth.
A. it B. and which C. and that D. this
【答案】C
【解析】考查并列句的用法及代词的用法。此处and为并列连词；that为代词。
4.Will you see to ____ that my birds are looked after well while I’m away
A. them B. yourself C. it D. me
【答案】C
【解析】考查it作形式宾语的用法。
5.—Who is making so much noise in the garden
—______ the children.
A. There are B. They are C. That is D. It is
【答案】D
【解析】这是一个强调句，后面省略了“that are making so much noise in the garden”。
6.—Do you have anything in mind ____ you’d like for supper
—Well, ____ is okay with me.
A. that; anything B. which; everything C. what; whatever D. where; something
【答案】A
【解析】第一句是that引导的定语从句，先行词为不定代词anything，关系代词只能用that。第二句中的anything用在肯定句中，意为“任何东西”，含有“无一例外”之意。
7.—What is the man over there
—I don’t know for sure. But I think he can be ____ but a teacher.
A. anybody B. anything C. nobody D. nothing
【答案】B
【解析】本题考查句子的意思和短语的用法：anything but的意思是“根本不是”；结合句子，可以这样理解：“我还不能确定他的身份，但我敢断定，他根本不是教师”。
8.—Do you have _____ at home
— No, we still have to get several pounds of fruit and some tea.
A. something B. everything C. anything D. nothing
【答案】B
【解析】根据下句“不，还需要若干磅水果和茶叶”可知上文问的是“一切都齐全了吗？”，因此用everything，everything表示“一切事物；事事”，是单数。
9.—Do you worship “The Grassland” and “The Space Dreams” by James
—I should if _____ of them were written lively.
A. either B. each C. neither D. all
【答案】B
【解析】本题首先要突破主谓一致这一解题瓶颈。句中的谓语是were，一般情况下根据主谓一致原则，A、B、C中的代词都不能选，但D中的all是指代三个或以上的事物，而题干中只提到The Grassland和The Space Dreams两本书，因此all似乎也不对。那么唯一使这四个选项中有一个可以被选的可能性就是本句是虚拟语气，这样一来就突破了were设置的瓶颈。然后排除D，因为这项是指代三个或以上的事物，再根据题意“如果这两本数都写得生动的话，我想我会欣赏的”，排除A、C，因为either of them“随便哪一本”，neither of them“两本都不”，只有each of them表示“每本都”。
10.Generally speaking, the effect a teacher has on children is greater than _________of their parents.
A. it B. one C. those D. that
【答案】D
【解析】句意：一般说来，老师对孩子的影响比父母对孩子的影响大得多。that指代前面的名词the effect。it指代物时，是明确地指代上文提到的那个；one则是指代前面的名词或名词短语所表示的事物中的一个，而不是指同一个事物；those指代前面提到过的复数名词。
11.________with any common sense can tell the difference between the two.
A. Who B. Whoever C. Anyone D. Who else
【答案】C
【解析】Anyone 为句子主语，with any common sense 为修饰Anyone 的定语；Whoever （=anyone who）引导主语从句。此题稍作改动如下，答案就选B：__________has any common sense can tell the difference between the two.
12.—Would you like a cup of coffee or a glass of beer
—_______ will do, but milk is ________popular with me.
A. Neither, not B. Both, more C. Either, the most D. All, the most
【答案】C
【解析】两者中的任何一种可用either; 在三者中进行比较用最高级。
13.—That old bridge is ______ safe.
—OK, we can have another access to the village.
A. none but B. anything but C. nothing but D. something but
【答案】B
【解析】anything but = not al all绝不是, 根本不。
14.The teacher told us that the problem was not ________easy and that we should think ________over carefully.
A. such, it B. that, it C. such, 不填 D. that，不填
【答案】B
【解析】that 用作副词，相当于 so；think over 是及物动词，如果用它来表示“好好想一想”，应根据上下文的语境让它带上适当的宾语。
15.—If you want a necklace, I’ll buy one for you at once.
—Oh, no. A necklace is not ________that I need most.
A. anything B. something C. nothing D. everything
【答案】B
【解析】something 在此的意思不是“某种东西”，而是指“那种东西”或“这种东西”，即心中最想要的那种东西(相当于 the thing)。
16.—Susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.
—Why ______ John is sitting there doing nothing.”
A. him B. he C. I D. me
【答案】D
【解析】Why me 可视为 Why do you ask me to go and join 之省略。另外，me 还通常在简略回答中用作主语。如：Me too.(我也一样。)
17.She said the fun of reading books was different from of _________any other kind.
A. one B. that C. it D. those
18.My husband's birthday is coming. I'd like to buy him a present, _________he will always treasure.
A. one B. it C. that D. what
【答案】A
【解析】one作a present的同位语，he will always treasure为省略了关系代词that / which的定语从句，修饰one。
19.I'd prefer ________if you didn't smoke in front of the children.
A. you B. that C. it D. one
【答案】C
【解析】表示喜欢、怨恨等的动词后跟宾语从句时，常用it来指代if / when引导的从句。
20.I didn't want __________of the two notebooks and the salesman had to show me ______.
A. either; another B. all; the others C. both; others D. neither; the others
【答案】A
【解析】根据语境可知这里表示两者都不要，I didn’t want either of ... =I wanted neither of ...。再取一个，应为多范围中的另一个，泛指，即another。
21.You shouldn't take _____ for granted that your parents care much about you and do so much for you.
A. it B. that C. this D. one
【答案】A
【解析】take…for granted是固定结构；it是形式宾语，代替后面的“that your parents care much about you and do so much for you"宾语从句。
22.A study shows people who have a pet visit the doctor less often and experience less sleeping difficulties than ______ without a four-legged friend.
A. these B. who C. those D. that
【答案】C
【解析】those代指前面提到的people(复数)，避免重复；that代指单数名词或不可数名词。who have a pet为定语从句。
23.For me traveling to Antarctica proved to be the beginning of a new life,_____ I had thought I would never see.
A. what B. that C. one D. it
【答案】C
【解析】句中I had thought是插入成分，one代替a new life。也可以用关系代词which，指代a new life。
24.Even if they are on sale, these refrigerators are equal in price to, if not more expensive than, ________at the other store.
A. anyone B. the others C. that D. the ones
【答案】D
【解析】one可以用来替代前面提到过的名词，以避免重复。如果它替代的名词是复数，则用ones。本
题中它代替refrigerators，因特指，故用the ones。
25.—What do you think of Obama’s address to the nation
—I like ________ of what he said. His success has proved that the American dream can be turned into a reality.
A. many B. few C. much D. little
【答案】C
【解析】我们通常把what引导的名词性从句视为不可数名词，因此应在选项C和D之间进行选择。由于
下一句表示肯定意义，故选much。
26.The man had expected to see all his relatives when in hospital, but ________ came to see him while many of his friends offered him their help.
A. none B. no one C. someone D. anyone
【答案】A
【解析】“当他住院时，他期望看到所有的亲戚，但是没有一个亲戚来看他，而他的很多朋友却来看他了。”
由题意首先排除C、D项；B项意为“没有人”，用在此与后句不符，毕竟他的朋友们来了，故排
除B项；A项也意为“没有人”，但它有特定范围。“all his relatives”，“他的亲戚中没有人来看他”。
27.It must be somebody’s, but I don’t know ________.
A. who B. which C. whose D. whom
【答案】C
【解析】句意：这肯定是某人的，但是我不知道是谁的，前面的somebody’s暗示应选whose，此处可理解为whose it is的省略形式。
28. Some warned that the step the US government has taken to cope with the current crisis is ________ much risk.
A. one of B. the one of C. the one D. that one
【答案】A
【解析】句意：有人警告说美国政府为应对当前危机所采取的这一步是充满危险的一步，用one表示泛指。
29.It is not rare in that people in fifties are going to university for further education.
A. 90s; the B. the 90s; 不填 C. 90s; their D. the 90s; their
【答案】D
【解析】在表示“(几十)年代”时，在年代后加s或’s，年代前需用定冠词the；表示“在某人几十岁”时，用“in one’s＋基数词的复数形式”。
30.I had thought there would be many students in the hall，but when I went in, I found .
A. none B. no one C. nobody D. nothing
【答案】A
【解析】no one只能指人，表示泛指概念。none既可指人又可指物，表特指概念。此处none意为none of the students，是特指。大厅里或许还有其他人，所以不能用no one或nobody。
31. seems to be a strong competition in China for senior high students to enter college or university.
A. It B. There C. What D. That
【答案】B
【解析】此句是there seems to be. . . 句型，表示“似乎有……”。句意：在中国高中生要考入大学，似乎要通过激烈的竞争。
32.Sometimes, money is tight and on other occasions time is tight; on________ occasion, a travel is out of the
question.
A. all B. any C. either D. every
【答案】C
【解析】前面讲到两种情况，所以“无论在那一种情况下，旅行总成问题”。
33.—What do you think of them
—I don’t know _____ is better, so I’ve taken _____ of them.
A. what, both B. what, none C. which, both D. which, none
【答案】C
【解析】做好此题的关键是要注意句中的 better 一词，由于better 用的是比较级，说明比较的对象应是两者，由此可推知第二空应填both；另一方面，由于所谈论的是两者，说明选择范围比较窄、比较明确，所以第一空应填 which。
34.These trousers are dirty and wet — I’ll change into my _____.
A. another B. trousers C. others D. other
【答案】C
【解析】是从语法上看，another 后通常接单数名词，而不接trousers 这样的复数名词（若用 another pair 则可以）；也不能选 trousers 是因为填它句子意思不通。最佳答案应选C，others 相当于 other trousers，其中的 other 与前面的 these 相对照。
35.I agree with most of what you said, but I don’t agree with ______.
A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing
【答案】B
【解析】注意前文的 I agree with most of what you said(我同意你说的大部分内容)，其后的not 与 everything 构成部分否定，意为“不是所有的都同意”，前后两部分用转折连词 but 连接，语气通顺、连贯。
36.—There’s coffee and tea; you can have _______.
—Thanks.
A. either B. each C. one D. it
【答案】A
【解析】比较四个选项：either 指两者中的“任意一个”，each 指两者或两者以上中的“每一个”，one 用来替代“a / an +单数可数名词”，it 替代“the +单数名词”。
37.—How many pencils would you like, Madame
—Well, I want _________of these.
A. three dozen B. three dozen of C. three dozens D. three dozens of
【答案】B
【解析】dozen与数词或many，several连用时其后不加s；dozen前有基数词表示确切数字时，其后一般不与of连用。
38.After 1953 ,_______ people have succeeded in climbing the mountain.
A. several hundred of B. several hundreds C. several hundreds of D. several hundred
【答案】D
【解析】“hundred”表示确切数量时其前往往需用表确切的“数”，而不用many这类词，但可说many hundreds of（上百的），也可以说“several hundred（几百）”。
39.To give students more chances to practice English, the teacher has the students sit _________.
A. in two and three B. in twos and threes C. in two or three D. in twos or threes
【答案】C
【解析】sit in two or three 意为“两人一组或三人一组地坐”；而in twos and threes意为“零零星星地，
三三两两地”。
40.—Have you got everything ready for the meeting
—Not yet, we need _________.
A. three another chair B. other three chairs C. another three chairs D. more three chairs
【答案】C
【解析】不定代词another要放在数词前表示“还要”。another three chairs=three more chairs。冠词分为不定冠词（a, an），定冠词（the），和零冠词。
1.指一类人或事，相当于a kind of
A plane is a machine that can fly.
2.第一次提及某人某物，非特指
A boy is waiting for you.有个男孩在等你。
3.表示“每一”相当于every，one
We study eight hours a day.
4.表示“相同”相当于the same
We are nearly of an age.
5.用于人名前，表示不认识此人或与某名人有类似性质的人或事
—Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith
—Sorry, wrong number. There isn't______ Mr. Smith here.
A. 不填 B. a C. the D. one
That boy is rather a Lei Feng.（活雷锋）
6.用于固定词组中
a couple of, a bit, once upon a time, in a hurry, have a walk, many a time
7.用于quite, rather, many, half, what, such之后
This room is rather a big one.
8.用于so(as, too, how)+形容词之后
She is as clever a girl as you can wish to meet.
9.用于抽象名词具体化的名词前
success(抽象名词)→a success(具体化) 成功的人或事
a failure 失败的人或事 a shame 带来耻辱的人或事
a pity 可惜或遗憾的事 a must 必需必备的东西
a good knowledge of 精通掌握某一方面的知识
10.与序数词连用，表示“又一，再一”。
In order to find a better job, he decided to study a second foreign language.
为了找到一个更好的工作，他决定再学习另外一门外语。
1.表示某一类人或物
In many places in China, ___ bicycle is still ___ popular means of transportation.
A. a; the B. /; a C. the; a D. the; the
2.用于世上独一无二的事物名词前
the universe, the moon, the Pacific Ocean
3.表示说话双方都了解的或上文提到过的人或事
Would you mind opening the door
4.用于演奏乐器
play the violin, play the guitar
5.用于形容词和分词前表示一类人
the reach, the living, the wounded
6.表示“一家人”或“夫妇”（对比上文的不定冠词用法5）
—Could you tell me the way to ____ Johnsons, please
—Sorry, we don’t have ____ Johnson here in the village.
A. the; the B. the; a C. /; the D. the; /
7.用于序数词和形容词副词比较级最高级前
He is the taller of the two children.
8.用于国家党派等以及江河湖海，山川群岛的名词前
the United States, the Communist Party of China, the French
9.用于表示发明物的单数名词前
The compass was invented in China.
10.在逢十的复数数词之前，指世纪的某个年代
in the 1990’s(二十世纪九十年代)
11.用于表示度量单位的名词前
I hired the car by the hour.
12.用于方位名词，身体部位名词
He patted me on the shoulder.
13.与比较级和最高级连用
①比较级+ and +比较级表示“越来越……”
The harder he works, the happier he feels.
②表示两者间“较……的一个”比较级前加the。
Who is the older of the tow boys
③三者或三者以上相比，表示最高程度时，用“the + 最高级”的结构表示。这种句式一般常有表示比较范围的介词短语。
Zhang Hua is the tallest of the three.
1.专有名词，物质名词，抽象名词，人名地名等名词前
Beijing University, Jack, China, love, air
2.名词前有this, my, whose, some, no, each, every等限制
I want this book, not that one. / Whose purse is this
3.季节，月份，星期，节假日，一日三餐前
March, Sunday, National Day, spring
4.表示职位，身份，头衔的名词前
Lincoln was made President of America.
5.表示球类，棋类等运动的名词前
He likes playing football/chess.
6.与by连用表示交通方式的名词前
We went right round to the west coast by ______ sea instead of driving across ______ continent.
A. the; the B.不填；the C. the; 不填 D. 不填；不填
7.以and连接的两个相对的名词并用时
husband and wife, knife and fork, day and night
8.表示泛指的复数名词前
Horses are useful animals.
冠词一般放在名词之前，名词之前若有形容词，冠词放在形容词之前。下列情况例外：?
1.不定冠词用于下列副词加形容词之后：as, how, however, so, too等。
如：He is as good a soldier as he was.他和以前一样是个好士兵。?
2.不定冠词置于such, what, many, not, too,much of等之后。
如：Many a little pickle makes a nickel.积少成多。?
3.定冠词通常放在all, both, double, exactly, just等词之后。
如：I offered him double the amount，but he still refused.?
4.不定冠词常用于quite和rather之后，但如果另有形容词修饰时，不定冠词既可放在第二位，也可放在第一位，但最常见的仍是第二位。
如：She is quite a woman.她真是个女人。?
It was quite/rather a cold day.很冷的一天(同 It was a quite/rather cold day.)?
5.当名词前的比较级被no，all，far，much等修饰时，也要后置。
如：He is no less a man than the President.?
6.定冠词要放在half, twice, much等之后。
如：He paid twice the price for it. 他花了两倍的钱买了它。?
7.如果名词被副词hardly，scarcely，barely，exactly所修饰，或和一个形容词共同修饰时，冠词要放在上述副词之后、形容词之前。如：This is hardly a right thing to do. 这几乎是不能做的事。
冠词是历年高考的常考点。主要考查冠词在具体语境中的运用，考查内容包括定冠词和不定冠词的用法区别，名词前不用冠词的情况，特指与泛指以及习语中的冠词用法。
①How about taking_____short break I want to make_____call.
A. the; a B. a; the C. the; the D. a; a
【解析】 答案为D。take a short break“休息一会儿”， make a call“打一个电话”。
②Christmas is_____special holiday when_____whole family are supposed to get together.
A. the; the B. a; a C. the; a D. a; the
【解析】 答案为D。a special holiday指“某一个特别的节日”；the whole family为特指。
①I looked under_____bed and found books I lost last week.
A. the; a B. the；the C. 不填；the D. the; 不填
【解析】 答案为B。此题中的the bed和the books都为特指。the bed 指“所看的床”；the books指“所丢的书”。
②I like_____color of your skirt. It is good match for your blouse.
A. a; the B. a; a C. the; a D. the; the
【解析】 答案为C。 the color指“你衬衫的颜色”；a good match泛指“和你的外套相配的一种好颜色”。
①George couldn’t remember when he first met Mr. Anderson, but he was sure it was Sunday because everybody was at church.
A. /; the B. the; / C. a; / D. /; a
【解析】 答案为C。a Sunday泛指某一个星期天；at church为固定搭配，不用冠词，意为“在做礼拜”。
②Many people have come to realize that they should go on_____balanced diet and makeroom in their day for exercise.
A. a; / B. the; a C. the; the D. /; a
【解析】 答案为A。a balanced diet泛指“一种平衡的饮食”；make room为固定搭配，意为“腾出空间”。
①Many people have come to realize that they should go on balanced diet and make room in their day for exercise.
A.a;不填 B.the; a C.the; the D.不填; a
【解析】答案为A。分析句子可知，第一个空用“a”表示“一种”，某些不可数的抽象名词前用不定冠词表示某种具体的情况或概念。第二个空不用冠词，make room意为“腾出空间（时间）”为固定短语。
②—How about _____Christmas evening party
—I should say it was _____success.
A. a; a B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
①We went right round to the west coast by sea instead of driving across continent.
A. the; the B.不填;the C. the; 不填 D.不填;不填
【解析】答案为B。 by sea意为“经海路”；by the sea意为“在海边”；表示大陆、大洋等的名词前通常要加定冠词。
②George couldn’t remember when he first met Mr. Anderson, but he was sure it was Sunday because
everybody was at church.
A./; the B. the; / C. a; / D./; a
【解析】答案为C。不定冠词用于表示星期的名词前，泛指“某个星期几”；at church表示“做礼拜”，
at the church表示“在教堂”。故本题选C。
类似的词组：
by day在白天 by the day按天计算
in case of以防 in the case of就……来说
in charge of负责，管理 in the charge of由……负责
in office执政 in the office在办公室
in sight(of)看见 in the sight(of)在……看来
go to sea去当水手 go to the sea到海边去
out of question毫无疑问 out of the question不可能
take advice征求意见 take the advice听从劝告
be of age成年 be of all age同龄
go to church去做礼拜 go to the church去教堂
in prison坐牢 in the prison在监狱
特别提示：当地点名词表示地点时，其前用定冠词；表示在这一地点所发生的活动时，其前不加冠词。如：He went to the bed and fetched me a magazine before he went to bed.他睡觉前到床边给我拿了本杂志。
2009年
1.（安徽卷）We can never expect bluer sky unless we create less polluted world.
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; a D. the; the
【答案】A
【解析】因为sky和world原本是独一无二的，但这里前面都有了形容词修饰,表示会出现一个什么样
的sky和world,这里就属于泛指了。
2.（北京卷）The biggest whale is ___ blue whale, which grows to be about 29 meters long—the height of ____ 9-story building.
A. the; the B. a; a C. a; the D. the; a
【答案】B
【解析】第一空用the+名词表示类别，是指blue whale 这一类动物；第二空用a表示泛指。
3.（江西卷）Some people fear that ________ air pollution may bring about changes in _______ weather around the world.
A.不填; the B. the; 不填 C. an; the D. the; a
【答案】A
【解析】air pollution 是抽象名词这里是泛指，weather这里是特指全球的气候，故用定冠词。
4.（海南卷）Let’s go to cinema-that’ll take your mind off the problem for while
A. the; the B. the; a C. a; the D. a ; a
【答案】B
【解析】go to the cinema 表示具体的某地，for a while 固定搭配，表示“一会儿”。
5.（陕西卷）What pity that you couldn’t be there to receive prize!
A. a; a B. the; a C. a; the D. the; the
【答案】C
【解析】第一空所填冠词与上下文构成固定句型what a pity that…，用不定冠词a；第二空后名词表示表
特指，用定冠词the。
6.（四川卷）In order to find _______ better job, he decided to study _________ second foreign language.
A. the; a B. a; a C. the; the D. a; the
【答案】B
【解析】该题的意思是：为了找到一个更好的工作，他决定再学习另外一门外语。第一空表示泛指；第二空用a +序数词+名词表示又一，再一。
7.I don’t understand what the engineer means, but I’ve got ______ rough idea of _____ project plan. （浙江卷）
A. the; a B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. a; the
【答案】D
【解析】前空泛指一种大体的想法，后空指双双都知道的那个project。
8.（重庆卷）Washing machines made by China have won worldwide attention and Haier has become popular name.
A. a; the B. 不填; a C. 不填; the D. the; a
【答案】B
【解析】第一空为不可数名词，并且表示泛指所以不用冠词；第二空是指海尔变成了一个很受欢迎的名字表示泛指用a。
9.（全国卷II）What I need is book that contains ABC of oil painting.
A. a; 不填 B. the; 不填 C. the; an D. a; the
【答案】D
【解析】第一空为泛指，第二空后面有定语the ABC of… …的基础知识=the basic knowledge of oil painting。
10.(辽宁卷)This area experienced heaviest rainfall in month of May.
A 不填; a B a ; the C the ; the D the ; a
【答案】C
【解析】第一空最大的降水量，为形容词的最高级用the；第二空五月这个月表特指用the。
2010年
1.(北京卷)First impressions are the most lasting. After all, you never get __ second chance to make
__ first impression.
A. a; the B. the; the C. a; a D. the; a
【答案】C
【解析】本题强调的重点是：再有一次机会a second chance给别人留下第一印象，make a first impression,
first为干扰因素。第二空还是表示泛指。句意：最初的印象最深刻。毕竟，你不可能再有机会给
别人留下第一次印象的。若句意改变为：你没有机会去改变你的第一印象You never get a second
chance to change the first impression。此处再填the就合情合理了。
2.(福建卷)It’s good feeling for people to admire the Shanghai world expo that gives them
pleasure.
A.不填，a B. a,不填 C. the ,a D. a, the
【答案】B
【解析】good feeling并非特指，故用a；pleasure是抽象名词，无需冠词。句意为“人们喜欢上海世博
会给他们带来的快乐，这是(一)种不错的感觉”a good feeling：一种不错的感觉；give sb. pleasure
给某人快乐。
3.(江苏卷)The visitors here are greatly impressed by the fact that_______ people from all walks of life are working hard for_____ new Jiangsu.
A.不填; a B. 不填;the C. the; a D. the; the
【答案】A
【解析】第一空，来自社会各阶层的人不是特指,不用冠词；第二空,在Jiangsu 前有形容词new 因此，应加冠词a，表示一个全新的江苏。
4.(辽宁卷)There are over 58,000 rocky objects in _______ space, about 900 of which could fall down onto _______ earth.
A. the; the B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. a; the
【答案】B
【解析】第一空in space 是固定短语，不用冠词，第二空名词earth属于独一无二的事物，其前必须用
定冠词。句意：太空中有超过58,000的岩状物体，其中大约900有可能掉到地球上。
5.(山东卷)If we sit near _______ front of the bus, we’ll have _______ better view.
A.不填; the B.不填; a C. the; a D. the; the
【答案】C
【解析】表示“某空间内部的前部”时，front前要加定冠词the; have a good view是习惯搭配，表示“视
野开阔，视野良好”之意；所以C项符合语境。句意：“如果我们坐在公共汽车的前部，就会有
更好的视野。”
6.(四川卷)In most countries, a university degree can give you flying start in life.
A. the; a B. the; 不填 C.不填; 不填 D.不填; a
【答案】D
【解析】most countries此处表泛指，most前不加定冠词the.第二个空处应为“一个高起点的开始”，故用a ,正确答案为D。
7.(浙江卷)Many lifestyle patterns do such __ great harm to health that they actually speed up__
weakening of the human body.]
A. a; 不填 B. 不填; the C. a; the D. 不填; 不填
【答案】B
【解析】对……有害用短语“do harm to”表示，中间不需要用冠词；之后的weakening是由动词的ing形表示抽象的名词，表达一种概念、状况时需要加上the。句意：许多生活方式对人类的健康有害，他们加速了人类身体的衰退。
8.(重庆卷)Everything comes with price; there is no such thing as free lunch in the world.
A. a, a B. the, 不填 C. the, 不填 D. a, 不填
【答案】D
【解析】price意思是“代价”，为可数名词，第二空前边有no,后面的名词不用冠词，故选D项。
2011年
1.（新课标卷）It is generally accepted that _______boy must learn to stand up and fight like ________man.
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; the D. a; 不填
【答案】A
【解析】句意：人们普遍认为男孩必须学会像男人那样勇敢地站起来去战斗。两个空都表示泛指，因此
都填不定冠词a。
2.（大纲卷）As he reached ________front door, Jack saw _______strange sight.
A. the;不填 B. a; the C.不填；a D. the; a
【答案】D
【解析】句意：当Jack走到前门时，看到了一个奇怪的景象。the front door是特指Jack所走过去的门，
a strange sight是泛指，相当于a certain sight,起初次介绍的作用。因此选D。
3.（山东卷）Take your time—it’s just _______ short distance from here to _______ restaurant.
A.不填；the B. a; the C. the; a D.不填；a
【答案】B
【解析】句意：别急—从这儿到餐馆只不过短短的距离而已。a short distance短距离，是固定搭配的短
语；the restaurant指双方都知道的餐馆，故用the特指。选B。
4.（江西卷）—It’s said John will be in a job paying over $60,000 ______ year.
—Right, he will also get paid by ________week.
A. the; the B. a; the C. the; a D. a; a
【答案】B
【解析】前一句句意为：据说John将会有一份年工资超过60000美金的工作，表时间单位每年，冠词用a，后一句说没错，他也将会以每周支付的方式得到薪水。by后面接具体的计量方式用定冠词the。
5.（浙江卷）Experts think that ______recently discovered painting may be ______ Picasso.
A. the ;不填 B. a ;the C. a; 不填 D. the; a
【答案】D
【解析】句意：专家认为，最近发现的油画可能是毕加索的作品。the painting特指最近发现的油画；a Picasso意为a Picasso’s painting，指毕加索的一件作品，有one的含义。
6.（四川卷）Dr. Peter Spence, headmaster of the school, told us, “ fifth of pupils here go on to study at Oxford and Cambridge.”
A. 不填；A B.不填；The C. the; The D. a; A
【答案】A
【解析】句意：彼得·斯宾塞博士——这所学校的校长——告诉我们，“这里五分之一的学生会到牛津和剑桥继续深造。” 头衔、职位前通常不用冠词，所以第一空不用冠词；a fifth表示“五分之一”，故答案为A。
7.（陕西卷）As is known to all, People’s Republic of China is biggest developing country in the world.
A. the ;不填 B. 不填 ；the C. the ；the D. 不填；不填
【答案】C
【解析】句意：众所周知，中华人民共和国是世界上最大的发展中国家。第一个定冠词the用在表示国
家的名词前；第二个定冠词the用在有形容词最高级修饰的名词前。
8.（重庆卷）In communication, a smile is usually________ strong sign of a friendly and _______ open attitude.
A. the, 不填 B. a, an C. a, 不填 D. the, an
【答案】C
【解析】句意：在交流中，微笑通常是友好和态度开明的一种明显标志。第一空a strong sign of 一个……的标志，a此处表泛指；friendly和 open 共同修饰attitude，而attitude不可数，不需要冠词；故选C。
1.The report said that a bus went out of control on highway south of the city are rushed into a river.
A. the; the B.不填; the C. the; 不填 D. 不填; 不填
【答案】D
【解析】go out of control是固定短语，意思是失去控制; south of…中的south是方位副词，前面不需要使用冠词。当south用作名词时通常与介词一起使用，如in the south of…。
2.Because ____ unemployment is very high at present, it's not easy for a fresh graduate to find ____ satisfying job
as he wishes.
A. the; 不填 B.不填; a C. an; a D. an; the
【答案】B
【解析】unemployment是抽象名词，前面不用冠词。job是可数名词，用不定冠词泛指“一个令人满意的工作”。
3.一My flight was delayed because of________ heavy rain.
—But you are just in______________ time for the discussion.
A. the; a B. a; the C.不填; 不填 D. the; 不填
【答案】D
【解析】引起我的航班延误应该是特指的一场大雨，所以第一空要用定冠词来限定，in time及时，准时，固定短语。
4.I don’t think the experiment is ______ failure. At least we have gained ______ experience for future success.
A.不填; the B. a; the C. a ; 不填 D.不填; 不填
【答案】C
【解析】failure表示失败的概念为抽象名词，前面不可用不定冠词。表示失败的人或事情就成了可数名词，前面用不定冠词。experience作经历讲为可数名词，作为经验讲为不可数名词。
5.By ________ nature, you are an adventurer, full of amazement and curiosity about _________world bigger than
life itself.
A. a; the B. the; the C.不填; a D. the; 不填
6.Jack had ________feeling of excitement when hearing his article had been published in ________school magazine.
A. the; a B. a; the C. 不填; the D. the; 不填
【答案】B
【解析】have a feeling of 为固定用法，意思是：有一种……的感觉；第二空表特指。句意为：听到自己的文章已经在校刊上发表，Jack有一种兴奋的感觉。
7.I got ________bad toothache yesterday，which kept me awake ________whole night.
A. a; the B. 不填; a C. the; a D. a; 不填
【答案】A
【解析】get a toothache 牙疼，是固定用法，而整个晚上(whole night)是特指昨天晚上，因此应该使用定冠词。我昨天晚上牙疼得厉害，整晚没睡。
8.China is ________vast country which is home to ________ amazing variety of landscapes，plants and animals.
A. the; the B. a; the C. the; an D. a; an
【答案】D
【解析】第一空表示“中国是一个……样的国家”，是泛指的概念，因此填不定冠词；第二空是固定短语a variety of，只是在variety 前面加上了形容词amazing 修饰它。
9.—Anyone in mind for this position？What about Jack
—He may be a good friend, but business is business. He is not ________ man for ________job.
A. a; a B. the; the C. a; the D. the; a
【答案】C
【解析】第一空是泛指的概念，因此用不定冠词；第二空是特指这份工作，用定冠词。
10.We all hold ________ belief that those who have ________wonderful sense of humor are more popular.
A. the; a B. 不填; 不填 C. the; 不填 D. a; the
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我们都认为那些有强烈幽默感的人更受欢迎。belief 后是同位语从句，第一空用the表特指；第二空a sense of humor (幽默感)为常用搭配。
11.________World Expo is regarded as the Olympic Games of the economy, science and technology, ________expert said.
A. A; an B. The; an C. The; a D. A; the
【答案】B
【解析】第一空特指“世博会”，故用定冠词the；第二空泛指“一个专家”，expert 又是以元音音素开
头，故用an。
12. I was told that________10∶15 flight would take us to Shanghai in time to reach ________Fudan University.
A. the; 不填 B. the; a C. a; the D. 不填; the
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我被告知10∶15的航班将把我们送达上海，以便及时到达复旦大学。根据句意可知第一空表特指，故用定冠词; 第二空后Fudan University 是以纯专有名词Fudan开头的，要用零冠词。Fudan University 还可表达为“the university of Fudan”。
13.The students were studying in ________classroom when，all of ________sudden, the lights went out.
A. 不填; 不填 B. a; the C. the; a D. the; 不填
【答案】C
【解析】句意：那些学生正在教室学习，这时突然灯灭了。根据题干中的the students 可知学生是特指的，由此可推知教室也应是特指的，故第一空用定冠词；all of a sudden为固定习语，相当于suddenly。由此可见答案为C项。
14.My mother asked me to repeat ________ phone number ________second time so that she could write it down.
A. the; a B. a; the C. an; a D. the; the
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我母亲让我再次重复那个电话号码以便她能记下。根据句意可知，第一空后的phone number 表特指，故用定冠词；“a＋序数词＋名词”表示“又一，再一”之意，而“the＋序数词＋名词”表示次序。综上所述，本题答案为A项。
15.Jack wanted to be ________ university student，but in ________ entrance examination he missed by a mile.
A. a; an B. an; the C. the; an D. a; the
【答案】D
【解析】a university student 一名大学生，表泛指；the entrance examination 特指入学考试。
16.—Stay a bit longer, please. It’s been such ________ fun having you here.
—Thank you, but I’ve got ________early start tomorrow morning.
A. 不填; the B. a; an C. 不填; an D. the; an
【答案】C
【解析】此题中fun为不可数名词，前面不用冠词。an early start早起。句意：“再待一会儿吧，有你在这里太有趣了。”“谢谢，但明天早上我还要早起呢。”
17.—How many people are still leading ________ life under ________ poverty line in the world
—Perhaps one fourth，according to the report.
A. the; 不填 B. a; the C. a; a D. 不填; the
【答案】B
【解析】lead a life为固定结构，故第一空填不定冠词a；第二空用the表示特指。
18.His failure at ________ first attempt didn’t disappoint him. Instead，he gathered his courage and tried ________second time.
A. the; the B. the; a C. a; the D. a; a
【答案】B
【解析】第一空序数词前要加定冠词the，此处指第一次尝试; a second time表示“又一次，再一次”，用不定冠词。
19.Everyone should learn from ________ Lei Feng and try to be ________ Lei Feng.
A. 不填; a B. 不填; 不填 C. the; the D. 不填; the
【答案】A
【解析】第一空提到的雷锋是众所周知的人物，人名前用零冠词，而第二空是指雷锋式的人物，所以用不定冠词。
20.Only when you stay and live with ________local people for a period of time will you have ________ better understanding of life here.
A. a; 不填 B. the; a C. 不填; the D. the; the形容词和副词是历年英语高考的重点。要复习好这一块知识点，考生不仅要掌握其基础知识，同时要牢记其中的重点和难点，也是高考的热点。
1.形容词是用来修饰名词的，常被放在名词前作定语，或放在系动词后面作表语。而副词则用来修饰形容词、动词，其他副词或者句子，一般位于形容词之前，动词之后或句子之首。以下属几种情况，须牢记：
①几个并列的形容词作定语，其语序通常为：
限定语（the/a/an）+ 描绘性形容词 + size（大小）+ shape（形状）+ age（年龄、时间）+ color（颜色）+origin（国籍、来源）+material（材料）+ purpose（目的）+名词；
a heavy black Chinese steel umbrella,
the man’s first tow interesting little red French oil paintings
熟记口诀就可以顺利解题：限定描绘大长高，形状年龄和新老，颜色国籍跟材料，作用类别往后靠。
②形容词短语作定语，定语后置；
a language difficult to master,
a leaning tower about 180 feet high
This is a student worth of praise.
They will turn their motherland into a country, beautiful and modern.
③表语形容词（afraid、alike、alone、asleep、awake、alive等）作定语，定语后置；
a man alive：活着的人
有些表身体健康状况的形容词如well, faint, ill只作表语。sick既可作表语又可作定语，ill如作定语意为“bad”；
④形容词作定语修饰由不定代词one, no, any, some和every构成的复合词如anything、something等时，通常后置；
I have something important to tell you.
⑤enough、nearby修饰名词前置或后置，程度副词一般位于形容词、副词前面，enough修饰形容词、副词时，必须后置；
⑥else常用作疑问代词和不定代词的后置定语；
⑦几个副词并列作状语时，其顺序较灵活，但一般是：方式→地点→时间；
⑧频度副词如often, always, usually等在be动词后，行为动词前；
⑨副词作定语，定语后置；
The person there is waiting for you.
⑩复合形容词常用作定语。
He was a 12-year-old boy.
复合形容词的构成：
▲形容词+形容词：red-hot炽热的 dark-blue深蓝的
▲形容词+现在分词：good-looking好看的 easy-going随和的
▲副词+现在分词：hard-working勤劳的 fast-moving快速转动的
▲副词+过去分词：hard-won得来不易的 newly-made新建的
▲名词+形容词：life-long终生的 world-famous世界闻名的
▲名词+现在分词：peace-loving爱好和平的 fun-loving爱开玩笑的
▲名词+过去分词：snow-covered白雪覆盖的 hand-made手工的
▲形容词+名词-ed：kind-hearted好心的 white-haired白发的
▲数词+名词 + ed：four-storeyed 4层楼的 three-legged 3条腿的
▲数词+名词（名词用单数）：ten-year 10年的 two-man两人的
2.形容词作伴随状语和原因状语
He spent 7days in the wind and snow, cold and hungry.他在风雪中度过了7天，又冷又饿。
She stared into the distance, speechless for a long time.她盯着远处看，好长时间不讲话。
Afraid of being caught, the thief hid himself under a bed.因为害怕被抓，这个小偷藏在床下面。
象get, grow, become, feel, appear, prove, look, keep, smell, taste, sound, go, turn, remain等这些动词既可以用作为实义动词又可以用作连系动词，因而要根据上下文语境判断究竟是什么性质的动动词才能正确解题。
玛丽悲伤地看了看父母亲而她的父母亲看上去也很悲伤。
Mary looked sadly at her parents while her parents looked sad, too.（第一个“look”为实义动词，第二个 “look” 为连系动词）
形容词、副词有三个等级：原级、比较级和最高级，其构成形式如下：
规则变化：单音节词和少数双音节词，加词尾-er，-est来构成比较级和最高级
构成法 原级 比较级 最高级
一般单音节词未尾加-er, -est tall taller tallest
以不发音的e结尾的单音词和少数以-le结尾的双音节词只加-r,-st nice nicer nicest
以一个辅音字母结尾的闭音节单音节词，双写结尾的辅音字母，再加-er,-est big bigger biggest
"以辅音字母+y"结尾的双音节词，改y为i，再加-er，-est busy busier busiest
少数以-er,-ow结尾的双音节词未尾加-er,-est clevernarrow cleverernarrower cleverestnarrowest
其他双音节词和多音节词，在前面加more，most来构成比较级和最高级 importanteasily more importantmore easily most importantmost easily
不规则变化
原级 比较级 最高级
good/well better best
bad/ill worse worst
old older/elder oldest/eldest
much/many more most
little less least
far farther/further farthest/furthest
注意：many, old和far比较级及最高级用法的区别
①如果后接名词时，much more +不可数名词，many more +可数名词复数。
②old有两种比较级和最高级形式: older/oldest 和elder/eldest。elder，eldest只用于兄弟姐妹的长幼关系。
My elder brother is an engineer.
Mary is the eldest of the three sisters.
③far有两种比较级，farther，further..在英语中两者都可指距离。
在美语中，father表示距离，further表示进一步
I have nothing further to say.
1.原级的用法
表示双方在程度、性质、特征等某方面相等时，用“as+原级形容词/副词+ as”的结构；表示双方不相等时，用“not so(as)+原级形容词/副词+ as”的结构；表示一方是另一方的若干倍时，用“倍数+ as+原级形容词/副词+ as”的结构。
Xiao Wang is as tall as Xiao Yu.
This building looks not so (as)high as that one.
Miss Xu speaks English as fluently as you .
This room is three times as large as that one.
2.比较级的用法
①双方比较，表示一方超过另一方时，用“比较级+than”的结构表示；
This picture is more beautiful than that one.
注意：
▲比较对象的一致性
请看下面这道选择题：
The weather in China is different from__ __.
A. in America B. one in America C. America D. that in America
本题意为"中国的天气比美国热。"比较的是天气而不是国家，C不能选。A没有名词，后句成分不全，排除。B和D中，B中的one常用来代替可数名词，而that可车以代替不可数或抽象名词，所以选D。
▲要避免将主语包含在比较对象中
（错）China is larger than any country in Asia.（因为中国也属于亚洲）
（对）China is larger than any other countries in Asia.
▲注意比较对象的省略或隐藏：有时省略或不点明被比较的对象，而是通过语境来暗示被比较的对象。
请看下面这两道选择题：
If there were no examinations, we should have ___ at school.
A. the happiest time B. a more happier time C. much happiest time D. a much happier time
本题将比较的对象隐藏在虚拟条件句中，即：与没有考试的时候相比。本题答案选D。
I don’t think this film is by far the most boring.I have seen____________.
A. better B. worse C. the best D. the worst
由前文“我认为这部电影不是最没趣的”可知，“我看过(比这部)更差的电影”，省略了than this one。本题答案是B。
It takes a long time to go there by train; it's ________by road.
A. quick B. the quickest C. much quick D. quicker
由语境可知，句末省略了than by train，用比较级。本题答案是D。
②表示一方不及另一方时，用“less+原级+than”的结构表示；
This room is less beautiful than that one.
③表示一方超过另一方的程度或数量时，可在比较级前加表示程度的状语，如even, a lot, a bit, a little, still, much, far, yet, by far等修饰；
He works even harder than before.
注意：by far通常用于强调最高级。用于比较级时，一般放在比较级的后面，如在前面，应在二者中
间加“the”。
He is taller by far than his brother.
He is by far the taller of the two brothers.
④表示一方随另一方的程度而变化时，用“the +比较级（主语+谓语），the +比较级（主语+谓语）”
的结构（意为“越……越……”）；
The harder he works, the happier he feels.
⑤不与其他事物相比，表示本身程度的改变时，用“比较级+ and+比较级”的结构；
The weather is getting colder and colder.
The girl becomes more and more beautiful.
⑥某些以-ior结尾的形容词进行比较时，用to代替than。这些词有inferior（劣等的，次的）、superior（较
好的，优于……）、junior（资历较浅的）、senior（资格较老的）、prior（在……之前）等；
He is superior to Mr. Zhang in chemistry.
⑦在比较从句中为了避免重复，我们通常用that(those)、one(ones)代替前面出现的名词。that指物,one既可指人又可指物。that可代替可数名词单数和不可数名词，而one只能代替可数名词；
The book on the table is more interesting than that(或the one)on the desk.
A box made of steel is stronger than one made of wood.
⑧否定词+比较级
该结构用否定形式表示肯定意义。要掌握该结构的用法，须注意以下几点：
▲该结构多为“can't ／couldn't ＋比较级”的形式
I can't agree with you more.我再同意你的意见不过了。（或：我完全同意你的意见。）
The weather couldn't be worse.天气再糟糕不过了。
He couldn't have done better.他做得再好不过了。
▲用于该结构中的否定词除了not之外，还有no，never，nothing等
This could give her no greater pleasure.这使她再高兴不过了。
There's nothing cheaper.这东西再便宜不过了。
There is no greater love than that of a man who lays down his life for his friends.
为朋友而放弃生命的爱是最伟大的爱。
▲当该结构中的比较级为less时，其意义为“一点也不”
试比较：He couldn't care more.他非常介意。（或：他最关心不过了。）
He couldn't care less.他毫不介意。（或：他最漠不关心了。）
注意：反过来用肯定形式表示否定意义。这种用法主要见于：
▲know better than+不定式。这种结构意为“不至于”
You have a better command of French than to make such mistakes.
你的法语较好，不至于犯这样的错误。
He is more experienced than to do such a thing.
他比较有经验，不至于做这样的事。
▲more than…can。这种句型形式上是肯定，实际上有否定含义
The boys in the street have become very insolent and it is more than flesh and blood can bear.
街上的男孩变得非常无礼,到了人所不能忍受的地步。
The beauty of the place is more than I can describe.
那地方美得无法形容。
⑨倍数表达法
▲A is three(four, etc.)times the size(height, length etc.)of B.
The new building is four times the size(the height)of the old one.
这座新楼是那座旧楼的四倍大（高）/这座新楼比那座旧楼大（高）三倍。
▲A is three(four, etc.)times as big(high, long, etc.)as B.
Asia is four times as large as Europe. 亚洲是欧洲的四倍大/亚洲比欧洲大三倍。
▲A is three (four, etc.)times bigger(higher, longer, etc.)than B.
Your school is three times bigger than ours.你们的学校比我们的学校大三倍。
用times表倍数通常用于三倍以上，两倍可以用twice或double.
3.最高级的用法
①三者或三者以上相比，表示最高程度时，用“the +最高级”的结构表示。这种句式一般常有表示比
较范围的介词短语；
Zhang Hua is the tallest of the three.
He works(the)hardest in his class.
②最高级可被序数词以及much、by far、nearly、almost 、by no means、not quite、not really、nothing like
等词语所修饰；
This hat is by far / much / nearly / almost / not nearly / by no means / not quite / nothing like the biggest.
③表示“最高程度”的形容词，如excellent、extreme、perfect等，没有最高级，也没有比较级。
④形容词最高级修饰作表语或介词宾语的名词、代词时，被修饰的词往往省略；
He is the tallest(boy)in his class.
⑤作状语的副词最高级前可以不加定冠词。
Of all the boys he came(the)earliest.
4.形容词和副词前面使用冠词的情况
①形容词最高级前一般要加定冠词，副词最高级前可不加冠词；
②形容词最高级前有时加不定冠词，或不加冠词，不表比较，表示“非常”；
He is a most clever young policeman.(most=very)
The film is most interesting.(most=very)
③as+形容词+a+单数名词；
This is as good an example as the other is.
④表示两者间“较……的一个”比较级前加the；
who is the older of the tow boys
⑤在“the + 比较级……，the + 比较级……”结构中；
⑥在same前一般要加the；
⑦What +a/an+形容词+单数可数名词=How+形容词+ a/an+单数可数名词
What an interesting film it is！=How interesting a film it is!
⑧so和such的用法
so + 形容词 / 副词 + that …
so + 形容词 + a（n）+ 单数可数名词 + that …
so + many / much / little / few + 名词 + that …
such + a(n)+ 形容词+单数可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 复数名词 + that …
下列词组中为什么只能用so不可用such？
so much progress、so many people、so little food、so few apples等。
因为名词受many, much, little, few等表示“多或少”意义的词修饰。
下列这句中such用得对不对？（对）。为什么？
These are such little boys that they can’t dress themselves.
因为little在这儿表示“小”，而不是表示“少”的意思。
下列so的用法是错误的：so difficult problems, so hot weather
为什么？因为problems是复数，weather是不可数名词。
⑧有些形容词前加the 成为名词。如the poor, the rich 等。
5.由as/so组成的形容词或副词短语
①as much as +不可数名词：多达
Each stone weighs as much as fifteen tons.
②as many as +可数名词：多达
I have as a many as sixteen reference books.
③as early as：早在
As early as the twelfth century the English began to invade the island.
④as far as：远到；就……而知（论）
We might go as far as (走到)the church and back.
As far as I know（就我所知），he has been there before.
⑤may (might, could)as well：不妨、不如
Then you might as well stay with us here.
⑥as … as can be：到了最……的程度，极其
They are as unreliable as they can be.他们极其不可信。
⑦as … as one can：尽其所能
He began to run, as fast as he could.
⑧as … as possible：尽可能
Just get them to finish up as quickly as possible.
6.more /less than及其相关结构
第一类
①more than＋具体数字=over：多于、超过……
He spoke English more than two years.(两年多)
more than＋名词/动词/形容词/副词：不仅仅
China Daily is more than a newspaper and it can also help us learn English.
②not more than：不超过……，顶多……=at most
There were not more than 70 women in the store then.（不足70个女性）
③no more than：仅仅，只不过
The theater was no more than a painted barn.
这戏院只不过是漆了油漆的库房而已（没什么大不了的）。
④less than：少于、不足……
Their car broke down where they drove less than five miles.（不到五英里）
less than＋名词/形容词：仅仅
He is less than pleased to have visitors.
⑤not less than：……以上，至少……=at least
He has not less than 2oo dollars.（至少200美元）
⑥no less than：不会少于……，与……一样，简直就……
It is no less than robbery to ask me for so much.
要我这么多钱，简直跟抢劫没有两样。
第二类
①more＋形容词/副词/名词＋than：比……更……
I have found that he is a more efficient worker than any other one.
②more…than…：与其……不如……
He is not more an artist than a philosopher.
与其说他是位艺术家，不如说他是位哲学家。
③not more…than…：不如……，不及……
You are not more careful than he is.你不如他仔细。
She was not more pleased than I was.她不及我开心。
④no＋比较级＋than：仅仅……，最多……，只不过……，和……一样不
This kind of plant grows no higher than one inch.
这种植物最多长到一英寸。
The officials could see no more than the Emperor.
官员们看到的和皇帝一样多。
He is no more a good player than I am.
他和我一样都不是好球员（他也好不到哪里去）。
⑤less＋形容词/副词/名than：比……更少，不如……
Jane is less beautiful than Suan.
He is less slow than lazy at his work.=He is more lazy than slow at his work.
⑥not less…than：不比……少，不亚于……
She is not less charming than her daughter.她跟她女儿一样有魅力。
⑦no less…than：不会比……差，正如……一样”
A dolphin is no less a clever animal than a dog is.海豚不会比狗笨吧！
1.下列单词虽以-ly结尾，但却是形容词而非副词
deadly,friendly,lovely,likely,lonely,silly,lively,brotherly,weekly等。
2.有无ly的副词意义、用法有别
①意义用法不同
Someone followed me close behind me.有人紧跟着我。
Everyone felt that his remarks hit close to home.他的话击中了要害。
Come close to me and you’ll listen to me clearly.靠近我，你就会听清楚的。
These two topics are closely related.这两个课题紧密相连。
（close修饰介词短语、closely修饰动词和过去分词）
He hardly worked hard at maths so he could not pass the maths examination.
他几乎没有 努力学习数学，结果没有通过这次数学考试。
He always works late into the night.他总是工作到深夜。
Have you been to the cinema lately 你最近有没有看电影？
The meeting proceeded in a most friendly atmosphere.会见在极其友好的气氛中进行。
The present world situation is most favorable for the people.当前世界形势对人民非常有利。
They are mostly visiting scientists.= Most of them are visiting scientists.
②具体和抽象的关系
They buried the body very deep. 他们把尸体埋得很深。（具体）
His words deeply moved me. 他的话深深地打动了我。（抽象）
类似的词：high/highly, wide/widely
3.形容词和副词相同形式
①意义不一
She said with a half smile to me.她微笑着对我说。
Well begun is half done.良好的开端是成功的一半。
This kind of material feels very hard.这种材料摸上去很硬。
He found modern art very hard to understand.他觉得现代艺术很难理解。
He is working hard at maths.他在努力学习数学。
The door was fast shut.门紧闭着。
His father was fast asleep.他父亲睡得很香。
②意义基本相同
He got up so early that he caught the early bus.他起得早赶上了早班车。
What you need is a sound sleep.你所需要的是好好睡一觉。
His father was sound asleep. 他父亲睡得很香。
If he were well, he would do the work well.
如果他身体好的话，他会把这项工作干好的。
4.搭配特别的形容词和副词
英语中有些形容词和副词与名词、动词、或另一形容词等的搭配与汉语不完全一样，在平时学习中通过运用要把它们掌握好。
特别注意下列有别于汉语的表达：
well worth很值得 wide awake很清醒
fast/sound asleep睡得很香 largely due to…主要因为
greatly respected/honored很受尊敬 rain/snow hard/heavily下大雨（大雪）
large/small population人口多（少） heavy traffic交通堵塞
5.体现两句间逻辑关系的连接性副词
解决这类问题，首先要弄清形容词和副词真正含义，在解题时要弄清上下文的逻辑关系。
常用的此类词有：besides而且、再说,instead而是，反而,though不过，可是，然而,however不过，仍然，然而,thus/therefore因此，所以,furthermore/moreover此外，而且，再者,otherwise/or否则，不然,anyhow/anyway反正，不管怎样,even so即便如此，即使这样,or rather更确切地说等等。
请看下列选择题：
①Progress so far has been very good. _______, we are sure that the project will be completed on time.
A. However B. Otherwise C. Therefore D. Besides
【解析】“一直进展良好”与“按时完工”是因果关系，用therefore。答案是C。
②The hurricane damaged many houses and business buildings;_____ , it caused 20 deaths.
A. or else B. therefore C. after all D. besides
【解析】由前后语境不难确定，是要表示“此外，还有，而且”，用besides。其它选项不合语境：or so大约；therefore因此；after all毕竟。答案是D。
③Much of the power of the trade unions has been lost. _ , their political influence should be very great.
A. As a result B. As usual C. Even so D. So far
【解析】由前后的语意逻辑可知，所填之词应是表示“即使如此”之意，用even so。句意：工会已经失去很多权力了；即使这样，他们的政治影响还应当还是很大的。答案是C。
6.too much和much too的区别
①too much有下列用法
too much的含义是“太多”，充当形容词用时，too是副词，用来修饰much，后接不可数名词。
I have too much homework to do.我有太多的家庭作业要做。
too much充当副词用时，可用来修饰动词
Watching TV too much is bad for your health.看电视看得太多对你的健康有害。
too much充当代词用时，后面不接名词，代替上下文提到的事物。
You gave me too much.你给我的太多了。
②much too意为“太”，much(副词)用来修饰too(副词)，以加强语气，只可起副词作用，在句中修饰形容词或副词。
It’s much too expensive.太贵了。
You walk(much)too far yesterday.昨天你散步走得太远了。
It’s much too cold.
7.too…to结构表达的不同意义
①“too＋形容词／副词＋动词不定式”结构简称为“too...to”结构。这种结构是英语中常用的一种句型，在大多数情况下表示否定意义，在翻译时，通常可译为“太……而不能……”、“太……无法……”。
English is too difficult for me to learn well.英语太难，我学不好。
The hat is too large to wear.这帽子太大，没法戴。
②“too...to”不表示否定意义的情况：too...to结构之前带有but, only, all, never, not时，是强调肯定的表示法，译作”非常……、十分……、实在……、真是太……”等；“too...to”结构中带有表示某种心情或描绘性的形容词或副词，如ready, eager, satisfied, kind, willing, easy, anxious等加动词不定式结合成一个不可分割的状态、态度、倾向或心情等。
I am but too glad to do so.我非常喜欢这样做。
Comrade Lei Feng was too ready to help others.雷锋同志乐于助人。
①We don’t care if a hunting dog smells_ ,but we really don’t want him to smell____.
A. well, well B. bad, bad C. well, badly D. badly, bad
【解析】答案为D。第一个“smell”是“嗅觉”的意思，实义动词，第二个“smell”是“闻起来”的意思，是连系动词，因而答案为D。整个句子的意思是：我们不在乎猎狗嗅觉灵不灵，但是我们确实不想让它闻起来有臭味（发出臭味）。
②After the long journey, the three of them went back home, _____ .
A. hungry and tiredly B. hungry and tired C. hungrily and tiredly D. hungrily and tired
【解析】答案为B。为由句式结构看，空格处应作为状语使用，四个选项中均使用了并列连词“and”，故“and”前后的词性应该一致，且英语中形容词或形容词短语可作为状语使用，表示主语的状态。句意：长途旅行后他们三人回家了，又累又饿。
③Although she did not know Boston well, she made her way ______ to the Home Circle Building.
A. easy enough B. enough easy C. easily enough D. enough easily
【解析】答案为C。因“make one’s way to”是固定词组，意为“前往”，修饰动词“made”要用副词，排除选项A和B；副词“enough”修饰形容词或副词，要后置，故排除D项。
④______to take this adventure course will certainly learn a lot of useful skills.
A. Brave enough students B. Enough brave students
C. Students brave enough D. Students enough brave
【解析】答案为C。“enough”修饰形容词要后置，排除选项B和D；“brave enough”与后面的不定式构成形容词短语作定语，要放在所修饰的名词“students”后，故排除A项。
⑤John Smith, a successful businessman, has a ______car.
A. large German white B. large white German
C. white large German D. German large white
【解析】答案为B。large是“大小”，German是“产地”，white是“颜色”；其排列顺序应当是“大小+颜色+产地”。
⑥______students are required to take part in the boat race.
A. Ten strong young Chinese B. Ten Chinese strong young
C. Chinese ten young strong D. Young strong ten Chinese
【解析】答案为A。根据“限定词+形容词+名词”，数词属于限定词，选出A和B来；再根据“描绘（strong）+（长幼young）+国籍（Chinese）”选出正确答案。
①He speaks English well indeed, but of course not ______a native speaker.
A. as fluent as B. more fluent than C. so fluently as D. much fluently than
【解析】答案为C。修饰动词“speak”时要用副词，排除A和B选项；又因“than”前必须是比较级，故排除D选项。
②It is to spend money on preventing illnesses by promoting healthy living
rather than spending it trying to make people after they are ill.
A. good; good B. well; better C. better; better D. better; good
【解析】答案为C。由句意“把钱花在改善生活环境以预防疾病上，要比在人们生病之后，把钱花在让他们痊愈上好。”可知，两处空白均表示两者的比较，故用比较级。
③—Did you take enough money with you
—No, I needed I thought I would.
A. not so much as B. as much as C. much more than D. much less than
【解析】答案为C。由答语中“No”可知“我没有带足够的钱”，因此“我需要比我原来想带的更多的钱”。
④I like this jacket better than that one，but it costs almost three times_____ .
A. as much B. as many C. so much D. so many
【解析】答案为C。考查倍数的表示方法。空白处补充完整为“as much as that one costs”。
⑤A rough estimate, Nigeria is __________ Great Britain.
A. three times the size as B. the size three times of
C. three times as the size of D. three times the size of
【解析】答案为D。倍数比较的常见句型“A is three（four, etc.）times the size（height, length etc.）of B”。句意：初略估计，尼日利亚国土面积是英国的三倍。
⑥It looks like the weather is changing for ______ . Shall we stick to our plan
A. the worse B. worse C. the worst D. worst
【解析】答案为A。隐含着将现在的天气与将来的天气进行比较。“the worse”后面省略了“weather”意为“天气变坏或恶化”。句意：看上去好像天气在变坏。我们还要不要坚持我们的计划？
⑦I don’t think this film is by far the most boring. I have seen______.
A. better B. worse C. the best D. the worst
【解析】答案为B。由前文“我认为这部电影不是最没趣的”可知，“我看过（比这部）更差的电影”，省略了“than this one”。
①Your story is perfect; I’ve never heard before.
A. the better one B. the best one C. a better one D. a good one
【解析】答案为C。比较级用于否定句中表示最高级的意义。句意是“你的故事非常完美。我以前从没听说过比这更好的故事。”
②—Did you enjoy yourself at the party
—Yes，I’ve never been to one before.
A. a more excited B. the most excited C. a more exciting D. the most exciting
【解析】答案为C。见上面的解析。句意：我以前从未参加过比这个更激动人心的晚会。
③David has won the first prize in singing; he is still very excited now and feels_____ desire to go to bed.
A. the most B. more C. worse D. the least
【解析】答案为D。因为feel the least desire to go to bed意为“完全不/一点也不想去睡觉”与前文的“他现在还非常兴奋”的语意一致。
④I used to earn _______than a pound a week when I first started work.
A. a little B. a few C. fewer D. less
【解析】答案为D。由“than”可知前面必须要用比较级，排除选项A和B；又由语境可知是“不到一英镑”而不是“比一英镑还少几个”，所以应当用“less（than）”意为“少于”。
⑤A typhoon swept across tiffs area with heavy rains and winds _______strong as 113 miles per hour.
A. too B. very C. so D. as
【解析】答案为D。“as +原级+ as”可以表示程度：每小时高达113英里的速度。
①You’re driving too fast. Can you drive
A. more slowly a bit B. slowly a bit more C. a bit more slowly D. slowly more a bit
【解析】答案C。为“slowly”的比较级是在其前面加“more”。“a bit”用来修饰比较级。
②I wish you’d do ________ talking and some more work. Thus things will become better.（2006江苏卷）
A. a bit less B. any less C. much more D. a little more
【解析】答案为A。“less”是“little”的比较级，表示“较少的”。根据所提供的情景“some more work”可判断出“要少说话，多干活”。“a bit”用来修饰比较级。“any”修饰比较级用在疑问句或否定句中。
①The weather was cold that I didn’t like to leave my room.
A. really B. such C. too D. so
【解析】答案为D。so修饰副词构成so...that的结构意为“如此……以致于……”。
②We were in ______ when we left that we forgot the airline tickets.
A. a rush so anxious B. a such anxious rush C. so an anxious rush D. such an anxious rus
【解析】答案为D。由such（形容词）和so（副词）与带不定冠词的单数可数名词连用的语序
可知“so anxious a rush或such an anxious rush”。
①Alan is a careful driver, but he drives ______ of my friends.
A. more carefully B. the most carefully C. less carefully D. the least carefully
【解析】答案为D。由题干中的but可知，后半句表否定意义，故选D项。the least+形容词（副词）+原形，表示“最不……”。less carefully是两者之间的比较。
②Of the two sisters, Betty is one, and she is also the one who loves to be quiet.
A. a younger B. a youngest C. the younger D. the youngest
【解析】答案为C。当表示两者之中比较年轻的那个时，要用形容词比较级，并在比较级前加定冠词the。the youngest表示多于两个的最年轻的。
①My brother is really . He often works in his office far into the night.
A. open-minded B. hard-working C. self-confident D. warm-hearted
②A new bus service to Tianjin Airport started to operate two months ago.
A. normal B. usual C. regular D. common
【解析】答案为C。句意：两个月前天津机场开始实施了一项新的定期的公共汽车服务。normal正常的；usual通常的；regular有规律的，固定的，正规的，common普遍的，常见的。
③Since Tom downloaded a virus into his computer，he can not open the file now.
A. readily B. horribly C. accidentally D. irregularly
【解析】答案为C。readily意为“乐意地”； horribly意为“可怕地”； accidentally意为“偶然地”； irregularly意为“无规律地”。句意：因为汤姆无意中下载了一个病毒，所以他现在打不开文件了。
④If it is quite _______ to you, I will visit you next Tuesday.
A. convenient B. fair C. easy D. comfortable
【解析】答案为A。固定搭配be convenient to….对……是方便的。
2009年
1.(安徽卷) — Do you think it's a good idea to make friends with your students
— , I do. I think it's a great idea.
A. Really B. Obviously C. Actually D. Generally
【答案】C
【解析】Really真地,obviously,明显地,Actually,实际上,Generally,一般来说.从句意来看,显然,Actually最符合情境.本题在做的时候应该多读几遍就会自然出来了。
2.(福建卷)It seems that living green is easy and affordable. A small step masks a big difference.
A. exactly B. fortunately C. surprisingly D. hardly
【答案】C
【解析】exactly：准确地；fortunately：幸运地；surprisingly：惊讶地，出乎意料地；hardly：几乎不。题干意思是：似乎保护环境是出乎意料的简单可行，小小的行动能带来很大的不同。
3.(湖北卷) As there is less and less coal and oil, scientists are exploring new ways of making use of energy, such as sunlight, wind and water for power and fuel.
A. primary B. alternative C. instant D. unique
【答案】B
【解析】既然石油和煤都越来越少，人们只好使用一些其它可替代这些燃料的东西，alternative 有“可选择的，可替代的”之意，符合句意。primary“首要的，初期的”，instant“立即的，迅速的”，unique“独特的”。
4.(湖北卷) The questionnaire takes ten to fifteen minutes to complete and can be used along with the assessment interview.
A. mainly B. punctually C. approximately D. precisely
【答案】C
【解析】这里意思是“问卷大约需要10至15分钟完成”，应选择approximately“大约地”。 mainly“主要地”，punctually“准时地”，precisely“精确地”。
5.(湖南卷) I can ______ be a teacher. I’m not a very patient person.
A. seldom B. ever C. never D. always
【答案】C
【解析】我绝不会成为一名教师。因为我不是一个很有耐心的人。seldom表示“很少”；ever表示“永远”用在肯定句中；never表示“绝不，从来没有”；always 表示“总是”。
6.(江苏卷) Compared with his sister, Jerry is even more _____ to, and more easily troubled by, emotional and relationship problems.
A. skeptical B. addicted C. available D. sensitive
【答案】D
【解析】be sensitive to对什么敏感。Jerry is even more sensitive to emotional and relationship problems. more sensitive to与more easily troubled by 并列。skeptical习惯(或倾向于)怀疑的；be addicted to沉溺于；be available to可利用的。
7.(江西卷)Frank put the mediocre in the top drawer to make sure it would not be _______ to the kids.
A. accessible B. relative C. acceptable D. sensitive
【答案】A
【解析】be accessible to 为……能够接近； be relative to 和……有关系； be acceptable to 为……所接受 ； be sensitive to 对……敏感, 易接受。
8.(辽宁卷) Usually John would be late for meetings. But this time, to my surprise, he arrived on
time.
A little B much C ever D even
【答案】B
【解析】此处意思为“令我大大吃惊”，little很少，ever曾经，even甚至均不和句意。选B恰当。
9.(全国I)How much she looked without her glasses!
A. well B. good C. best D. better
【答案】D
【解析】句意：不戴眼镜她看上去更好看！与戴眼镜形成对比。much用来修饰比较级。
10.(全国II)The children loved their day trip, and they enjoyed the horse ride _________.
A. most B. more C. less D. little
【答案】A
【解析】很容易误选B或C。根据句子意思可以看出，孩子非常喜欢白天的旅行，而且他们最喜欢的就是骑马了。（从句子中可以看出白天的旅行中经历了很多事情，骑马只是其中之一，所以选用最高级别most）
11.(全国II)I’m sure that your letter will get ________ attention .They know you’re waiting for the reply.
A. continued B. immediate C. careful D. general
【答案】B
【解析】通过句子意思很容易得出答案。他们知道你在等着答案，所以我肯定你的信会得到立即的（immediate）回复。
12.(全国II) It’s high time you had your hair cut; it’s getting _____.
A. too much long B. much too long C. long too much D. too long much
【答案】B
【解析】much too 太，非常，修饰形容词。如：The book is much too thick. too much 很多，修饰名词或充当名词来用。如：What he said is too much for me. There is too much water in the basin.
13.(天津卷) It was a nice house, but _______ too small for a family of live.
A. rarely B. fairly C. rather D. pretty
【答案】C
【解析】这几个副词按语气的轻重可大致描述为：(not) → fairly → quite → rather / pretty → very。在这些词中，只有 rather 可以与比较级以及副词 too (太)连用。而rarely则表示“很少,难得”。
14.(天津卷) I’m not surprised that he became a writer. Even as a child he had a _____ imagination.
A. clear B. cautious C. funny D. vivid
【答案】D
【解析】句意为：他才成为一名作家我一点也不奇怪。正当他是孩子的时候，就具有丰富的想象力。Clear表示“清楚的,明确的,澄清的”；cautious 表示“十分小心的,谨慎的”；funny 表示“滑稽的,有趣的”；vivid 表示“生动的,栩栩如生的,鲜艳的”。根据句意应选D。
15.（四川卷）My uncle’s house in the downtown area is much smaller than ours , but it is twice _______ expensive .
A. as B. so C. too D. very
【答案】A
【解析】考查倍数的表示方法。该题采用了“倍数+as+adj./adv+as ”这一结构，所以答案为A。
16.(浙江卷) John is very ——if he promises to do something he’ll do it .
A. independent B. confident C. reliable D. flexible
【答案】C
【解析】A项独立的；B自信的；D灵活的均不和句意； 根据后句关键词promises —he'll do it "可知他是"可靠的，可信赖的"，选C。
17.(浙江卷) In the good care of the nurses, the boy is recovering from his heart operation.
A .quietly B. actually C. practically D. gradually
【答案】D
【解析】根据生活常识，手术后的恢复应该是“逐渐的”，故选D。
18.(浙江卷)It took building supplies to construct these energy-saving houses. It took brains, too.
A. other than B. more than C. rather than D. less than
【答案】B
【解析】本句意为"去建造这些能源房不仅仅需要建筑设施,而且也需要大脑"； other than "除……之外； 不同于，非"； rather than "而不是"；less than "不足、少于"；more than "多于； 不仅仅；不限于；选B符合。
19.(浙江卷)_______and short of breath, Andy and Ruby were the first to reach the top of Mount Tai.
A. the; a B. Tired C. Tiring D. Being tired
【答案】B
【解析】考查形容词做伴随状语。本提的突破点在主语Andy and Ruby和tired的关系，前句是省略的让步状语从句，它的主语仍然是Andy and Ruby，此处可知意思是感到疲乏 ，选B。
20.(浙江卷)The incomes of skilled workers went up. ______, unskilled workers saw their earnings fall.
A. Moreover B. Therefore C. Meanwhile D. Otherwise
【答案】C
【解析】考查副词词义辨析。根据句意skilled workers表示"熟练工人"和unskilled workers 表示"不熟练工人"两者情况的对比。Moreover“再者，加之，此外，而且”；therefore“因此，所以”；otherwise“否则，要不然”； meanwhile“在此期间，同时”，符合句意，故选C.
2010年
1.(全国I ) I have seldom seen my mother ________ pleased with my progress as she is now.
A. so B. very C. too D. rather
【答案】A
【解析】这题考查的实际上是一个固定搭配not so as,不像……那样，seldom是一个否定词，相当于not。句意：我很少看到妈妈像现在一样为我的进步感到如此的高兴。
2.(全国II )The island is ____ attractive in spring and autumn because of the pleasant weather in both seasons.
A. partly B. merely C. nearly D. equally
【答案】D
【解析】只要知道词义即可选出答案，该题较为简单。A.部分的 B.只不过 C.几乎 D.同样的，相等的。
3.(全国II )Mr. Black is very happy because the clothes made in his factory have never been .
A. popular B. more popular C. most popular D. the most popular
【答案】B
【解析】never/not加形容词比较级=形容词最高级。句意：布莱克先生非常高兴，因为他厂里生产的衣服从来没比现在更受欢迎过。
4. (安徽卷) _______, she is the sort of woman to spread sunshine to people through her smile.
A. Shy and cautious B. Sensitive and thoughtful
C. Honest and confident D. Lighthearted and optimistic
【答案】D
【解析】Shy and cautious意为“害羞的谨慎的；sensitive and thoughtful意为“敏感的与体贴的”； Honest and confident“诚实的与自信的”；Lighthearted and optimistic意为“愉快的与乐观的”。句意为“愉快与乐观的她，是那种通过微笑把阳光撒给他人的女士。”
5. (福建卷)—Volunteering is becoming popular in China .
—Yeah, people are now aware that helping others is helping themselves.
A. naturally B. successfully C. splendidly D. increasingly
【答案】D
【解析】A. 自然地，理所当然地；B. 成功地；C.华丽地，壮观地；D. 逐渐地。句意：“志愿活动现在在中国变得越来越受欢迎了。”“是的，人们一直开始意识到帮助他人就是帮助自己。”
6.(福建卷)Drunk driving, which was once a occurrence, is now under control.
A. general B. frequent C. normal D. particular
【答案】B
【解析】A.一般的；B.经常的；C.正常的；D.特别的。理解词义后，根据生活常识可以得出答案。
7.(湖北卷)In the lecture, I can only give you a purely view of how we can live life to the full and make some suggestions about the future.
A. private B. personal C. unique D. different
【答案】D
【解析】根据词义可以快速排除A和D。A表示“独特的”，D表示“不同的”，只有B和C比较接近。 “private”表示“私人的，私下的，“personal”表示“个人的”，personal view才能表示“个人观点”
8.(湖北卷)Mistakes don’t just happen; they occur for a reason. Find out the reason, and then making the mistake becomes .
A. favourable B. precious C. essential D. worthwhile
【答案】D
【解析】“worthwhile”表示“值得的，有价值的”表示犯错误是值得的。A表示“喜爱的，赞同的”，B“珍贵的”C“本质的”，只要知道词义，并联系生活常识，该题还是很容易得出答案的。
人之常情，我们只能说这个犯过的“错误”会变得“有价值”，却不能说“错误”是“essential(本质的)”“precious”（珍贵的）或者是“favourable（喜爱的，赞同的）”。
9.(湖北卷)If I find someone who looks like the suspect, my reaction will be to tell the police.
A. physical B. immediate C. sensitive D. sudden
【答案】B
【解析】“physical”表示“身体的”； “suddent”表示“突然的”； “sensitive”表示“敏感的”，只有 “immediate”表示“立刻，马上”，等同于 “at once”.故选B。句意：“如果我发现了任何疑似嫌疑犯的人，我会立马告知警察”。
10.(湖北卷)I wasn’t blaming anyone; I said errors like this could be avoided.
A. merely B. mostly C. rarely D. nearly
【答案】A
【解析】“most”（大部分），所以“mostly”(大部分地，通常地)； “near”（临近）“nearly”（几乎）= almost； rare（稀有的）“rarely”（很少地，几乎不）；“mere”（仅仅，只 不过）“merely”（仅仅，只不过）。句意：“我并没有责 怪任何人，我只是说类似这种错误是可以避免的”。
11.(湖南卷)Father ________goes to the gym with us although he dislikes going there.
A. hardly B. seldom C. sometimes D. never
【答案】C
【解析】A项意为“几乎不”，B项意为“很少”，C项意为“有时”，D项意为“从不”。句意为：“尽管父亲不喜欢去那儿，但他还是有时和我们一起去锻炼。”故选C项。
12.(江西卷)Computers and mobile phones, though they are indeed making our life and more
, have reduced the need for face-to-face communication.
A. easily; efficient B. easy, efficient C. easy; efficiently D. easily; efficiently
【答案】B
【解析】make +life+形容词,而且后面为比较级,所以说两个空同为形容词同为比较级
13.(辽宁卷)Jim went to answer the phone. _______, Harry started to prepare lunch.
A. However B. Nevertheless C. Besides D. Meanwhile
【答案】D
【解析】前后两个句子是相同的语义关系，在时间上表示同时，所以用meanwhile。
14.(辽宁卷)We only had ＄100 and that was _______to buy a new computer.
A. nowhere near enough B. near enough nowhere
C. enough near nowhere D. near nowhere enough
【答案】A
【解析】nowhere near是固定短语，意思是“差得远；远不及”，相当于一个形容词，enough做副词用，修饰形容词或副词时，应该放在被修饰词的后面。句意：我们只有100美元，他怎么也不够买一台新电脑的。
15.(山东卷)Mothers holding jobs outside the home should have _______ schedules to make it easier to care for their children.
A. heavy B. smooth C. flexible D. complex
【答案】C
【解析】句意应为“在外工作的母亲们应该有灵活的时间以便照看孩子们。”表示“灵活的”用flexible 。heavy 表示“沉重的”； smooth表示“光滑的，滑顺的”； complex表示“复杂的，难懂的”。
16.(陕西卷)Studies show that people are more to suffer from back problems if they always sit before computer screens for long hours.
A. likely B. possible C. probable D. sure
【答案】A
【解析】所填词做表语，主语是人，由more来修饰，意思是：可能，选A。其中四个选项中possible和probable也都“可能的”之意，但他们做表语时主语只能是物，sure在此处意思不恰当。
17.(天津卷) People have always ______ about exactly how life on earth began.
A. curious B. excited C. anxious D. careful
【答案】A
【解析】根据介词about后面宾语从句的意义，可以确定前面表示的是好奇，be curious about 是“对……感到好奇”的意思。句意：人们一直对于地球生命的起源感到好奇。
18.(浙江卷)I have been convinced that the print media are usually more __ and more reliable than television.
A. accurate B. ridiculous C. urgent D. shallow
【答案】A
【解析】accurate 精确的；ridiculous可笑的，滑稽的；urgent紧急的；shallow浅的，肤浅的。句意：我确信印刷媒体常常会比电视更准确、更可靠。
19.(浙江卷)Do you think shopping online will __ take the place of shopping in stores
A. especially B. frequently C. merely D. finally
【答案】D
【解析】especially 特别，尤其；frequently经常，merely仅仅，finally最终。句意：你认为网上购物最终会替代商场购物吗？
20.(浙江卷)Playing on a frozen sports field sounds like a lot of fun. Isn't it rather risky, __________.
A. though B. also C. either D. too
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意：在冰场上玩耍听起来很有趣。然会不会有危险呢？前后两句之前是明显的转折关系，所以选择though。
21.(四川卷)The school was moved out of downtown as the number of students had grown too .
A. small B. few C. 1arge D. many
【答案】C
【解析】the number of 意为“……的数量”，其后的形容词应为大小，不用多少。又据句意学校被移出了市中心，应该是学生的数量变得太大了，故选C。
22.(上海卷)In ancient times, people rarely travelled long distances and most farmers only travelled the local market.
A. longer than B. more than C. as much as D. as far as
【答案】D
【解析】as far as远到（至）……句意：古时候人们很少会进行远程旅行，大多的农民只去逛逛当地的市场。
23.(上海卷). It took us quite a long time to get to the amusement park. It was journey.
A. three hour B. a three-hours C. a three-hour D. three hours
【答案】C
【解析】此题考查复合形容词。数词+连字符+名词的用法,连字符连接的词作名词定语且用单数。意为“三小时的路程”
2011年
1.（新课标卷) The form cannot be signed by anyone yourself.
A. rather than B. other than C. more than D. better than
【答案】B
【解析】句意：这张表格只能由你本人签字。rather than而不；other than除了，相当于but和except；more than不仅仅；better than比……多、好。选B。
2.（大纲卷）It is one thing to enjoy listening to good music, but it is _____ another to play it well yourself.
A. quite B. very C. rather D. much
【答案】A
【解析】 句意：听音乐是一回事，演奏音乐是另一回事。在第二句中省略了thing，quite another (thing)表示“完全不同、完全是另一回事”。
3.（大纲卷）Mr. Stevenson is great to work for—I really couldn’t ask for a＿boss.
A. better B. good C. best D. still better
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意前半句可知， 史蒂文先生工作棒极了，后面意味这再也找不到更好的老板了，用否定副词与比较级连用表达最高级。
4.（上海卷）When Mom looked back on the early days of their marriage, she wondered how they had
managed with ______ money.
A. so few B. such few C. so little D. such little
【答案】C
【解析】本题考查so和such。难点在于他们后面如果是不可数名词怎么办。such+形容词+不可数名词与so+形容词+不可数名词，两种结构完全一样，如何区分？其实，区别很简单，就看形容词是什么。如果该结构中的形容词是表示数量多少的many, much, few, little, 则用so; 但是，当little 翻译成“小”的时候，用such, such little children 这么小的孩子。so little money这么少的钱。
5.（湖北卷）The old engineer’s eyes still shone bright in the wrinkled brown face and his step as he came across the room was _______, though slow.
A. shaky B. heavy C. casual D. steady
【答案】D
【解析】shaky颤抖的；heavy沉重的；casual漠不关心的，冷淡的；steady稳定的。根据前面的交代，选D。句意：这位年长的工程师，古铜色的脸上布满皱纹，但目光炯炯。当他走过房间时，步子虽慢但是沉稳。
6.（湖北卷）An unhappy childhood may have some negative effects on a person’s character; however, they are not always _______.
A. practical B. avoidable C. permanent D. beneficial
【答案】C
【解析】根据句意“不幸的童年可能会对给一个人的性格产生消极的影响；然而，这种影响不总是长久的。”选择。permanent：持久的。长久的；beneficial：有利的，有益的；practical：实际的，实践的；avoidable：可以避免的。
7.（湖北卷）The state-run company is required to make its accounts as ______ as possible for its staff to monitor the use of money.
A. transparent B. reasonable C. secure D. formal
【答案】A
【解析】transparent：透明的；secure：安全的；formal：正式的；reasonable：合理的。句意：人们要求这家国有公司的账目尽可能地透明，以便公司的员工对金钱的使用加以监督。
8.（江西卷）—The film is, I have to say, not a bit interesting.
—Why It’s ______ than the films I have ever seen.
A. far more interesting B. much less interesting C. no more interesting D. any less interesting
【答案】A
【解析】程度副词可修饰形容词比较级，放于比较级前。根据应答者用“Why ”进行的反问，选A。句意：“我得说，这部电影一点都不令人感兴趣。”“什么？这可比我看过的电影有趣得多了。”
9.（江西卷）The house was too expensive and too big. ______, I’d grown fond of our little rented house.
A. Besides B. Therefore C. Somehow D. Otherwise
【答案】A
【解析】 根据前后句判断出为并列关系。Besides 此外，而且，表并列；Therefore 因此，表因果；Somehow 无论如何，表转折；Otherwise 除此之外，表转折。选A。句意：这个房子太贵太大。而且我已经喜欢上了我们的小小租用房。
10.（辽宁卷）No matter how________ , it is not necessarily lifeless.
A. a desert may be dry B. dry a desert may be
C. may a desert be dry D. dry may a desert be
【答案】B
【解析】考查副词修饰形容词的语序。how与形容词和可数名词单数连用的顺序为：how+形容词+a(n)+可数名词单数，与其用法一样的还有so，too等。如：so difficult a question如此难的一个问题；It’s too long a Journey to make in one day.旅程太远，一天之内到不了。故选B。句意：沙漠无论多么于旱。也不一定就没有生命。
11.（江西卷）She has already tried her best. Please don’t be to _____ about her job.
A. special B. responsible C. unusual D. particular
【答案】D
【解析】考查形容词的固定搭配。be particular about 对……挑剔，是固定搭配。选D。句意：她已经尽了最大的努力。请不要对她的工作太挑剔了。
12.（江苏卷）In that school, English is compulsory for all students, but French and Russian are ______.
A. special B. regional C. optional D. original
12.（安徽卷）To be great, you must be smart, confident, and, ______, honest.
A. therefore B. above all C. however D. after
【答案】B
【解析】A项为“因此，所以”；B项为“首先，尤其是，最重要的是”；C项为“可是，然而”；D项为“毕竟；终究”。根据句意选择B项。句意：要想成为伟大的人物，你必须聪明、自信，而最重要的是要为人诚实。
13.（安徽卷）_____, I managed to get through the game and the pain was worth it in the end.
A. Hopefully B. Normally C. Thankfully D. Conveniently
【答案】C
【解析】hopefully充满希望地；normally正常地；thankfully庆幸地；conveniently方便地。根据句意，选C。句意：庆幸的是，我终于打完了比赛，其中的辛苦没有白费。
14.（浙江卷）Since people are fond of humor, it is as well in conversation as _______ else.
A. anything B. something C. anywhere D. somewhere
【答案】C
【解析】考查不定代词和疑问副词的用法。疑问副词与else连用表示（除了in conversation以外）其它任何地方，表示场合。anything和something不能表示场合。句意：人们喜欢幽默，因此幽默在谈话中或者其它场合中都受到欢迎。
15.（浙江卷）The professor could tell by the ___________look in Maria’s eyes that she didn’t understand a single word of his lecture
A. cold B. blank C. innocent D. fresh
【答案】B
【解析】根据后半句提供的信息选择答案答案。cold冷的；冷酷的；blank空白的，茫然的；innocent无罪的，清白的，无害的，天真的,单纯的；fresh新鲜的。句意：教授能够从玛丽亚眼里的茫然表情中看出她对于他的演讲一点都不懂。表示“茫然的”用blank。
16.（浙江卷）I’ve been writing this report ______ for the last two weeks, but it has to be handed in
tomorrow.
A. finally B. immediately C. occasionally D. certainly
【答案】C
【解析】前半句说话人“写报道”用了进行时，再加上后半句是“明天必须上交”，说明没有写完因此不能是时间点标志的副词finally（最后）、immediately（立刻），而occasionally（偶尔，间或，断断续续）符合句意。D选项certainly（当然）是干扰选项不贴切句意。句意：在过去的两周里，我断断续续地在写这份报告，但是明天就必须要上交了。
17.（浙江卷）My schedule is very ______ right now, but I’ll try to fit you in.
A. tight B. short C. regular D. flexible
【答案】A
【解析】理解句意需要读懂词干。schedule是时间表的意思，but转折后的句意是“但我会试着找时间给你（做某事）”因此转折前肯定是时间表本身很满或者很紧张，表示“日程紧”用tight，所以A项正确。句意：我的日程很紧，但是我会尽力安排时间见你。
18.（四川卷）—How are your recent trip to Sichuan
—I’ve never had _______ one before.
A. a pleasant B. a more pleasant C. a most pleasant D. the most pleasant
【答案】B
【解析】考查“否定词+比较级”表示最高级的用法。句意：—你最近去四川的旅行怎么样？—我以前从未玩得这么开心过。否定词never+比较级表示最高级的含义，表示这次四川之行是到目前为止玩得最开心的一次旅行，故答案为B。同2011大纲卷17题的考点。
19.（天津卷）The young man couldn’t afford a new car. _______, he bought a used one.
A. Besides B. Otherwise C. Instead D. Still
【答案】C
【解析】句意：这个年轻人买不起一辆新车，他就买了辆二手车代替。nstead相反，取而代之，语意符合语境；besides此外，表示语意上的递进；otherwise否则的话，表示语意的转折；still仍旧。
20.（福建卷）Nowadays, ____ increase in children’s creativity, for they are greatly encouraged to develop their talents.
A. sharp B. slight C. natural D. modest
【答案】A
【解析】sharp明显的，急剧的；slight轻微的，稍稍的；natural自然的，天生的；modest谦虚的，不过分的。因此选A。句意：现在的孩子们在创造力上有很大的提高，因为他们被极力地鼓励着去发展他们的天赋。
1.Fitness is important in sport，but of at least importance are skills.
A. fair B. reasonable C. equal D. proper
【答案】C
【解析】fair公平的；equal平等的；相等的。句意：在运动中身体健壮是重要的，但技巧也同等重要。
2.She felt ________of having asked such a silly question when the classmates couldn’t help laughing.
A. guilty B. ashamed C. terrified D. proud
【答案】B
【解析】ashamed羞愧的，be ashamed of因……感到羞耻，惭愧；be guilty of犯有……罪，过失。
3.Don’t put chairs the stove. Dry wood catches fires easily，you know.
A. far away from B. too closely from C. too close from D. too close to
【答案】D
【解析】从后一句判断，前一句话意为“不要把椅子放得太靠近炉子”，用close to表示“接近，靠近”。
4.To complete the food questionnaire，the researchers asked about the participants’ intake and assessed the frequency of intake.
A. usual B. common C. ordinary D. normal
【答案】A
【解析】usual以往的；common常见的；ordinary普通的，平凡的；normal正常的。由句意可知调查的是参与者“通常的”饮食情况。
5. —Do you know our school will be enlarged soon
—Of course. It will be ________ in size，as far as I know.
A. the large B. the largest C. three times as large D. larger three times
【答案】C
【解析】考查倍数表达法。通常表达形式有：A is倍数as＋adj.＋as B; A is倍数＋形容词比较级＋than B; A is倍数＋the＋n(size, weight, length...) of B. 据句意，C项中为three times as large (as the present one) in size。选C项。
6.—Many a student has a ________ opinion of him.
—But he is spoken ________ of by the leaders.
A. bad; worse B. badly; highly C. bad; more D. bad; better
【答案】D
【解析】have a bad opinion of sb.对某人评价不高；speak highly/ well of sb.对某人评价很高。据句意，选D项。
7.I think she will look ________ if she wears her glasses.
A. well B. good C. best D. better
【答案】D
【解析】与不戴眼镜时对比用比较级。
8.Sometimes, regret is a normal，________response to a failure when you could have done better.
A. effective B. efficient C. inevitable D. unforgettable
【答案】C
【解析】当你面对原本可以做得更好的事情的失败时，后悔的心理是难以避免的，所以选择C项。
9.Can’t you see someone lying on the ground？Let’s go and see whether he is or not.
A. alive B. live C. lively D. living
【答案】A
【解析】句意：难道你没看到地上躺着一个人吗？我们过去瞧瞧他是否还活着。alive是和dead
相对的；living着重指“健在，尚在人间”。
10.To their great relief, the missing child returned home, ______, after an absence of two weeks.
A. felt tired and sound B. tiring and soundly
C. feeling tired but soundly D. tired but sound
【答案】D
【解析】句意：使他们宽慰的是，丢失的孩子两周后又重返家园，虽然很疲惫但很健康。形容词作状语表示伴随或结果，不表示动作的方式。
11.—Now that you like the car so much，why not drive it back
—Well, how could I afford ________car
A. that expensive a B. that an expensive
C. such expensive a D. a such expensive
【答案】A
【解析】这里的that是副词，意为“那么，那样”，相当于so，一般用于疑问句和否定句中，修饰形容词。that /so expensive a car＝such an expensive car。
12.________are mostly from Asia and Africa.
A. The present scientists today B. Present the scientists today
C. The scientists present today D. Today the present scientists
【答案】C
【解析】present在场的，出席的，修饰名词时需后置，由此可排除A、B、D。
13.Help will come from the UN，but the aid (援助) will be ________near what’s needed.
A. everywhere B. somewhere C. anywhere D. nowhere
【答案】B
【解析】由转折词but可知，援助离需要的还差得很远，nowhere near原意是“不靠近，离……很远”，此处引申为“差得远”。
14.—________do we have to go
—About two more miles.
A. How far B. How long C. How farther D. How much farther
【答案】D
【解析】从答语中的more判断，对方问的是“还要走多远”，需用farther；而how后不能直接跟比较级，故选D。
15.—I wonder if you could lend me a hand.
—Sure, I’m ________to help.
A. too only glad B. only too glad C. just glad D. only glad
【答案】B
【解析】从前面的sure可知，此处表肯定。only too glad to do sth.意为“非常乐意……”。
16.The farmers wondered if vegetables could bring in ________crops.
A. as many as B. as good as C. as much as D. as well as
【答案】C
【解析】句意：农民们想知道蔬菜是否能带来和庄稼一样多的收入。根据句意，可知所带来的收入为不可数名词，因此要用as much as，不能用as many as。
17.The price ________should have made you realize it was a trick.
A. alone B. just C. simply D. only
【答案】A
【解析】句意：仅仅价格本身就能使你意识到这是一个骗局。alone放在名词或代词后，表示only “仅仅”的意思。
18.—Do you like this part of the town, the so-called desired area
—On the contrary，it’s the ________area I want to visit in the town.
A. best B. last C. worst D. first
【答案】B
【解析】句意：“你喜欢这个小镇的这个所谓的“令人满意的地区”吗？”“正相反，这是这个城镇中我
最不喜欢参观的地区。” the last area意为“最不喜欢的”，为肯定形式表否定意义用法。
19.We’re expecting Lily because she’s our ________visitor who comes here for holiday every summer.
A. familiar B. particular C. popular D. regular
【答案】D
【解析】句意：我们盼着Lily的到来，因为她是我们的常客，她每年夏天都来这里度假。regular guest/visitor的意思是：经常或定期往来的客人。本题可以从后面的who comes here for holiday every summer来判断。
20.She’s a ________young girl，so it’s ________impossible for her to tell falseness from truth.
A. rather; quite B. too; quite C. so; fairly D. very; rather
【答案】A
【解析】句意为：她是一个非常年轻的女孩，因此让她分清真伪是根本不可能的。quite用在没有程度而言的形容词、副词前，相当于completely，因此可排除C、D两项；没有a too young girl形式，应该说too young a girl。
21.Oh, boy, why are you killing your time this way？Can’t you find something _______doing at all
A. useful B. valuable C. worth D. good
【答案】C
【解析】固定搭配。这几个选项里只有worth后需跟 ing形式。worth doing作something的后置定语，相当于定语从句：...something that is worth doing。
22.—What’s in your hand
—________novel. Would you like to read it
A. An Australian new interesting historical B. A new interesting historical Australian
C. An interesting new Australian historical D. A historical interesting new Australian
【答案】C
【解析】多个形容词作定语的排列顺序。句意：“你手里是什么？”“一本有趣的新的澳大利亚历史小说，你想读吗？”
23.—Let me help you , Tom !
—Thank you . I can do it. Here’s to hold all these things .
A. a big enough case B. an enough big case
C. a case enough big D. a case big enough
【答案】A
【解析】本题考查enough与形容词连用时的位置关系。当enough修饰形容词或副词时，enough应放在形容词、副词之后，故选A。
24.—How did you find your visit to Disneyland
—I enjoyed it very much. It was _____ than I had expected.
A. far more interested B. far more interesting
C. so interesting D. even more interested
【答案】B
【解析】interesting 一般用来修饰事物，interested 一般用来修饰人，可排除A、D。比较等级前可用much, a lot, any, a little, far等表示程度的副词来修饰。故选B。
25.—George is a wise person .
—But in my opinion , he is than wise .
A. cleverer B. braver C. more brave D. less brave
【答案】C
【解析】more…than…与其说……，倒不如说……，多用来对某一事物内部不同性质的比较。句意：与其说他聪明，倒不如说他勇敢。故选C。
26.—Could we stay here for the night
—Sorry. I have ____ to hold you all.
A. too small a room B. very small a room C. a too small room D. such small a room
【答案】A
【解析】本题考查形容词与too连用时的特殊词序。当形容词与too，how, as, so连用时，词序是：too/how/as/too+形容词+a/an+名词。需要注意的是，该结构必须有冠词。B、D则应分别改为：a very small room; such a small room .故选A。
27.The bicycles in the other shops will be _____but _____.
A. cheaper, not as good B. more cheap, not as better C. cheaper, not as better D. more cheap, not as good
【答案】A
【解析】本题可采用增元法或补全法来解题。把句子补全为：The bicycles in the other shops will be than the ones in this shop , but they won’t be _ as the ones in this shop. 很明显，答案为A。
28.The finance minister is not very ______ now since he has raised taxes to a such a high level.
A. famous B. well-known C. popular D. favorable
【答案】C
【解析】因为财政部长把税收提高了那么高的水平，所以他不受欢迎。be popular 受欢迎。故选C。
29.Jane was so for the news of her lost child that she was almost driven .
A. proper , madly B. thirsty , mad C. sad , madly D. curious , mad
【答案】B
【解析】孩子丢了，Jane当然非常想知道孩子的消息，以至于几乎要发疯。be thirsty for 渴望。 drive sb. mad 使某人发疯。故选B。
30.It’s always difficult being in a foreign country, _____ if you don’t speak the language.
A. naturally B. basically C. unluckily D. especially
【答案】D
【解析】在国外非常不容易，尤其是如果你不会说该国的语言。故选D。
31.We do meet now and then, but not ______.
A. freely B. commonly C. regularly D. presently
【答案】C
【解析】由now and then 可知并不经常、有规律。故选C。
32.We all do more speaking , even when we have a break after class .
A. now and then B. by and by C. step by step D. more or less
【答案】A
【解析】now and then 不时地，by and by 不久、马上，step by step 逐步地, more or less 几乎、差不多。句意：我们即使在班空时，也不时地进行练习。故选A。
33.I thought horseback riding would be the sport for me until I fell down from the horse back .As you can imagine ,I haven’t been invited back .
A. later B. since C. after D. ever
【答案】B
【解析】自从我从马背上摔下来后，再也未参加骑马运动。since :adv 自从……以后。故选B。
34.It’s widely known that first aid is important and you can save lives if the right action is taken.
A. terribly B. hardly C. scarcely D. rarely
【答案】A
【解析】terribly : 很，非常，hardly 几乎不，scarcely 仅仅、几乎不，rarely 不常。由句意知，急救是非常重要的。故选A。
35.－If I’m not mistaken, your birthday is coming up. Has your brother sent you anything
－Not yet. He never forgets, _________.
A. since B. therefore C. so D. though
【答案】D
【解析】though : adv ,虽然如此，可是。本句语义环境为：虽然他还未给我礼物，但他从未忘过。故选D。
36.The task is too much for me, so I can’t carry on ______any longer. I must get some help.
A. singly B. simply C. alone D. lonely
【答案】C
【解析】句意：这项任务对我来说太重了，我再也不能单独自己做了，我必须找个助手。Singly各自的，一个一个地；simply简单的，仅仅，只不过；alone独立，单独；lonely孤独的，寂寞的。
37.The plane flew smoothly ______ in the sky and people spoke ______ of the experienced pilot.
A. high; high B. highly; highly C. high; highly D. highly; high
【答案】C
【解析】high in the sky 是个形容词短语，意为“高高地在天上”。同时，speak highly of 是个词组，表示“高度赞扬”的意思。
38.Professor White has written some short stories, but he is _____ known for his plays.
A. the best B. more C. better D. the most
【答案】C
【解析】此题首先不宜选B或D，因为 well known 的比较级和最高级通常是 better known和best known，有时也可以是 more well known 和 most well known，但通常不能是 more known 和 most known。至于是选A还是C，这就要看语境。由于句中涉及的只有 stories 和 plays 两个对象，故应选比较级。
39.How beautifully she sings! I have never heard _____ voice.
A. a better B. a best C. the better D. the best
【答案】 A
【解析】容易误选D，认为最高级前要用定冠词。其实此题最佳答案为A，该句可视为“I have never heard a better voice than her voice ”之省略，全句句意为“她唱得多好啊！我从未听过她这么好的声音”。
40.—Have your working conditions improved
—No, ______than before, I’m afraid.
A. no better B. a little batter C. not worse D. no worse
【答案】A
【解析】你们的工作条件改善了吗？---没有，和以前一样（不好）。no+比较级+ than 表示“两者同样不……的意思”。
41.It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science.
A. an art much as B. much an art as C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
【答案】D
【解析】在同级比较as…as句式中，如果as后面的形容词作定语且其所修饰的名词前有不定冠词时，该冠词须置于形容词之后，即形成“as + 形容词 + a / an + 单数可数名词 + as”结构。这道题在名词专题中也有解析，不同的是观察视角不同，应注意培养发散思维。
42.The new airport is built close to the freeway , and it is ______ by Bus No. 2.
A. accessible B. available C. alternative D. abundant
【答案】A
【解析】accessible可接近的，可到达的；available可得到的；alternative可替代的；abundant丰富的。2路公交车可以到达那个新建的机场。
43.Sometimes we buy a magazine with absolutely no purpose to pass time.
A. other than B. rather than C. as well D. as if
【答案】A
【解析】句意：有时候我们买杂志除了消磨时间外，别无他意。other than除了；rather than而不是；as well也，还有；as if似乎。根据语意可知A项正确。
44.Sorry. Somebody borrowed the book last week. but I’ll let you know once it is .
A. possible B. probable C. available D. punctual
【答案】C
【解析】句意：对不起，上周有人把书借走了，但一旦有的话，我会让你知道。available可得到的，符合句意。
45.He kept thinking of the question whether it was ________ for his father to change the habit of a life time in such a short time.
A. possibly B. probable C. likely D. possible
【答案】D
【解析】分析句子结构可知，空格处应该是形容词，A项possibly是副词，先排除；C项likely常用于It is likely +to do／that从句或sb.／sth. be likely to do结构，但不用It is likely for sb. to do sth，也排除；B项probable不用于不定式的复合结构；从语意分析，父亲改变习惯的可能性很小，选possible符合语意。
46.Boris has brains. In fact，I doubt whether anyone in the class has IQ.
A. a high B. a higher C. the higher D. the highest
【答案】B
【解析】根据题干内容可知，这里是将Boris的智商与班级里其他同学的智商进行比较，因此应该用比较级，排除A、D两项；另外，这里是表泛指，因此用不定冠词，故B项正确。
47.On snowy days, you have to drive very to avoid traffic accidents.
A. cautiously B. neatly C. smoothly D. properly
【答案】A
【解析】句意：在下雪天，你必须谨慎驾车以避免交通事故。cautiously谨慎地；neatly整洁地；smoothly平滑地；properly适当地。
48.The Olympic Games in Greece were the biggest ________sports events in the world.
A. alive B. live C. lively D. living
49.—The dish is delicious!
—Well，at least it’s ________the one I cooked yesterday.
A. as bad as B. no worse than C. as well as D. so good as
【答案】B
【解析】由句意可知，此处指的是“至少今天做的菜不比昨天的差”。选项中no worse than意为“不比……差”；as bad as“与……一样糟”，与语境不符；as well as是副词短语，只能作状语，不能作表语；so good as只能用于否定句，不能用于肯定句。
50.—Jim, are you this Saturday
—Oh, sorry. I need to go to the bookshop the bank on Saturday.
A. convenient; and B. convenient; as well as
C. available; with D. available; as well as
【答案】D
【解析】convenient的主语不能为人，常用于it is convenient for／to sb.结构，先排除A和B两项。根据答语意思“既要去书店又要去银行”可知，第二空要用as well as。（一）分类
专有名词 普通名词
国名地名人名，团体机构名称 可数名词 不可数名词
个体名词 集体名词 抽象名词 物质名词
（二）转换
个体名词与抽象名词的相互转换
抽象化(抽象名词，不可数名词) 个体名词(可数)
in flower开花 a flower一朵花儿
youth青春 a youth年轻人
success成功 a success成功的人或事
物质名词与个体名词的相互转换
物质名词(不可数) 具体化(个体名词，可数名词)
iron铁 an iron熨斗
glass玻璃 a glass玻璃杯
chicken鸡肉 a chicken小鸡
抽象名词与个体名词的转换
抽象名词(不可数) 具体化(个体名词，可数名词)
in surprise 惊讶地 a surprise 一件令人惊讶的事
win success 获得成功 a success 一个(件)成功的人(事)
win honor 赢得荣誉 an honor 一个(件)引以为荣的人(事)
Failure is the mother of success.失败是成功之母. a failure 一个(件)失败的人(事)
have pity on sb. 怜悯某人 a pity 可惜的事情
with pleasure 乐意 a pleasure 乐事
可数名词有单数和复数的变化，而单复数的变化又分为规则变化和不规则变化两种。
分 类 变化方法 举 例
规则变化 单数名词词尾直接加-s boy — boys pen — pens
以s，x ，ch，sh结尾的单词一般加-es glass—glasses box—boxes watch—watches brush—brushes特例：stomach — stomachs
以“辅音字母+y”结尾的变“y”为“i”再加“-es” baby—babies lady —ladies注意：penny的两种复数形式含义有所不同：pence（便士的钱数） pennies(便士的枚数)
以“o”结尾的多数加-s radios zoos photos pianos kilos tobaccos 而下列名词的复数却要加-es：tomato — tomatoes potato — potatoes hero — heroes
以“f”或“fe”结尾的名词复数形式变“f”或“fe”为“v”，之后再加-es wife—wives self — selves特例：handkerchief—handkerchiefs gulf—gulfs belief—beliefs
不规则变化 改变名词中的元音字母或其他形式 man-men woman-women foot-feet goose-geese mouse-mice 特例：child-children
单复数相同 sheep deer means（方法） works（作品、工厂、著作）
合成名词变成复数的情况：●将主体名词变为复数●无主体名词时将最后一部分变为复数●将两部分都变为复数 ●sons-in-law lookers-on passers-by story-tellers boy friends●grown-ups housewives stopwatches●women singers men servants
在熟悉以上规则的基础上，特别注意以下几点：
1.注意以下名词数的概念
①以s结尾，仍为单数的名词(多为学科名词)
physics, linguistics, mathematics, politics, statistics, news, the United States
②集合名词：表示一类事物的集合或总称，没有复数形式
machinery, furniture, equipment, technology, luggage, baggage, homework, evidence
③单数和复数形式表达不同的意思
custom风俗，习惯—customs海关 damage损害—damages赔偿金
good好处，利益—goods货物 time时间—times时代，次数，倍数
fish 鱼肉—fishes 各种鱼 paper 纸—papers 试卷，文件
water 水—waters 水域 room 空间—rooms 房间
time 时间—times 时代 arm 手臂—arms 武器
④有些抽象名词有时以复数形式出现，表示具体化，意义发生变化或构成固定短语。
use one’s brains动脑筋 meet with difficulties遇到各种困难
make preparations做准备 in high spirits 情绪高涨
good manners有礼貌 Many thanks.非常感谢。
No pains, no gains.不劳无获。 congratulations祝贺
possessions所有物，财产 surroundings环境
⑤有些物质名词以复数形式出现，表示数量之多，范围之广。
burst into tears 大哭起来 miles of golden sands 绵延几英里的金黄色沙滩
burn to ashes 烧成灰烬
⑥形式上虽是单数，但表示的是复数含义
people, police, cattle, staff, public, the＋adj.(the rich富人), the＋ 分词(the wounded伤员)
2.集体名词的数
family, team, audience, class, club, committee, crowd, group, enemy, cattle, government, majority, minority, part, people, police, public, staff等集体名词注意其主谓一致，一般来说，视为整体时作单数看待，侧重其成员时则作复数看待。
The enemy has suffered heavy losses.
The enemy are in flight.
名词所有格的规则如下：
①名词词尾加’s，如the boy’s bag, men’s room。
②若名词已有复数词尾“s”，只加 “‘”。如：the workers’ struggle。
③由of构成的所有格：无生命名词的所有格则必须用of结构。
如：a map of China，the end of this term，the capital of our country, the color of the flowers。
在熟悉以上规则的基础上，特别注意以下几点：
1.如果两个名词并列，并且分别有“‘s”，则表示“分别有”；只有一个“‘s”，则表示“共有”。
John’s and Mary’s rooms(分别拥有的房间)
John and Mary’s room(共有的一间)
2.“‘s”所有格的特殊表达形式
①用于表示时间、距离、价格、重量等的名词后。
today’s newspaper, five minutes’ walk(drive)，five pounds’ weight, ten dollars’ worth of apples。
②用于表示国家、世界、城市等地方的名词后。
the earth’s plant, the world’s population, China’s industry, New York’s parks。
③表示店铺或某人的家时，常在名词所有格后省去shop，house等名词。
the tailor’s 裁缝店，the barber’s理发店，go to the doctor’s上诊所。
3.双重所有格：of ＋名词’s(或+名词性物主代词)
a friend of Tom’s some/two students of mine
尤其是在表示赞扬、批评或厌恶等感彩时常常用这种结构。of 所修饰的名词前通常有指示代词that/this/these/those，但不能用the。
That invention of hers belongs to the world.她的那项发明是属于全世界的。(表赞赏)
注意：当of 之前的名词是picture, portrait等词时含义不同：
This is a picture of my friend’s.这是我朋友收藏的一幅画。
This is a picture of my friend.这是我朋友的一张照片。
名词作定语是现代英语较为简洁的修饰语表达方式，根据习惯搭配可归为以下几类：
1.表示中心词的用途、功能、材料
stone figures石像，shoe shop鞋店，coffee cup咖啡杯
2.表示中心词的时间、地点、称呼。
summer holidays暑假，school education学校教育，evening dress晚礼服
注意：表具体的时间名词作定语，则要用所有格结构来表达。
yesterday’s news昨天的消息 an hour’s drive开车一小时的路程
3.表示中心词的类别、对象、身份。
bike key自行车的钥匙，animal trainer驯兽师，woman driver女驾驶员
4.表示中心词的内容
computer studies电脑学习，weather report天气预报，film industry电影工业
5.表示部分与整体的关系
river banks河岸，animal bones动物骨头，cigarette ends烟头
名词作定语时的特别注意点：
①名词作定语时，一般用其单数形式，且不随后面的名词的单复数产生变化
two pencil boxes, girl friends, a seven-year-old boy
但是，少数的名词作定语却用复数形式。
sports shoes 运动鞋 clothes shops 服装店
a sales girl女销售员 a greetings card 贺卡
②man和woman作定语要注意其单复数形式的变化
a man doctor—men doctors; a woman engineer—women engineers
③名词作定语和所有格作定语的区别。
the girl friend女朋友—the girl's friend那位女孩的朋友
the woman driver女司机—the woman's driver那位妇女的司机
④名词作定语和形容词作定语的区别
名词作定语主要说明物质的材料、来源或对象；形容词作定语主要起修饰、限定的作用。
gold watch金表 golden sunshine金色的阳光
heart trouble心脏病 hearty welcome热忱的欢迎
convenience food快餐 convenient food制作方便的食品
名词是英语的主要词汇之一，也是历年高考的重要考点。综合近几年高考对名词的考查，单项填空题中，每年都出现1—2道题。此外，在阅读理解和完形填空中，名词的一词多义、熟词新意也经常涉及。因此，在备考中一定要结合具体的语境去感悟、理解名词的辨析、名词的一词多义以及名词的习惯用法等。
①We always keep ______ spare paper, in case we ran out.
A. too much B. a number of C. plenty of D. a good many
【解析】
②The young dancers looked so charming in their beautiful clothes that we took ___ pictures of them.
A. many of B. masses of C. the number of D. a large amount of
【解析】
The village is far away from here indeed. It's ____ walk.
A. a four hour B. a four hour's C. a four-hours D. a four hours'
【解析】
①The_________ is just around the corner and you won’t miss it.
A. bicycle’s shop B .bicycle shop C. bicycles shop D bicycles’ shop
【解析】答案为B。表示什么样的商店要用单数名词修饰“shop”。
②He dropped the _________and broke it.
A. cup of coffee B. coffee's cup C. cup for coffee D. coffee cup
【解析】
一是考查语义方面的辨析：主要考查某些多义词在特定上下文中的引申含义,以及准确辨别一些同义、近义词在特定语境中的差异的能力。
①Most air pollution is caused by the burning of___ _ like coal, gas and oil.
A. fuels B. articles C. goods D. products
【解析】
②To save some of the human languages before they are forgotten,
the students in our school started a discussion “Save Our ”.
A. Sky B. Life C. Arts D. Voices
【解析】
③—Shall we go out for a walk
—Sorry. This is not the right to invite me. I am too tired to walk.
A. moment B. situation C. place D. chance
【解析】
④The top leaders of the two countries are holding talks in a friendly .
A. atmosphere B. state C. situation D. phenomenon
【解析】
⑤What’s the of having a public open space where you can’t eat, drink or even simply hang out for a
while
A. sense B. matter C. case D. opinion
【解析】
二是考查搭配方面的辨析：主要考查固定句型中的名词、名词与动词的搭配以及名词与介词的搭配等。
①The young man made a ______to his parents that he would try to earn his own living after graduation.
A. prediction B. promise C. plan D. contribution
【解析】
②I bought a dress for only 2010 dollars in a sale; it was a real .
A. exchange B. bargain C. trade D. business
【解析】
③It is no arguing with Bill because he will never change his mind.
A. use B. help C. time D. way
【解析】
④I have read the material several times but it doesn’t make any ________ to me.
A. meaning B. importance C. sense D. significance
【解析】
⑤Don’t leave matches or cigarettes on the table within ________ of little children.
A. hand B. reach C. space D. distance
【解析】
在英语的句子中，谓语动词的形式应与主语的人称和数保持一致。近几年来，高考关于该内容的考查主要集中在语法一致、逻辑意义一致以及就近（远）一致原则等三个方面。
一、语法一致原则
只要确定句子的主语是单数意义，则谓语用单数，句子的主语意义复数，则谓语用复数。具体表现如下：
1.不可数名词作主语，一律视为单数。某些以s结尾的单数名词作主语，仍视为单数。
No news is good news.
His task was to collect information.
How much machinery has been installed
2.表示单一概念的动名词、不定式或句子作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
When and where to go for the on－salary holiday has not been decided yet.
3. “ one, either, neither, each of ＋复数名词或代词”作主语时， 谓语用单数。
Either of the stories is very funny.
4.something, everything, anything, nothing，somebody, nobody, no one 等不定代词作主语，谓语通常是单数。
Nothing is impossible.
5.表示时间、金钱、距离、重量、数量的复数名词作主语，通常看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数。
Ten pounds was missing from the box.
6. a series of, a kind of, a piece of, a pair of 等量词修饰名词，通常以量词的单复数形式来决定谓语的单复数。
This pair of glasses is very expensive.
Two series of new stamps have been ordered.
7.a number of ＋复数名词，“许多……”，复数意义；the number of ＋复数名词，“……的数目”，单数意义。the population of…“……的人口数量”作主语时，谓语用单数，但如果是分数、百分数、half of, the rest of the population 作主语时，具体指其中的多少人，复数意义，谓语则用复数。the average of…“……的平均数量”，作主语时，谓语用单数。
The number of the students in our school is quite large and a number of teachers work hard.
The population of China is large and most of the population are farmers.
8.主语后with, together with, along with, except, besides, as well as 等短语时，谓语动词的数要和这些短语前面的名词的单复数保持一致。(因为with等词为介词，其后跟的名词只能是介宾，不可能充当主语。)
Mr. Green together with his children goes to the park every Sunday.
9.“the ＋adj.”结构指一类人时，谓语动词用复数；如果指个别人或表示抽象的概念，谓语动词用单数。
The disabled are well taken care of in this country.
The dead in this accident was 20, a girl from Nanjing University.
The new is certain to replace the old.
10.分数、百分数、all, some, the rest, half of, most of, part of 等作主语时，谓语动词的单复数根据其指代的含义确定。
The rest of the workers are still very tired.
11.当and连接两个并列主语在意义上指同一人、同一物、同一事或者同一概念时，应看作单数，谓语动词用单数。另外，当and 连接两个形容词去修饰一个单数形式的主语时，其实是指两种不同的事物，主语则应该看作是复数， 那么谓语动词也应该用复数。
War and peace is a constant theme in history.
Chinese and Japanese silk are of good quality.
英语中并列结构表示整体概念的有：
iron and steel 钢铁 law and order 治安
bread and butter黄油面包 a watch and chain 一块带链的表
a knife and fork 一副刀叉 a coat and tie 一件配有领带的上衣
aim and end 目的 truth and honesty 真诚
12.what 引导的主语从句作主语时，谓语动词的单复数要取决于作表语的名词的单复数。
What surprised me most was his attitude towards his study.
13.such 作主语时，谓语动词的单复数形式要根据其意义而定。
Such is Stephen Hawking, who has suffered a great deal but achieved so much.
14.quantities of ＋名词作主语时，不论名词是复数还是不可数，谓语一律用复数。
a quantity of ＋名词复数作主语时，谓语用复数。
a quantity of ＋不可数名词作主语时，谓语用单数。
amounts of ＋不可数名词作主语时，谓语用复数。
an amount of ＋不可数名词作主语时，谓语用单数。
Every day quantities of water are wasted.
A large amount of damage has been done because of the floods.
二、逻辑意义一致原则
1.every /each/no ＋名词＋and every/ each/ no ＋名词作主语时，谓语用单数。
Every boy and every girl is having sports now.
2.“one ＋单数名词＋and a half”作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
One apple and a half was on the table.
3.“more than one ＋单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
More than one student has failed the exam.
4.“many a ＋单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
Many a child was playing there.
【注意】以上四种情况，如果从意义上来讲，主语有复数意义，但由于名词都是以单数形式出现的，故谓语用单数形式，谓语形式上与主语的单数形式一致。
三、就近（远）一致原则
1.谓语动词的人称和数常常与最近作主语的词语保持一致。常出现在这类句子中的连词有：or, not…but…； either…or…， neither…nor…， not only…but also …等。
Either I or they are responsible for the result of the matter.
Neither the unkind words nor the unfriendly attitude has caused me any distress.
2.在倒装句中谓语可与后面最近的一个主语一致。
In the distance was heard the clapping of hands and the shouts of the people.
3.当there be 句型的主语是一系列事物时，谓语应与最邻近的主语保持一致。
There is a pen, a knife and several books on the desk.
There are twenty boy－students and twenty－three girl－students in the class.
4.当一个句子是由 there 或here引起，而主语又不止一个时，谓语通常和最靠近它的主语一致。
Here is a pen, a few envelopes and some paper in the drawer.
5.在定语从句中，关系代词如果在从句中作主语，依先行词决定从句谓语动词的单复数形式；在“one of＋复数名词＋who/that/which”引导的从句结构中，从句中的动词用复数形式；但是之前有the (only)等修饰语时，则从句中的动词用单数形式。
Mary is the only one of the students in our school who has ever been to China.
6.主语后面跟有“with, together with, except, but, like, as well as, no less than, rather than, more than, besides, along with, including, in addition to”等引起的短语，谓语动词要跟主语一致，即就远一致。
Mr. Green, together with his wife and children, has come to China.
A woman with a baby was on the bus.
Nobody but Jim and Mike was on the playground.
She like you and Tom, is very tall.
The girls as well as the boy have learned to speak Japanese.
No one except my teachers knows anything about it.
◆动词不定式、动名词以及名词性从句作主语时的主谓一致
Most of what has been said about the Smiths_______also true of the Johnsons.
A. are B. is C. being D. to be
【解析】
◆one, either, neither, each等+of+复数名词或代词作主语时的主谓一致
—Each of the students, working hard at his or her lessons, ______ to go
to university.
—So do I.
A. hope B. hopes C. hoping D. hoped
【解析】
◆由and连接并列主语时的主谓一致
①—Did you go to the show last night
—Yeah. Every boy and girl in the area ________invited.
A. were B. have been C. has been D. was
【解析】
②A poet and artist ________ coming to speak to us about Chinese literature and painting tomorrow afternoon.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
【解析】
◆定语从句中的主谓一致
He is the only one of the students who _____ a winner of scholarship for three years.
A. is B. are C. have been D. has been
【解析】
◆quantities of+名词作主语时的主谓一致
With more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth ______ each year.
A. is washing away B. is being washed away
C. are washing away D. are being washed away
【解析】
◆the number of与a number of的区别
①As you can see, the number of cars on our roads__________ rising these days.
A. was keeping B. keep C. keeps D. were keeping
【解析】
②Nowadays, a large number of women, especially those from the countryside, _______ in the clothing industry.
A. is working B. works C. work D. worked
【解析】
◆分数、百分数作主语时的主谓一致
①The company had about 20 notebook computers but only one-third_____ used regularly. Now we have 60 working all day long.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
【解析】
【答案】
②_____ of the land in that district ______ covered with trees and grass.
A. Two fifth; is B. Two fifth; are C. Two fifths; is D. Two fifths; are
【解析】
◆倒装句中的主谓一致
①At the foot of the mountain ________.
A. a village lie B. lies a village C. does a village lie D. lying a village
【解析】
②On top of the books _______the photo album you’re looking for.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
【解析】
◆表示抽象概念的名词或词组作主语时的主谓一致
A survey of the opinions of experts _________that three hours of outdoor exercise a week ________ good for one’s health.
A. show; are B. shows; is C. show; is D. shows; are
【解析】
◆一些单复数形式相同的名词如作主语时的主谓一致
Every possible means _____to prevent the pollution, but the sky is still not clear.
A. is used B. are used C. has been used D. have been used
【解析】
◆由连词“or， either…or…，neither…nor…，not only…but also…，whether…or…”等连接并列主语时的主谓一致（遵循就近一致原则）
Either you or the headmaster _______ the prizes to those gifted students at the meeting.
A. is handing out B. are to hand out C. are handing out D. is to hand out
【解析】
◆主语后有“as well as， no less than， with， along with， together with， rather than， but， except， including”等短语作插入语时的主谓一致（遵循就远一致原则）,即跟它们前面的主语一致。
①We live day by day, but in the great things, the time of days and weeks _________ so small that a day is unimportant.
A. is B. are C. has been D. have been
【解析】
②The father as well as his three children _________skating on the frozen river every Sunday afternoon in winter.
A. is going B. go C. goes D. are going
【解析】答案为C。本题的主语是“father”，“as well as”短语是插入成分，其后的名词不是主语的一部分。
2009年
1.（天津卷） I’m trying to break the _______ of getting up too late .A. tradition B. convenience C. habit D. leisure【答案】
【解析】
2. （安徽卷）China has got a good for fighting against the flu with its careful and smooth organization.
A. reputation B. influence C. impression D. knowledge
【答案】
【解析】
3.(福建卷)The World Health Organization gave a warning to the public without any when the virus of H1N1 hit Mexico in April, 2009.
A. delay B. effort C. schedule D. consideration
【答案】
【解析】
4.(湖北卷)Hiking by oneself can be fun and good for health. It may also be good for ______ building.
A. respect B. friendship C. reputation D. character
【答案】
【解析】
5.(湖北卷) In our class, when the bell rang and the teacher closed his book, it was a ______ for everyone to stand up.
A. signal B. chance C. mark D. measure
【答案】
【解析】
6.(江西卷)The ____________ shoes were covered with mud, so I asked them to take them off before they got into __________ car.
A. girl’s; Tom’s B. girls’; Toms’ C. girls’; Tom’s D. girl’s; Toms’
【答案】
【解析】
7.(山东卷)— He says that my new car is a ____________ of money. 21世纪教育网— Don’t you think those words are just sour grapes
A. lack B. load C. question D. waste 21世纪教育网
【答案】
【解析】
8. (陕西卷) Form their ________ on the top of the TV Tower, visitors can have a better view of the city.
A. stage B. position C. condition D. situation
【答案】
【解析】
9.(浙江卷)The system has been designed to give students quick and easy ______ to the digital resources of the library.
A. access B. passage C. way D. approach
【答案】
【解析】
10. (四川卷)The teacher together with the students ________ discussing Reading Skills that ________ newly published in America.
A. are; were B. is; were C. are; was D. is; was
【答案】
【解析】
11.（湖南卷）Either you or one of your students ______ to attend the meeting that is due tomorrow.
A. are B. is C. have D. be
【答案】
【解析】
12.（江苏卷）The population of Jiangsu __ to more than twice what it was in 1949. The figure is now approaching 74 million.
A. has grown B. have grown C. grew D. are growing
【答案】
【解析】
13.（江西卷）At present, one of the apartments in favor of the new airport ________ that it will going a lot jobs to the area.
A. is B. are C. will be D. were
【答案】
【解析】
14.(山东卷)The number of foreign students attending Chinese universities ________ rising steadily since1990.
A. is B. are C. has been D. have been 21世纪教育网
【答案】
【解析】
15.（陕西卷）Dr. Smith, together with his wife and daughters, visit Beijing this summer.
A. is going to B. are going to C. was going to D. were going to
【答案】
【解析】
16.(四川卷)The teacher together with the students ________ discussing Reading Skills that ________ newly published in America.
A. are; were B. is; were C. are; was D. is; was
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1. (安徽卷)I haven’t seen Sara since she was a little girl, and she has changed beyond .
A. hearing B. strength C. recognition D. measure
【答案】
【解析】
2.(湖北卷)This restaurant has become popular for its wide of foods that suit all tastes and pockets.
A. division B. area C. range D. circle
【答案】
【解析】
3.(湖北卷)After the earthquake, the first thing the local government did was to provide for the homeless families.
A. occupation B. furniture C. equipment D. accommodation
【答案】
【解析】
4.(江苏卷)The doctor is skilled at treating heart trouble and never accepts any gift from his patients, so he has a very good_____.
A. expectation B. reputation C. contribution D. civilization
【答案】
【解析】
5.（江西卷）Last year the number of students who graduated with a driving license reached 200,000, a(n)
of 40,000 per year.
A. average B. number C. amount D. quantity
【答案】
【解析】
6.(山东卷)Those who suffer from headache will find they get ______ from this medicine.
A. relief B. safety C. defense D. shelter
【答案】
【解析】
7.(天津卷)James took the magazines off the little table to make _______ for the television.
A. room B. area C. field D. position
【答案】
【解析】
8.(浙江卷)The school advisers help you talk through your problems but they don't give you any direct __ .
A. solution B. target C. measure D. function
【答案】
【解析】
9.(湖南卷)Listening to loud music at rock concerts caused hearing loss in some teenagers.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
【答案】
【解析】
10.(四川卷)Such poets as Shakespeare widely read, of whose works, however, some
difficult to understand.
A. are；are B. is；is C. are；is D. is：are
【答案】
【解析】
11.(全国卷Ⅱ)Barbara is easy to recognize as she’s the only one of the women who________evening dress.
A.wear B.wears C.has worn D.have worn
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（湖北卷）“Tommy, run! Be quick! The house is on fire!” the mother shouted, with clearly ________ in her voice.
A. anger B. rudeness C. regret D. panic
【答案】
【解析】
2.（湖北卷）Giving up my job to go back to full-time education was a big _______, but now I know it was the best decision I ever made.
A. project B. commitment C. competition D. ambition
【答案】
【解析】
3.（山东卷）There’s a _________in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A. tradition B. balance C. concern D. relationship
【答案】
【解析】
4.（江西卷）What’s the ________, in your opinion, of helping him if he doesn’t make an effort to help himself
A. sympathy B. theme C. object D. point
【答案】
【解析】
5.（江苏卷）Teachers have to constantly update their knowledge in order to maintain their professional _______.
A. consequence B. independence C. competence D. intelligence
【答案】
【解析】
6.（浙江卷）Anyway, I can’t cheat him —it’s against all my ________.
A. emotions B. principles C. regulations D. opinions
【答案】
【解析】
7.（福建卷）The lack of eco-friendly habits among the public is thought to be a major _______of global climate
change.
A. result B. cause C. warning D. reflection
【答案】
【解析】
8.（四川卷）Always remember to put such dangerous things as lives out children’s _______.
A. touch B. sight C. reach D. distance
【答案】
【解析】
9.（安徽卷）The factory used 65 percent of the raw materials, the rest of which_______saved for other purposes.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
【答案】
【解析】
10.（湖南卷）One third of the country ______covered with trees and the majority of the citizens_______black people.
A. is; are B. is; is C. are; are D. are; is
【答案】
【解析】
11.（江苏卷） 22. The fact that so many people still smoke in public places_________ that we may need a
nationwide campaign to raise awareness of the risks of smoking.
A. suggest B. suggests C. suggested D. suggesting
【答案】
【解析】
1. Any help from you will be greatly appreciated. Please give me a reply at your earliest________.
A. interruption B. instruction C. consideration D. convenience
【答案】
【解析】
2. If you ask why I plan to study in the United States，the only answer is that it is a(n) ________for me.
A. puzzle B. advantage C. challenge D. average
【答案】
【解析】
3. The conference has been held to discuss the ________of global warming on people’s lives all over the world.
A. importance B. effects C. protection D. attitudes
【答案】
【解析】
4. I am really a bit worried because I have no idea what my parents’ ________will be to my poor examination result.
A. expression B. reaction C. appearance D. expectation
【答案】
【解析】
5. There is no ________in going to school for the students merely to learn some facts.
A. doubt B. mind C. point D. wonder
【答案】
【解析】
6. Here are some ________for you to follow when you take a test in chemistry.
A. patterns B. tips C. topics D. efforts
【答案】
【解析】
7.Mr. Li has some trouble sleeping，so drinking a glass of milk before going to bed every night is his common
________.
A. practice B. knowledge C. experience D. duty
【答案】
【解析】
8. —Paul has gone abroad to try his luck.
—In my________, his decision is not wise.
A. word B. view C. sight D. way
【答案】
【解析】
9.My English teacher is really very kind. I’ll never forget the ________he has done me.
A. favor B. deed C. help D. value
【答案】
【解析】
10.According to a UN report,30 percent of the world’s population have no ________to clean drinking water and health care.
A. means B. approach C. channel D. access
【答案】
【解析】
11.It was reported that the problem had been settled without much________.
A. affect B. affair C. effect D. effort
【答案】
【解析】
12.The speech that Mr. Smith made today gave a strong ________on the students.
A. expression B. impression C. reputation D. expectation
【答案】
【解析】
13.Our government has decided to give________ to those environmentally-friendly businesses in many aspects.
A. profit B. interest C. preference D. advantage
【答案】
【解析】
14.Finding a girl struggling in the water，he threw himself into the water without________.
A. hesitation B. suggestion C. order D. asking
【答案】
【解析】
15.—How do you like the scenery here, Mr. Black
—Wonderful indeed. Beyond all ________,I suppose.
A. explanation B. introduction C. description D. instruction
【答案】
【解析】
16.This sentence is difficult to understand. Can you make of it
A. sense B. knowledge C. idea D. understanding
【答案】
【解析】
17.My father didn't have to say anything. I knew he was upset from his ________.
A. look B. sight C. appearance D. sign
【答案】
【解析】
18.The door and the windows were all closed and there was no ________ of forced entry.
A. scene B. signal C. sign D. sight
【答案】
【解析】
19.Many people in Haiti died from the earthquake because they didn't have ________ to immediate rescue.
A. access B. admission C. approach D. attention
【答案】
【解析】
20.The________ to the environment has helped many animals to escape from their enemies and fit in with the surroundings.
A.adaptation B.adoption C. recreation D. foundation
【答案】
【解析】
21.Chen Fang , as well as his two colleagues, ________ for a trip to Tibet in a month.
A. goes B. go C. is going D. are going
【答案】
【解析】
22.The atmosphere is as much a part of the earth as _______ its soil and water of its lakes, rivers and oceans.
A. has B. do C. is D. are
【答案】
【解析】
23.In fact, not only Mary and I but also Jane___ having one exam after another.
A. is tired with B. are tired with C. is tired of D. are tired of
【答案】
【解析】
24.Either you or one of your students ___ to attend the meeting that is due tomorrow.
A. are B. is C. have D. be
【答案】
【解析】
25.— Did you go to the show last night
— Yeah. Every boy and girl in the area ______ invited.
A. were B. have been C. has been D. was
【答案】
【解析】
26.A teacher of English and class teacher _______ us something about volunteer workers.
A are telling B. is telling C. are given D. were given
【答案】
【解析】
27.There a table, four chairs, three bikes in the courtyard, in the middle of which two tall trees with great shade.
A. are; is B. is; are C. has; have D. have; has
【答案】
【解析】
28.Our monitor said to our English teacher,“ All _________present and all_______ going on well.”
A. is, is B. are, are C. are, is D. is, are
【答案】
【解析】
29.The young eaten up almost everything; one and a half bananas _____ left on the table.
A. is; are B. are; is C. has; have been D. have; has been
【答案】
【解析】
30.A survey of the opinions of experts that three hours of outdoor exercise a week good for
one’s health.
A. show; are B. shows; is C. show; is D. shows; are
【答案】
【解析】（一）分类
专有名词 普通名词
国名地名人名，团体机构名称 可数名词 不可数名词
个体名词 集体名词 抽象名词 物质名词
（二）转换
个体名词与抽象名词的相互转换
抽象化(抽象名词，不可数名词) 个体名词(可数)
in flower开花 a flower一朵花儿
youth青春 a youth年轻人
success成功 a success成功的人或事
物质名词与个体名词的相互转换
物质名词(不可数) 具体化(个体名词，可数名词)
iron铁 an iron熨斗
glass玻璃 a glass玻璃杯
chicken鸡肉 a chicken小鸡
抽象名词与个体名词的转换
抽象名词(不可数) 具体化(个体名词，可数名词)
in surprise 惊讶地 a surprise 一件令人惊讶的事
win success 获得成功 a success 一个(件)成功的人(事)
win honor 赢得荣誉 an honor 一个(件)引以为荣的人(事)
Failure is the mother of success.失败是成功之母. a failure 一个(件)失败的人(事)
have pity on sb. 怜悯某人 a pity 可惜的事情
with pleasure 乐意 a pleasure 乐事
可数名词有单数和复数的变化，而单复数的变化又分为规则变化和不规则变化两种。
分 类 变化方法 举 例
规则变化 单数名词词尾直接加-s boy — boys pen — pens
以s，x ，ch，sh结尾的单词一般加-es glass—glasses box—boxes watch—watches brush—brushes特例：stomach — stomachs
以“辅音字母+y”结尾的变“y”为“i”再加“-es” baby—babies lady —ladies注意：penny的两种复数形式含义有所不同：pence（便士的钱数） pennies(便士的枚数)
以“o”结尾的多数加-s radios zoos photos pianos kilos tobaccos 而下列名词的复数却要加-es：tomato — tomatoes potato — potatoes hero — heroes
以“f”或“fe”结尾的名词复数形式变“f”或“fe”为“v”，之后再加-es wife—wives self — selves特例：handkerchief—handkerchiefs gulf—gulfs belief—beliefs
不规则变化 改变名词中的元音字母或其他形式 man-men woman-women foot-feet goose-geese mouse-mice 特例：child-children
单复数相同 sheep deer means（方法） works（作品、工厂、著作）
合成名词变成复数的情况：●将主体名词变为复数●无主体名词时将最后一部分变为复数●将两部分都变为复数 ●sons-in-law lookers-on passers-by story-tellers boy friends●grown-ups housewives stopwatches●women singers men servants
在熟悉以上规则的基础上，特别注意以下几点：
1.注意以下名词数的概念
①以s结尾，仍为单数的名词(多为学科名词)
physics, linguistics, mathematics, politics, statistics, news, the United States
②集合名词：表示一类事物的集合或总称，没有复数形式
machinery, furniture, equipment, technology, luggage, baggage, homework, evidence
③单数和复数形式表达不同的意思
custom风俗，习惯—customs海关 damage损害—damages赔偿金
good好处，利益—goods货物 time时间—times时代，次数，倍数
fish 鱼肉—fishes 各种鱼 paper 纸—papers 试卷，文件
water 水—waters 水域 room 空间—rooms 房间
time 时间—times 时代 arm 手臂—arms 武器
④有些抽象名词有时以复数形式出现，表示具体化，意义发生变化或构成固定短语。
use one’s brains动脑筋 meet with difficulties遇到各种困难
make preparations做准备 in high spirits 情绪高涨
good manners有礼貌 Many thanks.非常感谢。
No pains, no gains.不劳无获。 congratulations祝贺
possessions所有物，财产 surroundings环境
⑤有些物质名词以复数形式出现，表示数量之多，范围之广。
burst into tears 大哭起来 miles of golden sands 绵延几英里的金黄色沙滩
burn to ashes 烧成灰烬
⑥形式上虽是单数，但表示的是复数含义
people, police, cattle, staff, public, the＋adj.(the rich富人), the＋ 分词(the wounded伤员)
2.集体名词的数
family, team, audience, class, club, committee, crowd, group, enemy, cattle, government, majority, minority, part, people, police, public, staff等集体名词注意其主谓一致，一般来说，视为整体时作单数看待，侧重其成员时则作复数看待。
The enemy has suffered heavy losses.
The enemy are in flight.
名词所有格的规则如下：
①名词词尾加’s，如the boy’s bag, men’s room。
②若名词已有复数词尾“s”，只加 “‘”。如：the workers’ struggle。
③由of构成的所有格：无生命名词的所有格则必须用of结构。
如：a map of China，the end of this term，the capital of our country, the color of the flowers。
在熟悉以上规则的基础上，特别注意以下几点：
1.如果两个名词并列，并且分别有“‘s”，则表示“分别有”；只有一个“‘s”，则表示“共有”。
John’s and Mary’s rooms(分别拥有的房间)
John and Mary’s room(共有的一间)
2.“‘s”所有格的特殊表达形式
①用于表示时间、距离、价格、重量等的名词后。
today’s newspaper, five minutes’ walk(drive)，five pounds’ weight, ten dollars’ worth of apples。
②用于表示国家、世界、城市等地方的名词后。
the earth’s plant, the world’s population, China’s industry, New York’s parks。
③表示店铺或某人的家时，常在名词所有格后省去shop，house等名词。
the tailor’s 裁缝店，the barber’s理发店，go to the doctor’s上诊所。
3.双重所有格：of ＋名词’s(或+名词性物主代词)
a friend of Tom’s some/two students of mine
尤其是在表示赞扬、批评或厌恶等感彩时常常用这种结构。of 所修饰的名词前通常有指示代词that/this/these/those，但不能用the。
That invention of hers belongs to the world.她的那项发明是属于全世界的。(表赞赏)
注意：当of 之前的名词是picture, portrait等词时含义不同：
This is a picture of my friend’s.这是我朋友收藏的一幅画。
This is a picture of my friend.这是我朋友的一张照片。
名词作定语是现代英语较为简洁的修饰语表达方式，根据习惯搭配可归为以下几类：
1.表示中心词的用途、功能、材料
stone figures石像，shoe shop鞋店，coffee cup咖啡杯
2.表示中心词的时间、地点、称呼。
summer holidays暑假，school education学校教育，evening dress晚礼服
注意：表具体的时间名词作定语，则要用所有格结构来表达。
yesterday’s news昨天的消息 an hour’s drive开车一小时的路程
3.表示中心词的类别、对象、身份。
bike key自行车的钥匙，animal trainer驯兽师，woman driver女驾驶员
4.表示中心词的内容
computer studies电脑学习，weather report天气预报，film industry电影工业
5.表示部分与整体的关系
river banks河岸，animal bones动物骨头，cigarette ends烟头
名词作定语时的特别注意点：
①名词作定语时，一般用其单数形式，且不随后面的名词的单复数产生变化
two pencil boxes, girl friends, a seven-year-old boy
但是，少数的名词作定语却用复数形式。
sports shoes 运动鞋 clothes shops 服装店
a sales girl女销售员 a greetings card 贺卡
②man和woman作定语要注意其单复数形式的变化
a man doctor—men doctors; a woman engineer—women engineers
③名词作定语和所有格作定语的区别。
the girl friend女朋友—the girl's friend那位女孩的朋友
the woman driver女司机—the woman's driver那位妇女的司机
④名词作定语和形容词作定语的区别
名词作定语主要说明物质的材料、来源或对象；形容词作定语主要起修饰、限定的作用。
gold watch金表 golden sunshine金色的阳光
heart trouble心脏病 hearty welcome热忱的欢迎
convenience food快餐 convenient food制作方便的食品
名词是英语的主要词汇之一，也是历年高考的重要考点。综合近几年高考对名词的考查，单项填空题中，每年都出现1—2道题。此外，在阅读理解和完形填空中，名词的一词多义、熟词新意也经常涉及。因此，在备考中一定要结合具体的语境去感悟、理解名词的辨析、名词的一词多义以及名词的习惯用法等。
①We always keep ______ spare paper, in case we ran out.
A. too much B. a number of C. plenty of D. a good many
【解析】 答案为C。“paper”作为“纸”解释时为不可数名词，所以先排除B和D两个选项。根据题意“我们总是准备充足的备用纸张，以防用光。”选择答案C。too much意为“太多”尽管修饰不可数名词，但用在这儿不符合题意。
②The young dancers looked so charming in their beautiful clothes that we took ___ pictures of them.
A. many of B. masses of C. the number of D. a large amount of
【解析】答案为B。【解析】答案为masses of 意为“大量的”既可修饰可数名词又可修饰不可数名词；the number of…意为“……的数量”；a large amount of意为“大量的”后接不可数名词；“many of”后接前面带有定冠词的名词，意为“……中的许多”。
The village is far away from here indeed. It's ____ walk.
A. a four hour B. a four hour's C. a four-hours D. a four hours'
【解析】答案为D。“walk, ride, drive”等用做名词可用来表示一般距离，其用法结构为：“时间名词的所有格+这些名词”。
①The_________ is just around the corner and you won’t miss it.
A. bicycle’s shop B .bicycle shop C. bicycles shop D bicycles’ shop
【解析】答案为B。表示什么样的商店要用单数名词修饰“shop”。
②He dropped the _________and broke it.
A. cup of coffee B. coffee's cup C. cup for coffee D. coffee cup
【解析】答案为D。coffee cup意为“ 咖啡杯”是指“用来喝咖啡的杯子”。名词作定语修饰名词。
一是考查语义方面的辨析：主要考查某些多义词在特定上下文中的引申含义,以及准确辨别一些同义、近义词在特定语境中的差异的能力。
①Most air pollution is caused by the burning of___ _ like coal, gas and oil.
A. fuels B. articles C. goods D. products
【解析】答案为A。由题干中的“coal，gas，oil”可知都是燃料，故正确答案A项意为“燃料”。articles意为“物品”；goods意为“货物、商品”；products意为“产品”。
②To save some of the human languages before they are forgotten,
the students in our school started a discussion “Save Our ”.
A. Sky B. Life C. Arts D. Voices
【解析】答案为D。由语境可知，此处指人类的语言，而语言是人类说的声音，因此用“voices”。
③—Shall we go out for a walk
—Sorry. This is not the right to invite me. I am too tired to walk.
A. moment B. situation C. place D. chance
【解析】答案为A。句意：“我们出去散散步好吗？”“对不起，这不是邀请我的合适的时间，我太累了而不想去散步。”moment意为“某一时刻，片刻”；situation意为“情形，状况”；place意为“地方”；chance意为“机会”。
④The top leaders of the two countries are holding talks in a friendly .
A. atmosphere B. state C. situation D. phenomenon
【解析】答案为A。句意：这两个国家的最高领导人在友好的气氛中进行交谈。atmosphere意为“气氛，氛围”；state意为“状态”；situation意为“形势，局面”；phenomenon意为“现象”。
⑤What’s the of having a public open space where you can’t eat, drink or even simply hang out for a
while
A. sense B. matter C. case D. opinion
【解析】答案为A。本题所设的语境是：有这样一个你在那里不能吃、不能喝甚至不能动的公共开放场所有什么意义呢？sense意为“意义、意识”；matter意为“问题，麻烦”；case意为“情况，问题”；opinion意为“意见，看法”。四个选项中只有A项符合语境。
二是考查搭配方面的辨析：主要考查固定句型中的名词、名词与动词的搭配以及名词与介词的搭配等。
①The young man made a ______to his parents that he would try to earn his own living after graduation.
A. prediction B. promise C. plan D. contribution
【解析】答案为B。句意：这位年轻人向他的父母许诺说毕业之后他将努力自食其力。make a promise意为“许诺、答应”其后的“that”从句为同位语从句，补充说明先行词“promise”的内容，其它选项不合句意。
②I bought a dress for only 2010 dollars in a sale; it was a real .
A. exchange B. bargain C. trade D. business
【解析】答案为B。bargain用作名词时，意为“廉价货，便宜货”，a real bargain意为“真便宜”。
③It is no arguing with Bill because he will never change his mind.
A. use B. help C. time D. way
【解析】答案为A。“it is no use后接动词+ing形式”或“动词+ing形式短语”表示“做某事没有用”。
④I have read the material several times but it doesn’t make any ________ to me.
A. meaning B. importance C. sense D. significance
【解析】答案为C。因为make sense意为“有意义、讲得通、有道理” 是固定习语。
⑤Don’t leave matches or cigarettes on the table within ________ of little children.
A. hand B. reach C. space D. distance
【解析】答案为B。within one’s reach意为“伸手拿（够）得到”，是习语。
在英语的句子中，谓语动词的形式应与主语的人称和数保持一致。近几年来，高考关于该内容的考查主要集中在语法一致、逻辑意义一致以及就近（远）一致原则等三个方面。
一、语法一致原则
只要确定句子的主语是单数意义，则谓语用单数，句子的主语意义复数，则谓语用复数。具体表现如下：
1.不可数名词作主语，一律视为单数。某些以s结尾的单数名词作主语，仍视为单数。
No news is good news.
His task was to collect information.
How much machinery has been installed
2.表示单一概念的动名词、不定式或句子作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
When and where to go for the on－salary holiday has not been decided yet.
3. “ one, either, neither, each of ＋复数名词或代词”作主语时， 谓语用单数。
Either of the stories is very funny.
4.something, everything, anything, nothing，somebody, nobody, no one 等不定代词作主语，谓语通常是单数。
Nothing is impossible.
5.表示时间、金钱、距离、重量、数量的复数名词作主语，通常看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数。
Ten pounds was missing from the box.
6. a series of, a kind of, a piece of, a pair of 等量词修饰名词，通常以量词的单复数形式来决定谓语的单复数。
This pair of glasses is very expensive.
Two series of new stamps have been ordered.
7.a number of ＋复数名词，“许多……”，复数意义；the number of ＋复数名词，“……的数目”，单数意义。the population of…“……的人口数量”作主语时，谓语用单数，但如果是分数、百分数、half of, the rest of the population 作主语时，具体指其中的多少人，复数意义，谓语则用复数。the average of…“……的平均数量”，作主语时，谓语用单数。
The number of the students in our school is quite large and a number of teachers work hard.
The population of China is large and most of the population are farmers.
8.主语后with, together with, along with, except, besides, as well as 等短语时，谓语动词的数要和这些短语前面的名词的单复数保持一致。(因为with等词为介词，其后跟的名词只能是介宾，不可能充当主语。)
Mr. Green together with his children goes to the park every Sunday.
9.“the ＋adj.”结构指一类人时，谓语动词用复数；如果指个别人或表示抽象的概念，谓语动词用单数。
The disabled are well taken care of in this country.
The dead in this accident was 20, a girl from Nanjing University.
The new is certain to replace the old.
10.分数、百分数、all, some, the rest, half of, most of, part of 等作主语时，谓语动词的单复数根据其指代的含义确定。
The rest of the workers are still very tired.
11.当and连接两个并列主语在意义上指同一人、同一物、同一事或者同一概念时，应看作单数，谓语动词用单数。另外，当and 连接两个形容词去修饰一个单数形式的主语时，其实是指两种不同的事物，主语则应该看作是复数， 那么谓语动词也应该用复数。
War and peace is a constant theme in history.
Chinese and Japanese silk are of good quality.
英语中并列结构表示整体概念的有：
iron and steel 钢铁 law and order 治安
bread and butter黄油面包 a watch and chain 一块带链的表
a knife and fork 一副刀叉 a coat and tie 一件配有领带的上衣
aim and end 目的 truth and honesty 真诚
12.what 引导的主语从句作主语时，谓语动词的单复数要取决于作表语的名词的单复数。
What surprised me most was his attitude towards his study.
13.such 作主语时，谓语动词的单复数形式要根据其意义而定。
Such is Stephen Hawking, who has suffered a great deal but achieved so much.
14.quantities of ＋名词作主语时，不论名词是复数还是不可数，谓语一律用复数。
a quantity of ＋名词复数作主语时，谓语用复数。
a quantity of ＋不可数名词作主语时，谓语用单数。
amounts of ＋不可数名词作主语时，谓语用复数。
an amount of ＋不可数名词作主语时，谓语用单数。
Every day quantities of water are wasted.
A large amount of damage has been done because of the floods.
二、逻辑意义一致原则
1.every /each/no ＋名词＋and every/ each/ no ＋名词作主语时，谓语用单数。
Every boy and every girl is having sports now.
2.“one ＋单数名词＋and a half”作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
One apple and a half was on the table.
3.“more than one ＋单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
More than one student has failed the exam.
4.“many a ＋单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
Many a child was playing there.
【注意】以上四种情况，如果从意义上来讲，主语有复数意义，但由于名词都是以单数形式出现的，故谓语用单数形式，谓语形式上与主语的单数形式一致。
三、就近（远）一致原则
1.谓语动词的人称和数常常与最近作主语的词语保持一致。常出现在这类句子中的连词有：or, not…but…； either…or…， neither…nor…， not only…but also …等。
Either I or they are responsible for the result of the matter.
Neither the unkind words nor the unfriendly attitude has caused me any distress.
2.在倒装句中谓语可与后面最近的一个主语一致。
In the distance was heard the clapping of hands and the shouts of the people.
3.当there be 句型的主语是一系列事物时，谓语应与最邻近的主语保持一致。
There is a pen, a knife and several books on the desk.
There are twenty boy－students and twenty－three girl－students in the class.
4.当一个句子是由 there 或here引起，而主语又不止一个时，谓语通常和最靠近它的主语一致。
Here is a pen, a few envelopes and some paper in the drawer.
5.在定语从句中，关系代词如果在从句中作主语，依先行词决定从句谓语动词的单复数形式；在“one of＋复数名词＋who/that/which”引导的从句结构中，从句中的动词用复数形式；但是之前有the (only)等修饰语时，则从句中的动词用单数形式。
Mary is the only one of the students in our school who has ever been to China.
6.主语后面跟有“with, together with, except, but, like, as well as, no less than, rather than, more than, besides, along with, including, in addition to”等引起的短语，谓语动词要跟主语一致，即就远一致。
Mr. Green, together with his wife and children, has come to China.
A woman with a baby was on the bus.
Nobody but Jim and Mike was on the playground.
She like you and Tom, is very tall.
The girls as well as the boy have learned to speak Japanese.
No one except my teachers knows anything about it.
◆动词不定式、动名词以及名词性从句作主语时的主谓一致
Most of what has been said about the Smiths_______also true of the Johnsons.
A. are B. is C. being D. to be
【解析】答案为B。本题的主语是主语从句通常看作不可数，“most of”修饰主语从句依然是不可数，谓语动词应该用单数形式。
◆one, either, neither, each等+of+复数名词或代词作主语时的主谓一致
—Each of the students, working hard at his or her lessons, ______ to go
to university.
—So do I.
A. hope B. hopes C. hoping D. hoped
【解析】答案为B。本题的主语是“each”，“of the students”作后置定语，修饰“each”。
◆由and连接并列主语时的主谓一致
①—Did you go to the show last night
—Yeah. Every boy and girl in the area ________invited.
A. were B. have been C. has been D. was
【解析】答案为D。主语是“every boy and girl”表示单数概念，故谓语动词用单数，且询问昨晚的情况，有明确的过去时间，所以应选择“was”。
②A poet and artist ________ coming to speak to us about Chinese literature and painting tomorrow afternoon.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
【解析】答案为A。此题中“and”连接的第二个名词“artist”前没有加冠词，说明指的是同一个人，应为单数。
◆定语从句中的主谓一致
He is the only one of the students who _____ a winner of scholarship for three years.
A. is B. are C. have been D. has been
【解析】答案为D。“the only one of +复数名词+定语从句”中的先行词是“the only one”，定语从句中谓语动词用单数形式，又结合时间状语“for three years“可知应使用现在完成时。
◆quantities of+名词作主语时的主谓一致
With more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth ______ each year.
A. is washing away B. is being washed away
C. are washing away D. are being washed away
【解析】答案为D。一般讲“quantities of“不论修饰可数名词还是不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。
◆the number of与a number of的区别
①As you can see, the number of cars on our roads__________ rising these days.
A. was keeping B. keep C. keeps D. were keeping
【解析】答案为C。在“the number of +复数名词”中主语是“the number（数量）”，谓语动词用单数，根据语境，应使用现在时。
②Nowadays, a large number of women, especially those from the countryside, _______ in the clothing industry.
A. is working B. works C. work D. worked
【解析】答案为C。a number of +复数名词，谓语动词用复数，根据语境和时间状语Nowadays可知应使用一般现在时。
◆分数、百分数作主语时的主谓一致
①The company had about 20 notebook computers but only one-third_____ used regularly. Now we have 60 working all day long.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
【解析】答案为D。“one-third”是指“20台笔记本中的三分之一”，表示复数意义；根据语境，前后是今昔对比的描述，空格处应使用过去时。
【答案】
②_____ of the land in that district ______ covered with trees and grass.
A. Two fifth; is B. Two fifth; are C. Two fifths; is D. Two fifths; are
【解析】答案为C。分子大于“1”时，作分母的序数词要用复数形式，并且分数修饰的是不可数名词“land”，谓语动词用单数形式。
◆倒装句中的主谓一致
①At the foot of the mountain ________.
A. a village lie B. lies a village C. does a village lie D. lying a village
【解析】答案为B。这是一个全部倒装的句子，主语是“a village”。
②On top of the books _______the photo album you’re looking for.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
【解析】答案为A。作表语的介词短语放在句首时，使用全部倒装语序，句子的真正主语不是“books”，而是“the photo album”。
◆表示抽象概念的名词或词组作主语时的主谓一致
A survey of the opinions of experts _________that three hours of outdoor exercise a week ________ good for one’s health.
A. show; are B. shows; is C. show; is D. shows; are
【解析】答案为B。主句中的主语是“A survey”为单数，后有“of”短语作定语分隔；从句中的主语是“threehours”，是表示时间段的名词词组，看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数形式。
◆一些单复数形式相同的名词如作主语时的主谓一致
Every possible means _____to prevent the pollution, but the sky is still not clear.
A. is used B. are used C. has been used D. have been used
【解析】C。答案为“means”前有“every”修饰，说明是单数；根据语境，此处应使用现在完成时，表示对现在造成的结果或影响。
◆由连词“or， either…or…，neither…nor…，not only…but also…，whether…or…”等连接并列主语时的主谓一致（遵循就近一致原则）
Either you or the headmaster _______ the prizes to those gifted students at the meeting.
A. is handing out B. are to hand out C. are handing out D. is to hand out
①We live day by day, but in the great things, the time of days and weeks _________ so small that a day is unimportant.
A. is B. are C. has been D. have been
【解析】答案为A。主语“time”和谓语动词之间插入了“of”短语作定语来迷惑考生，必须分析句子成分和结构才能慧眼识别出主语为“the time”。
②The father as well as his three children _________skating on the frozen river every Sunday afternoon in winter.
A. is going B. go C. goes D. are going
【解析】答案为C。本题的主语是“father”，“as well as”短语是插入成分，其后的名词不是主语的一部分。
2009年
1.（天津卷） I’m trying to break the _______ of getting up too late .A. tradition B. convenience C. habit D. leisure【答案】C
【解析】句意：我试图打破起床太晚这个习惯。 Tradition表示“传统”；convenience表示“方便”；habit表示“习惯” ；leisure表示“消遣，娱乐”，根据句意，应选C。
2. （安徽卷）China has got a good for fighting against the flu with its careful and smooth organization.
A. reputation B. influence C. impression D. knowledge
【答案】A
【解析】四个近义词来区分.从句意及空格后面的介词入手，表达“中国在……上面有着较好的声誉”应接介词for。influence后接on。impression后接on。knowledge后接of.
3.(福建卷)The World Health Organization gave a warning to the public without any when the virus of H1N1 hit Mexico in April, 2009.
A. delay B. effort C. schedule D. consideration
【答案】A
【解析】delay：耽搁，延误；effort：努力；schedule：时间表；consideration：考虑，体谅；关心。题干意思是：当H1N1型2009年4月袭击墨西哥时，世界卫生组织毫不犹豫地向人们提出了警告。选A。
4.(湖北卷)Hiking by oneself can be fun and good for health. It may also be good for ______ building.
A. respect B. friendship C. reputation D. character
【答案】D
【解析】根据常识便可知运动既可增强体质也可强健个性，不会增强尊敬或名声，友谊可以增强，但与前面health不搭配，故答案为character。
5.(湖北卷) In our class, when the bell rang and the teacher closed his book, it was a ______ for everyone to stand up.
A. signal B. chance C. mark D. measure
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意可知打铃及老师合上书本，这是下课的暗示，选项中只能选择signal。chance“机会”，mark“分数，痕迹”，measure“方法，措施”。
6.(江西卷)The ____________ shoes were covered with mud, so I asked them to take them off before they got into __________ car.
A. girl’s; Tom’s B. girls’; Toms’ C. girls’; Tom’s D. girl’s; Toms’
【答案】C
【解析】根据题干后半部分的them可知对应复数girls。
7.(山东卷)— He says that my new car is a ____________ of money. 21世纪教育网— Don’t you think those words are just sour grapes
A. lack B. load C. question D. waste 21世纪教育网
【答案】D
【解析】lack缺乏；load负担；question疑问；waste 浪费；根据句意，尤其是下句的sour grapes(酸葡萄)可知答案选D。
8. (陕西卷) Form their ________ on the top of the TV Tower, visitors can have a better view of the city.
A. stage B. position C. condition D. situation
【答案】B
【解析】stage：舞台，时期，阶段；position：位置；condition：条件，情况；situation：形式，情况；情景；根据空前的物主代词their可以推断出此处选B。题干意思是：从他们在电视塔顶部的位置，游客们可以更好地看到这个城市的景色。
9.(浙江卷)The system has been designed to give students quick and easy ______ to the digital resources of the library.
A. access B. passage C. way D. approach
【答案】A
【解析】句意：人们设计这个系统是为了让学生快洁地使用图书馆的数字资源。 passage 意为 “文章；走廊”；way 是“方法、方式”； approach 也指“方式；接近”；access 指“入口、通路”，常和介词to 连用，可知选A符合。
10. (四川卷)The teacher together with the students ________ discussing Reading Skills that ________ newly published in America.
A. are; were B. is; were C. are; was D. is; was
【答案】B
【解析】A together with B作主语时谓语动词与A的单复数保持一致；第二空为定语从句that指代Reading Skills，由于Reading Skills是书名所以谓语动词用单数。
11.（湖南卷）Either you or one of your students ______ to attend the meeting that is due tomorrow.
A. are B. is C. have D. be
【答案】B
【解析】Either …or…. 连接两个主语，按就近原则来确定谓语的单复数。One of your students 谓语应用单数形式。
12.（江苏卷）The population of Jiangsu __ to more than twice what it was in 1949. The figure is now approaching 74 million.
A. has grown B. have grown C. grew D. are growing
【答案】A
【解析】考查主谓一致和时态。population是集合名词，或集体名词，即看成一个整体，所以谓语动词用单数形式。句子说的是江苏现在的人口数量和以及增长，用完成时表示现在的状态。
13.（江西卷）At present, one of the apartments in favor of the new airport ________ that it will going a lot jobs to the area.
A. is B. are C. will be D. were
【答案】A
【解析】考查时态和主谓一致。根据at present =now 可知，应用一般现在时。
14.(山东卷)The number of foreign students attending Chinese universities ________ rising steadily since1990.
A. is B. are C. has been D. have been 21世纪教育网
【答案】C
【解析】本题考查主谓一致和时态，主语是 the number故谓语动词用单数，又因时间状语是since 1997所以用完成时态。
15.（陕西卷）Dr. Smith, together with his wife and daughters, visit Beijing this summer.
A. is going to B. are going to C. was going to D. were going to
【答案】A
【解析】考查动词时态和主谓一致。主语中心词是Dr. Smith，表单数，谓语动词用单数形式；时间状语是this summer，表计划性的将来，故时态用一般将来时，选A。
16.(四川卷)The teacher together with the students ________ discussing Reading Skills that ________ newly published in America.
A. are; were B. is; were C. are; was D. is; was
【答案】B
【解析】A together with B作主语时谓语动词与A的单复数保持一致；第二空为定语从句that指代Reading Skills，由于Reading Skills是书名所以谓语动词用单数。
2010年
1. (安徽卷)I haven’t seen Sara since she was a little girl, and she has changed beyond .
A. hearing B. strength C. recognition D. measure
【答案】C
【解析】 hearing意为“听力”；strength意为“力气；力量”；recognition意为“认出；识别；认识”；measure意为“测量；措施”。句意为“……她变得认不出来了。”
2.(湖北卷)This restaurant has become popular for its wide of foods that suit all tastes and pockets.
A. division B. area C. range D. circle
【答案】C
【解析】此题不仅考察学生对于四个选项的认知，更重要的是要理解句子的含义。“这家餐馆越来越出名是由于它做的各种各样的食物适应各种类型的人群。”“a range of ”强调一个系列，而“a wide range of”意为“各种各样的”。正好符合题意。从句子结构来讲，这个句子属于典型的“从句套从句”。“for”引导原因状语从句，“that”引导定语从句。
3.(湖北卷)After the earthquake, the first thing the local government did was to provide for the homeless families.
A. occupation B. furniture C. equipment D. accommodation
【答案】D
【解析】accommodation表示“住处”；occupation表示“占用”或者“工作，职业”；furniture表示“ 家具 ”；equipment表示“设备，器材”。正确答案D。
4.(江苏卷)The doctor is skilled at treating heart trouble and never accepts any gift from his patients, so he has a very good_____.
A. expectation B. reputation C. contribution D. civilization
【答案】B
【解析】 表示名声而expectation是期望的意思。contribution是贡献的意思。civilization是文明的意思。
5.（江西卷）Last year the number of students who graduated with a driving license reached 200,000, a(n)
of 40,000 per year.
A. average B. number C. amount D. quantity
【答案】A
【解析】a number of 许多 amount of 一般加不可数名词表金额, 既可以修饰可数也可以修饰不可数名词。an average of表示“平均……”的意思。
6.(山东卷)Those who suffer from headache will find they get ______ from this medicine.
A. relief B. safety C. defense D. shelter
【答案】A
【解析】句意应为“那些头痛的人会发现这种药物能使头痛缓解。”所以A项意义符合句意, relief 表示“缓解，减轻，解除”。 safety表示“安全，保险”；defense 表示“防御，防护”； shelter表示“掩蔽，保护”。
7.(天津卷)James took the magazines off the little table to make _______ for the television.
A. room B. area C. field D. position
【答案】A
【解析】make room for是固定搭配，意思是“为……让出空间”的意思，其中的room是不可数名词。
句意：詹姆斯把杂志从小桌子上拿下来，为电视机腾出空间来。
8.(浙江卷)The school advisers help you talk through your problems but they don't give you any direct __ .
A. solution B. target C. measure D. function
【答案】A
【解析】四个选项：solution解决的方法；target目标；measure措施；function功能。句意：学校老师帮助你分析问题，但是他们不会给你任何直接的解决方法。
9.(湖南卷)Listening to loud music at rock concerts caused hearing loss in some teenagers.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
【答案】C
【解析】根据动名词短语作主语，句子的谓语动词用单数形式，由此排除B、D两项，根据主语与caused的主动关系，排除A项。
10.(四川卷)Such poets as Shakespeare widely read, of whose works, however, some
difficult to understand.
A. are；are B. is；is C. are；is D. is：are
【答案】A
【解析】主句中的主语应为poets,谓语动词用复数，其后的非限制性定语从句的主语应为some of whose works，谓语动词也应是复数。故选A。
11.(全国卷Ⅱ)Barbara is easy to recognize as she’s the only one of the women who________evening dress.
A.wear B.wears C.has worn D.have worn
【答案】B
【解析】 考查主谓一致和时态。首先the only one of ….为先行词时，定语从句修饰的是one，即one是主语，而非后面的复数women，根据主谓一致的原则，谓语动词应该用单数，排除A，D。另外，从“is”可以看出句子是要表示一种习惯，因此要用一般现在时，排除C，故选B。
2011年
1.（湖北卷）“Tommy, run! Be quick! The house is on fire!” the mother shouted, with clearly ________ in her voice.
A. anger B. rudeness C. regret D. panic
【答案】D
【解析】句意为“Tommy，快跑！快点！房子着火了！”母亲大声叫喊，嗓音里夹杂着明显的惊慌。anger生气；rudeness粗鲁；regret后悔；panic惊慌，慌乱。根据句意选D。
2.（湖北卷）Giving up my job to go back to full-time education was a big _______, but now I know it was the best decision I ever made.
A. project B. commitment C. competition D. ambition
【答案】B
【解析】根据句中的“现在我知道这是最好的决定”，可知“放弃工作重新参加全职教育是一个很大的投入。”，故答案为B。句意：放弃我的工作重新参加全职教育是一个很大的投入，但现在我知道这是我曾经做出的最好的决定了。project意为“工程；项目”；commitment意为“投入；奉献；承诺”； competition意为“竞争；比赛”； ambition意为“雄心；志向”。
3.（山东卷）There’s a _________in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A. tradition B. balance C. concern D. relationship
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我们办公室有个传统：轮到某个人的生日时，他就带蛋糕来与大家分享。tradition传统；balance平衡；concern关心；relationship关系，联系。句中somebody 与they相照应，说明不止一次，因此用tradition作答案。
4.（江西卷）What’s the ________, in your opinion, of helping him if he doesn’t make an effort to help himself
A. sympathy B. theme C. object D. point
【答案】D
【解析】sympathy同情，theme 主题，object 物体，point意义。句意：你认为如果他没有作出努力去帮助自己而去帮助他的意义是什么？选D。
5.（江苏卷）Teachers have to constantly update their knowledge in order to maintain their professional _______.
A. consequence B. independence C. competence D. intelligence
【答案】C
【解析】为了保持专业能力，老师需要不断地更新他们的知识。competence“能力”，符合句意。consequence“结果”，independence“独立”，intelligence“智力”，均不符合句意。
6.（浙江卷）Anyway, I can’t cheat him —it’s against all my ________.
A. emotions B. principles C. regulations D. opinions
【答案】B
【解析】选项emotions情绪；regulations规程；opinions意见，因此选principles原则最合句意。句意：无论如和，我不能骗他——这违背我的原则。
7.（福建卷）The lack of eco-friendly habits among the public is thought to be a major _______of global climate
change.
A. result B. cause C. warning D. reflection
【答案】B
【解析】“公众缺乏环保的习惯”和“全球气候变化”二者之间是因果关系，所以用cause。句意：公众缺乏环保的习惯被认为是全球气候变化的一个主要原因。
8.（四川卷）Always remember to put such dangerous things as lives out children’s _______.
A. touch B. sight C. reach D. distance
【答案】C
【解析】out of/beyond one’s reach为固定用法，意为“某人够不到”，符合句意。touch触摸，接触；sight视力，视野；distance距离。句意：时刻记住把诸如刀子之类的危险物品放在孩子们够不到的地方。
9.（安徽卷）The factory used 65 percent of the raw materials, the rest of which_______saved for other purposes.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
【答案】D
【解析】考查时态与主谓一致。非限制性定语从句中的主语rest意为“其余的”，谓语动词应与of后的名词一致，而which指代先行词materials，故谓语用复数；定语从句中的谓语应与主句中的谓语动词used一致，故用过去时态。从时态和主谓一致两方面考虑，选择D项。句意：该工厂使用了65%的原材料，其余的用作其它用途。
10.（湖南卷）One third of the country ______covered with trees and the majority of the citizens_______black people.
A. is; are B. is; is C. are; are D. are; is
【答案】A
【解析】分数、百分比、the majority of, the minority of等结构的单复数取决于其后面所跟的名词的单复数。the country是单数，而the citizens是复数，故选A。
11.（江苏卷） 22. The fact that so many people still smoke in public places_________ that we may need a
nationwide campaign to raise awareness of the risks of smoking.
A. suggest B. suggests C. suggested D. suggesting
【答案】B
【解析】考查时态及主谓一致。首先解析句子结构，题干中that so many people still smoke in public places为the fact的同位语，主语为the fact，所以谓语用单数形式；that we may need a national wide campaign to raise awareness of the risks of smoking是宾语从句，而原句中缺少谓语动词，可排除D选项;根据句意“还是有那么多的人在公共场合吸烟这个事实说明我们需要一个广泛的全国性的运动来提高人们对吸烟危害性的认识”，这是现在的情况，用一般现在时即可。
1. Any help from you will be greatly appreciated. Please give me a reply at your earliest________.
A. interruption B. instruction C. consideration D. convenience
【答案】D
【解析】这里表示“请在你方便的时候尽早给我回复”，at your earliest convenience 是固定表达，表示“在你方便的时候请尽早”，符合语境。interruption打断；instruction 指导，指示；consideration 考虑。
2. If you ask why I plan to study in the United States，the only answer is that it is a(n) ________for me.
A. puzzle B. advantage C. challenge D. average
3. The conference has been held to discuss the ________of global warming on people’s lives all over the world.
A. importance B. effects C. protection D. attitudes
【答案】B
【解析】effects 意思是“影响”，即讨论全球气候变暖对人们生活的影响。其他选项不合题意：importance 意思是“重要性”；protection 意思是“保护”；attitudes 意思是“态度”。
4. I am really a bit worried because I have no idea what my parents’ ________will be to my poor examination result.
A. expression B. reaction C. appearance D. expectation
【答案】B
【解析】句意：我真的有点担心，因为我不知道我父母对我不好的考试结果会是什么反应。expression 表情；reaction 反应；appearance 外表；expectation 期望。
5. There is no ________in going to school for the students merely to learn some facts.
A. doubt B. mind C. point D. wonder
【答案】C
【解析】固定句式There is no point in doing sth.表示“做……是没有必要的”，其他搭配不正确，所以这
里选C项。
6. Here are some ________for you to follow when you take a test in chemistry.
A. patterns B. tips C. topics D. efforts
【答案】B
【解析】语境为“下面给你提出几点忠告，当你参加化学测验时应该遵循”。tip 忠告，意见；pattern 样式，花样，图案；topic 题目，论题，话题；effort 努力，尽力。
7.Mr. Li has some trouble sleeping，so drinking a glass of milk before going to bed every night is his common
________.
A. practice B. knowledge C. experience D. duty
【答案】A
【解析】……因此每晚睡前喝一杯牛奶是他通常的做法。common practice 通常的做法，符合题意。
8. —Paul has gone abroad to try his luck.
—In my________, his decision is not wise.
A. word B. view C. sight D. way
【答案】B
【解析】句意：在我看来，他的决定不明智。in one’s view表示“在某人看来”。
9.My English teacher is really very kind. I’ll never forget the ________he has done me.
A. favor B. deed C. help D. value
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我的英语老师实在是太好了。我永远不会忘记他对我的帮助。do sb. a favor 帮助某人。
10.According to a UN report,30 percent of the world’s population have no ________to clean drinking water and health care.
A. means B. approach C. channel D. access
【答案】D
【解析】access意思是“(使用或见到的)机会，权利”，后面与介词to连用。
11.It was reported that the problem had been settled without much________.
A. affect B. affair C. effect D. effort
【答案】D
【解析】affect影响；affair事务；effect影响，效果；effort尝试，努力。句意：据报道，问题没费多大事就解决了。根据语意可知，D项正确。without effort意思是“毫不费力地”。
12.The speech that Mr. Smith made today gave a strong ________on the students.
A. expression B. impression C. reputation D. expectation
【答案】B
【解析】句意：史密斯先生今天所做的演讲给学生们留下了深刻的印象。give/leave/make an impression on sb.表示“给某人留下印象”。expression表情，表达；reputation声誉，名声；expectation期望，指望。
13.Our government has decided to give________ to those environmentally-friendly businesses in many aspects.
A. profit B. interest C. preference D. advantage
【答案】C
【解析】profit利益；interest兴趣，嗜好，利息；preference偏爱，优待；advantage优势，有利条件。政府已经决定给那些环保的企业多方面的优惠政策。
14.Finding a girl struggling in the water，he threw himself into the water without________.
A. hesitation B. suggestion C. order D. asking
【答案】A
【解析】发现一名女孩正在水中挣扎，他毫不犹豫地跳入水里。without hesitation毫不犹豫，符合题意。
15.—How do you like the scenery here, Mr. Black
—Wonderful indeed. Beyond all ________,I suppose.
A. explanation B. introduction C. description D. instruction
【答案】C
【解析】beyond all description的意思是“无法(用言语)表达”，即这里的景色很美，无法用言语表达。
16.This sentence is difficult to understand. Can you make of it
A. sense B. knowledge C. idea D. understanding
【答案】A
【解析】考查固定短语。句意：这个句子很难理解，你能弄明白吗 make sense of理解，懂，明白。又如：Can you make sense of what this American is saying 你能听懂这个美国人在说些什么吗 make sense讲得通，有意义；make no sense讲不通，没意义，毫无意义。
17.My father didn't have to say anything. I knew he was upset from his ________.
A. look B. sight C. appearance D. sign
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我父亲无须说什么，我从他的表情就知道他很难过。此处的look表示“表情”。后三项分别表示“视力，景象”“外貌”“标志，迹象”，都不符合题意。
18.The door and the windows were all closed and there was no ________ of forced entry.
A. scene B. signal C. sign D. sight
【答案】C
【解析】语意表示“门窗都关闭着，没有强力侵入的迹象”。这里sign表示“迹象”；scene表示“场景，景色”；signal表示“信号”；sight则表示“视野”。根据句意，选C项。
19.Many people in Haiti died from the earthquake because they didn't have ________ to immediate rescue.
A. access B. admission C. approach D. attention
【答案】A
【解析】句意：海地有许多人死于地震，因为他们没有得到及时的援救。have access to可以获得或使用(机会、权利等)。
20.The________ to the environment has helped many animals to escape from their enemies and fit in with the surroundings.
A.adaptation B.adoption C. recreation D. foundation
【答案】A
【解析】句意：适应环境的能力使很多动物能逃脱其敌人，并且适应周围的环境。根据句意判断选，adaptation表示“适应，适应性”。adoption“收养，采用，推选”；recreation“娱乐，消遣”；foundation“建立，基础”。
21.Chen Fang , as well as his two colleagues, ________ for a trip to Tibet in a month.
A. goes B. go C. is going D. are going
【答案】C
【解析】考查主谓一致及时态。此处Chen Fang是主语，故用单数谓语动词；根据in a month可知用将来时。
22.The atmosphere is as much a part of the earth as _______ its soil and water of its lakes, rivers and oceans.
A. has B. do C. is D. are
【答案】D
【解析】此处soil and water是主语，故用are。
23.In fact, not only Mary and I but also Jane___ having one exam after another.
A. is tired with B. are tired with C. is tired of D. are tired of
【答案】C
【解析】此处考查就近一致，Jane是主语故用is。
24.Either you or one of your students ___ to attend the meeting that is due tomorrow.
A. are B. is C. have D. be
【答案】B
【解析】此处考查就近一致，真正的主语是one of your students，故用is。
25.— Did you go to the show last night
— Yeah. Every boy and girl in the area ______ invited.
A. were B. have been C. has been D. was
【答案】D
【解析】根据时间状语last night可以排除B、C。every /each/no ＋名词＋and every/ each/ no ＋名词作主语时，谓语用单数。
26.A teacher of English and class teacher _______ us something about volunteer workers.
A are telling B. is telling C. are given D. were given
【答案】B
【解析】本句主语指的是同一个人，即英语老师兼班主任，谓语用第三人称单数形式。
27.There a table, four chairs, three bikes in the courtyard, in the middle of which two tall trees with great shade.
A. are; is B. is; are C. has; have D. have; has
【答案】B
【解析】当there be 句型的主语是一系列事物时，谓语应与最邻近的主语保持一致；后面是个倒装句，主语是two tall trees，应用复数。
28.Our monitor said to our English teacher,“ All _________present and all_______ going on well.”
A. is, is B. are, are C. are, is D. is, are
【答案】C
【解析】第一个“all”指人意思为“所有的人，大家”，其谓语用复数；第二个“all”表示事物指“一切的事情”，其谓语用单数。
29.The young eaten up almost everything; one and a half bananas _____ left on the table.
A. is; are B. are; is C. has; have been D. have; has been
【答案】D
【解析】“the ＋young”指一类人(年轻人)时，谓语动词用复数；“一半香蕉”为单数。
30.A survey of the opinions of experts that three hours of outdoor exercise a week good for
one’s health.
A. show; are B. shows; is C. show; is D. shows; are动词是英语中最灵活、最难掌握的词，在历年高考题中动词所占比例最大。设题时给出四个不同的动词或短语来测试考生在具体语境中对动词及其短语意义的理解和运用能力。主要出现在单项选择及完形填空中。
英语中的时态共有十六种，但是常考的或较常用的有十一种。见下表：
时态名称 构 成
一般现在时 do/does,（连系动词is/am/are）
一般过去时 did,（连系动词was/were）
一般将来时 will/shall dois/am/are going to dois/am/are(about)to do
现在进行时 is/am/are doing
过去进行时 was/were doing
将来进行时 will be doing
现在完成时 has/have done
过去完成时 had done
将来完成时 will/shall have done
现在完成进行时 has/have been doing
过去将来时 would/should do was/were going to dowas/were(about)to do
（一）一般现在时
1.表示经常或习惯性的动作，多用行为动词，且常与表频率的时间状语连用
We always care for each other and help each other.
2.表示客观事实或普遍真理(不受主句时态的限制)
The geography teacher told us the earth moves around the sun.
1.表示一个按规定、计划或安排要发生的动作，只用一般现在时；
The plane takes off at 10:00 a.m.飞机上午10点起飞。
2.在时间、条件状语从句中常用一般现在时代替将来时。但要注意由if 引导的条件状语从句中有时可以用shall或will表“意愿”，不表示时态；
I’ll go there after I finish my work.
If you will accept my invitation and come to our party, my family will be pleased.
3.以here, there开头的句子里，go, come等少数动词的一般在时表示正在发生的动作。
There comes the bus.汽车来了。
Here she comes.她来了。
（二）一般过去时
1.过去某一时间内经常发生或反复发生的动作或存在的状态
He lived in Beijing when he was young.他年轻时生活在北京。
2.表达过去发生的动作
We visited the factory last Friday.上周五我们参观了那家工厂。
1.有些动词如：think, want, plan等用在一般过去时中常常译为“原来认为/以为，原来想，原计划”。
I thought the film would be interesting, but it isn't.我原以为这部电影是很有趣的，但是事实并非如此。
2.考生有时用现在完成时代替一般过去时
Hello, I _______you were in London. How long _________here
A. don’t know; were you B. hadn’t known; are you
C. haven’t known; are D. didn’t know; have you been
【解析】非常容易误选B。其实答案为D，因为“didn’t know” 强调的是见面前不知道，即指过去不知道。
（三）一般将来时
1.表示将来的动作和存在的状态
The first time we’ll send you with an experienced reporter.第一次我们要派有经验的记者陪同你一起去。
2.表示一种倾向或习惯性动作
Oil will float on water.油会浮在水面上。
Crops will die without water.没有水庄稼会死亡
一般将来时几种特殊表达形式的区别
1.be going to：表示打算做某事或有迹象表明即将发生某事
I am going to visit my friend in hospital.我将去看望住在医院的朋友。
It looks as if it is going to rain.看起来好象要下雨了。
2.be about to：表示即时的将来。一般不与时间状语连用
Now ladies and gentleman, you’re about to hear the most incredible tale.
女士们，先生们，你们马上就要听到一个难以置信的故事。
3.be to：可用来表示计划、安排（通常是正式的安排）；指令；（表示可能）会做……，可能；必定会发生或已发生了某事；发布命令或告之规则
Their daughter is to get married soon.他们的女儿可能不久就要结婚了。
（四）现在进行时
1.表示现在正在进行的动作；
It is raining heavily now, so we must stay inside.现在正下着大雨，因此我们必须呆在家里。
2.表示按计划安排即将发生的动作；
My father is coming to see me this Saturday.这个星期六我爸爸要来看我。
现在进行时与always, often等频度副词连用，表经常反复的行动或某种感彩
Why are always forgetting his name 为啥你总是记他的名字呢？
（五）过去进行时
1.表示按计划安排即将发生的动作
My father is coming to see me this Saturday.这个星期六我爸爸要来看我。
2.表示过去某一时刻或某一段时间内正在进行的动作（这一过去时间须用时间状语表示）
He was preparing his lecture all day yesterday.昨天一整天他都在准备他的演讲。
3.用在两个过去进行时动作同时发生
I was writing while he was watching TV. 我在写东西而他在看电视。
4.表示过去将来动作
He said she was arriving the next.day.他说他将在第二天到达。
考生有时用现在完成时或用一般过去时代替过去进行时。
①—Hey, look where you are going!
—Oh, I’m terribly sorry._______.
A. I’m not noticing. B. I wasn’t noticing. C. I haven’t noticed. D. I don’t notice.
【解析】非常容易误选C。其实答案为B。因为对话的后者显然是在解释刚才不小心冒犯对方时正在做的事情，应该用过去进行时。
②He ______a book about China last year, but I don’t know if he _____it.
A. wrote; has finished B. was writing; has finished
C. was writing; had finished D. wrote; will finish
【解析】非常容易误选A。其实答案为B。从“I don’t know if he has finished it”推断，他去年一直在写，应该用过去进行时。
（六）将来进行时
1.表示将来某一时间正在进行的动作，一般带状语
When he comes to my house tomorrow, I will be writing the report.他明天来我家的时候，我将正在写报告。
2.表示现在正在进行的动作，但这个动作会延续 ( http: / / www.21cnjy.com / " \o "欢迎登陆21世纪教育网" \t "_blank )到将来
I think that she will be working on this experiment until next morning.
我想她做这个实验将会一直做到明天早上。
3.表示预定的将来动作或对将来的预测
Stop the child or he will be falling over.拦住那孩子，不然他会摔下去的。
将来进行时和一般将来时的区别
1.一般将来时不仅表示“将来”，还含有“意志、意愿”等的意思
I’ll try my best to hard work at English.我将尽全力努力学习英语。（含意愿的意思）
I’ll be studying English next term.下学期我将学习英语。（表示单纯的将来）
2.跟一般将来时连用的时间状语比较模糊，而跟进来进行时连用的时间状语非常具体
I’ll write a letter to my father tomorrow.我明天要给父亲写信。
I’ll be writing a letter to my father this time tomorrow.明天这个时候，我会给父亲写信的。
（七）现在完成时
表示过去发生的动作对现在产生的影响或结果，说话时已完成的动作。
I have finished the report. 我已经完成了这个报告。
She has cleaned the room.她已经打扫干净了这个房间。
1.表示从过去开始，持续到现在的动作或状态，往往和“for...”,“since...”表述的一段时间状语连用。
He has learned English for six years.他学英语已经六年了。
They have worked here since they left college.他们大学毕业以后就在这里工作。
2.表示“曾经到过某地（人已回来）”用“have/has been to”,表示“到某地去了（还未回来）”用“have/has gone to”。
—Where is Li Hua —李华在哪里？
－He has gone to the reading-room.—他去阅览室了。
—She knows a lot about Shanghai.—关于上海，她懂很多。
－She has been there.—她去过那里。
短暂动词（即瞬间动词），如：join,lose,buy,borrow,leave,go,come,arrive,die,marry,finish,complete,begin,
start, break out等，在完成时态中，其肯定式不能和表示一段时间的状语连用。
要翻译“他已参军已经三年了”。不能说：He has joined the army for three years.而要用以下三种方法：
①“ago法”：He joined the army three years ago.
②“延续法”：He has been in the army for three years.
③“since法”：It is/has been three years since he joined the army.
（八）过去完成时
表示在过去某一时间以前已经完成的动作。
He had shut the door before the dog came up.在那狗走过来之前，他已将门关上了。
Everything had been all right up till this morning.直到今天上午为止，一切都正常。
1.表示动作或状态从过去某个时刻开始一直延续到另一个过去时刻才完成，甚至还要继续下去。
At the age of ten, he had learned 500 English words.十岁的时候，他已经学了500个英语单词了。
He had been ill for a week when we learned about it.我们知道的时候，他已经病了一个星期了。
2.常用hope, expect, think, intend, want, suppose等动词的过去完成时来表示未实现的希望、打算或意图。
We had expected that you would be able to win the match.我们本期望你能赢得这场比赛的。
（九）将来完成时
用来表示在将来某个时刻（前）将完成的动作。常和by短语，when, before引起的时间状语连用。
We will have finished senior Book 2 by the end of this term.
到这学期结束时为止，我们将会完成高中第二册书。
1.在时间、条件状语从句中，用现在完成时代替将来完成时来表示将来某一时刻以前已完成的动作
Tell me what you think about the film when you have seen it.
你看完这部电影之后告诉我你对它的意见。
2.与by the end of引导的时间状语从句连用时要看“of”后面的名词所表示的时间概念来决定是用将来完成时还是用过去完成时。
We will have learned 2000 English words by the end of this term.
到这学期结束时为止，我们将学会2000英语单词。
We had learned 2000 English words by the end of last term.
到这学期结束时为止，我们将学会2000英语单词。
（十）现在完成进行时
用来表示从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在（还要继续下去）的动作。
He has been doing the maths problems since 8:00.8点以来，他一直在做这些数学题。
现在完成时与现在完成进行时的比较
1.现在完成时着重表示动作的结果
I have read that book.我读过那本书了。（知道那本书的内容）
2.着重表示过去发生的动作持续到现在还将继续下去
—Hi,Tracy,you look tired.
—I am tired.I_______ the living room all day.
A. painted B. had painted C. have been painting D. have painted
【解析】答案为C。强调动作从过去到现在的延续，可能还将继续下去。
（十一）过去将来时
相对于过去某一时刻而言即将发生的动作或存在的状态。
He told me he would go to Beijing.他告诉我他将去北京。
I was told that he was going to return home.有人告诉我他准备回家。
would do(表示过去的习惯)总是，总会，常常。
He would sit silent for hours.他常常接连好几个小时默默地坐着。
（一）被动语态的构成形式
被动语态 构 成
一般现在时 am/is/are done
一般过去时 was/were done
一般将来时 shall/will be done
过去将来时 should/would be done
现在进行时 am/is/are being done
过去进行时 was/were being done
现在完成时 have/has been done
过去完成时 had been done
将来完成时 will/would have been done
含有情态动词的 can/must/may be done
（二）被动语态使用注意点
1.主动表示被动的几种情况
①不及物动词与状语连用，用以表示主语的品质和状态。常见动词有：cut, sell, read, write, fill, cook,
lock, wash等。
This knife cuts well.这把刀好切。
These books sell well.这些书好卖。
The pen writes smoothly.这支笔写起来流畅。
Meat won’t keep long in such hot weather.肉在这样热的天气里放不长久。
The cloth washes well.这种布好洗。
②一些连系动词的主动式＋形容词。常见动look, smell, taste, sound, feel, prove, turn out等。
The apples taste good.这些苹果尝起来味道不错。
The flower smells wonderful.这花闻起来很不错。
The news proved/turned out true.这消息后来证明时真的。
Cotton feels soft.棉花摸起来很软。
③主语+need/want/require表示需要被……的时候，常用动名词的主动式表示被动或用不定式的被动式。（参看第八讲非谓语动词）
The car needs repairing.=The car needs to be repaired.这车需要修理。
④be worth doing表示某事值得去做。（参看第八讲非谓语动词）
The Great Wall is worth visiting.长城值得一游。
2.常见没有被动语态的动词（短语）
leave,enter,reach,become,benefit,cost,equal,contain,last,lack,fit,fail,have,appear,happen,occur,belong to,
take place, break out, come about, agree with, keep up with, consist of, lose heart
The Second World War broke out in 1939. 第二次世界大战爆发于1939年。
Our class consists of 50 students.我们班由50个学生组成。
3.常用被动语态的固定句型
It is believed/said /reported/hoped/supposed that…据信/据说/据报道/人们希望/人们认为……
It must be pointed out that…必须指出……
It is generally considered that…一般认为……
It is well known that…大家都知道……
It must be admitted that…必须承认……
对一般现在时的考查
①As you can see, the number of cars on our roads rising these days.
A. was keeping B. keep C. keeps D. were keeping
【解析】答案为C。为一般现在时表示经常的、习惯性的动作或存在的状态；也表示说话者的态度、能力或自然现象等等。根据as you can see这个从句中用的一般现在时，可判断出主句要用现在时态，keep doing表示“一直在做某事”。主语是the number of cars谓语动词用单数形式。
②The father as well as children every Sunday afternoon in winter.
A. is going B. go C. goes D. are going
【解析】答案为C。这个句子的主语是the father所以其谓语动词要用单数形式。再根据时间状语every Sunday afternoon in winter可判断出要用一般现在时，表示经常性的动作。as well as his children在句子中作状语。
③This machine _______. It hasn’t worked for years.
A. didn’t work B. wasn’t working C. doesn’t work D. isn’t working
【解析】答案为C。“这台机器不工作（坏了）”，表示现在的一个状态，用一般现在时。
④Months ago we sailed ten thousand miles across this open sea, which ___ the Pacific, and we met no storms.
A. was called B. is called C. had been called D. has been called
【解析】答案为B。本题的干扰源为上下文的过去时，但“被称为太平洋”是客观现状，只能用一般现在时。
⑤Look at the timetable. Hurry up! Flight 4026 __off at 18:20.
A. takes B. took C. will be taken D. has taken
【解析】答案为A。飞机起飞时间一般是固定时间，每次都在这个时间开。所以要用一般现在时。
⑥—What would you do if it tomorrow
—We have to carry it on, since we’ve got everything ready.
A. rain B. rains C. will rain D. is raining
【解析】答案为B。在条件状语从句（if, as long as, even if）中往往用一般现在时表示将来。
⑦Send my regards to your lovely wife when you _______home.
A. wrote B. will write C. have written D. write
【解析】答案为D。时间状语从句（when, until, before, the moment…）中往往用一般现在时表示将来。
对现在进行时的考查
①—Have you got any job offers
—No. I________.
A. waited B. had been waiting C. have waited D. am waiting
【解析】答案为D。句意：“有人给你提供工作了吗？”“没有，我在等呢。”用现在进行时态表示正在进行的动作或存在的状态。
②Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts. The plane________.
A. takes off B. is taking off C. has taken off D. took off
【解析】答案为B。现在进行时可用来表示按计划或安排要进行的动作，常与表示将来的时间状语连用。这种用法比较生动，给人一种期待感。根据所提供的情景“Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts.”可判断出飞机马上要起飞了。
③Since I won the big prize, my telephone hasn't stopped ringing.People_____to
ask how I am going to spend the money.
A. phone B. will phone C. were phoning D. are phoning
【解析】答案为D。句意：自从我赢了大奖，人们不停地打电话来问我将怎样使用这笔钱。此处的are phoning表示“不停的打电话”。
对现在完成时的考查
①—Do you think we should accept that offer
—Yes, we should, for we _______such bad luck up till now, and time out.
A. have had; is running B. had; is running C. have; has been run D. have had; has been run
②Although medical science __________ control over several dangerous diseases, what worries us is that some of them are returning.
A. achieved B. has achieved C. will achieve D. had achieved
【解析】答案为B。现在完成时表示过去发生的事对现在造成的结果，表示动作已经完成。根据所提供的情景what worries us is that some of them are returning可判断出一些危险的疾病已经得到了控制，但有一些疾病又开始传播。
③Danny hard for long to realize his dream and now he is popular.
A. works B. is working C. has worked D. worked
【解析】答案为C。根据后问now he is popular可知本题强调过去的动作对现在的影响，用现在完成时。
④So far this year we ________a fall in house prices by between 5 and 10 percent.
A. saw B. see C. had seen D. have seen
【解析】答案为D。习语so far的意思是“到目前为止”,刚好与现在完成时的持续性用法（从过去持续到现在的一段时间）相吻合，所以通常要连用现在完成时。
⑤—______ you ______ him around the museum yet
—Yes. We had a great time there.
A. Have; shown B. Do; show C. Had; shown D. Did; show
【解析】答案为A。题意为“你有没有带他参观过博物馆？是的，我们在那里过得很开心”，根据答语可判断强调结果对现在的影响。
对现在完成进行时的考查
①—I’m sure Andrew will win the first prize in the final.
—I think so. He ________for it for months.
A. is preparing B. was preparing C. had been preparing D. has been preparing
【解析】答案为D。由句中“for months”与“will”可知，“prepare”的动作应发生在过去而且到目前还在继续，故用现在完成进行时。
②—I have got a headache.
—No wonder. You in front of that computer too long.
A. work B. are working C. have been working D. worked
【解析】答案为C。句意：你在电脑前工作的时间太长。动作从过去开始。一直延续到现在，可能还会延续下去，所以应用现在完成进行时。
③I won’t tell the student the answer to the math problem until he ______on it for more than an hour.
A. has been working B. will have worked C. will have been working D. had worked
【解析】答案为A。根据后面“for more than an hour”可知动作持续一段时间而且一直在进行，until表明这是一个时间状语从句，句中用现在完成进行时表示将来完成进行。句意：直到这个学生做这道数学题做了一个多小时以后，我才会告诉他答案。
对一般过去时的考查
①He _______football regularly for many years when he was young.
A. was playing B. played C. has played D. had played
【解析】答案为B。由句中“regularly”和“when he was young”可知是过去某段时间内经常性、习惯性的动作，故用一般过去时。
②T Judy is going to marry the sailor she ________in Rome last year.
A. meets B. met C. has met D. would meet
【解析】答案为B。“遇见”的动作发生在“last year”，故用一般过去时。
③The play had already been on for quite some time when we _________at the New Theatre.
A. have arrived B. arrived C. had arrived D. arrive
【解析】答案为B。根据前面是过去完成时可知后面应该是一般过去时。两个动作发生的时间有先后。
对过去进行时的考查
①I called Hannah many times yesterday evening，but I couldn’t get through. Her brother ________on the phone
all the time!
A. was talking B. has been talking C. has talked D. talked
【解析】答案为A。句意：昨天晚上我给汉娜打过很多次电话，就是打不通。她的哥哥一直在电话上说个不停。此处用过去进行时态表示过去某一时间段内一直在进行的动作。
②The telephone ________, but by the time I got indoor, it stopped.
A. had rung B. was ringing C. rings D. has rung
【解析】答案为B。由句意“电话响着，但我进入室内时停了。”可知，该题表达的时间与过去有关，而与现在无关。由此，排除C、D两项。而如果选A项，则与后面“it stopped”在逻辑上存在错误。
③I along the street looking for a place to park when the accident .
A. went; was occurring B. went; occurred
C. was going; occurred D. was going; had occurred
【解析】答案为C。occur动作在go along“沿着（街）走”动作进行中发生的，所以主句用过去进行时，从句用一般过去时。句中的“when”表示“这时”是解题的关键。句意：我正沿街走着，想找一个地方泊车，这时，事故发生了。
④—It was really very kind of you to give me a lift home.
—Oh, don’t mention it. I _____past your house anyway.（2007北京卷）
A. was coming B. will come C. had come D. have come
【解析】答案为A。根据题干：“搭车回家”是已经发生的事，排除B和D项。根据句意“不管怎么说，我反正要路过你家”故选was coming表示过去将要。
对过去完成时的考查
①The moment I got home, I found I ________my jacket on the playground.
A. had left B. left C. have left D. was leaving
【解析】答案为A。“found”为一般过去时态，而“leave”发生在“find”之前，故“leave”须用过去完成时态。
②—Did Alan enjoy seeing his old friends yesterday
—Yes, he did. He ________ his old friends for a long time.
A. didn’t see B. wouldn’t see C. hasn’t seen D. hadn’t seen
【解析】答案为D。在昨天以前就已经好长时间没看过老朋友了，所以用过去完成时。
③They became friends again that day. Until then, they _______to each other for nearly two years.
A. didn’t speak B. hadn’t spoken C. haven’t spoken D. haven’t been speaking
【解析】答案为B。考虑到上文所用的时态became friends again that day和后面的时间状语for nearly two years可知本题答案是B“过去的过去”，即：过去完成时。本题的意思是：在他们重新成为朋友之时，他们已经两年未说话了。
④John, a friend of mine, who got married only last week, spent $3,000 more than he for the wedding.
A. will plan B. has planned C. would plan D. had planned
【解析】答案为D。根据句意可判断出计划花多少钱发生在实际花多少钱之前，所以要用过去完成时。
对一般将来时的考查
①—_________leave at the end of this month.
—I don’t think you should do that until ______another job.
A. I’m going to; you’d found B. I’m going to; you’ve found
C. I’ll; you’ll find D. I’ll; you’d find
【解析】答案为B。时间状语at the end of this month表示将来，所以要用一般将来时，表示将来要发生的事。时间状语从句用现在完成时代替将来完成时表示动作将来已经完成，表示直到找到工作才能离开。
②—What are you going to do this afternoon
—I am going to the cinema with some friends. The film ______quite early, so we _______to the bookstore after that.
A. finished; are going B. finished; go C. finished; are going D. finishes; go
【解析】答案为C。上文与下文前一句均为一般将来时，说明电影未开始，故A、B两项排除。“到书店”是在看电影之后，更应用将来时态，故D的第二空错误。
③Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts. The plane________.
A. takes off B. is taking off C. has taken off D. took off
【解析】答案为B。现在进行时可用来表示按计划或安排要进行的动作，常与表示将来的时间状语连用。这种用法比较生动，给人一种期待感。根据所提供的情景“Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts.”可判断出飞机马上就要起飞了。
④—Are you still busy
—Yes, I _________my work, and it won’t take long.
A. just finish B. am just finishing C. have just finished D. am just going to finish
【解析】答案为B。用进行时态来表示动作即将完成，以示“正忙”。此题易误选D，be going to do表示“打算做……”。
对将来完成时的考查
By the time Jane gets home, her aunt for London to attend a meeting.
A. will leave B. leaves C. will have left D. left
【解析】答案为C。by后接表示将来的时间状语要与将来完成时连用。
对过去将来时的考查
①—Tom, you didn’t come to the party last night
—I ______,but I suddenly remembered I had homework to do.
A. had to B. didn’t C. was going to D. wouldn’t
【解析】答案为C。was going to 表示“本打算去而未去成”。
②In a room above the store, where a party ________,some workers were busily setting the table.
A. was to be held B. has been held C. will be held D. is being held
【解析】答案为A。be to do sth意为“将做某事”，表示按计划或安排做某事。根据所提供的情景“some workers were busily setting the table”可判断出要用过去将来时，表示过去的某个时候将要发生的事。
对进来进行时的考查
①—Ring me at six tomorrow morning, will you
—Why that early I ______ .
A. will be sleeping B. have slept C. have been sleeping D. will sleep
【解析】答案为A。 根据上文的表示将来的具体时间“at six tomorrow morning”应该用进来进行时。
②—Could you meet me at the airport
—I’d like to, but I’m afraid I a very important meeting when you return.
A. will have attended B. was attending C. am attending D. will be attending
【解析】答案为D。你返回的那个时候，我将在参加一个重要会议。
对于各种时态的被动语态形式的考查，解题时都可以分两步进行：一是根据上下文或所给时间判断时态；二是根据该动词与主语之间的关系判断语态。
①I like these English songs and they _______many times on the radio.
A. taught B. have taught C. are taught D. have been taught
【解析】答案为D。句意：我喜欢这些英语歌曲，它们在收音机里已经被教过多次了。此处用现在完成时态表示结果，且应该用被动形式。
②I got caught in the rain and my suit________.
A. has ruined B. had ruined C. has been ruined D. had been ruined
【解析】答案为根据句意，首先应断定是被动语态，即“衣服被毁”；再根据动作发生的时间顺序，即“先遇上雨，后衣服被毁”，故选has been ruined。如果选D的话，则表示“衣服先被毁，后遇上雨”，很明显逻辑上不对。
③If Newton lived today, he would be surprise by what _________in science and technology.
A. had discovered B. had been discovered C. has discovered D. has been discovered
【解析】答案为D。理解句子的意思可知，前面的过去时是虚拟语气现象所导致，所以不影响宾语从句的时态。后面的意思显然是：迄今为止在科技上的发现。所以用现在完成时态。
④—What’s that noise
—Oh, I forgot to tell you. The new machine ________.
A. was tested B. will be tested C. is being tested D. has been tested
【解析】答案为C。根据上文的问话“What’s that noise ”说明回话应该是“机器正在被检测”所发出的噪声，故选C项。
⑤—I don’t suppose the police know who did it.
—Well, surprisingly they do. A man has been arrested and ______now.
A. has been questioned B. is being questioned C. is questioning D. has questioned
【解析】答案为B。根据时间状语now可判断出用现在进行时，表示正在发生的动作或存在的状态。a man是question的动作的承受者，所以要用被动语态，表示正在被审讯。
⑥He ________as a national hero for winning the first gold medal for his country in the Olympics.
A. regarded B. was regarded C. has regarded D. had been regarded
【解析】答案为B。首先可以判断是被动语态，排除A、C选项。根据句意义“他因为在奥林匹克里获得了金牌而被认为是国家的英雄。”是“过去”发生而不是“过去的过去”所发生的事，故选B项。
⑦When he turned professional at the age of 11,Mike_____to become a world champion by his coach and parents.
A. expected B. was expecting C. was expected D. would be expected
【解析】答案为C。前面的时间状语从句用的是一般过去时，所以主句也要用过去时态。（教练和父母期望Mike成为一名世界冠军，即他被期望），Mike作主语要用被动语态。
⑧At the end of the meeting, it was announced that an agreement_______.
A. has been reached B. had been reached C. has reached D. had reached
【解析】答案为B。句意：在会议结束时，一项协议被宣布已达成。达成协议表达为“reach／come to／arrive at an agreement”。而协议已被达成应该用被动语态，不知这一点容易误选D；而协议是在宣布之前已经达成，应用过去完成时态，不注意就会误选A。
⑨In a room above the store, where a party _______,some workers were busily setting the table.
A. was to be held B. has been held C. will be held D. is being held
【解析】答案为A。be to do sth意为“将做某事”，表示按计划或安排做某事。a party是hold动作承受者，所以要用被动语态。再根据所提供的情景some workers were busily setting the table可判断出要用过去时态，表示过去的某个时候将要发生的事。句意：在商场楼上的房间里，一些工作正忙着摆放桌子，在那里将要举办一个聚会。
⑩—Your job ______ open for your return.
—Thanks.
A. will be kept B. will keep C. had kept D. had been kept
【解析】答案为A。一般将来时表示将要发生的事。keep是延续性动词，用一般将来时表示将一直持续下去。表示在回来前工作一直被保留着。keep与your job是动宾关系，所以要用被动语态。
不及物动没有被动语态
Why don’t you put the meat in the fridge It will ________ fresh for several days.
A. be stayed B. stay C. be staying D. have stayed
【解析】答案为B。stay是系动词不能用被动语态,故排除A；系动词一般不用于进行时(feel除外),故排除C；stay为非延续性动词,不能与表示一段时间的状语连用,故排除D。句意：你为什么不把肉放在冰箱里呢？那样会保质好几天。
2009年
1.(全国卷I)His sister left home in 1998, and since.
A. had not been heard of B. has not been heard of
C. had not heard of D. has not heard of
【答案】B
【解析】根据下句“她妹妹从1998年到现一直没有音信（被听说过）”来判断，此处应该用现在完成时态。句意：他的姐姐1998年离家，到目前没有人听到过她的消息。主语是他的姐姐，应用被动语态，又是到目前为止，所以应选择B。
2. (全国卷I)Edward, you play so well. But I you played the piano.
A. didn’t know B. hadn’t known C. don’t know D. haven’t known
【答案】A
【解析】句意：爱德华，你钢琴弹得真好。可是我以前不知道你弹钢琴。“不知道”是过去的事情。故选择A项。
3. (全国卷II)Progress so far very good and we are sure that the work will be finished on time.
A. was B. had been C. has been D. will be
【答案】C
【解析】根据so far这个时间状语可知应该使用现在完成时。
4.（北京卷） Scientists have many theories about how the universe ___ into being.
A. came B. was coming C. had come D. would come
【答案】A
【解析】宇宙是如何形成的，因为宇宙的形成这个动作已经发生，所以用一般过去时来表示已经发生的动作。
5.（北京卷）The way the guests ___ in the hotel influenced their evaluation of the service.
A. treated B. were treated C. would treat D. would be treated
【答案】B
【解析】The guests 与treat之间是被动的关系，并且动作已经发生，所以用一般过去时的被动形式。
6.（北京卷）When I talked with my grandma on the phone, she sounded weak, but by the time we ___ up, her voice had been full of life.
A. were hanging B. had hung C. hung D. would hang
【答案】C
【解析】by the time 后的从句中多用一般现在时和一般过去时根据该题的语境可以断定答案为C项。
7.（北京卷）John was given the same suitcase his father and grandfather ___ with them to school.
A. took B. had taken C. were taking D. would take
【答案】B
【解析】主句是一般过去时，而John的先辈们带着这个手提箱去上学发生在主句动作前，因此要用过去完成时。
8.（上海卷）Mary went to the box office at lunch time, but all the tickets ____out.
A. would sell B. had sold C. have sold D. was selling
【答案】B
【解析】went to 发生在过去，票售完发生在went to 以前，说明要用过去完成时。所以答案为B项。
9.（上海卷）During the period of recent terrorist activities, people _____ not to touch and unattended bag.
A. had always been warned B. were always being warned
C. are always warning D. always warned
【答案】B
【解析】根据时间状语可知是指过去，be always doing sth.能表示一种感彩,并且人们与警告之间是被动的关系，所以答案为B项。
10.（天津卷）My parents _____ in Hong Kong. They were born there and have never lived anywhere else.
A. live B. lived C. were living D. will live
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我父母居住在香港，他们出生在那里从未去过任何地方。叙述过去的事实，应用过去时态。
11.（重庆卷） She stared at the painting, wondering where she it.
A. saw B. has seen C. sees D. had seen
【答案】D
【解析】see的动作发生在stared前，所以答案为过去完成时。
12.（天津卷）—I’ve got to go now.
—Must you I you could stay for dinner with us.
A. think B. thought C. have thought D. am thinking
【答案】B
【解析】通过对话语境可知我认为这个动作发生在对话之前即过去，所以用一般过去时。
13.（天津卷）Professor Williams keeps telling his students that the future to the well-educated.
A. belongs B. is belonged C. is belonging D. will be belonged
【答案】A
【解析】belong to不用于进行时，不用于被动语态，所以答案为A项。
14.（安徽卷）Daniel's family their holiday in Huangshan this time next week.
A. are enjoying B. are to enjoy C. will enjoy D. will be enjoying
【答案】D
【解析】本题关键点最后四个单词”this time next week”是将来进行时的标志.
15.（福建卷）—Why does the Lake smell terrible
—Because large quantities of water .
A. have polluted B. is being polluted C. has been polluted D. have been polluted
【答案】D
【解析】考查动词时态，语态和主谓语一致。根据前一分句可知所填动词表示过去发生的动作对现在产生的影响，时态用现在完成时，动词与主语是被动关系，用被动语态。主语是large quantities of water，其中心词是quantities，是复数，谓语动词用复数，选D项。
16.（福建卷）According to the literary review, Shakespeare his charities live through their language in his plays.
A. will make B. had made C. was making D. makes
【答案】D
【解析】题干是陈述一个客观真理，用一般现在时，选D。
17.（湖南卷）Would you please keep silent The weather report and _________I want to listen.
A. is broadcast B. is being broadcast C. has been broadcast D. had been broadcast
【答案】B
【解析】考查时态和语态。句意为：请保持安静行吗 我想听正在广播的天气报告。说话间正在发生的动作，应用进行时同时表示被动含义。故选B项。
18.（湖南卷）—The food here is nice enough.
— My friend ______ me a right place.
A. introduces B. introduced C. had introduced D. was introducing
【答案】B
【解析】句意：—这里的食物不错。—我的朋友介绍给我一个正确的地方。表示过去的行为。
19.（江苏卷）The population of Jiangsu __ to more than twice what it was in 1949. The figure is now approaching 74 million.
A. has grown B. have grown C. grew D. are growing
【答案】A
【解析】population是集合名词，或集体名词，即看成一个整体，所以谓语动词用单数形式。句子说的是江苏现在的人口数量和以及增长，用完成时表示现在的状态。
20.（江苏卷）—Ann is in hospital.
—Oh, really I __ know. I __ go and visit her.
A. didn’t; am going to B. don’t; would C. don’t; will D. didn't; will
【答案】D
【解析】考查时态和交际用语说话者用I _didn't_ know，是表示现在之前他不知道。而他现在说要去看他当然是将要去看他用“will'.
21.（江苏卷）—Hi, Terry, can I use your computer for a while this afternoon —Sorry. .
A. It’s repaired B. It has been repaired
C. It's being repaired D. It had been repaired
【答案】C
【解析】据题意，computer是正在被修。
22.（江西卷）At present, one of the apartments in favor of the new airport ________ that it will going a lot jobs to the area.
A. is B. are C. will be D. were
【答案】A
【解析】根据at present =now 可知，应用一般现在时。
23.（江西卷）—What is the price of petrol these days. -—Oh, it ______ sharply since last month.
A. is raised B. has risen C. has arisen D. is increased
【答案】B
【解析】根据since last month 可知应用现在完成时。
24.（江西卷）—Do you want a lift home
—It’s very kind of you, but I have a much late in the office. I overslept this morning because my morning clock _______.
A. doesn’t go off B. won’t gone C. wasn’t going off D. didn’t go on
【答案】D
【解析】根据I overslept this morning 可知应用一般过去时。
25.（辽宁卷） Excuse me, Marcia, a reporter from Vanity Fair ________ all day. Could you speak to her now
A. phones B. has phoned C. has been phoning D. phoned
【答案】C
【解析】由all day可以看出一直在打电话，此时仍然在打，创设了过去发生地动作持续到现在仍在进行，故选C项。
26.（辽宁卷）My parents have promised to come to see me before I for Africa.
A. have left B. leave C. left D. will leave
【答案】B
【解析】由前句的现在完成时可以看出leave还没有发生，选B符合语境。
27.（山东卷）The number of foreign students attending Chinese universities ________ rising steadily since1990.
A. is B. are C. has been D. have been
【答案】C
【解析】主语是 the number故谓语动词用单数，又因时间状语是since 1997所以用完成时态。
28.（山东卷）I was out of town at the time, so I don’t know exactly how it _______.
A. was happening B. happened C. happens D. has happened
【答案】B
【解析】本题考查具体语境中的时态，后一句隐藏的时间状语是at the time.
29.（陕西卷）Dr. Smith, together with his wife and daughters, visit Beijing this summer.
A. is going to B. are going to C. was going to D. were going to
【答案】A
【解析】主语中心词是Dr. Smith，表单数，谓语动词用单数形式；时间状语是this summer，表计划性的将来，故时态用一般将来时，选A项。
30.（陕西卷）This is the first time went a film in the cinema together as a family.
A. see B. had seen C. saw D. have seen
【答案】D
【解析】the+序数词+time引导的时间状语从句中动词时态用完成时，有参照动词is可知此处用现在完成时，选D项。
31.（四川卷）—Why don’t we choose that road to save time
—The bridge to it __________.
A. has repaired B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. will be repaired
【答案】C
【解析】根据语境可知不走另一条路的原因是因为桥正在被修。所以用现在进行时的被动形式作为该题的答案。
32.（四川卷）—You speak very good French!
—Thanks. I __________ French in Sichuan University for four years.
A. studied B. study C. was studying D. had studied
【答案】A
【解析】我在四川大学学过4年法语是指过去发生过的事情，所以谓语动词用一般过去时，该题由于有for four years.造成一部分学生做出错误的选择，而选择了D。
33.（浙江卷）Over the past decades, sea ice in the Arctic as a result of global warming.
A. had decreased B. decreased C. has been decreasing D. is decreasing
【答案】C
【解析】句中有Over the past decades谓语动词用现在完成时或现在完成进行时。
34.（浙江卷）—What do you think of the movie —It’s fantastic. The only pity is that I the beginning of it.
A. missed B. had missed C. miss D. would miss
【答案】A
【解析】通过语境知道错过这部电影的开头已经发生，所以用一般过去时来表示已经发生的动作。
2010年
1.(全国I卷)—Have you finished reading Jane Eyre
—No, I_________ my homework all day yesterday.
A. was doing B. would do C. had done D. do
【答案】A
【解析】根据选项此题考察时态，此题可以根据句意解答，也可以使用排除法。A表示一段时间内持续进行且未完成的动作使用进行时。题干中有all day yesterday时间提示为过去，应该选择与过去相关的时态，排除D。B为过去将来时不符合题意，C过去完成时是过去的过去，使用过去完成时题目中需要有一般过去时，题干中没有一般过去时因此也排除。句意：—你读完了Jane Eyre吗？—没有，我昨天一直做作业。
2. (全国I卷)When you are home, give a call to let me know you _________safely.
A. are arriving B. have arrived C. had arrived D. will arrive
【答案】B
【解析】根据选项此题考察时态。此题可以根据句意也可以使用排除法。 句意为“当你到家的时候，打电话给我让我知道你已经到家了”B选项使用现在完成时表示将来完成，译为“已经……”。同时也可以使用排除法，arrive既可以使用现在进行时表示将来也可以用will + do表示将来，因此A和D同时排除，C为过去完成时，使用过去完成时时句中一定要有一般过去时，过去完成时是过去的过去，因此C也排除，选择B项。句意：当你到家的时候，打电话给我让我知道你已经到家了。
3. (全国I卷)The discovery of gold in Australia led thousands to believe that a fortune _______.
A. is made B. would make C. was to be made D. had made
【答案】C
【解析】根据选项此题考察时态和语态。make fortune译为“发财”，make在句中需要使用被动形式，因此排除B和D，题干中led提示时间为过去，因此选择C。be to do译为“将会将要”，was to be made表示过去将来。句意：在澳洲金矿的发现使千百人相信将会发财。
4.(全国II卷15)Linda，make sure the tables ____ before the guests arrive.
A. be set B. set C. are set D. are setting
【答案】C
【解析】考查动词set的用法和被动语态。Set a table摆放桌子，tables为主语，故用被动结构。make sure后一般接宾语从句。
5.(全国II卷)Excuse me. I I was blocking your way.
A. didn’t realize B. don’t realize C. haven’t realized D. wasn’t realizing
【答案】A
【解析】结合语境，后文暗示过去时。
6. (安徽卷)Bob would have helped us yesterday,but he .
A. was busy B. is busy C. had been busy D. will be busy
【答案】A
【解析】上文用的是虚拟语气，与过去事实相反。下文是讲的昨天忙这样的事实，用一般过去时。
7.(安徽卷)—Can you surprised by the ending of the film
—NO, I____ the book, so I already knew the story
A.was reading B. had read C. am reading D. have read
【答案】B
【解析】句意为“我看过书了，已知道这个故事”。在“knew”前已看过，故用过去完成时。
8.(安徽卷)—We’ve spent too much money recently.
—Well, it isn’t surprising. Our friends and relatives______ around all the time
A. are coming B. had come C. were coming D. have been coming
【答案】D
【解析】句意为“近来我们花了太多钱了。—-并不惊奇，近来朋友和亲戚总是来访。”用have been coming表示从过去到现在一直所发生的动作。
9.(北京卷)In the spoken English of some areas in the US, the "r" sounds at the end of the words .
A. are dropped B. drop C. are being dropped D. have dropped
【答案】A
【解析】the "r" sounds at the end of the words常常被省掉
10.(北京卷24).—I'm not finished with my dinner yet.
—But our friends for us.
A. will wait B. wait C. have waited D. are waiting
【答案】D
【解析】第一个说话人说"我还没吃完饭呢"，而下面的人则说"但是我们的朋友们都在等我们了"根据第一个人还没进行完吃饭的动作，而第二个人又开始催促，我们得知朋友们此时正在等他们。所以用进行时are waiting更符合句意。
11.(北京卷)—I'm sorry, but I don't quite follow you. Did you say you wanted to return on September 20
—Sorry, I myself clear. We want to return on October 20.
A. hadn't made B. wouldn't make C. don't make D. haven't made
【答案】D
【解析】上文说没听清是几号回来。而下文则说很抱歉我没说清楚。根据句意我们只能选didn't make或者haven't made. 那落在选项中我们只能选择D。A. hadn't made过去完成时表过去的过去，不符合题意。B. wouldn't make过去将来时时态不正确。C一般现在时不正确。
12.(北京卷)It took me a long time before I was able to fully appreciate what they __ for me.
A. had done B. did C. would do D. were doing
【答案】A
【解析】整个句子时态用的是一般过去时，我能够表示感谢就已经是过去，而他们对我的帮助则是过去的过去。因此选A项。
13.(福建卷)Every year a flood of farmers arrive in Shenzhen for the money-making jobs they
before leaving their hometowns.
A. promised B. were promised C. have promised D. have been promised
【答案】D
【解析】根据上文所用时态，下文应该用现在范畴的时态，排除AB两个答案，再考虑语态，选D项。
14.(福建卷)—Guess what ,we’ve got our visas for a short —term visit to the UK this summer.
—How mice! you a different culture then.
A. will be experiencing B. have experienced C. have been experiencing D. will have experienced
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意：—猜猜看，我们已经得到了今年夏天去香港的短期签证。—太棒了，你到时候将会感受到不同的文化。要用将来进行时。
15.(湖南卷)This coastal area ___________a national wildlife reserve last year.
A. was named B. named C. is named D. names
【答案】A
【解析】根据主语“This coastal area”与name之间的被动关系排除B、D两项。根据句中的last year判断用一般过去时，故选A项。
16.(湖南卷)I was just going to cut my rose bushes but someone____________ it. Was it you
A. has done B. had done C. would do D will do
【答案】B
【解析】该空动作发生在was just going to cut之前，即表示过去的过去，故用过去完成时态。句意为：“我正要剪切我的蔷薇丛但（发现）有人已经将它剪切了。是你干的吗？”
17.(湖南卷)I walked slowly through the market, Where people_________ all kinds of fruits and vegetables. I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed.
A. sell B. were selling C. had sold D. have sold
【答案】B
【解析】根据“I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed”的提示可判断此处表示“人们当时正在出售各种水果和蔬菜”，即表示过去某时正在发生的动作，故选B项。
18.( 湖南卷)I’m tired out. I __________all afternoon and I don’t seem to have finished anything.
A. shopped B. have shopped C. had shopped D. have been shopping
【答案】D
【解析】句意：我现在很累。我整个下午一直在购物，我好像什么事都没做成似的。由语境可判断选D项。
19.(江苏卷)—why, Jack, you look so tired!
—Well, I _____the house and I must finish the work tomorrow.
A. was painting B. will be painting C. have painted D. have been painting
【答案】D
【解析】我给房子上油漆一直进行到现在，而且到明天才会完成。所以用现在完成进行时。
20.(江苏卷)—Peter, where did you guys go for the summer vacation
—We________ busy with our work for months, so we went to the beach to relax ourselves.
A. were B. have been C. had been D. will be
【答案】C
【解析】我们去海边发生在过去，而我们忙于工作在此之前， 因此用过去完成时。
21.(江西卷)Mother wanted to be a good provider, a role she since her marriage to Father.
A. shoulders B. shouldered C. is shouldering D. has been shouldering
【答案】D
【解析】在本句since 表示自从过去到现在一直这样还将延续下去,所以用现在完成进行时。
22.(辽宁卷)Joseph ______to evening classes since last month, but he still can’t say “What’s your name ” in Russian.
A. has been going B. went C. goes D. has gone
【答案】A
【解析】句中since last month，表示“自从上个月起”根据but后的句意，说明动作从过去发生到现在一直在进行着，所以要用现在完成进行时态。句意：约瑟夫自从上个月就一直去上夜校，可是他到现在还不会用俄语说“你叫什么名字？”。
23.(辽宁卷)I_______ all the cooking for my family, but recently I’ve been too busy to do it.
A. will do B. do C. am doing D. had done
【答案】B
【解析】第一句表示现阶段的一种状况，所以用一般现在时态。句意：我为一家人做饭，但是最近我太
忙不能做了。
24.(山东卷)Up to now, the program ______thousands of children who would otherwise have died.
A. would save B. saves C. had saved D. has saved
【答案】D
【解析】句意应为“截止到现在，这个项目已经挽救了成千上万的本来会死去的孩子的生命。”up to now是现在完成时态的标志，所以空格处使用现在完成时态。
25.(陕西卷)I have to see the doctor because I a lot lately.
A. have been coughing B. had coughed C. coughed D. cough
【答案】A
【解析】由时间状语lately可知此处表示现阶段一直在进行的动作或存在的状态，且强调其持续性，用现在完成进行时，选A项。
26.(陕西卷)It is reported that many a new house at present in the disaster area.
A. are being built B. were being built C. was being built D. is being built
【答案】D
【解析】考查动词时态、语态及主谓一致。由时间状语at present可知此处动词表示的动作正在进行，主语与所填词是被动关系；many a+名词单数做主语时，谓语动词用单数形式，由此可知本题选D项。
27.(四川卷)一When shall we restart our business
一Not until we our plan.
A. will finish B. are finishing C. are to finish D. have finished
【答案】D
【解析】在状语从句中，经常用一般现在时表将来时，用现在完成时表将来完成时。此处为until引导的时间状语从句，故用现在完成时，选D项。意为“直到我们完成我们的计划，我们才重新开始我们的生意。”
28.(四川卷)You’ve failed to do what you to and I’m afraid the teacher will blame you.
A. will expect B. will be expected C. expected D. were expected
【答案】D
【解析】句中you与expect存在被动关系，首先排除C。又有have failed提示应是过去你被期盼做的事，故应为过去时，正确答案为D项。
29.(天津卷)We _______ on this project for four hours. Let’s have a rest.
A. are working B. have been working C. worked D. had worked
【答案】B
【解析】从句子的时间状语for four hours和后面的句子Let’s have a rest可知，动作从过去发生，到说话的时候一直在进行着，所以此处要用现在完成进行时态。句意：我们在这项工程上一直工作了四个小时了。咱们休息一会儿吧。
30.(天津卷)Traditional folk arts of Tianjin like paper cutting _______ at the culture show of the 2010 Shanghai World Expo.
A. are exhibiting B. is exhibiting C. are being exhibited D. is being exhibited
【答案】C
【解析】因为2010年上海世博会现在还在进行着，所以像剪纸一样的天津传统民间艺术品也是“正在被展览”，所以用现在进行时态的的被动语态形式。句意：象剪纸一样的天津民间传统艺术品正在2010上海世博会的文化展览中展出。
31.(重庆卷)The book has been translated into thirty languages since it on the market in 1973.
A. had come B. has come C. came D. comes
【答案】C
【解析】since引导的从句作状语时，主句通常用完成时，而从句用一般过去时，所以选C项。
32.(重庆卷)The palace caught fires three times in the last century, and little of the original building now.
A. remains B. is remained C. is remaining D. has been remained
【答案】A
【解析】remain在这儿意思是“剩下，余留”，为不及物动词，没有被动语态。整句话是对现在事实的陈述，所以用一般现在时。选A项。
33.(重庆卷)— Why do you want to work for our company
—This is the job that I for.
A. looked B. am to look C. had looked D. have been looking
【答案】D
【解析】由句意：这就是我一直寻找的工作可知用现在完成进行时，表示从过去某个时刻发生的动作一直持续到现在，并且有可能持续下去。
34.(浙江卷) If you plant watermelon seeds in the spring, you __ fresh watermelon in the fall.
A. eat B. would eat C. have eaten D. will be eating
【答案】D
【解析】根据句意：如果你在春天种下西瓜种子，你会在秋天吃到新鲜的西瓜。可以判断这是真实的条件从句，会发生的事情，所以选择will be eating表将来。
35.(浙江卷)For many years, people __ electric ears. However, making them has been more difficult than predicted.
A. had dreamed of B. have dreamed of C. dreamed of D. dream of
【答案】B
【解析】根据句意：许多年来，人们都一直梦想着电动汽车。然而，制造它们比想象要难得多。由此，推断此处的梦想从过去到现在，并由此延伸。目前，市场上已经有了电动汽车，所以应用现在完成时。
36.(上海卷)Every few years, the coal workers. their lungs X-rayed to ensure their health.
A. are having B. have C. have had D. had had
【答案】B
【解析】根据时间状语every few years,可判断本句应为一般现在时，因此答案选B项。
37.(上海卷) The church tower which will be open to tourists soon. The work is almost finished.
A. has restored B. has been restored C. is restoring D. is being restored
【答案】D
【解析】restore意思为修复，而最后一句表明工程还未完成，因此为正在修复中，且要用被动语态。
2011年
1.（新课标卷）Planning so far ahead _____ no sense—so many things will have changed by next year..
A. made B. is making C. makes D. has made
【答案】C
【解析】前句表示现在的情况make no sense，后句表示到将来会产生的后果will have changed。一般现在时表示主语的特征或状态。is making和has made表示具体的动作过程，故不选。因此选C项。句意：计划这么超前毫无意义——到明年许多事情会发生变化的。
2.（新课标卷） I wasn’t sure if he was really interested or if he ______ polite.
A. was just being B. will just be C. had just been D. would just be
【答案】A
【解析】句前wasn’t sure表明说话的起点是过去时，was really interested和was just being polite都是相一致的过去时。故选A项。句意：我不能肯定他是真正感兴趣呢还是仅仅为了表示礼貌。
3.（新课标卷） When Alice came to, she did not know how long she _____ there.
A. had been lying B. has been lying C. was lying D. has lain
【答案】A
【解析】过去完成进行时主要表示持续到过去某时之前的动作。came to苏醒过来是过去时，苏醒前的情况是过去的过去，强调过去的过去里发生的事，故选A项。句意：当Alice苏醒过来时，她不知道她在那儿躺了多久了。
4. (大纲卷） If you don’t like the drink you ______just leave it and try a different one.
A. ordered B. are ordering C. will order D. had ordered
【答案】A
【解析】don’t like the drink是现在时，点饮料是过去的动作，因此，用过去时或现在完成时，故选A项。句意：如果你不喜欢你所点的饮料，就把它放那儿，试试另一种。
5.（北京卷）Experiments of this kind _______ in both the U.S. and Europe well before the Second World War.
A. have conducted B. have been conducted C. had conducted D. had been conducted
【答案】 D
【解析】句意为“就在二战爆发前，美国和欧洲都进行过这种实验。”首先考虑语态，主语experiment与conduct构成动宾关系，谓语使用被动形式。题干中出现the second war是过去的时间点，before the second war是过去的过去，因此使用过去完成时。选D项。
6.（北京卷）Tom ________ in the library every night over the last three months.
A. works B. worked C. has been working D. had been working
【答案】 C
【解析】题干中出现的over the last three months，是明显提示用现在完成进行时或现在完成时。故选C项。句意：在过去的三个月里，Tom每天晚上都在图书馆里学习。
7.（北京卷）—That must have been a long trip.
—Yeah, it __________ us a whole week to get there.
A. takes B. has taken C. took D. was taking
【答案】C
【解析】题干中must have done是对过去的肯定推测，提示时间在过去，描述过去的情况，排除A和B项，D项was taking进行时态表将来，但事实上事情已发生，这与题意不符，因此选C项。句意：“那一定是长途旅行。”“是的，我们花了整整一周时间才赶到那儿。”
8.（北京卷）—Bob has gone to California.
—Oh, can you tell me when he _________
A. has left B. left C. is leaving D. would leaving
【答案】B
【解析】Bob has gone to California去的动作已经发生。这说明他离开的动作一定发生在过去，因此使用一般过去时。选B项。句意：“Bob已经去了加利福尼亚。”“噢，你能告诉我他什么时候离开的？”
9.（上海卷） After getting lost in a storm, a member of the navy team _____ four days later.
A. rescued B. was rescued C. has rescued D. had been rescued
【答案】B
【解析】首先考虑应该用被动语态。排除AC选项。再者题干中没有过去的过去的时间概念，故排除D项。句意：在一次暴风雨中失踪以后，海军中的一员四天后得救了。
10.（上海卷） Did you predict that many students ______ up for the dance competition
A. would sign B. signed C. have signed D. had signed
【答案】A
【解析】主句中用了一般过去时，受主句时态的限制，从句中要用过去时态。根据句子意思：你预测到了会有许多学生报名参加这次舞蹈比赛吗？是过去对将来的预测，应该用过去将来时。
11.（山东卷）When I got on the bus, I _____ I had left my wallet at home.
A. was realizing B. realized C. have realized D. would realize
【答案】B
【解析】I had left my wallet at home发生在realized之前，前一句When I got on the bus给出的时间起点是过去时，故选B项。句意：当我上了车的时候，我才意识到把钱包忘在家里了。
12.（山东卷）She was surprised to find the fridge empty; the child _____ everything!
A. had been eating B. had eaten C. have eaten D. have been eating
【答案】B
【解析】“吃光”这个动作发生在“发现”之前，前一句交代了过去时间，因此选择过去的过去，用过去完成时。故选B项。句意：她惊讶地发现冰箱里空空如也；她的孩子把里面的东西全吃光了！
13.（江西卷）We arrived at work in the morning and found that somebody ______ into the office during the night.
A. broke B. had broken C. has broken D. was breaking
【答案】B
【解析】两个时间点，“有人闯进了办公室”发生在“我们到达”之前，是过去的过去，用过去完成时，选B项。句意：我们在早晨到达工作地点时，发现有人在前一天晚上闯进了我们的办公室。
14.（江苏卷）—I hear you ______ in a pub. What’s it like
—Well, it’s very hard work and I’m always tired, but I don’t mind.
A. are working B. will work C. were working D. will be working
【答案】A
【解析】对话所用的现在时表明现在还在酒吧里上班，用现在进行时描述现阶段长期重复的一个动作。故选A项。句意：“我听说你在酒吧里上班，这份工作怎么样？”“这是份辛苦活，老感到累，不过我不介意。”
15.（江苏卷）－Tommy is planning to buy a car.
－I know. By next month, he ______enough for a used one.
A. saves B. saved C. will save D. will have saved
【答案】D
【解析】by next month是将来完成时的标志，全句表示在将来next month之前完成“积攒足够钱”的动作，对将来的时间next month产生影响，能买一辆旧车。故选D。句意：“Tommy将计划买车。”“我知道，到下个月为止，他积攒的钱足够买一辆旧车了。”
16.（安徽卷）—I didn’t ask for the name list. Why ______on my desk
—I put it there just now in case you needed it.
A. does it land B. has it landed C. will it land D. had it landed
【答案】B
【解析】问句中谈论的事情即“放”的动作发生在过去，强调的是对话发生时的情况，需要使用现在完成时，故选择B项。句意：“我没有要名单，怎么名单在我桌上？”“我刚才放在那里的，以备你用得着。”
17.（浙江卷）The manager was worried about the press conference his assistant ______ in his place but luckily, everything was going on smoothly.
A. gave B. gives C. was giving D. had given
【答案】C
【解析】was worried about和everything was going on smoothly都是过去时，排除B选项。经理担心的时候正是助手举办新闻发布会之时，过去进行时表示过去某时正在进行的动作，排除表示过去完成时的D选项。A选项gave表示过去发生的动作，这与后面everything was going on smoothly不符，因为事情还在进展中，故选C。句意：经理担心着他的助手代替他所举办的新闻发布会。幸运的是，一切进展顺利。
18.（福建卷）Last month, the Japanese government expressed their thanks for the aid they____ from China.
A. receive B. are receiving C. have received D. had received
【答案】D
【解析】由语境可知，receive动作发生在expressed动作之前，即“过去的过去”，故receive要用过去完成时态，因此D项正确。句意：上个月，日本政府表达了他们对收到的中国的援助的谢意。
19.（四川卷）All visitors to this village _________ with kindness.
A. treat B. are treated C. are treating D. had been treated
【答案】B
【解析】表示经常性或习惯性的动作，用一般现在时。来访者与招待存在着被动关系。由于没有交代过去时间，had been treated过去的过去不能用。因此选B。句意：所有到这个村子的来访者都会受到善意的接待。
20.（四川卷）—What a mistake!
—Yes. I his doing it another way, but without success.
A. was suggesting B. will suggest C. would suggest D. had suggested
【答案】D
【解析】下句意思是：是的。我建议他用另一种方式去做，但他不听。语境中隐含了“过去的过去”的意味——失误已经造成，而在失误造成之前我给他提过建议，所以用过去完成时，故答案为D项。
21.（辽宁卷）I’ll go to the library as soon as I finish what I _____.
A. was doing B. am doing C. have done D. had been doing
【答案】B
【解析】主句是将来时，时间状语从句用现在时。finish与选项C.have done矛盾，故选B项。句意：
我一完成眼下正在做的事情就去图书馆。
22.（辽宁卷）By the time Jack returned home from England, his son_____ from college.
A. graduated B. has graduated C. had been D. had graduated
【答案】D
【解析】by the time到……时候为止，一般与完成时连用。选D。句意：当杰克从英国返回家时，他的儿子已经大学毕业了。
23.（天津卷）In the last few years thousands of films __________ allover the word.
A. have produced B. have been produced C. are producing D. are being produced
【答案】B
【解析】in the last few years在过去的几年时间里，其实是从过去算到现在，是现在完成时的标志。选B项。句意：在过去的几年时间里，全世界制作了成千上万部电影。
24.（天津卷）On the next birthday. Ann ________married for twenty years.
A. is B. has been C. will be D. will have been
【答案】D
【解析】her next birthday是将来的时间，for twenty years是个时间段。将来完成时表示持续到将来某
时的动作或状态，故选D项。句意：等到下次生日的时候，Ann结婚有二十年了。
25.（陕西卷）His first novel ________ good reviews since it came out last month.
A. receives B. is receiving C. will receive D. has received
【答案】D
【解析】since自从……以来，引导含有过去时的从句时，主句用现在完成时。故选D。句意：他的第
一本小说自上个月出版以来受到了好评。
26.（重庆卷）That price of music sounds quite familiar. Who _________the piano upstairs
A. has played B. played C. plays D. is playing
【答案】D
【解析】在听的过程中才发出谁在弹钢琴的疑问，sound用的是现在时，交代的时间是现在，故选D项。
句意：那首乐曲听起来相当熟悉。是谁在楼上弹钢琴？
27.（重庆卷）Look at the pride on Tom’s face. He _______ to have been praised by the manager just now.
A. seemed B. seems C. had seemed D. is seeming
【答案】B
【解析】look at祈使句交代的时间是现在，seem表心理判断，没有进行时态，故选B。句意：看Tom脸上骄傲的表情，他似乎刚才受到了经理的表扬。
28.（湖南卷）—John, what ________________in your hand
—Look, It’s a birthday gift for my grandma.
A. had you held B. are you holding C. do you hold D. will you hold
【答案】B
【解析】两人对话以现在时间为参考点，现在(说话人说话时） 对方hold这个动作正在发生，故用现在进行时。句意：约翰，你手里拿的是什么？”“看，这是给我奶奶的生日礼物。”
29.（湖南卷）In 1942, Columbus_______ on one of the Bahama Islands, but he mistook it for an island off India.
A. lands B. landed C. has landed D..had landed
【答案】B
【解析】in 1492是过去时的标志，后面叙述的是在这一年里发生的事情。题目没有明确说明“登陆”是发生在“误解”之前的动作，因此，这两个行为都统一在1492年里，排除D，故选B。句意：在1492年，哥伦布登上了巴哈马群岛，但他误以为是印度的岛屿。
30.（湖南卷）It is the most instructive lecture that I ________since I came to this school.
A .attended B. had attended C. am attending D.have attended
【答案】D
【解析】since自从……以来，引导过去时的从句时，主句用现在完成时。选D。句意：自从我到这个
学校以来，这是我所听到的最有教育意义的演讲。
31.（湖南卷）In the near future, more advances in the robot technology ________by scientists.
A. are making B. are made C. will make D. will be made
【答案】D
【解析】in the near future表明了将来的时间，more advances与 make主谓关系上存在着被动，故选D。句意：在不久的将来，科学家将会在机器人技术上取得更大的进展。
1. I to go for a walk, but someone called and I couldn’t get away.
A. was planning B. planned C. had planned D. would plan
【答案】C
【解析】此处plan这一动作发生在called之前，故应用过去完成时。plan，think，hope，expect，want
等词用于过去完成时时，通常表示过去未曾实现的愿望或安排等，可理解为“本计划／打算／希望……”。
2. —Is Paul playing basketball for his school
—Well, he ,But he has given it up and switched to playing volleyball.
A. is B. was C. has D. had
【答案】B
【解析】答语的后一句提到他如今已经放弃了打篮球，转而去打排球了，由此可知他以前是学校篮球队的队员，所以用一般过去时。
3. The old woman who in the deserted house alone for ten years has been settled in a nursing home now.
A. lived B. has lived C. had lived D. has been living
【答案】A
【解析】句意：那位在废弃的房子里单独住了十年的老妇人现在已被安置在养老院了。根据句意，老妇人现已不再住在那房子里了，故“住”是过去的状态，用一般过去时。
4. She was surprised to find the fridge empty; the child _____ everything!
A. had been eating B. had eaten C. have eaten D. have been eating
【答案】B
【解析】句意：“她惊讶地发现冰箱里空空如也；她的孩子把里面的东西全吃光了！”“吃光”这个动作发生在“发现”之前，前一句交代了过去时间，因此选择“过去的过去”。故选B。
5. And the horse ________ up to the finish line. They’re neck and neck... neck and neck all the way. Oh, the Italian horse Mamma Mia ________ the race!
A. come; is winning B. have come; wins C. are coming; won D. are coming; wins
【答案】D
【解析】据句意可知这是现场解说，为了表达更生动，动作用了现在进行时，结果用一般现在时。这是新闻及报道常用的时态。
6. Years ago we didn’t know this, but recent science study ________that people who don’t sleep well soon get ill.
A. showed B. will show C. has shown D. is showing
【答案】C
【解析】句中的recent可知应用现在完成时。
7. —Are you glad that you come to work in Hangzhou
—Yes, indeed. I ________going to Guangzhou or Beijing, but I’ve never regretted my decision.
A. have considered B. had considered C. am considering D. was considering
【答案】B
【解析】从“but I’ve never regretted my decision.”看出“我”曾考虑过去广州或北京。had considered表示本来考虑要做但没有做。
8. —Excuse me, but I wonder if Bill is free at 3 o’clock this afternoon.
—I’m not sure. I am afraid he ________ 2012.
A. will watch B. will be watching C. is to watch D. is watching
【答案】B
【解析】根据句中时间状语“at 3 o’clock this afternoon”，用将来进行时，C项“be to do”表示“按计划、要求、约定要做某事”。
9. —Why does the lake smell terrible
—Because large quantities of water ________.
A. have polluted B. is being polluted C. has been polluted D. have been polluted
【答案】D
【解析】考查时态、语态主谓一致。名词被quantities of修饰作主语时，其谓语动词用复数形式；从文中湖水的气味难闻，知水已被污染，即强调的是结果和影响。综上所述选D项。
10. —I suggest we set up an out of class club.
—Great! That’s exactly what I ________.
A. have been thinking B. think C. had thought D. will think
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意“这正是我一直在想的事”，选择A项，为现在完成进行时。
11. —I have just received another message, telling me I have won a big prize.
—Don’t jump on it. You ________.
A. should be cheated B. are being cheated C. are cheating D. must have cheated
【答案】B
【解析】句意：——我刚刚收到了一条信息，说我中了大奖。——别信，骗你呢。由句子知选B项。
12. With the rapid development of medical science, we ________ more new drugs used in the treatment of cancer.
A. see B. had seen C. will be seeing D. would see
【答案】C
【解析】句意：随着医学的飞速发展，我们将会看到更多的新药用于癌症的治疗中，表示将来，故选C项。
13. At that time few people would accept Einstein’s ideas, which ________ correct many years later.
A. were to prove B. were proved C. would have proved D. were going to prove
【答案】A
【解析】be to do表示“注定”。句意：那时没有什么人愿意接受爱因斯坦的想法，这些想法
许多年后被证明是正确的。
14. —What were you doing when I phoned you last night
—I ________ my homework and was starting to surf the Internet.
A. have already finished B. was finishing C. had just finished D. was going to finish
【答案】C
【解析】根据上下文语境，动词finish在动词“phoned”之前发生，故用过去完成时had done。
15. I remember having met him at my brother’s birthday party, but we then.
A. were not introduced B. did not introduce C. haven’t introduced D. hadn’t been introduced
【答案】A
【解析】根据时间状语then可知动作发生在过去，再根据we和introduce之间的被动关系可知
A为正确答案。
16.— the sports meet might be put off.
—Yes, it all depends on the weather.
A. I’ve been told B. I’ve told C. I’m told D. I told
【答案】A
【解析】根据答语可知动作产生的影响，由此可知空格处应该是现在完成时，又因为I和tell
之间为被动关系，因此选A。
17. If Newton lived today， he would be surprised by what in science and technology.
A. had discovered B. had been discovered
C. has discovered D. has been discovered
【答案】D
【解析】根据时间状语today可判断出要用现在完成时，表示已经完成的动作或存在的状态。再根据what
与discover的关系可确定用被动语态。If Newton lived today是虚拟语气，意为“如果牛顿活到今
天”。在科技方面的发现指的是现在的发现。过去完成时表示一个动作或状态在过去某一时间或
动作之前已经完成或结束，也可能是早已完成或结束，即“过去的过去”。
18. Living cost is rising and by the end of last month the prices of most foods ________.
A. increased B. have increased C. would increase D. had increased
【答案】D
【解析】by the end of last month是“过去的过去”的时间概念，故用过去完成时。
19. I’m afraid I couldn’t mail you the report until about 8 o’clock in the evening because I ________on my way to
Guangzhou the whole afternoon but my train hasn’t arrived yet.
A. had 动词是英语中最灵活、最难掌握的词，在历年高考题中动词所占比例最大。设题时给出四个不同的动词或短语来测试考生在具体语境中对动词及其短语意义的理解和运用能力。主要出现在单项选择及完形填空中。
根据意义和句法作用，英语动词可分为四类
（一）实义动词
1.按性质分实义动词又分成及物动词和不及物动词，表示动作或状态，在句中独立做谓语。及物动词后须跟宾语；不及物动词不跟宾语。
例：—What did you think of her speech
—She _______for one hour but didn't ________ much.
A. spoke; speak B. spoke; say C. said; speak D. said; say
注意：英语里及物动词和不及物动词不是截然分开的，有的动词既可以是及物动词也可以是不及物动词。
It is important for you to learn how to learn.
第一个learn是及物动词，后面有宾语how to learn；第二个learn是不及物动词。
不及物动词向及物动词转化需要借助于介词、副词等构成短语动词。
He is working hard at English.
2.按时限分实义动词又分成延续性动词和非延续性动词（短暂性动词）
延续性动词动作可以延续，可以与一段时间连用。如：live, study, work, stay, keep, have等。
非延续性动词（短暂性动词）动作瞬间完成，不能与一段时间连用。如：finish, come, open, bring, buy等。
例：The evening news comes on at seven o' clock and ________ only thirty minutes.
A. keeps B. continues C. finishes D. lasts
【解析】答案为D。根据后面的时间状语“only thirty minutes” 先排除“finish”为瞬间动词；keep“保留，保存”；continue意为“继续”； last意为“持续，继续”，根据题意“晚间新闻每天7：00开始，持续30分钟。”可知，正确选项为D。
（二）连系动词
连系动词可以细分为以下几类
1.表示“是”的be动词，根据主语有各种形式；
2.表示“感觉”的连系动词。如：look, feel, smell, taste, sound等；
3.表示“变得、变成”的连系动词。如become, turn, get, grow, go, fall, come等；
4.表示“结果”的连系动词。如turn out, prove等；
5.表示“仍然”的连系动词。如remain, stand, stay, keep等；
6.表示“似乎、好像”的连系动词。如seem, appear, look等。
注意：绝大多数连系动词又是实义动词，在解题时要正确区分,否则就会出错。
请看下列这道选择题：
good, the food has been sold out.
A. Tasted B. Having been Tasted C. Tasting D. To taste
【解析】答案为C。本题考生如果把taste当成实义动词去理解的话，就会误选A或B。其实taste在本句中是连系动词，应该选C才对=Because the food tastes good,…
（三）助动词
本身无词义，不能独立作谓语。用来表示否定，疑问，时态等语法形式。助动词（与动词原形或分词构成复合谓语），常见的有：be(am, is, are, was, were),do(does, did), have(has/had), will, would, shall, should等。
（四）情态动词
本身有一定意义，只能和实义动词一起构成谓语。没有人称和数的变化，常用来表示说话人的语气和情态。常见的有can(could), may(might), must, shall(should), will, would, ought to, dare, need等等。
注意：以上四类动词都有交叉的地方。如“do, have”既可以作实义动词又可以作助动词；“be”既可以作连系动词又可以作助动词；“dare, need”既可以作实义动词又可以作情态动词。
1.动词+副词所构成的短语动词分及物的和不及物的两类
Please turn off every light in the house. 请把房子里的每一盏灯都关掉。（及物）
Harry turned up after the party when everyone had left.晚会后，人们都已离去，哈里出现了。（不及物）
注意：①如果宾语较长，就应避免把副词同动词分开
She turned off all the lights which had been left on. 她关掉了所有还在亮着的灯。
②如果宾语是人称代词，只能放在动词和副词之间。
She gave them away.她把它们送掉了。
③同一动词和不同副词搭配时，意义上有很大的差异。
break out爆发 break up打碎；分解 break down出毛病；抛锚；分解；崩溃
①Don’t be so discouraged. If you such feelings, you will do better next time.
A. carry on B. get back C. break down D. put away
【解析】答案为D。carry on意为“开展、进行”；get back意为“取回，拿回”；break down意为“分解、崩溃”。put away除了有“把……收起、放好”的意思外还有“储存、抛弃、放弃”的意思。句意：别那么垂头丧气的。如果你抛弃这种情绪（而振作起来），下次你就会做得更好。
②I was still sleeping when the fire _________,and then it spread quickly.
A. broke out B. put out C. came out D. got out
【解析】答案为A。break out意为“发生”符合题意；put out意为“扑灭”；come out意为“出版、出现、出来”；get out意为“（拿）出来”。句意：火灾发生时，我还在睡觉，然后火势很快蔓延开来。
2.动词+介词所构成的短语动词相当于及物动词
I'm looking for my glasses.我在找我的眼镜。
注意：①当它跟宾语时，不能把介词放在宾语后面。
②同一动词和不同介词搭配时，意义上有很大的差异。
look after照料，look at看，look for寻找
①Once a decision has been made，all of us should _______it.
A. direct to B. stick to C. lead to D. refer to
【解析】答案为B。stick to意为“坚守（规则、诺言等）”
②It’s the present situation in poor areas that _______much higher spending on education and training.
A. answers for B. provides for C. calls for D. plans for
【解析】答案为C。call for意为“要求”；answer for意为“负责”；provide for意为“供养，为……做好准备”；plan for意为“为……作计划/打算”。
3.动词+副词/名词/反身代词+介词所构成的短语动词相当于及物动词
I look forward to seeing you soon. 我盼望不久就见到你。
①I don’t _______rock ‘n’ roll. It’s much too noisy for my taste.
A. go after B. go away with C. go into D. go in for
【解析】答案为D 。go in for意为“喜欢”；go after意为“追求”；go away with意为“随身带走”；go into意为“从事、参加”。
②Why do we have to ________Joan’s selfish behavior She should learn to care for others.
A. keep up with B. catch up with C. put up with D. come up with
【解析】答案为C。keep up with意为“跟着、跟上”；catch up with意为“赶上”；put up with意为“忍受”；come up with意为“想出、提出”。
③You can’t imagine what difficulty we had ________home in the snowstorm.
A. walked B. walk C. to walk D. walking
【解析】答案为D。考查“have difficulty (in) doing sth.”短语的变式运用。“difficulty”在句中充当了先行词，其后为定语从句。
④She devoted herself ____ the problems of the teenagers.
A. in studying B. at studying C. to study D. to studying
【解析】答案为D。devote oneself to意为“专心，致力于，献身”。“to”为介词
附录：近几年高考重点考查的动词短语
1.以a开头的动词为中心的词组
adapt to/adjust to 适应
agree about对……有相同的看法。
agree on就……达成协议；
agree to同意，赞成（观点，看法等）；
agree with同意某人意见（接sb.）；与……相适应/一致；
appeal to 向……呼吁，恳求； 诉诸；求助于
appeal to 吸引
apply for申请；请求
apply to适用于；向……申请(或要求)
attach…to…将……系在……；使隶属/附属于……，将……缚在……
attach importance to 关注，注重
attach to粘贴
be admitted to/into获准进入……，被……录取
be absorbed in埋头于……，专心于……
be accustomed to(=get used to=be used to)习惯于……
be addicted to沉迷于/沉溺于……，迷恋……
2.以break为中心的词组
break away from脱离，逃离，打破
break down vt. 破坏，粉碎，瓦解；vi.出故障，抛锚；衰弱
break in闯进，打断；使顺服
break into（后面要接宾语）闯入；强行进入
break off 打断，断绝，折断，突然终止
break out爆发，发生；准备使用；起锚
break up vt.开垦，破碎；解散，分解；vi.结束；断绝关系，（婚姻关系）破裂
break through 突破，克服，挤过去
3.以build为中心的词组
build on / upon 建立在……上，依赖，指望
build up 增强，增加，增进；建成，振兴
4.以 bring为中心的词组
bring about导致，引起，促使
bring back 带回，使回忆，使恢复
bring down 使下降，浓缩，收缩，击落
bring out 拿出，公布，发表，出版，生产
bring up 抚养，养育，培养，使停止
5.以call为中心的词组
call at 访问（某地），停泊在
care about关心，在乎
call for 需要，要求，接（某人），
call in 召集，收集，请入，引入
call off 取消，下令停止
call on 拜访（某人），号召
call out 大声喊，唤起
call up 打电话给……；召集; 使想起
6.以come为中心的词组
come about发生；改变方向
come across偶然碰到；想起；越过；偿付
come back回来；恢复；复原
come down倒下；降落；跌落；病倒
come into being发生，产生，出现，形成
come into power开始执政，当权，当选
come into effect/ force开始生效，开始实行
come into existence形成，产生，开始存在
come into fashion开始流行
come into operation开始运转，实施，生效
come into use开始使用，获得应用
come on快点；振作起来；请；来吧；跟着来；快点;
come out出现；出版
come out with说出，提出
come over从远方(或克服障碍后)过来 ；顺便来访
come to苏醒,复原,共计,达到,归结于,渐渐，说到/提及到
come to an agreement 达成协议
come to a conclusion 得出结论
come to a decision 作出决定
come to an end终止，结束
come to a stop 结束，停止，停顿，
come to an understanding 取得谅解
when it comes to…就……而论，谈到
come to know/realize/understand开始了解到/意识到/明白
come to life 苏醒，栩栩如生
come to light 明朗化，出现，显露出来
come to oneself苏醒
come up with跟上；想出；提出
7.以get为中心的词组
get across度过，通过，横过；说服，使被理解
get along前进，进步；同意；离去，相处
get along/on with与……相处
get away离开，逃脱，出发，开始度假
get away from逃离……
get back取回，回来；报复
get down记下，写下
get down to着手处理，认真对待；静下心来
get in插话，收割，收获
get into/out of debt 欠债/不欠债
get off送走；脱下（衣服）；下车；动身
get on 上车
get out出去，离开；逃脱； 泄露；摆脱；拿出来；说出
get over越过；恢复，痊愈；克服；完成
get rid of除去，去掉；免除，摆脱
get through拨通，到达，完成，通过；及格
get to 到达
get up起床，起立
8.以give为中心的词组
give away赠送；牺牲；泄露；颁发
give in屈服，让步，投降
give off发出（烟，气味）
give out vt.分发；公布；发出；使筋疲力尽； vi.用完
give up放弃；停止
9.以go为中心的词组
go /come to sb.’s rescue去/来援救某人
go away走开；离去；(岁月)流逝；
go back to 追溯至
go by 经过，过去
go on 继续，接下去
go out 出去，熄灭，离开，下台，退休
go over审查，复习，重温从头到尾检查一遍
go up 上升，上涨，攀登
10.以hold为中心的词组
hold back阻挡，妨碍，控制感情，隐瞒不讲
hold down 压制，压低，缩减
hold off 耽搁，不接近，离开
hold on继续；坚持，保持；不挂断电话
hold out 伸出，提出，支持，主张
hold up 举起；竖起；支持；使停滞；提出；阻挡
11.以keep为中心的词组
keep an eye on照看，留心
keep away (from) 不接近，避开，远离
keep back 阻止，扣留，隐瞒
keep in mind 记住
keep off 不接近，远离
keep out 使……不入内
keep pace with…跟上，同……步调一致
keep up 继续，坚持，保持，维持
keep up with…跟上 ，与……并肩前进
keep watch 守望，值班，注意
12.以look为中心的词组
look after照料，照看
look around东张西望，环顾
look at看，注视(某人或某物)
look away from掉过头去不忍心看
look down on/upon俯视；看不起，轻视
look for寻找
look forward to盼望，期待
look into窥视；调查；浏览
look on /upon旁观；面向
look on / upon …as…把……看作
look out向外看；注意；当心，提防
look over从上面看过去；检查，忽略
look through
look through透过……看去；看穿；浏览，彻底调查
look up查（单词、电话号码等）；仰视；涨价
look up to仰望，尊敬
13.以make为中心的词组
make a choice做出选择
make a difference 有差别，有关系，很重要
make a fool of愚弄，欺骗
make a will 立下遗嘱
make advantages/use of使用，利用
make it 就这么定了；成功；达到某一特定目标
make oneself understood 让别人理解自己
make out填写；开支票；理解；辨认；弄清楚
make the best/ most of尽量利用；极为重视
make up弥补；修理；赔偿；起草；编造；化装；,配制；占……比例
14.以put为中心的词组
put away 把……放好，把……收拾；储藏；
put down 放下；镇压；记下；削减；降落
put it表达
put off 推迟，延期；消除；推脱，脱下
put on穿上，戴上，上演，假装，增加
put out 熄灭，扑灭；伸出，拿出
put together 组装，装配，把……凑合起来
put up搭建；张贴；举起，挂起；投宿，留宿
put up with 忍受，容忍；
put up举起，抬起；建立，竖起；张贴；投宿，
put through 完成，（电话用语）拨通，使穿过
15.以set为中心的词组
be set in 以……为背景
set about（doing）着手，开始
set an example to sb.给某人树立个榜样
set aside 取消，放在一边，放弃，忽视，拒绝
set fire to (= set…on fire) 放火烧毁
set off vi.出发； vt.使爆炸，拨出（钱等）
set out vi.出发； vt.开始，着手(to do)，布置
set up 建立，设立，开办，引起（疾病等）
16.以take为中心的词组
take after 与……相像， 性格类似于，效仿
take away拿走，减去；夺去
take down 记下；拿下；拆除；拆卸；
take in 吸收，接纳，欺骗，轻信，领会
take off拿出，取出，拿走，取下；脱去（衣服等），起飞，（事业上的）腾飞，成功，成名
take on承担，呈现，雇用
take out把……带出去，清除, 除掉
take over接管，接替
take up从事，占据时间或空间，拿起
take turns(to do) 轮流做
17.以turn为中心的词组
turn around转身
turn down拒绝，（把声音等）调低
turn in上床睡觉, 上缴
turn on打开（水、电视、收音机、灯、煤气等）；反对；依靠，依赖，取决于
turn off 关上（水、电视、收音机、灯、煤气等）；解雇；避开（问题）
turn out外出；培养；证明是；制成；实际情况是
turn over翻身，翻转，把……移交
turn to转向；翻到（书的页数）；求助于；(使)变成
turn up出现；出席；被找到/发现
18.其它
be supposed to do应当，应该
begin with从……开始 ；以……开始；开始于
belong to属于
blow out吹熄（灯火等）；油井或汽井（井喷）
build up 增加，增进，建成，振兴
carry on坚持，继续，进行
carry out贯彻，执行，实施，完成
catch up with追上，赶上
close down停业；（工厂等）关闭，倒闭
close up暂停营业；关闭；堵塞；（伤口）愈合
deal with对付，处理
die down渐渐消失，平息（尤其指火势，大海，脾气）
divide up分割，瓜分，划分，分配
draw up起草，制订；使靠近；停住
drop out退出，退学
do away with去掉，废除；弄死；浪费
do without不需要……也行，不用；不用/吃……勉强度过
earn one’s living挣钱；维持生计
eat up吃完，吃光
end up as 作为……而结束的意思
end up with 以……为结束
fight for与……做斗争；为……而战
figure out算出；想出；理解；弄清楚
fill up装满，填满
find out查找出（结果）
finish up 结果成为；最终到来
fit in相处融洽，合得来
fix up修理，安装，安排，建造，提供
focus upon/on专注于
grow up成长，长大
hand down 把……传下去；留给；
hand out散发，（平均）分发，发给
hang up挂断电话
join up联合起来；连接
lead to通向；导致
leave out省去；遗漏
let out泄露
lie in（问题、事情等）在于
lift up举起；吊起
live up to履行
lose out失败，输掉
manage it设法做成某事
meet with偶然遇到；符合
pick out 挑出，辨别出
pick up学到(尤其指不正规的学到)；捡起；顺车接送，搭载；收拾，整理；重新开始；获得
point out指出
pull up 停车
refer to 指，提及，参考，查阅
remind sb. of… 就……提醒(某人)，使(某人)想起……
rule out排除（可能性）
run into撞到；偶遇
run out （某东西被）耗尽/用完
run out of sth.用完，耗尽
save up储蓄；贮存；节省
see through看穿；识破(谎言)
send up发射
show off炫耀，卖弄
slow down 慢下来
speak of谈到，论及
speed up加快
stand for代表；象征 ；主张；支持，拥护
start off动身，出发
stay up不睡觉，熬夜
stick to坚持，紧跟，粘住，忠于
tear down拆毁
use up=run out of用光，用尽
wait on等待，伺候，服伺
warn sb. of警告某人某事
watch out注意，当心；小心谨慎，留意提防
watch over看守，照管，监视
work out算出，想出，制订出；产生出；解决；确定
说明：这一讲不涉及动词的时态、语态、语气、非谓语动词以及情态动词等语法内容（这部分请参看后面有关的各讲的内容）。
①Recently, these companies have _______ some workers because of the drop in economy.
A. hired B. dismissed C. refused D. employed
【解析】答案为B。四个选项都是及物动词，且都可以与worker构成动宾关系，但从题干中的the drop in economy可知，只有B项符合题意。
②When his brother was to cross the street, he was knocked down by a truck and badly _______。
A. injured B damaged C. harmed D. destroyed
【解析】答案为A。这四个动词都有“伤害，损害”之意，但具体用法不同。injure指在意外事故中“受伤”；damage主要指对于物体的不彻底的破坏，这种破坏或因自然灾害所致，或因人为造成，常含可以修复之意；harm用于肉体或精神上的伤害，有时可指引起不安或不便；destroy表示毁坏十分彻底，常含无法修复再用之意。
①I it as a basic principle of the company that suppliers of raw materials should be given a fair price for
their products.
A. make B. look C. take D. think
【解析】答案为C。take...as...意为“把……当作/认为……是”；另外，“look on...as...”和“think of...as...”也有此意。若用A项，需要把it后面的as去掉。
②Her shoes her dress; they look very well together.
A. suit B. fit C. compare D. match
【解析】答案为D。suit指“符合某人的口味，或颜色、款式等的相配或适合”；fit指“强调尺寸、大小或形状上的吻合”；compare意为“比较、对照”；match指“两个物体大小、色调、形状、性质等方面很相配，显得很协调”。
③With modern equipment, many mysteries have _______ to light in recent years.
A. bought B. come C. thrown D. appeared
【解析】答案为B。题意为“由于有现代化的设备，近年来许多谜团被揭开”。“揭露，将……曝光”是come to light，故答案为B项。
④The card reads: “Dear Mom and Dad, they are _______ everyone write home. Love, Joey.”
A. advising B. suggesting C. letting D. making
【解析】答案为D。分析句子结构可知，空缺处后面的write home是无to的不定式，作everyone的宾语补足语，由此可排除A项；suggest后面不能跟不定式作宾补，更不用说无to的不定式，由此排除B项；let作为使役动词时，无进行时态，也排除；只有make后面是跟无to的不定式作宾补的，所以答案为D。
①The effect of the medicine on this kind of disease remains_______.
A. seen B. to be seen C. seeing D. to see
【解析】答案为B。题意为“这种药对这种疾病的效果尚待观察”。由题意可知，remain在此是用作系动词，且see这一动作还没有发生，答案锁定在B和D中间；“the effect”和“see”之间存在逻辑上的被动关系。
②On hearing the news of the accident in the coal mine, she ______pale.
A. got B. changed C. went D. appeared
【解析】答案为C。“got” 作系动词时，表示人为所致成一个相对长的过程；“changed”是实义动词，不能接形容词作表语；“went”作系动词时表示情况变坏、糟糕；“appeared”表示表面是这样而事实上并非如此。
③It was already past midnight and only three young men _______in the tea house.
A. left B. remained C. delayed D. deserted
【解析】答案B。为句意：早已过了半夜，仅有3位年轻人还留在茶房。“remain”作系动词，后可跟名词、介词短语、现在分词、过去分词，不定式的被动式作表语。
The present situation is very complex, so I think it will take me some time to its reality.
A. make up B. figure out C. look through D. put off
【解析】答案为B。make up意为“组成、化妆、编造”；figure out意为“理解、弄清楚”；look through意为“浏览”。句意：目前的形势非常复杂，因此我认为要花费我一段时间来弄清楚它的真实性。
It’s going to rain. Xiao Feng, will you please help me______ the clothes on the line
A. get off B. get back C. get in D. get on
【解析】答案为C。get off意为“下车”；get back意为“回来”；get in意为“收集，收获”；get on意为“前进，进展”。表示“收衣服”要用“get in clothes”。
①In modern times, people have to learn to all kinds of pressure although they are leading a comfortable
life.
A. keep with B. stay with C. meet with D. live with
【解析】答案为D。live with和put up with类似在此意为“忍受”。句意：在现代社会，人们尽管过着舒适的生活，但他们还得学会忍受各种各样的压力。
②______a moment and I will go to your rescue.
A. Go on B. Hold on C. Move on D. Carry on
【解析】答案为B。go on意为“继续”；hold on意为“抓住不放、坚持”；move on意为“继续前进”；carry on意为“继续进行”。根据后句的I will go to your rescue可知，这里应是“坚持住、别松手”。句意：坚持一会儿，我会救你的。
—Have you________ some new ideas
—Yeah. I’ll tell you later.
A. come about B. come into C. come up with D. come out with
【解析】答案为C。come about意为“发生”；come into意为“进入、得到”；come up with意为“想出、提出”；come out with意为“发表，公布、说出”。句意：“你想出新的主意了吗？”“是的，我过会儿告诉你。”
The media can often help solve problems and draw attention _______ situations _______ help is needed.
A. in; that B. to; which C. in; where D. to; where
【解析】答案为D。draw/pay attention to意思是“注意；关心”。名词“attention”前可以有“more，little， careful，close， no，some”等形容词修饰，“to”后接名词、代词或动名词。第二空中用“where”引导定语从句。句意：媒体常常能帮助解决问题，关注需要帮助的对象。
2009年
1.（全国卷I）I tried phoning her office, but I couldn’t
A. get along B. get on C. get to D. get through
【答案】D
【解析】get along意为“进展”；get on意为“上车”；get to意为“到达”；只有get through意为“打通电话”符合句意。句意：我试着给她办公室打电话，但是没有打通。
2.（全国卷I）Encourage your children to try new things, but try not to them too hard.
A. draw B. strike C. rush D. push
【答案】D
【解析】句意：鼓励你的孩子去尝试新东西，但是尽量别逼他们。这四个词只有push是“推，逼”之意。
3.（全国卷II）If you leave the club, you will not be back in .
A. received B. admitted C. turned D. moved
【答案】B
【解析】be admitted in/into表示“被录取，被接受”。
4.（天津卷）—Sorry, I have to ______ now. It’s time for class.—OK, I’ll call back later.
A. hang up B. break up C. give up D. hold up
【答案】A
【解析】句意：“对不起我的挂电话了，上课的时间到了。”“好的,我会再打电话来。”hang up表示“挂断电话”break up 表示“开垦(破碎,破坏,解散,结束,衰弱)”give up表示“放弃”hold up 表示“举起(提出,抓举,支持住,阻挡)”。根据句意应选A项。
5.（天津卷）Don’t worry if you don’t understand everything, the teacher will __ the main points at the end.
A. recover B. review C. require D. remember
【答案】B
【解析】句意：别担心，如果你一切都不懂，老师会复习要点。recover表示“恢复（健康等）”；review表示“复习”；require表示“需要”；remember表示“记得”，根据句意，应选B。
6.（安徽卷）Just as Professor Scotti often it, success is ninety-nine percent mental attitude.
A. gets B. makes C. puts D. means
【答案】C
【解析】put it是一个常用语, 表示“表达”的意思，正符合本句意思：Scotti教授经常所说的一样, 成功99%的心度。make it意为“获得成功”。
7.（安徽卷）We tried to find a table for seven，hut they were all .
A. given away B. kept away C. taken up D. used up
【答案】C
【解析】give away意为“泄露,捐赠”；keep away意为“控制在外”；take up意为“占据”；use up意为“用光，用尽”=run out of。句意：我们努力寻找一张能供7人吃饭的桌子，但是所有的桌子都有人占了。
8.（福建卷）We are at your service. Don’t to turn to us if you have any further problems.
A. beg B. hesitate C. desire D. seek
【答案】B
【解析】beg意为“乞求，乞讨，恳求”；hesitate意为“犹豫，踌躇”；desire意为“欲望，愿望”；seek意为“试图，要求”。句意：我们为你服务。当你有任何问题时，请毫不犹豫的向我们求助。选B项。
9.（福建卷）The Somali robbed frequent attacks on the sea urged the United Nations to all nations to take immediate action.
A. fight for B. apply for C. call on D. wait on
10.（湖北卷）Would you please ______ the paper for me and see if there are any obvious mistakes
A. look around B. look into C. look up D. look through
【答案】D
【解析】该句意思是“你能不能帮我看看这份试卷，看有没有明显的错误？”。look through可表示“检查，浏览”之意。look around意为“环顾”，look into意为“调查”，look up意为“抬头看，查阅”。
11.（湖北卷）During the war there was a serious lack of food. It was not unusual that even the wealthy families had to ______ bread for days.
A. eat up B. give away C. do without D. deal with
【答案】C
【解析】根据上句During the war there was a serious lack of food可推测出“即或是富裕家庭也得几天吃不上面包”，应选择do without表示“不用/吃……勉强度过”。eat up意为“吃完”，give away意为“收拾”，deal with意为“应付，处理”。句意：战争时期缺少食品，即使很富有的家庭也不得不将就着连续几天没有面包吃。
12.（湖北卷）The loss has not yet been ______ accurately, but it is believed to be well beyond a hundred million dollars.
A. calculated B. considered C. completed D. controlled
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意可知此处表示“损失（数据）还没统计……”，应选择calculated。Considered意为“考虑”，completed意为“完成”，controlled意为“控制”均不符合上下文。
13.（湖北卷）Some parents are just too protective. They want to ______ their kids from every kind of danger, real or imagined.
A. spot B. dismiss C. shelter D. distinguish
【答案】C
【解析】根据上句Some parents are just too protective. 可知下文要说父母们想庇荫孩子们不受到任何伤害。shelter做动词可表示“保护；庇护”。Spot意为“弄脏，认出，发现，定位”，dismiss意为“开除，使解散”，distinguish意为“区别”。
14.（江苏卷） — I' m surprised to hear that Sue and Paul have __ __ .
—So am I. They seemed very happy together when I last saw them.
A. broken up B. finished up C. divided up D closed up
【答案】A
【解析】break up 意为“断绝关系，（婚姻关系）破裂”； finish up意为“结果成为，最终到来”； divide up意为“分担，分配，分享”。close up 意为“（伤口）愈合”。
15.（江西卷） It is reported that the police will soon ____ the case of two missing children.
A. look upon B. look after C. look into D. look out
【答案】C
【解析】look into 意为“调查”。句意：据报道警方不久就要调查两个孩子失踪的案子。
16.（山东卷）—Do you have enough to ________all your daily expenses
—Oh yes, enough and to spare.
A. cover B. spend C. fill D. offer
【答案】A
【解析】cover意为“（钱）足够开销/付”。句意：你有足够的钱用于日常开销吗？是的，够了，还能有结余。
17.（山东卷） Amy joined a painting group but didn’t seem to _______, so she left.
A. show off B. go up C. fit in D. come over
【答案】C
【解析】show off意为“炫耀，卖弄”；go up意为“上升，上涨”；fit in意为“相处融洽，合得来”；come over意为“顺便来访，从远方(或克服障碍后)过来”。
18.（陕西卷）A. notice was in order to remind the students of the changed lecture time.
A. sent up B. given up C. set up D. put up
【答案】D
【解析】send up意为“发射”；give up意为“放弃，传上去”；set up意为“提出，提议；竖起，升起”；put up意为“张贴”。句意：一个通知被张贴出来，以便告知学生们演讲的新时间。
19.（四川卷） —Have you __________ —No. I had the wrong number.
A. got in B. got away C. got off D. got through
【答案】D
【解析】get in意为“插话，收割”；get away意为“离开，走开”；get off意为“下车”；get through意为“接通电话，完成，到达，通过”，由此可知该题的答案为D，意思是“你接通电话了吗？”
20.（四川卷）—How about your journey to Mount Emei
—Everything was wonderful except that our car _________ twice on the way.
A. slowed down B. broke down C. got down D. put down
【答案】B
【解析】答语的意思是：一切都进展顺利除了我们的汽车在途中抛锚了两次外。break down意为“抛锚”；slow down意为“慢下来”；get down意为“记下，写下”；put down 意为“扑灭”。所以该题的答案为B项。
21.（浙江卷） The good thing about children is that they very easily to new environments.
A. adapt B. appeal C. attach D. apply
【答案】A
【解析】该句的意思是“对于孩子们来说比较好的是他们能够非常容易的适应新的环境。”adapt to 意为“适应”；appeal to 意为“呼吁，使感兴趣”；attach to意为“粘贴，附属于，隶属于”；apply to意为“申请”。所以答案为A项。
22.（浙江卷）Practising Chinese kung fu can not only one’s strength, but also develop one’s character.
A. bring up B. take up C. build up D. pull up
【答案】C
【解析】bring up意为“抚养，呕吐”；take up意为“占去，拿起”；build up意为“增强”；pull up意为“停车”。根据句意“练习中国功夫能够增强人的体质”，所以用build up。
2010年
1.(全国I卷) The workers _____ the glasses and marked on each box “this side up”
A. carried B. delivered C. pressed D. packed
【答案】D
【解析】选项为四个意思上毫无关联的动词，此题考察动词的词义辨析。carry 意为“搬运”；deliver意为“递送”；press意为“按，压”；pack意为“打包”。句意：工人们把玻璃制品包装好并且每个盒子上标记上“此面向上”。
2.( 全国II卷8)My mother opened the drawer to _________ the knives and spoons.
A. put away B. put up C. put on D. put together
【答案】A
【解析】put away意为“放好，收拾起来”；put up意为“举起，搭建，张贴，挂起”；put on 意为“穿上，戴上”；put together意为“组装，装配，把……凑合起来”。句意：我母亲打开抽屉把刀勺放好。
3.(安徽卷)No matter how low you consider yourself ,there is always someone _________you wishing
they were that high.
A. getting rid of B. getting along with C. looking up to D. looking down upon
【答案】C
【解析】getting rid of意为“摆脱；去除”；getting along with意为“与……相处；进展”；looking up to意为“尊敬；敬仰”；looking down upon意为“看不起；轻视”。句意：无论你把自己看得如何低微（卑微），但是总有人仰慕你，同时希望他们有你那么高大。
4.(安徽卷)——How did you like Nick’s performance last night
—— To be honest ,his singing didn’t ________to me much
A. appeal B. belong C. refer D. occur
【答案】A
【解析】appeal to 意为“吸引”；belong to意为“属于”；refer to意为“提到；涉及”；occur to意为“突然想到”。句意：她的演唱并不怎么吸引我。
5.(福建卷)We’ve just moved into a bigger house and there’s a lot to do. Let’s it.
A. keep up with B. do away with C. get down to D. look forward to
【答案】C
【解析】keep up with意为“保持”；do away with意为“废除，去掉”；get down to意为“着手处理”；look forward to意为“盼望，期待”。句意：我们刚刚搬进大一点的房子，因此有许多事情要做。让我们开始做吧。
6.(福建卷)——In this day and age, women can have children and jobs as well.
——I can’t agree more. It’s great to have the two .
A. linked B. related C. connected D. combined
【答案】D
【解析】第二句意思为：“我非常赞同。两者相结合非常好。”have sth. done意为“使某事被做”。linked项意为“相联系的”；related意为“有关的”；connected意为“相连接的”；combined项意为“同时做，兼有”。由句中I can’t agree more可知，应选D项，其余三项不符合语境。
7.(湖北卷)Duty is an act or a course of action that people you to take by social customs, law or religion.
A. persuade B. request C. instruct D. expect
【答案】D
【解析】expect sb. to do意为“期待/希望某人做某事”。request是一种非常客气的请求。persuade是“说服”的意思，instruct是“指导、指示”的意思。
8.(湖北卷)Just as the clothes a person wears, the food he eats and the friends with whom he spends his time, his house his personality.
A. resembles B. strengthens C. reflects D. shapes
【答案】C
【解析】“要选一个表示“反映”的词，就是reflect。“resemble” = look like; “strengthen”表示“加强，巩固”；“shape”作动词表示“塑形”。 句意：就好像一个人穿什么，吃什么，以及和什么样的人交往能反映人的个性一样，一个人的住房也是如此。
9. (湖北卷)Had she_________ her promise, she would have made it to Yale University.
A. looked up to B. lived up to C. kept up with D. come up with
【答案】B
【解析】根据句意：“如果她当年履行了自己的诺言，她就会进入耶鲁大学了。”只有live up to（履行，实行）符合题意。look up to（尊重）；keep up with（跟上）；come up with（追赶上；想出；提出）。
10.(江苏卷)Thousands of foreigners were______ to the Shanghai World Expo the day it opened.
A. attended B. attained C. attracted D. attached
【答案】C
【解析】attract sb.意为“吸引某人”。句意：成千上万的外宾被吸引来参加上海的世博会。
11.(江苏卷)The experiment has_________ the possibility of the existence of any life on that planet, but it does not mean there is no life on other planets.
A. found out B. pointed out C. ruled out D. carried out
【答案】C
【解析】rule out排除（可能性）。find out意为“查找出”；point out意为“指出”；carry out意为“执行，实施”。句意：这项实验排除了那个行星上存在生命的可能性，但这并不代表其他行星上也没有生命。
12.(江西卷)Parents much importance to education. They will do their best to give their children that priceless gift.
A. attach B. pay C. link D. apply
【答案】A
【解析】attach much importance to意为“认为……很重要；关注=pay much attention to”。句意：家长认为教育很重要。他们会尽全力给他们的孩子那份无价礼物的。
13.(江西卷)Smell the flowers before you go to sleep, and you may just sweet dreams.
A. keep up with B. put up with C. end up with D. catch up with
【答案】C
【解析】keep up with意为“保持”；put up with意为“忍受”；end up with意为“以……为结束”； catch up with意为“赶上”。句意：睡觉前闻闻花的香味，你也许会做上好梦。
14.(辽宁卷)Thousands of people _______ to watch yesterday’s match against Ireland.
A. turned on B. turned in C. turned around D. turned out
【答案】D
【解析】考查短语动词的用法。turn out 有“外出”的意思，而turn on 则是“打开”，turn in“上床睡觉, 上缴”等意思；turn around是“转身”的意思。只有turn out 符合语境。句意：数千人出来观看昨天同爱尔兰队的比赛。
15.(辽宁卷)The new movie _________to be one of the biggest money-makers of all time.
A. promises B. agrees C. pretends D. declines
【答案】A
【解析】promise除了表示“允诺，答应”外，还有“有……的希望”的意思；agree是“同意，赞同”的意思；pretend是“假装”的意思；decline是“衰老，衰退”的意思。只有promises符合题意。句意：这部新电影有望成为电影票房史上票房最高的影片之一。
16.(山东卷)Sam _______ some knowledge of the computer just by watching others working on it.
A. brought up B. looked up C. picked up D. set up
【答案】C
【解析】表示“学到，尤其指不正规的学到”用pick up; pick up另外还有“捡起;顺车接送,搭载；收拾，整理；重新开始；获得”等意义；bring up 表示“抚养，教育；提出；呕吐”的意思；look up 表示“向上看；（形势）好转，改善；查阅”的意思；set up表示“建立，设置；造成，产生”意思。句意：山姆只是凭借着看别人操作电脑就学到了一些电脑知识。
17.(山东卷)Your house is always so neat—how do you ______ it with three children
A. manage B. serve C. adapt D. construct
【答案】A
【解析】表示“设法做成某事”用manage it。serve 意为“为……服务；接待”；adapt 意为“使适应，使适合”；construct意为“建造，构筑；构思”。句意：你家里总是那么整洁－－家里有三个孩子，你是怎么设法做到的
18.(陕西卷)You look well. The air and the sea foods in Sanya must _________ you, I suppose.
A. agree with B. agree to C. agree on D. agree about
【答案】A
【解析】agree with意为“同意，赞成；与……相适应”；agree to意为“同意，赞成（观点，看法等）”；agree on意为“就……达成协议”；agree about意为“对……有相同的看法”。句意：你看上去很好。我认为：三亚的空气和海鲜很适合你。
19.(四川卷)Some people eat with their eyes. They prefer to order what _________nice.
A. looks B. smells C. feels D. tastes
【答案】A
【解析】与上句中的eat with their eyes相对，后句应该为看起来很好吃的东西。故正确答案为A项。
20.(四川卷) Jenny was looking for a seat when，luckily，a man and left.
A. took up B. got up C. shut up D. set up
【答案】B
【解析】get up意为“起床，起立”。故选B。take up意为“从事，占据时间或空间”；shut up意为“闭嘴”；set up意为“建造，搭起”。句意：Jenny正在找一个座位，正在那时，很幸运地，一个人站起来离开了。
21.(天津卷)He telephoned the travel agency to_______ three air tickets to London.
A. order B. arrange C. take D. book
【答案】D
【解析】book和tickets搭配，是“订票”的意思。句意：他打电话给旅行社预定三张去伦敦的机票。
22.(天津卷) Joining the firm as a clerk, he got rapid promotion, and _______ as a manager.
A. ended up B. dropped out C. came back D. started off
【答案】A
【解析】ended up as 是“作为……而结束”的意思；dropped out是“退出，退学”的意思；came back是“回来”的意思；started off是“动身，出发”的意思。只有A项符合题意。句意：作为一名职员加入公司，他很快得到提升，最后当上了经理。
23.(浙江卷)The majority of people in the town strongly __ the plan to build a playground for children.
A. consider B. support C. confirm D. submit
【答案】B
【解析】consider意为“考虑，思考，认为等”；support意为“支持，拥护，维持”；confirm意为“证实，确认”；submit意为“使屈服，使经受”。句意：镇上的大多数人都积极地支持为孩子们建造运动场的计划。
24.(浙江卷)After that, he knew he could ________any emergency by doing what he could to the best of his ability.
A. get away with B. get on with C. get through D. get across
【答案】C
【解析】get away with意为“侥幸逃脱”；get on with意为“与……有好相处”；get through意为“接通，顺利通过，完成”；get across意为“被理解，越过”。句意：经过那件事之后，他明白了他能尽一切可能去顺利解决任何突发情况。
2011年
1.（新课标卷）I can _________ the house being untidy, but I hate it if it’s not clean.
A. come up with B. put up with C. turn to D. stick to
【答案】B
【解析】句意为“房子里东西凌乱我能忍，但是脏我讨厌。”come up with意为“想出，提出”；put up with意为“忍受, 容忍”；turn to意为“转向，翻到（书的页数），求助于，(使)变成”；stick to意为“坚持，紧跟，粘住，忠于”。
2.（新课标卷）William found it increasingly difficult to read, for his eyesight Was beginning to .
A. disappear B. fall C. fail D. damage
【答案】C
【解析】disappear意为“消失，不复存在”；fall意为“降落，跌倒，降低”；fail 意为“(指健康)衰退, 衰弱”；damage意为“损害，毁坏，加害于”。句意：William 发现阅读越来越困难了，因为他的视力开始衰退。
3.（大纲卷）Mary, I _________John of his promise to help you.
A. told B. reminded C. warned D. advised
【答案】B
【解析】句意：玛丽，我已经提醒约翰注意他帮助你的承诺了。remind… of… 意为“就……提醒(某人)，使(某人)想起……”；warn…of…意为“就……警告(某人)”。
4.（湖北卷）Knowledge and learning are important if we want to be successful, but they may also _______our thinking.
A. direct B. limit C. change D. improve
【答案】B
【解析】direct意为“指示，指引，导演（戏剧或电影），指挥（管弦乐队）”；limit意为“限制”；change意为“改变”；improve意为“改进，改善”。根据句中but的转折，选B。句意：如果我们想要获得成功，知识和学习很重要。但是它们或许会限制我们的思维。
5.（湖北卷）The minister said, “We are ready for discussions with any legal parties, but we’ll never ________ with criminals.”
A. negotiate B. quarrel C. argue D. consult
【答案】A
【解析】根据句中的“discussions”可知后面的空格是“谈判”，故答案为A。本句意思是：部长说“我们愿意跟任何合法的组织进行会谈，但我们决不会跟罪犯谈判。” negotiate意为“谈判；商谈”；quarrel意为“争吵；吵架”；argue意为“争论；辩论”；consult意为“商量；商讨；咨询”。
6.（湖北卷）Clinical evidence began to _______, suggesting that the new drugs had a wider range of useful activities than had been predicted from experiments in animals.
A. operate B. strengthen C. approve D. accumulate
【答案】D
【解析】句中的“a wider range of ...”可知证据开始积累，故答案为D。本句意思是：医学证据开始积累，这表明这些新药比起在实验室里在动物身上所做的预测还有着更大范围的益处。operate意为“操作；运行; 做手术”；strengthen意为“加强”； approve意为“同意；赞成；批准”；accumulate意为“积累；积聚”。
7.（湖北卷）The government has taken measures to ______ the high prices of daily goods to keep the market stable.
A. take down B. bring down C. hand down D. tear down
【答案】B
【解析】take down意为“记下，拿下，拆除；拆卸”；bring down意为“使……降下来，减少，打倒，击败”；hand down意为“把……传下去，留给”；tear down意为“拆毁，撕毁”。根据后面的“以保持市场的稳定”选择B。句意：政府已采取措施使日常用品的高物价下降以保持市场的稳定。
8.（山东卷）They are broadening the bridge to ______ the flow of traffic.
A. put off B. speed up C. turn on D. work out
【答案】B
【解析】put off意为“推迟”；speed up意为“加快”；turn on意为“打开（水、电视、收音机、灯、煤气等）”；work out意为“算出，实现”。句意：他们正在拓宽桥梁以加快交通流量。
9.（江西卷）You can’t predict everything. Often things don’t _____ as you expect.
A. run out B. break out C. work out D. put out
【答案】C
【解析】run out意为“耗尽”；break out意为“打破，爆发”；work out意为“算出，实现”；put out意为“扑灭”。句意：你无法预言一切。事情常常不会像你期待的那样实现。
10.（江苏卷）—Are you still mad at her
—Not really, but I can’t ______ that her remarks hurt me.
A. deny B. refuse C. reject D. decline
【答案】A
【解析】句意：“你还生她的气吗？”“不见得，但是我不否认她的话伤害了我。”deny意为“否认，否定”；refuse，reject ，decline都表示“拒绝”的意思。not deny意为“无法否认”，故选A项。
11.（江苏卷）—You look upset. What’s the matter
—I had my proposal _____ again.
A. turned over B. turned on C. turned off D. turned down
【答案】D
【解析】turned over是“翻书，翻身，翻倒” 的意思；turned on是“开” 的意思；turned off 是“关” 的意思；turned down是“拒绝”的意思。根据句意，应该是“我的建议遭到拒绝”。
12.（安徽卷）As the story______, the truth about the strange figure is slowly discovered.
A. begins B. happens C. ends D. develops
【答案】D
【解析】句意：随着故事的展开，这个神秘数字的真相渐渐地被解开了。Develop意为“开发, 发展”，“把(主题或情节)逐步展现出来”，根据句意选D项。
13.（安徽卷）If you _____faults but you still want the bicycle, ask the shop assistant to reduce the price.
A. come across B. care about C. look for D. focus upon
【答案】A
【解析】come across是“偶然遇到，碰到、邂逅、发现”的意思；care about意为“关心，在乎”；look for意为“寻找”；focus upon意为“专注于”。句意：如果你发现这辆自行车有毛病但还是想要，你就要求这家商店的营业员减价。
14.(浙江卷) The school isn’t the one I really wanted to go to ,but I suppose I’ll just have to __________it,
A. make the best of B. get away from C. keep an eye on D. catch up with
15.（浙江卷） He decided that he would drive all the way home instead of ______ at a hotel for the night.
A. putting down B. putting off C. putting on D. putting up
【答案】D
【解析】put down意为“放下，平定，镇压，记下”；put off意为“推迟”；put on意为“穿上，戴上，上演，假装，增加”；put up意为“举起，建立，张贴，投宿”。根据句意选D。句意：他决定一路驾车回家，不在旅馆留宿。
16.（福建卷）I’d prefer to _________my judgment until I find all the evidence.
A. show B. express C. pass D. reserve
【答案】D
【解析】句意：我宁愿保留我的判断直到我发现所有的证据。Reserve意为“预订或保留(座位、住处等)， 推迟，留到以后”与后面的until相一致。
17.（福建卷）Born into a family with three brothers, David was_________ to value the sense of sharing.
A. brought up B. turned down C. looked after D. held back
【答案】A
【解析】句意：出生在一个有三个哥哥的家庭里，戴维被教导要重视分享意识。bring up意为“养育，抚养，教养”；turn down意为“拒绝，（把声音等）调低”；look after意为“照料，照看”；hold back意为“阻挡，妨碍，控制感情，隐瞒不讲”。根据句意可知A项正确。
18.（四川卷）To get a better grade, you should __________the notes again before the test.
A. go over B. get over C. turn over D. take over
【答案】A
【解析】go over意为“审查，复习，重温从头到尾检查一遍”；get over意为“越过，完成，克服(困难)，从(疾病、失望、震惊等)中恢复过来”；turn over意为“翻身，翻转，把……移交”；take over意为“接管，接替”。句意：为了获得好成绩，你应该在考试前好好复习这些笔记。
19.（四川卷） I often_______ the words I don’t know in the dictionary or on the Internet.
A. look up B. look at C. look for D. look into
【答案】A
【解析】look up意为“查（单词、电话号码等）”；look at意为“看，注视(某人或某物)”；look for意为“寻找”；look into意为“深入地检查，研究，调查”。句意：我经常在字典里或网上查我所不懂的单词。
20.（辽宁卷）What are you doing out of bed, Tom You’re ______ to be asleep.
A. supposed B. known C. thought D. considered
【答案】A
【解析】out of bed意为“未上床，起床”；be supposed to do意为“应当，应该”。句意：Tom，你不睡觉做什么？你现在应该睡觉。
21.（辽宁卷）You are old enough to _________your own living.
A. win B. gain C. take D. earn
【答案】D
【解析】句意：你已经到了可以自己谋生的年龄了。earn one’s living意为“挣钱；维持生计”，为固定搭配，还可以说“make one’s living”。
22.（辽宁卷）The exam results will be _____ on Friday afternoon.
A. put down B. put off C. put up D. put away
【答案】C
【解析】put up意为“举起，抬起；建立，竖起；张贴；投宿，留宿”；put down意为“放下；平定，镇压，取缔；记下，写下”；put off意为“延期，推迟；拖延”；put away意为“收起来，放好；储存；关押”。 句意：这次考试结果将在星期五下午张贴公布。
23.（天津卷）I _______ a bank account after I made﹩1 000 by doing a part-time job during the summer vacation.
A. borrowed B. opened C. entered D. ordered
【答案】C
【解析】borrow意为“借（入）”；open意为“开设”；enter意为“进入”；order意为“命令、订购”。根据句意可确定选项为B。open a bank account指“开设银行账户”。 句意：我在暑假中做了一份兼职工作挣了1 000美元之后在银行开了个账户。
24.（天津卷）She ________ an old friend of hers yesterday while she was shopping at the department store.
A. turned down B. dealt with C. took after D. came across
【答案】D
【解析】turn down意为“拒绝”；deal with意为“对付，处理”；take after意为“ 与……相像，性格
类似于，效仿”；come across意为“穿过，越过，偶然遇见”。句意：昨天在百货商店购物时，
她遇上了她的老朋友。
25.（陕西卷）Some insects ________the colour of their surroundings to protect themselves.
A. take in B. take off C. take on D. take out
【答案】C
【解析】take in意为“吸收，欺骗”；take off意为“拿走, 取下，脱去（衣服等），起飞，事业上的成功/腾飞”；take on意为“承担，呈现，雇用”；take out意为“把……带出去，清除, 除掉”。句意：一些昆虫为了保护自己，让自己的体色与其周围环境的颜色相似。
1.We can no longer ________ to consider water an almost free resource that we can use as much as we like.
A. permit B. afford C. expect D. offer
【答案】B
【解析】permit doing sth.允许做某事；expect to do sth.期望做某事；offer to do sth.主动提出做某事；afford
to do sth.承受得起做某事。句意：我们再也承受不起把水看作免费的资源，想用多少就用多少。
2.His mother kept telling him to his manners at the party. So he became impatient.
A. mind B. notice C. watch D. care
【答案】A
【解析】句意：他的母亲不停地告诉他在晚会上要注意举止，所以他很不耐烦。此处mind表示“注意，
留心”。notice表示“注意到”；watch表示“观察”，都不符合语意；care通常用作不及物动
词，后面不直接跟宾语。
3. To the couple’s relief, their only son is now fully to health after two months of treatment.
A. reformed B. refreshed C. restored D. renewed
【答案】C
【解析】句意：令这对夫妇欣慰的是，他们的独生子经过两个月的治疗完全康复了。reform意为“改革，改善”；refresh意为“使精神振作”；restore意为“恢复(健康)，修复”，restore sb. to health“使某人恢复健康”；renew意为“使更新，重新开始，恢复精力”。
4.We ________ that the magazines you have borrowed be returned to the school library before the end of this
month.
A. hoped B. permitted C. wished D. required
【答案】D
【解析】以上四个动词，只有“require”有“require that…should+原形动词”的句型。“should”还可以省略。
5.The former football champion is __________ of selling heroin to a number of drug users.
A. accustomed B. accused C. adjusted D. charged
【答案】B
【解析】be accused of=be charged with意为“被指控”。
6.More and more young girls are ______ to South Korean soap operas because of the beautiful scenes in them.
A adapted B addicted C admitted D affected
【答案】B
【解析】be addicted to 表示“对……上瘾/入迷”。
7.The headmaster will __________ a speech to the visiting foreign guests this afternoon.
A. deliver B. address C. announce D. declare
【答案】A
【解析】解题关键：掌握短语deliver a speech=make a speech意为“做演讲”。
8.The two families have________ their disagreements out of court in a friendly way, and this is what all of us expected to see.
A. settled B. solved C. defeated D. overcame
【答案】A
【解析】句意：两家人在法庭外以友好的方式解决了争端, 这也正是我们所有的人所期望看到的。此处settle表示“解决”。solve虽然也有“解决”之意, 但它的宾语通常是“问题, 疑惑, 奥秘”等, 后两项分别表示“打败”, “克服”, 与所给语境不符。
9. The new policy will ________ the elders a lot that people over 65 can take buses free of charge.
A. discount B. support C. approve D. benefit
【答案】D
【解析】句意：新政策规定65岁以上的老人乘公交车免费，这使老人们受益。动词benefit意为“使受益，对……有用”，合乎语境。
10.Speaking of public health, the spokesman says Chinese government will go all out to ________ product quality, especially food safety.
A. confirm B. ensure C. devote D. commit
【答案】B
【解析】confirm意为“证实，证明，肯定，确认”；commit意为“(就)……作出保证，承诺”；devote意为“致力于”；ensure意为“确保，担保”。句意：谈到公共健康时，那个发言人说，中国政府将全力以赴确保产品质量，特别是食品安全。
11. The professor’s speech on environment protection was well ________ by the students.
A. paid B. made C. congratulated D. received
【答案】D
【解析】be well received意为“受到欢迎”。句意：教授关于环保的演说受到学生们的欢迎。
12.Drivers, as the traffic rules say, have to stop their cars and wait until the traffic signals green.
A. get B. grow C. turn D. become
【答案】C
【解析】本题考查系动词用法的区别。句意：正如交通规则所述，驾驶员要停车等待直到交通信号变绿。
四个系动词都可接形容词表变化，但turn后常接表颜色的形容词。
13.If you keep practising your son in football, he ________to make a famous player.
A. wants B. hopes C. promises D. wishes
【答案】C
【解析】句意：如果你坚持对你儿子进行足球训练，他有希望成为一个著名的球员。promise意为“有前
途，有……的可能”。
14.What the young man can’t ________is that his mum always treats him like a baby.
A. support B. undertake C. hold D. bear
【答案】D
【解析】bear 此处表示“忍受”；support 表示“支持”；undertake表示“从事”；hold则表示“容纳”。根据语意“那个年轻人无法容忍的是他的妈妈老师把他当小孩看待”，选D项。
15.The girl nodded with a smile as if she had ________his mind.
A. read B. found C. watched D. noticed
【答案】A
【解析】read one’s mind 是固定搭配，表示“读懂某人的心思”。
16.Thanks to the success of the business, we can ________a flat this year.
A. make B. devote C. remove D. afford
【答案】D
【解析】句意：由于生意很好，今年我们能买得起房子了。Afford意为“买得起，负担得起”。
17.The idea of travelling abroad really _______a lot of Chinese people. That’s why every year witnesses more people applying for passports.
A. takes to B. caters to C. attends to D. appeals to
【答案】D
【解析】根据题中的后一句可知，出国游吸引了很多中国人，因此选择appeal to意为“吸引”。cater to意为“迎合，满足某人的要求”；attend to意为“照看，处理”；take to意为“开始喜欢”。
18.He didn’t ________what I said because his mind was on something else.
A. hold on B. hang on C. take in D. get over
【答案】C
【解析】句意：他没有理解我说的话，因为他刚才想别的呢。take in意为“理解，领会”；hold on意为“不挂断（电话）”；hang on意为“坚持，不挂断（电话），靠着，渴望”；get over 意为“爬过，克服，熬过，恢复”。
19.—I heard Back Street would sing at the New Theater.
—Where did you _____
A. pick that up B. put that up C. make that up D. take that up
【答案】A
【解析】pick up为“获悉或打听到消息”之意。句意：“我听说Back Street将在新戏院演唱。”“你从何处得到这个消息的？”
20.As I have an important exam tomorrow, I plan to for study tonight.
A. make up B. stay up C. turn up D. keep up
【答案】B
【解析】make up意为“构成；化妆；弥补”；stay up意为“熬夜；不睡觉”；turn up意为“出现，调大音量”；keep up意为“保持”。句意：因为明天有个重要的考试，所以我计划今天晚上熬夜学习。
21.In order to make as much profit as possible，we must a lot more new business.
A. bring in B. bring about C. take in D. take over
【答案】A
【解析】句意：为了赚更多的钱，我们必须引进更多的新业务。bring in意为“吸引，引入”，符合句意。bring about意为“带来，造成”；take in意为“领会；接受；欺骗”；take over意为“接管，接任”。
22.It seems impossible that the old lady who is so seriously ill can ________ this winter.
A. live through B. go through C. pass through D. get through
【答案】A
【解析】句意：看起来老太太病得很严重，度过这个冬天似乎 是不可能的。live through意为“度过”，符合句意。go through意为“通过”；pass through意为“穿过”；get through意为“接通”。
23.—How did it that you made such a silly mistake？
—I myself haven’t figured it out yet.
A. bring about B. come about C. come across D. come on
【答案】B
【解析】come about意为“发生，产生”，用于How did it come about that. . . 的句式中，意为“……怎么发生的？”。bring about意为“使发生，导致”；come across“偶遇，不期而遇”；come on用于督促对方或鼓励对方，意为“赶快，快点”。
24.—When did you staying up so late
—When I entered this school two years ago, where students have too much homework to do.
A. take in B. take on C. take down D. take to
【答案】D
【解析】take to在本句中的意思是“逐渐习惯于做某事”。
25.The volcano erupted violently , yet the village at the foot of it should _________.
A. come through B. go through C. get through D. pass through
【答案】A
【解析】句意：那座火山剧烈的喷发而山脚下的那个村庄竟然安然渡过危险。此处come through意为“（安然渡过）危机，疾病等”。
26.—Sorry, sir. If my bike doesn’t , I won’t be late for school again.
—What you say is hard to believe. This is the eighth time you have said so.
A. work out B. come across C. put off D. break down
【答案】D
【解析】break down意为“出故障，出毛病”，符合题意。
27.After studying English for four years in a university, Jane her job as an interpreter in the capital.
A. set out B. set up C. took off D. took up
【答案】D
【解析】此处take up意为“从事”。前三项分别表示“出发，开始”“建立”“脱掉，起飞”，都不符合语境。
28.This company is closing up, so lots of workers will be ______.
A. laid down B. laid out C. laid off D. laid aside
【答案】C
【解析】句意：这家公司要关张了，所以许多工人要下岗。此处laid off意为“下岗”。
29.The society today offers the young generation more chances to _______ their talent and skills.
A. give out B. take in C. show off D. carry on
【答案】C
【解析】分析题意为“当今社会给年轻一代提供了更多的机会来展示他们的才能和技能。”由题意可知，空缺处应该是“炫耀；展示”之意，故答案为C项。
30.The lectures given by Professor Smith ________a great number of students because of his humorous lecture style and rich knowledge.
A. adapt to B. appeal to C. attend to D. contribute to
【答案】B
【解析】adapt to意为“适应”，appeal to意为“吸引”，attend to意为“照料”，contribute to意为
“对……作贡献”，故本题选B项。句意：由于Smith教授教学风格幽默，知识渊博，他的课
吸引了许多学生。
31.—I think I should wear a dress instead of this jeans.
—It’s just a small informal party，so you don’t have to________.
A. warm up B. put up C. dress up D. keep up
【答案】C
【解析】句意：“我觉得我应该穿礼服不能穿牛仔服。”“这只是一个不太正式的小聚会，因此，你不必刻意打扮。”dress up意为“穿上特殊服装，乔装，化妆”。
32.Everyone in the village hoped that he would ________after a few days’ treatment.
A. pick up B. come up C. keep up D. make up
【答案】A
【解析】句意：村里的每一个人都希望他能在几天的治疗后康复。pick up 在本句中意为“好转，恢复”；come up意为“走上前来，发芽，发生”；keep up意为“保持”；make up意为“编造，弥补，化装，构成”。
33.It’s impossible for many people to have more free time because their work ________ much of their time.
A. takes up B. takes over C. takes off D. takes in
【答案】A
【解析】take up在本句中的意思是“占据(时空)”。
34.The market was filled with salted fish，________ the worst smell that you can imagine.
A. sending off B. giving off C. putting off D. setting off
【答案】B
【解析】句意：市场上到处都是咸鱼，发出你能想象出的最难闻的气味。give off意为“发出，放出(蒸汽、光等)”；send off意为“寄出，派遣”；put off意为“推迟，拖延”；set off意为“出发，动身，使爆炸”。
35.The little child was curious about drawing. He ______ the young man and his hands.
A. glared at B. stared at C. glanced at D. laughed at
【答案】B
【解析】stare at意为“盯着看”； glared at意为“对……怒目而视”； glanced at意为“对……匆匆一看/一瞥”； laughed at意为“嘲笑”。句意：小男孩由于对画画好奇所以他盯着年轻人和他的双手看来看去。
36.The most important words in this sentence have been ______, so it doesn’t make any sense.
A. left out B. held out C. set out D. made out
【答案】A
【解析】此处leave out意为“遗漏”。句意：这个句子中最重要的词被遗漏了，所以没有任何意义。
37.We spent many years studying the formation of rocks, experiencing many sufferings and even death. But our
hard work _____in the end, and we made it.
A. paid off B. made up C. gave away D. came out
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我们的艰苦劳动终于得到回报，我们成功了。pay off意为“偿清，回报”；make up意为
“组成，编造，打扮”；give away意为“分发”； come out意为“出版，事实真相大白”。根据
句意选A项。
38.The ship struggled in the storm and radio signals for help.
A. gave off B. gave out C. gave up D. gave in
【答案】B
【解析】句意：那艘船在暴风中挣扎并发无线电信号求助。gave off意为“发出（光、热/气味）”； gave
out意为“发出（光、热、信号等）”； gave up意为“放弃”；gave in意为“屈服，让步”。根
据句意选B项。
39. All these documents must be ________the university you are applying for before December, 31.
A. donated to B. sent in C. submitted to D. handed in
【答案】C
【解析】submit 表示“提交；呈递(文件、建议等)”；donated表示“捐献”，不符合句意；如果选用B项，应该用介词to，不可用in；hand in可以表示“交上， 递交， 呈送”，其中的in为副词。
40.— Dad, the cat refuses to take medicine. It seems to get angry.
— Oh, really It’s dangerous! ________its attack!
A. Watch out for B. Look after C. Take care of D. Look out
【答案】A
【解析】watch out for表示“留意，留心，密切注意”；look after=take care of（照看，照顾）不符合句
意；look out不能接宾语。故选A项。动词是英语中最灵活、最难掌握的词，在历年高考题中动词所占比例最大。设题时给出四个不同的动词或短语来测试考生在具体语境中对动词及其短语意义的理解和运用能力。主要出现在单项选择及完形填空中。
英语中的时态共有十六种，但是常考的或较常用的有十一种。见下表：
时态名称 构 成
一般现在时 do/does,（连系动词is/am/are）
一般过去时 did,（连系动词was/were）
一般将来时 will/shall dois/am/are going to dois/am/are(about)to do
现在进行时 is/am/are doing
过去进行时 was/were doing
将来进行时 will be doing
现在完成时 has/have done
过去完成时 had done
将来完成时 will/shall have done
现在完成进行时 has/have been doing
过去将来时 would/should do was/were going to dowas/were(about)to do
（一）一般现在时
1.表示经常或习惯性的动作，多用行为动词，且常与表频率的时间状语连用
We always care for each other and help each other.
2.表示客观事实或普遍真理(不受主句时态的限制)
The geography teacher told us the earth moves around the sun.
1.表示一个按规定、计划或安排要发生的动作，只用一般现在时；
The plane takes off at 10:00 a.m.飞机上午10点起飞。
2.在时间、条件状语从句中常用一般现在时代替将来时。但要注意由if 引导的条件状语从句中有时可以用shall或will表“意愿”，不表示时态；
I’ll go there after I finish my work.
If you will accept my invitation and come to our party, my family will be pleased.
3.以here, there开头的句子里，go, come等少数动词的一般在时表示正在发生的动作。
There comes the bus.汽车来了。
Here she comes.她来了。
（二）一般过去时
1.过去某一时间内经常发生或反复发生的动作或存在的状态
He lived in Beijing when he was young.他年轻时生活在北京。
2.表达过去发生的动作
We visited the factory last Friday.上周五我们参观了那家工厂。
1.有些动词如：think, want, plan等用在一般过去时中常常译为“原来认为/以为，原来想，原计划”。
I thought the film would be interesting, but it isn't.我原以为这部电影是很有趣的，但是事实并非如此。
2.考生有时用现在完成时代替一般过去时
Hello, I _______you were in London. How long _________here
A. don’t know; were you B. hadn’t known; are you
C. haven’t known; are D. didn’t know; have you been
【解析】非常容易误选B。其实答案为D，因为“didn’t know” 强调的是见面前不知道，即指过去不知道。
（三）一般将来时
1.表示将来的动作和存在的状态
The first time we’ll send you with an experienced reporter.第一次我们要派有经验的记者陪同你一起去。
2.表示一种倾向或习惯性动作
Oil will float on water.油会浮在水面上。
Crops will die without water.没有水庄稼会死亡
一般将来时几种特殊表达形式的区别
1.be going to：表示打算做某事或有迹象表明即将发生某事
I am going to visit my friend in hospital.我将去看望住在医院的朋友。
It looks as if it is going to rain.看起来好象要下雨了。
2.be about to：表示即时的将来。一般不与时间状语连用
Now ladies and gentleman, you’re about to hear the most incredible tale.
女士们，先生们，你们马上就要听到一个难以置信的故事。
3.be to：可用来表示计划、安排（通常是正式的安排）；指令；（表示可能）会做……，可能；必定会发生或已发生了某事；发布命令或告之规则
Their daughter is to get married soon.他们的女儿可能不久就要结婚了。
（四）现在进行时
1.表示现在正在进行的动作；
It is raining heavily now, so we must stay inside.现在正下着大雨，因此我们必须呆在家里。
2.表示按计划安排即将发生的动作；
My father is coming to see me this Saturday.这个星期六我爸爸要来看我。
现在进行时与always, often等频度副词连用，表经常反复的行动或某种感彩
Why are always forgetting his name 为啥你总是记他的名字呢？
（五）过去进行时
1.表示按计划安排即将发生的动作
My father is coming to see me this Saturday.这个星期六我爸爸要来看我。
2.表示过去某一时刻或某一段时间内正在进行的动作（这一过去时间须用时间状语表示）
He was preparing his lecture all day yesterday.昨天一整天他都在准备他的演讲。
3.用在两个过去进行时动作同时发生
I was writing while he was watching TV. 我在写东西而他在看电视。
4.表示过去将来动作
He said she was arriving the next.day.他说他将在第二天到达。
考生有时用现在完成时或用一般过去时代替过去进行时。
①—Hey, look where you are going!
—Oh, I’m terribly sorry._______.
A. I’m not noticing. B. I wasn’t noticing. C. I haven’t noticed. D. I don’t notice.
【解析】非常容易误选C。其实答案为B。因为对话的后者显然是在解释刚才不小心冒犯对方时正在做的事情，应该用过去进行时。
②He ______a book about China last year, but I don’t know if he _____it.
A. wrote; has finished B. was writing; has finished
C. was writing; had finished D. wrote; will finish
【解析】非常容易误选A。其实答案为B。从“I don’t know if he has finished it”推断，他去年一直在写，应该用过去进行时。
（六）将来进行时
1.表示将来某一时间正在进行的动作，一般带状语
When he comes to my house tomorrow, I will be writing the report.他明天来我家的时候，我将正在写报告。
2.表示现在正在进行的动作，但这个动作会延续 ( http: / / www.21cnjy.com / " \o "欢迎登陆21世纪教育网" \t "_blank )到将来
I think that she will be working on this experiment until next morning.
我想她做这个实验将会一直做到明天早上。
3.表示预定的将来动作或对将来的预测
Stop the child or he will be falling over.拦住那孩子，不然他会摔下去的。
将来进行时和一般将来时的区别
1.一般将来时不仅表示“将来”，还含有“意志、意愿”等的意思
I’ll try my best to hard work at English.我将尽全力努力学习英语。（含意愿的意思）
I’ll be studying English next term.下学期我将学习英语。（表示单纯的将来）
2.跟一般将来时连用的时间状语比较模糊，而跟进来进行时连用的时间状语非常具体
I’ll write a letter to my father tomorrow.我明天要给父亲写信。
I’ll be writing a letter to my father this time tomorrow.明天这个时候，我会给父亲写信的。
（七）现在完成时
表示过去发生的动作对现在产生的影响或结果，说话时已完成的动作。
I have finished the report. 我已经完成了这个报告。
She has cleaned the room.她已经打扫干净了这个房间。
1.表示从过去开始，持续到现在的动作或状态，往往和“for...”,“since...”表述的一段时间状语连用。
He has learned English for six years.他学英语已经六年了。
They have worked here since they left college.他们大学毕业以后就在这里工作。
2.表示“曾经到过某地（人已回来）”用“have/has been to”,表示“到某地去了（还未回来）”用“have/has gone to”。
—Where is Li Hua —李华在哪里？
－He has gone to the reading-room.—他去阅览室了。
—She knows a lot about Shanghai.—关于上海，她懂很多。
－She has been there.—她去过那里。
短暂动词（即瞬间动词），如：join,lose,buy,borrow,leave,go,come,arrive,die,marry,finish,complete,begin,
start, break out等，在完成时态中，其肯定式不能和表示一段时间的状语连用。
要翻译“他已参军已经三年了”。不能说：He has joined the army for three years.而要用以下三种方法：
①“ago法”：He joined the army three years ago.
②“延续法”：He has been in the army for three years.
③“since法”：It is/has been three years since he joined the army.
（八）过去完成时
表示在过去某一时间以前已经完成的动作。
He had shut the door before the dog came up.在那狗走过来之前，他已将门关上了。
Everything had been all right up till this morning.直到今天上午为止，一切都正常。
1.表示动作或状态从过去某个时刻开始一直延续到另一个过去时刻才完成，甚至还要继续下去。
At the age of ten, he had learned 500 English words.十岁的时候，他已经学了500个英语单词了。
He had been ill for a week when we learned about it.我们知道的时候，他已经病了一个星期了。
2.常用hope, expect, think, intend, want, suppose等动词的过去完成时来表示未实现的希望、打算或意图。
We had expected that you would be able to win the match.我们本期望你能赢得这场比赛的。
（九）将来完成时
用来表示在将来某个时刻（前）将完成的动作。常和by短语，when, before引起的时间状语连用。
We will have finished senior Book 2 by the end of this term.
到这学期结束时为止，我们将会完成高中第二册书。
1.在时间、条件状语从句中，用现在完成时代替将来完成时来表示将来某一时刻以前已完成的动作
Tell me what you think about the film when you have seen it.
你看完这部电影之后告诉我你对它的意见。
2.与by the end of引导的时间状语从句连用时要看“of”后面的名词所表示的时间概念来决定是用将来完成时还是用过去完成时。
We will have learned 2000 English words by the end of this term.
到这学期结束时为止，我们将学会2000英语单词。
We had learned 2000 English words by the end of last term.
到这学期结束时为止，我们将学会2000英语单词。
（十）现在完成进行时
用来表示从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在（还要继续下去）的动作。
He has been doing the maths problems since 8:00.8点以来，他一直在做这些数学题。
现在完成时与现在完成进行时的比较
1.现在完成时着重表示动作的结果
I have read that book.我读过那本书了。（知道那本书的内容）
2.着重表示过去发生的动作持续到现在还将继续下去
—Hi,Tracy,you look tired.
—I am tired.I_______ the living room all day.
A. painted B. had painted C. have been painting D. have painted
【解析】答案为C。强调动作从过去到现在的延续，可能还将继续下去。
（十一）过去将来时
相对于过去某一时刻而言即将发生的动作或存在的状态。
He told me he would go to Beijing.他告诉我他将去北京。
I was told that he was going to return home.有人告诉我他准备回家。
would do(表示过去的习惯)总是，总会，常常。
He would sit silent for hours.他常常接连好几个小时默默地坐着。
（一）被动语态的构成形式
被动语态 构 成
一般现在时 am/is/are done
一般过去时 was/were done
一般将来时 shall/will be done
过去将来时 should/would be done
现在进行时 am/is/are being done
过去进行时 was/were being done
现在完成时 have/has been done
过去完成时 had been done
将来完成时 will/would have been done
含有情态动词的 can/must/may be done
（二）被动语态使用注意点
1.主动表示被动的几种情况
①不及物动词与状语连用，用以表示主语的品质和状态。常见动词有：cut, sell, read, write, fill, cook,
lock, wash等。
This knife cuts well.这把刀好切。
These books sell well.这些书好卖。
The pen writes smoothly.这支笔写起来流畅。
Meat won’t keep long in such hot weather.肉在这样热的天气里放不长久。
The cloth washes well.这种布好洗。
②一些连系动词的主动式＋形容词。常见动look, smell, taste, sound, feel, prove, turn out等。
The apples taste good.这些苹果尝起来味道不错。
The flower smells wonderful.这花闻起来很不错。
The news proved/turned out true.这消息后来证明时真的。
Cotton feels soft.棉花摸起来很软。
③主语+need/want/require表示需要被……的时候，常用动名词的主动式表示被动或用不定式的被动式。（参看第八讲非谓语动词）
The car needs repairing.=The car needs to be repaired.这车需要修理。
④be worth doing表示某事值得去做。（参看第八讲非谓语动词）
The Great Wall is worth visiting.长城值得一游。
2.常见没有被动语态的动词（短语）
leave,enter,reach,become,benefit,cost,equal,contain,last,lack,fit,fail,have,appear,happen,occur,belong to,
take place, break out, come about, agree with, keep up with, consist of, lose heart
The Second World War broke out in 1939. 第二次世界大战爆发于1939年。
Our class consists of 50 students.我们班由50个学生组成。
3.常用被动语态的固定句型
It is believed/said /reported/hoped/supposed that…据信/据说/据报道/人们希望/人们认为……
It must be pointed out that…必须指出……
It is generally considered that…一般认为……
It is well known that…大家都知道……
It must be admitted that…必须承认……
对一般现在时的考查
①As you can see, the number of cars on our roads rising these days.
A. was keeping B. keep C. keeps D. were keeping
【解析】
②The father as well as children every Sunday afternoon in winter.
A. is going B. go C. goes D. are going
【解析】
③This machine _______. It hasn’t worked for years.
A. didn’t work B. wasn’t working C. doesn’t work D. isn’t working
【解析】
④Months ago we sailed ten thousand miles across this open sea, which ___ the Pacific, and we met no storms.
A. was called B. is called C. had been called D. has been called
【解析】
⑤Look at the timetable. Hurry up! Flight 4026 __off at 18:20.
A. takes B. took C. will be taken D. has taken
【解析】
⑥—What would you do if it tomorrow
—We have to carry it on, since we’ve got everything ready.
A. rain B. rains C. will rain D. is raining
【解析】
⑦Send my regards to your lovely wife when you _______home.
A. wrote B. will write C. have written D. write
【解析】
对现在进行时的考查
①—Have you got any job offers
—No. I________.
A. waited B. had been waiting C. have waited D. am waiting
【解析】
②Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts. The plane________.
A. takes off B. is taking off C. has taken off D. took off
【解析】
③Since I won the big prize, my telephone hasn't stopped ringing.People_____to
ask how I am going to spend the money.
A. phone B. will phone C. were phoning D. are phoning
【解析】
对现在完成时的考查
①—Do you think we should accept that offer
—Yes, we should, for we _______such bad luck up till now, and time out.
A. have had; is running B. had; is running C. have; has been run D. have had; has been run
【解析】
②Although medical science __________ control over several dangerous diseases, what worries us is that some of them are returning.
A. achieved B. has achieved C. will achieve D. had achieved
【解析】
③Danny hard for long to realize his dream and now he is popular.
A. works B. is working C. has worked D. worked
【解析】
④So far this year we ________a fall in house prices by between 5 and 10 percent.
A. saw B. see C. had seen D. have seen
【解析】
⑤—______ you ______ him around the museum yet
—Yes. We had a great time there.
A. Have; shown B. Do; show C. Had; shown D. Did; show
【解析】
对现在完成进行时的考查
①—I’m sure Andrew will win the first prize in the final.
—I think so. He ________for it for months.
A. is preparing B. was preparing C. had been preparing D. has been preparing
【解析】
②—I have got a headache.
—No wonder. You in front of that computer too long.
A. work B. are working C. have been working D. worked
【解析】
③I won’t tell the student the answer to the math problem until he ______on it for more than an hour.
A. has been working B. will have worked C. will have been working D. had worked
【解析】
对一般过去时的考查
①He _______football regularly for many years when he was young.
A. was playing B. played C. has played D. had played
【解析】
②T Judy is going to marry the sailor she ________in Rome last year.
A. meets B. met C. has met D. would meet
【解析】
③The play had already been on for quite some time when we _________at the New Theatre.
A. have arrived B. arrived C. had arrived D. arrive
【解析】
对过去进行时的考查
①I called Hannah many times yesterday evening，but I couldn’t get through. Her brother ________on the phone
all the time!
A. was talking B. has been talking C. has talked D. talked
【解析】
②The telephone ________, but by the time I got indoor, it stopped.
A. had rung B. was ringing C. rings D. has rung
【解析】
③I along the street looking for a place to park when the accident .
A. went; was occurring B. went; occurred
C. was going; occurred D. was going; had occurred
【解析】
④—It was really very kind of you to give me a lift home.
—Oh, don’t mention it. I _____past your house anyway.（2007北京卷）
A. was coming B. will come C. had come D. have come
【解析】
对过去完成时的考查
①The moment I got home, I found I ________my jacket on the playground.
A. had left B. left C. have left D. was leaving
【解析】
②—Did Alan enjoy seeing his old friends yesterday
—Yes, he did. He ________ his old friends for a long time.
A. didn’t see B. wouldn’t see C. hasn’t seen D. hadn’t seen
【解析】
③They became friends again that day. Until then, they _______to each other for nearly two years.
A. didn’t speak B. hadn’t spoken C. haven’t spoken D. haven’t been speaking
【解析】
④John, a friend of mine, who got married only last week, spent $3,000 more than he for the wedding.
A. will plan B. has planned C. would plan D. had planned
【解析】
对一般将来时的考查
①—_________leave at the end of this month.
—I don’t think you should do that until ______another job.
A. I’m going to; you’d found B. I’m going to; you’ve found
C. I’ll; you’ll find D. I’ll; you’d find
【解析】
②—What are you going to do this afternoon
—I am going to the cinema with some friends. The film ______quite early, so we _______to the bookstore after that.
A. finished; are going B. finished; go C. finished; are going D. finishes; go
【解析】
③Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts. The plane________.
A. takes off B. is taking off C. has taken off D. took off
【解析】
④—Are you still busy
—Yes, I _________my work, and it won’t take long.
A. just finish B. am just finishing C. have just finished D. am just going to finish
【解析】
对将来完成时的考查
By the time Jane gets home, her aunt for London to attend a meeting.
A. will leave B. leaves C. will have left D. left
【解析】
对过去将来时的考查
①—Tom, you didn’t come to the party last night
—I ______,but I suddenly remembered I had homework to do.
A. had to B. didn’t C. was going to D. wouldn’t
【解析】
②In a room above the store, where a party ________,some workers were busily setting the table.
A. was to be held B. has been held C. will be held D. is being held
【解析】
对进来进行时的考查
①—Ring me at six tomorrow morning, will you
—Why that early I ______ .
A. will be sleeping B. have slept C. have been sleeping D. will sleep
【解析】
②—Could you meet me at the airport
—I’d like to, but I’m afraid I a very important meeting when you return.
A. will have attended B. was attending C. am attending D. will be attending
【解析】
对于各种时态的被动语态形式的考查，解题时都可以分两步进行：一是根据上下文或所给时间判断时态；二是根据该动词与主语之间的关系判断语态。
①I like these English songs and they _______many times on the radio.
A. taught B. have taught C. are taught D. have been taught
【解析】
②I got caught in the rain and my suit________.
A. has ruined B. had ruined C. has been ruined D. had been ruined
【解析】
③If Newton lived today, he would be surprise by what _________in science and technology.
A. had discovered B. had been discovered C. has discovered D. has been discovered
【解析】
④—What’s that noise
—Oh, I forgot to tell you. The new machine ________.
A. was tested B. will be tested C. is being tested D. has been tested
【解析】
⑤—I don’t suppose the police know who did it.
—Well, surprisingly they do. A man has been arrested and ______now.
A. has been questioned B. is being questioned C. is questioning D. has questioned
【解析】
⑥He ________as a national hero for winning the first gold medal for his country in the Olympics.
A. regarded B. was regarded C. has regarded D. had been regarded
【解析】
⑦When he turned professional at the age of 11,Mike_____to become a world champion by his coach and parents.
A. expected B. was expecting C. was expected D. would be expected
【解析】
⑧At the end of the meeting, it was announced that an agreement_______.
A. has been reached B. had been reached C. has reached D. had reached
【解析】
⑨In a room above the store, where a party _______,some workers were busily setting the table.
A. was to be held B. has been held C. will be held D. is being held
【解析】
⑩—Your job ______ open for your return.
—Thanks.
A. will be kept B. will keep C. had kept D. had been kept
【解析】
不及物动没有被动语态
Why don’t you put the meat in the fridge It will ________ fresh for several days.
A. be stayed B. stay C. be staying D. have stayed
【解析】
2009年
1.(全国卷I)His sister left home in 1998, and since.
A. had not been heard of B. has not been heard of
C. had not heard of D. has not heard of
【答案】
【解析】
2. (全国卷I)Edward, you play so well. But I you played the piano.
A. didn’t know B. hadn’t known C. don’t know D. haven’t known
【答案】
【解析】
3. (全国卷II)Progress so far very good and we are sure that the work will be finished on time.
A. was B. had been C. has been D. will be
【答案】
【解析】
4.（北京卷） Scientists have many theories about how the universe ___ into being.
A. came B. was coming C. had come D. would come
【答案】
【解析】
5.（北京卷）The way the guests ___ in the hotel influenced their evaluation of the service.
A. treated B. were treated C. would treat D. would be treated
【答案】
【解析】
6.（北京卷）When I talked with my grandma on the phone, she sounded weak, but by the time we ___ up, her voice had been full of life.
A. were hanging B. had hung C. hung D. would hang
【答案】
【解析】
7.（北京卷）John was given the same suitcase his father and grandfather ___ with them to school.
A. took B. had taken C. were taking D. would take
【答案】
【解析】
8.（上海卷）Mary went to the box office at lunch time, but all the tickets ____out.
A. would sell B. had sold C. have sold D. was selling
【答案】
【解析】
9.（上海卷）During the period of recent terrorist activities, people _____ not to touch and unattended bag.
A. had always been warned B. were always being warned
C. are always warning D. always warned
【答案】
【解析】
10.（天津卷）My parents _____ in Hong Kong. They were born there and have never lived anywhere else.
A. live B. lived C. were living D. will live
【答案】
【解析】
11.（重庆卷） She stared at the painting, wondering where she it.
A. saw B. has seen C. sees D. had seen
【答案】
【解析】
12.（天津卷）—I’ve got to go now.
—Must you I you could stay for dinner with us.
A. think B. thought C. have thought D. am thinking
【答案】
【解析】
13.（天津卷）Professor Williams keeps telling his students that the future to the well-educated.
A. belongs B. is belonged C. is belonging D. will be belonged
【答案】
【解析】
14.（安徽卷）Daniel's family their holiday in Huangshan this time next week.
A. are enjoying B. are to enjoy C. will enjoy D. will be enjoying
【答案】
【解析】
15.（福建卷）—Why does the Lake smell terrible
—Because large quantities of water .
A. have polluted B. is being polluted C. has been polluted D. have been polluted
【答案】
【解析】
16.（福建卷）According to the literary review, Shakespeare his charities live through their language in his plays.
A. will make B. had made C. was making D. makes
【答案】
【解析】
17.（湖南卷）Would you please keep silent The weather report and _________I want to listen.
A. is broadcast B. is being broadcast C. has been broadcast D. had been broadcast
【答案】
【解析】
18.（湖南卷）—The food here is nice enough.
— My friend ______ me a right place.
A. introduces B. introduced C. had introduced D. was introducing
【答案】
【解析】
19.（江苏卷）The population of Jiangsu __ to more than twice what it was in 1949. The figure is now approaching 74 million.
A. has grown B. have grown C. grew D. are growing
【答案】
【解析】
20.（江苏卷）—Ann is in hospital.
—Oh, really I __ know. I __ go and visit her.
A. didn’t; am going to B. don’t; would C. don’t; will D. didn't; will
【答案】
【解析】
21.（江苏卷）—Hi, Terry, can I use your computer for a while this afternoon —Sorry. .
A. It' s repaired B. It has been repaired
C. It's being repaired D. It had been repaired
【答案】
【解析】
22.（江西卷）At present, one of the apartments in favor of the new airport ________ that it will going a lot jobs to the area.
A. is B. are C. will be D. were
【答案】
【解析】
23.（江西卷）—What is the price of petrol these days. -—Oh, it ______ sharply since last month.
A. is raised B. has risen C. has arisen D. is increased
【答案】
【解析】
24.（江西卷）—Do you want a lift home
—It’s very kind of you, but I have a much late in the office. I overslept this morning because my morning clock _______.
A. doesn’t go off B. won’t gone C. wasn’t going off D. didn’t go on
【答案】
【解析】
25.（辽宁卷） Excuse me, Marcia, a reporter from Vanity Fair ________ all day. Could you speak to her now
A. phones B. has phoned C. has been phoning D. phoned
【答案】
【解析】
26.（辽宁卷）My parents have promised to come to see me before I for Africa.
A. have left B. leave C. left D. will leave
【答案】
【解析】
27.（山东卷）The number of foreign students attending Chinese universities ________ rising steadily since1990.
A. is B. are C. has been D. have been
【答案】
【解析】
28.（山东卷）I was out of town at the time, so I don’t know exactly how it _______.
A. was happening B. happened C. happens D. has happened
【答案】
【解析】
29.（陕西卷）Dr. Smith, together with his wife and daughters, visit Beijing this summer.
A. is going to B. are going to C. was going to D. were going to
【答案】
【解析】
30.（陕西卷）This is the first time went a film in the cinema together as a family.
A. see B. had seen C. saw D. have seen
【答案】
【解析】
31.（四川卷）—Why don’t we choose that road to save time
—The bridge to it __________.
A. has repaired B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. will be repaired
【答案】
【解析】
32.（四川卷）—You speak very good French!
—Thanks. I __________ French in Sichuan University for four years.
A. studied B. study C. was studying D. had studied
【答案】
【解析】
33.（浙江卷）Over the past decades, sea ice in the Arctic as a result of global warming.
A.had decreased B. decreased C. has been decreasing D. is decreasing
【答案】
【解析】
34.（浙江卷）—What do you think of the movie —It’s fantastic. The only pity is that I the beginning of it.
A. missed B. had missed C. miss D. would miss
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(全国I卷)—Have you finished reading Jane Eyre
—No, I_________ my homework all day yesterday.
A. was doing B. would do C. had done D. do
【答案】
【解析】
2. (全国I卷)When you are home, give a call to let me know you _________safely.
A. are arriving B. have arrived C. had arrived D. will arrive
【答案】
【解析】
3. (全国I卷)The discovery of gold in Australia led thousands to believe that a fortune _______.
A. is made B. would make C. was to be made D. had made
【答案】
【解析】
4.(全国II卷15)Linda，make sure the tables ____ before the guests arrive.
A. be set B. set C. are set D. are setting
【答案】
【解析】
5.(全国II卷)Excuse me. I I was blocking your way.
A. didn’t realize B. don’t realize C. haven’t realized D. wasn’t realizing
【答案】
【解析】
6. (安徽卷)Bob would have helped us yesterday,but he .
A. was busy B. is busy C. had been busy D. will be busy
【答案】
【解析】
7.(安徽卷)—Can you surprised by the ending of the film
—NO, I____ the book, so I already knew the story
A. was reading B. had read C. am reading D. have read
【答案】
【解析】
8.(安徽卷)—We’ve spent too much money recently.
—Well, it isn’t surprising. Our friends and relatives______ around all the time
A. are coming B. had come C. were coming D. have been coming
【答案】
【解析】
9.(北京卷)In the spoken English of some areas in the US, the "r" sounds at the end of the words .
A. are dropped B. drop C. are being dropped D. have dropped
【答案】
【解析】
10.(北京卷24).—I'm not finished with my dinner yet.
—But our friends for us.
A. will wait B. wait C. have waited D. are waiting
【答案】
【解析】
11.(北京卷)—I'm sorry, but I don't quite follow you. Did you say you wanted to return on September 20
—Sorry, I myself clear. We want to return on October 20.
A. hadn't made B. wouldn't make C. don't make D. haven't made
【答案】
【解析】
12.(北京卷)It took me a long time before I was able to fully appreciate what they __ for me.
A. had done B. did C. would do D. were doing
【答案】
【解析】
13.(福建卷)Every year a flood of farmers arrive in Shenzhen for the money-making jobs they
before leaving their hometowns.
A. promised B. were promised C. have promised D. have been promised
【答案】
【解析】
14.(福建卷)—Guess what ,we’ve got our visas for a short —term visit to the UK this summer.
—How mice! you a different culture then.
A. will be experiencing B. have experienced C. have been experiencing D. will have experienced
【答案】
【解析】
15.(湖南卷)This coastal area ___________a national wildlife reserve last year.
A. was named B. named C. is named D. names
【答案】
【解析】
16.(湖南卷)I was just going to cut my rose bushes but someone____________ it. Was it you
A. has done B. had done C. would do D will do
【答案】
【解析】
17.(湖南卷)I walked slowly through the market, Where people_________ all kinds of fruits and vegetables. I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed.
A. sell B. were selling C. had sold D. have sold
【答案】
【解析】
18.( 湖南卷)I’m tired out. I __________all afternoon and I don’t seem to have finished anything.
A. shopped B. have shopped C. had shopped D. have been shopping
【答案】
【解析】
19.(江苏卷)—why, Jack, you look so tired!
—Well, I _____the house and I must finish the work tomorrow.
A. was painting B. will be painting C. have painted D. have been painting
【答案】
【解析】
20.(江苏卷)—Peter, where did you guys go for the summer vacation
—We________ busy with our work for months, so we went to the beach to relax ourselves.
A. were B. have been C. had been D. will be
【答案】
【解析】
21.(江西卷)Mother wanted to be a good provider, a role she since her marriage to Father.
A. shoulders B. shouldered C. is shouldering D. has been shouldering
【答案】
【解析】
22.(辽宁卷)Joseph ______to evening classes since last month, but he still can’t say “What’s your name ” in Russian.
A. has been going B. went C. goes D. has gone
【答案】
【解析】
23.(辽宁卷)I_______ all the cooking for my family, but recently I’ve been too busy to do it.
A. will do B. do C. am doing D. had done
【答案】
【解析】
24.(山东卷)Up to now, the program ______thousands of children who would otherwise have died.
A. would save B. saves C. had saved D. has saved
【答案】
【解析】
25.(陕西卷)I have to see the doctor because I a lot lately.
A. have been coughing B. had coughed C. coughed D. cough
【答案】
【解析】
26.(陕西卷)It is reported that many a new house at present in the disaster area.
A. are being built B. were being built C. was being built D. is being built
【答案】
【解析】
27.(四川卷)一When shall we restart our business
一Not until we our plan.
A. will finish B. are finishing C. are to finish D. have finished
【答案】
【解析】
28.(四川卷)You’ve failed to do what you to and I’m afraid the teacher will blame you.
A. will expect B. will be expected C. expected D. were expected
【答案】
【解析】
29.(天津卷)We _______ on this project for four hours. Let’s have a rest.
A. are working B. have been working C. worked D. had worked
【答案】
【解析】
30.(天津卷)Traditional folk arts of Tianjin like paper cutting _______ at the culture show of the 2010 Shanghai World Expo.
A. are exhibiting B. is exhibiting C. are being exhibited D. is being exhibited
【答案】
【解析】
31.(重庆卷)The book has been translated into thirty languages since it on the market in 1973.
A. had come B. has come C. came D. comes
【答案】
【解析】
32.(重庆卷)The palace caught fires three times in the last century, and little of the original building now.
A. remains B. is remained C. is remaining D. has been remained
【答案】
【解析】
33.(重庆卷)— Why do you want to work for our company
—This is the job that I for.
A. looked B. am to look C. had looked D. have been looking
【答案】
【解析】
34.(浙江卷) If you plant watermelon seeds in the spring, you __ fresh watermelon in the fall.
A. eat B. would eat C. have eaten D. will be eating
【答案】
【解析】
35.(浙江卷)For many years, people __ electric ears. However, making them has been more difficult than predicted.
A. had dreamed of B. have dreamed of C. dreamed of D. dream of
【答案】
【解析】
36.(上海卷)Every few years, the coal workers. their lungs X-rayed to ensure their health.
A. are having B. have C. have had D. had had
【答案】
【解析】
37.(上海卷) The church tower which will be open to tourists soon. The work is almost finished.
A. has restored B. has been restored C. is restoring D. is being restored
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（新课标卷）Planning so far ahead _____ no sense—so many things will have changed by next year..
A. made B. is making C. makes D. has made
【答案】
【解析】
2.（新课标卷） I wasn’t sure if he was really interested or if he ______ polite.
A. was just being B. will just be C. had just been D. would just be
【答案】
【解析】
3.（新课标卷） When Alice came to, she did not know how long she _____ there.
A. had been lying B. has been lying C. was lying D. has lain
【答案】
【解析】
4. (大纲卷） If you don’t like the drink you ______just leave it and try a different one.
A. ordered B. are ordering C. will order D. had ordered
【答案】
【解析】
5.（北京卷）Experiments of this kind _______ in both the U.S. and Europe well before the Second World War.
A. have conducted B. have been conducted C. had conducted D. had been conducted
【答案】
【解析】
6.（北京卷）Tom ________ in the library every night over the last three months.
A. works B. worked C. has been working D. had been working
【答案】
【解析】
7.（北京卷）—That must have been a long trip.
—Yeah, it __________ us a whole week to get there.
A. takes B. has taken C. took D. was taking
【答案】
【解析】
8.（北京卷）—Bob has gone to California.
—Oh, can you tell me when he _________
A. has left B. left C. is leaving D. would leaving
【答案】
【解析】
9.（上海卷） After getting lost in a storm, a member of the navy team _____ four days later.
A. rescued B. was rescued C. has rescued D. had been rescued
【答案】
【解析】
10.（上海卷） Did you predict that many students ______ up for the dance competition
A. would sign B. signed C. have signed D. had signed
【答案】
【解析】
11.（山东卷）When I got on the bus, I _____ I had left my wallet at home.
A. was realizing B. realized C. have realized D. would realize
【答案】
【解析】
12.（山东卷）She was surprised to find the fridge empty; the child _____ everything!
A. had been eating B. had eaten C. have eaten D. have been eating
【答案】
【解析】
13.（江西卷）We arrived at work in the morning and found that somebody ______ into the office during the night.
A. broke B. had broken C. has broken D. was breaking
【答案】
【解析】
14.（江苏卷）—I hear you ______ in a pub. What’s it like
—Well, it’s very hard work and I’m always tired, but I don’t mind.
A. are working B. will work C. were working D. will be working
【答案】
【解析】
15.（江苏卷）－Tommy is planning to buy a car.
－I know. By next month, he ______enough for a used one.
A. saves B. saved C. will save D. will have saved
【答案】
【解析】
16.（安徽卷）—I didn’t ask for the name list. Why ______on my desk
—I put it there just now in case you needed it.
A. does it land B. has it landed C. will it land D. had it landed
【答案】
【解析】
17.（浙江卷）The manager was worried about the press conference his assistant ______ in his place but luckily, everything was going on smoothly.
A. gave B. gives C. was giving D. had given
【答案】
【解析】
18.（福建卷）Last month, the Japanese government expressed their thanks for the aid they____ from China.
A. receive B. are receiving C. have received D. had received
【答案】
【解析】
19.（四川卷）All visitors to this village _________ with kindness.
A. treat B. are treated C. are treating D. had been treated
【答案】
【解析】
20.（四川卷）—What a mistake!
—Yes. I his doing it another way, but without success.
A. was suggesting B. will suggest C. would suggest D. had suggested
【答案】
【解析】
21.（辽宁卷）I’ll go to the library as soon as I finish what I _____.
A. was doing B. am doing C. have done D. had been doing
【答案】
【解析】
22.（辽宁卷）By the time Jack returned home from England, his son_____ from college.
A. graduated B. has graduated C. had been D. had graduated
【答案】
【解析】
23.（天津卷）In the last few years thousands of films __________ allover the word.
A. have produced B. have been produced C. are producing D. are being produced
【答案】
【解析】
24.（天津卷）On the next birthday. Ann ________married for twenty years.
A. is B. has been C. will be D. will have been
【答案】
【解析】
25.（陕西卷）His first novel ________ good reviews since it came out last month.
A. receives B. is receiving C. will receive D. has received
【答案】
【解析】
26.（重庆卷）That price of music sounds quite familiar. Who _________the piano upstairs
A. has played B. played C. plays D. is playing
【答案】
【解析】
27.（重庆卷）Look at the pride on Tom’s face. He _______ to have been praised by the manager just now.
A. seemed B. seems C. had seemed D. is seeming
【答案】
【解析】
28.（湖南卷）—John, what ________________in your hand
—Look, It’s a birthday gift for my grandma.
A. had you held B. are you holding C. do you hold D. will you hold
【答案】
【解析】
29.（湖南卷）In 1942, Columbus_______ on one of the Bahama Islands, but he mistook it for an island off India.
A. lands B. landed C. has landed D..had landed
【答案】
【解析】
30.（湖南卷）It is the most instructive lecture that I ________since I came to this school.
A .attended B. had attended C. am attending D.have attended
【答案】
【解析】
31.（湖南卷）In the near future, more advances in the robot technology ________by scientists.
A. are making B. are made C. will make D. will be made
【答案】
【解析】
1. I to go for a walk, but someone called and I couldn’t get away.
A. was planning B. planned C. had planned D. would plan
【答案】
【解析】
2. —Is Paul playing basketball for his school
—Well, he ,But he has given it up and switched to playing volleyball.
A. is B. was C. has D. had
【答案】
【解析】
3. The old woman who in the deserted house alone for ten years has been settled in a nursing home now.
A. lived B. has lived C. had lived D. has been living
【答案】
【解析】
4. She was surprised to find the fridge empty; the child _____ everything!
A. had been eating B. had eaten C. have eaten D. have been eating
【答案】
【解析】
5. And the horse ________ up to the finish line. They’re neck and neck... neck and neck all the way. Oh, the Italian horse Mamma Mia ________ the race!
A. come; is winning B. have come; wins C. are coming; won D. are coming; wins
【答案】
【解析】
6. Years ago we didn’t know this, but recent science study ________that people who don’t sleep well soon get ill.
A. showed B. will show C. has shown D. is showing
【答案】
7. —Are you glad that you come to work in Hangzhou
—Yes, indeed. I ________going to Guangzhou or Beijing, but I’ve never regretted my decision.
A. have considered B. had considered C. am considering D. was considering
【答案】
【解析】
8. —Excuse me, but I wonder if Bill is free at 3 o’clock this afternoon.
—I’m not sure. I am afraid he ________ 2012.
A. will watch B. will be watching C. is to watch D. is watching
【答案】
【解析】
9. —Why does the lake smell terrible
—Because large quantities of water ________.
A. have polluted B. is being polluted C. has been polluted D. have been polluted
【答案】
【解析】
10. —I suggest we set up an out of class club.
—Great! That’s exactly what I ________.
A. have been thinking B. think C. had thought D. will think
【答案】
【解析】
11. —I have just received another message, telling me I have won a big prize.
—Don’t jump on it. You ________.
A. should be cheated B. are being cheated C. are cheating D. must have cheated
【答案】
【解析】
12. With the rapid development of medical science, we ________ more new drugs used in the treatment of cancer.
A. see B. had seen C. will be seeing D. would see
【答案】
【解析】
13. At that time few people would accept Einstein’s ideas, which ________ correct many years later.
A. were to prove B. were proved C. would have proved D. were going to prove
【答案】
【解析】
14. —What were you doing when I phoned you last night
—I ________ my homework and was starting to surf the Internet.
A. have already finished B. was finishing C. had just finished D. was going to finish
【答案】
【解析】
15. I remember having met him at my brother’s birthday party, but we then.
A. were not introduced B. did not introduce C. haven’t introduced D. hadn’t been introduced
【答案】
【解析】
16.— the sports meet might be put off.
—Yes, it all depends on the weather.
A. I’ve been told B. I’ve told C. I’m told D. I told
【答案】
【解析】
17. If Newton lived today， he would be surprised by what in science and technology.
A. had discovered B. had been discovered
C. has discovered D. has been discovered
【答案】
【解析】
18. Living cost is rising and by the end of last month the prices of most foods ________.
A. increased B. have increased C. would increase D. had increased
【答案】
【解析】
19. I’m afraid I couldn’t mail you the report until about 8 o’clock in the evening because I ________on my way to
Guangzhou the whole afternoon but my train hasn’t arrived yet.
A. had been B. was C. am D. will be
【答案】
【解析】
20. —Has Tommy finished his homework yet ?
—I have no idea; he ____ it this morning.
A. was doing B. had been doing C. has done D. did
【答案】
【解析】
21. —Have you got your test result
—Not yet. The papers _____.
A. are still being corrected B. are not correcting
C. have already been corrected D. have not corrected
【答案】
【解析】
22. — I’d like to buy the kind of cloth which easily.
—Will this one
A. washes; do B. washes; work C. is washed; do D. is washed; work
【答案】
【解析】
23.Tell John not to leave the house unless he that the lights ______ .
A. will make sure, turn off B. makes sure; are turned off
C. will make sure; will turn off D. makes sure; will be turned off
【答案】
【解析】
24.Had you joined the chat room ten minutes ago, you would have known what we _______about then.
A. had talked B. have talked C. talk D. were talking
【答案】
【解析】
25.—How do you find the movie The Cove
— _______sad. It _______a bloody picture of dolphins being killed.
A. Looks; presents B. Looking; presents
C. Looks; presented D. Looked; presented
【答案】
【解析】
26.Daniel, you into things. How can anyone be so clumsy
A. always knock B. are always knocking
C. always look D. are always looking
【答案】
【解析】
27.—When did you come back
—An hour ago. You the computer games.
A. have played B. were playing C. played D. had played
【答案】
【解析】
28. Believe it or not, the Great Wall, which ______ by people, should be protected at once.
A. has been destroyed B. is destroyed
C. was destroyed D. is being destroyed
【答案】
【解析】
29.— Could you tell me the timetable of the school bus
— Well, the bus ______ here for the campus at 7：00 a. m.
A. will leave B. left C. is leaving D. leaves
【答案】
【解析】
30.— Will you attend the press meeting to be held this afternoon
— But I ______ anything about it.(2010·甘肃天水市三中高三月考)
A. wouldn't be told B. am not told C. haven't told D. haven't been told
【答案】
【解析】
31.— You look so young. Haven't you graduated from your university
— Yes, I ______ in the English Department of Shandong University for four years.
A. studied B. study C. had studied D. was studying
【答案】
【解析】
32.— Is there anything wrong, Bob You look sad.
— Oh, nothing much. In fact, I ______ of my friends back home.
A. have just thought B. was just thinking C. would just think D. will just be thinking
【答案】
【解析】
33.When I was at college I ______ three foreign languages, but I ______ all except a few words of each.
A. spoke; had forgotten B. spoke; have forgotten
C. had spoken; had forgotten D. had spoken; have forgotten
【答案】
【解析】
34. — Do you think we should accept that offer
— Yes, we should, for we ______ such bad luck up till now, and time ______ out.
A. have had; is running B. had; is running
C. have; has been run D. have had; has been run
【答案】
【解析】
35— I phoned you at 7 yesterday evening but nobody answered.
— Oh, I ______ my dog in the park then.
A. walked B. was walking C. had walked D. would walk
【答案】
【解析】
36.— Why are you looking so worried
— I sent an email to my son in America last week, but no reply ______.(2010·江苏泰州/南通市高三模拟)
A. was received B. had received C. has received D. has been received
【答案】
【解析】
36.— Isn't it a surprise that I happened to meet Francis Mathews at the Christmas party last week
一If my memory serves me correctly, you ______ each other for exactly two years.
A. hadn't seen B. haven't seen C. didn't see D. don't see
【答案】
【解析】
37.— Ouch! You hurt me!
— I am sorry. But I ______ any harm. I ______ to kill the mosquito on your arm.
A. didn't mean; tried B. don't mean; am trying
C. haven't meant; tried D. didn't mean; was trying
【答案】
【解析】
38.I can guess you were in a hurry. You ______ your sweater inside out.
A. had worn B. wore C. were wearing D. are wearing
【答案】
【解析】
39. I know Mr. Brown; we ______ to each other at an international conference.
A. are introduced B. have been introduced C. were introduced D. had been introduced
【答案】
【解析】
40.— What do you think of this kind of TV set, which ________ in Shanghai
— Well, I don’ t care such things.
A. was made B. is made C. has been made D. had been made
【答案】
【解析】
41.The vegetables didn’t taste very good. They ________too long.
A. had been cooked B. were cooked C. had cooked D. cooked
【答案】
【解析】
42.She ________ to the office than she got down to writing the report.
A. has no sooner got B. had hardly got C. no sooner got D. had no sooner got
【答案】
【解析】
43.—What’s that terrible noise, David
—Oh, I forgot to tell you. The new machines in the nearby plant________.
A. were tested B. will be tested C. are being tested D. have been tested
【答案】
【解析】
44.The attackers were arrested and didn’t know where they________.
A. would take B. are taken C. were being taken D. will be taken
【答案】
【解析】
45.—I hear you ________at Smith’s.
—Yes, I ________there for about three months.
A. work; had been working B. worked; was working
C. are working; have been working D. worked; have worked
【答案】
【解析】介词英语中称为“preposition”是由“前缀pre-（在……前部）+position（位置）”构成的，所以又叫前置词。一般放在名词、代词或动名词的前面。介词是虚词，主要用来表示人、物、事件等与其他人、物、事件之间的关系,如空间位置、时间先后、因果关系、方式方法等。介词与其宾语构成介词短语。可作介词宾语的主要有名词、代词、动名词（或动名词短语）、名词性从句等。
分类 特点 例词
简单介词 即一个介词 about, across, after, against, among, around, at, below, beyond, during, in, on等等。
合成介词 由两个介词构成合成词 into, onto, throughout, upon, within
短语介词 由短语构成 according to, because of, instead of, up to, due to, owing to, thanks to等等。
双重介词 由两个介词搭配而成 from among, from behind, from under, till after, in between等等。
分词介词 由现在分词转化而来 considering(就……而论), including，regarding，concerning等。
兼类介词 由形容词直接转化而来 like, unlike, near, next, opposite等等。
介词不能独立在句中做成份，介词后必须与名词、代词、或动名词构成介词短语在句中充当一个成分，
表示人、物、事件等与其它人、物、事件等之间的关系。
介词短语的功能 例 句
作定语 They didn’t find the solution to the problem.
作状语 We have breakfast at seven.（表时间）They were late for the meeting because of the heavy rain.（表原因）What do you mean by doing such a thing （表方法）Nothing in the world could live without air or water.（表条件）
作表语 When I paid a visit to you yesterday, you were not at home.
作宾语补足语 I found the old building in a bad condition.
介词是英语中最活跃的词类之一，使用频率相当高，其用法跟冠词一样复杂。但根据近年来高考命题的情况来看，考生需要掌握以下内容。
1.表示相同或相似概念的介词（短语）的区别
表示的概念 介词（短语） 区 别 例 子
时间 inonat at在一个时间点上；in在一段的时间之内；on在具体日子。 ①at 8 o’clock, at noon②in the 1990s, in January③on Monday, on a warm morning
sincefrom since 指从过去到现在的一段时间，和完成时连用；from指从时间的某一点开始。 ①We have not seen each other since 1995.②I hope to do morning exercises from today.
in,after in指在一段时间之后，也可以指一段时间之内=within；after表示某一具体时间点之后或用在过去时的一段时间中。 ①We’ll be back in three days.②After seven the rain began to fall.③What shall we do after graduation
in the endat the end ofby the end of in the end作“最后”、“终于”解，单独作句子成分，后不接介词of；at the end of 表示“在……末梢”，“到……尽头”，既可指时间，也可以指地上或物体。不可单独使用；by the end of 作“在……结束时”，“到……末为止”解，只能指时间。不可单独使用。 ①In the end they reached a place of safety.②At the end of the road stands a beautiful garden.③They decided to have an English evening at the end of this week.④By the end of last month he had finished the novel.
位置 betweenamong 一般说来，between表示两者之间，among用于三者或三者以上的中间。 ①You are to sit between your father and me.②He is always happy among his classmates.
注意：但有时说的虽然是三个以上的人或东西，强调的是两两相互间接关系时、在谈到一些事物或一组事物，而把它们视为分居两边时以及在谈事物间的差别时，就用between。 ①Agreements were made between the different countries.②The little valley lies between high mountains.③They don’t know the difference between wheat, rice and coin.
inonto in表示在某范围内；on指与什么毗邻；to指在某环境范围之外。 ①Changchun is in the northeast of China.②Mongolia is on the north of China.③Japan is to the east of China.
onin on只表示在某物的表面上，而用in表示占去某物一部分。 ①There is a book on the piece of paper. ②There is an interesting article in thenewspaper.③ He dug a hole in the wall.
ininto in通常表示位置（静态）；into表示动向，不表示目的地或位置。 ①We walked in the park.②We walked into the park.
throughacross through表示从内部通过，与in 有关；across则表示从一端至另一端在表面上的通过，与on有关。 ①Water flows through the pipe.②The old man walked across the street.
in the corner on the corner at the corner in the corner 表示在角落里，in指角的内面；on the corner表示“在角上”，on指的不是内面，也不是外面，而含内外兼有之意；at the corner指“在拐角处”，at指的是拐角外附近的外面。 ①The lamp stands in the corner of the room.②I met with him at the street corner.③He sat on the corner of the table.
除了 besidesexceptbutexcept for besides指“除了……还有，再加上”；except指“除了，减去什么”，不能放在句首。but 与except意思近似，表示“除了……外”经常用在no, all, nobody, anywhere, everything等和其他疑问词后面。except for表示“如无……就，只是”表明理由细节。 ①All went out besides me. ②All went out except me.③I never saw him reading anything but the newspaper.④His diary is good except for a few spelling mistakes.
表示的概念 构成 例 子
动作（表进行概念、表被动的关系） at+名词 at dinner/table在吃饭 at work在工作 at war交战 at cards 在玩牌 at work 在办公 at play 在玩耍 at rest在休息 school在上学 at press正在排印at church在做礼拜
beyond+名词 beyond belief难以置信 beyond control不听管教。
beyond compare无可比拟 beyond description难以形容beyond expression无法表达 beyond suspicion无可怀疑
in+名词或in +名词+of+名词 in the army在当兵 in need of需要 in action在运转in progress在进行 in operation在运行中 in use 开始使用 in sight看得见 in store贮藏着in course of construction正在兴建当中。 in (good) repair维修良好的
in course of shipment. 定的货正在运输途中。
in charge of 负责 in the charge of 由……负责
in possession of 拥有 in the possession of 被……拥有
on+名词 on business办事/出差 on holiday/vacation/leave在休假on watch值班 on duty值勤/日。on guard在值勤 on strike在罢工on sale出售 on loan借贷on the move 在移动，搬迁，离开 on the march在行军on the air在广播 on fire在燃烧。on trial在试用 on show/display/ exhibition在展出
under+名词 under control在控制之中 under discussion在讨论underdevelopment在发展中 under observation在观察中under test在被测试 under construction在建设中under fire在炮火中 under examination在检查/调查中under consideration在考虑中 under repair在修理中under arrest被逮捕 under attack受到袭击under medical treatment在治疗中 under study在研究中
其他 against one’s opinion反对某人的见解for one’s opinion同意某人的见解above reproach无可指责，无可非议 above suspicion不受怀疑above criticism无可指责at the mercy of在……支配下；任由……摆布for sale供出售 for rent供出租 within sight看得见
2.常见同一形容词与不同介词搭配时意义上的差别
常见形容词 搭配 意义
absent (be) absent from 缺席
(be) absent in 不在这里而在……
afraid (be) afraid of 担心……
(be) afraid for 为……而担心
angry (be) angry with sb. 对某人生气
(be) angry at/about sth. 因某事而生气
anxious (be)anxious for sth 急于想得到
(be)anxious about sth./sb. 对某事/某人担心
different (be) different from 与……不同
(be) different to 不关心
familiar (be) familiar with 精通，熟悉
(be) familiar to 为……熟知（悉）
good (be) good at 擅长于
(be) good for 对……有益
(be) good to 对……友好/态度好
popular (be) popular with sb. 受……欢迎
(be) popular for 因……而流行
strict (be) strict with sb. 对某人要求严格
(be) strict in sth. 对某事要求严格
3.容易混淆的含有介词固定搭配的词组
类 型 举 例
差一冠词，大相径庭 in front of（在……前面)——in the front of（在……前部） in charge of（负责）——in the charge of（由……负责）
out of question（毫无疑问）——out of the question（不可能） at table（在吃饭；在吃饭时）——at the table（在桌子旁边）
有无介词，意义不同 know sb.认识某人——know about sb.了解某人 shoot sb.击中某人——shoot at sb.向某人射击
search sb.搜身——search for sb.搜寻某人 believe sb.相信某人的话——believe in sb.信任某人的人格
benefit sb.使某人受益——benefit from sb.从某人那里得到益处
画蛇添足，误加介词 serve the people为人民服务（容易在serve后加for） enter the room进入房间（容易在enter后加into）
follow me跟在我后面（容易在follow后加behind） marry sb.与某人结婚（容易在marry后加with）go abroad出国（容易在go后面加to） live upstairs住在楼上（容易在live后面加 in）
母语思维，误用介词 be caught in the rain被雨淋着（不用by） leave for some place动身去某地（不用to）
set an example to sb.为某人树立榜样（不用for） in the direction朝着……方向（不用to）
do a favor for sb.帮某人一个忙（不用to） different from和……不同（不用with）
with the help of在……的帮助下（不用under） steal sth. from sb.偷某人的东西（不用of）read sth. to sb.给（为）……读（念）……（不用for）
①Although my opinion, the old professor didn’t come up with his own.
A. against B. on C. for D. in
②Some people choose jobs for other reasons money these days.
A. for B. except C. besides D. with
【解析】答案为C。句意：如今一些人选择工作时，除了钱的原因还有其他原因。besides意为“除了（包含除去的）”；except意为“除了（不包含除去的）”。根据题意besides符合题意。
③Some students often listen to music classes to refresh themselves.
A. between B. among C. over D. during
【解析】答案为A。between用于两者之间，也可指多个事物中的两两之间的关系；among用于三者或三者以上。“课间”是指两节课之间，因此应用between。
④This is a junior school. You should go to a senior school girls of your age. （2007北京卷）
A. for B. about C. from D. to
【解析】答案为A。for在此表示“适于、适合”。句意：这是一所初级中学，你应该去一所适合你这个年龄段女孩子的高级中学读书。
⑤ the silence of the pauses, we could hear each other’s breathing and could almost hear our own heartbeats.
A. In B. For C. Under D. Between
【解析】答案为A。句意：在停顿的沉默中，我们能听到对方的呼吸，甚至能听到我们自己的心跳。In意为“在……之中”。
⑥Sorry, Madam. You’d better come tomorrow because it’s the visiting hours. （2006福建卷）
A. during B. at C. beyond D. before
【解析】答案为C。beyond表示“（时间）晚于、迟于”。句意：对不起，女士，你最好明天来，因为参观的时间已经过了。
⑦This new model of car is so expensive that it is the reach of those with average incomes.
A. over B. within C. beyond D. below
⑧It was a pity that the great writer died his works unfinished.
A. for B. with C. from D. of
【解析】答案为B。句意：那个著名作家的作品还未完成他就去世了，真是遗憾。with引导的是复合结构作伴随状语。
⑨—What do you want ________those old boxes
—To put things in when I move to the new flat.
A. by B. for C. of D. with
【解析】答案为D。所提到的情景“To put things in when I move to the new flat. ”说明了箱子的用途。with的意思是“用”后接工具。如：cut with a knife用刀切。
⑩Luckily, the bullet narrowly missed the captain ______an inch.
A. by B. at C. to D. from
【解析】答案为A。介词by可以和表示数量的词构成短语，表示“尺寸、距离”等。句意：幸运的是，子弹在距离船长一英尺的地方与他擦肩而过，没有射中他。
现将（2006-2011）六年来高考全国卷和各省市自主命题卷所涉及到的介词短语及固定搭配总结如下，
以便考生熟悉这一块的考点。
英语 汉语意义 英语 汉语意义
above one’s own 在自己的……之上 in front of 在……的前面
above average 在平均分以上 in general 大体上，总体上
according to 根据 in honour of 为了纪念
after all 毕竟 in need of 需要，紧缺
along with 与……一道(又), 连同……一起, 随同……一起 in one’s mind 在某人心里
apart from 除……之外 in other words 换句话说
as a result (of) （由于）……的结果 in place 在适当的地方
as well as 也，还有 in place of 代替
be convinced of sth. 坚信 in praise of 歌颂，赞美
be curious about sth 对某事物感到好奇的 in return 作为回报, 作为交换
because of 因为 in search of 寻找
below average 在平均分以下 in short 简言之
beyond control 无法控制 in sight 在视程内，（被）看得见
beyond description 无法描述 in spite of 尽管
beyond reach 无法到达 in terms of 就……而言
beyond repair 无法修理 in the direction of 朝……方向
by chance 偶然地，碰巧地 in the form of 以……方式（形式）
by means of 通过……的方式 in turn 反过来
by nature 天生地 in vain 徒劳，白费
by oneself 单独地，独自地 instead of 代替，而不是
except for 除了（除去瘕疵、枝节末节） next to 次于，在……旁边，紧邻
far from 远离；远远不； 远非 of one's own age 跟某人自己的年龄相同
for one thing 一方面, 常与for another thing（另一方面）连用 on average 平均
hear from 收到……的来信，得知某人的消息 on condition that 条件是, 以……为条件
in addition to 另外=besides或except on one’s mind 某人有心事， 担心
in all 总共 on purpose 故意地，有目地
in case（of） 万一, 以防…… on the other hand 另一方面
in detail 详细地，详尽地 on time 按时，准时
in doubt 怀疑 on top of 在……之上/顶部；除……之外
in effect 实际上，生效，在实行中 regardless of 不顾，不管
in exchange for 作为交换 to the point 中肯，切题
in face of 面对 with regard to 至于, 关于
in favour of 支持 within easy reach 在容易达到……的地方，在……的附近
说明：例题请见以下的高考链接部分。
2009年
1.（全国卷I）Everybody was touched _________ words after they heard her moving story.
A. beyond B. without C. of D. in
【答案】A
【解析】beyond words表示“在言语之外”，即不能用言语来表达，也就是“无法形容”了。句意是“听到她的感人故事之后，他们感动得无法用语言来形容”。
2.（重庆卷）Try on this red skirt; you will look great it.
A. on B. by C. in D. for
【答案】C
【解析】Sth. be on sb. “衣服穿在某人身上”；sb. be in sth“某人穿着什么衣服”。由此可知答案为:C。
3.（福建）—How amazing it is that astronauts are exploring outer space!
—It’s a challenge, I guess, man against nature.
A. of B. for C. by D. about
【答案】A
【解析】应答句中的I guess是插入语，因此所填介词与challenge连用，表所属，用of，选A。
4.（陕西卷）He invited me to a dance after the show Christmas Eve.
A. at B. on C. in D. by
【答案】B
【解析】此处介词位于具体节日（日期）前，用on。
5.（北京卷）The wine industry in the area has developed in a special way, ________ little foreign ownership.
A. by B. of C. with D. from
【答案】C
【解析】句意：这个地区的白酒业以一种特殊的方式在发展着，具有很少的外国所有权。with：具有，
带有，表伴随。
6.（辽宁卷）Children need friends their own age to play with.
A of B for C in D at
7.（山东卷）It saves time in the kitchen to have things you use a lot _______ easy reach.
A. near B. upon C. within D. around
【答案】C
【解析】句意：厨房中把常用的物品放在够得着的地方能节省时间。within easy reach在容易达到……的地方；在……的附近。
8.（四川卷）A great person is always putting others’ interests _________ his own.
A. below B. above C. in D. on
【答案】B
【解析】put other’s interests above one’s own意思是把别人的利益放在自己的利益之上。
9.（湖南卷）Most Americans would prefer to keep their problems themselves, and solve their problems
______ themselves.
A. to; by B. by; to C. for; to D. in; on
【答案】A
【解析】句意：大多数美国人宁愿让他们面对自己的问题并自己解决他们的问题。by oneself表示“单独地，独自地”的意思。
10.（全国卷II ）Jenny nearly missed the flight ______ doing too much shopping.
A. as a result of B. on top of C. in front of D. in need of
【答案】A
【解析】as a result of意为“由于……的结果”。
11.（2009天津卷）The art show was _______ being a failure; it was a great success.
A. far from B. along with C. next to D. regardless of
12.（江苏卷）This special school accepts all disabled students, __ educational level and background.
A. according to B. regardless of C. in addition to D. in terms of
【答案】B
【解析】according to意为“根据”；regardless of意为“不管，不顾”；in addition to意为“另外”；
in terms of意为“就……而言”。句意：这所特殊学校接收所有的残疾学生，不管他们的教
育水平和背景如何。
13.（湖北卷）You’d sound a lot more polite if you make a request ______ a question.
A. in search of B. in the form of C. in need of D. in the direction of
【答案】B
【解析】以问题方式向对方提出请求显得更有礼貌。in the form of意为“以……方式”符合句意。in search of意为“寻找”；in need of意为“需要”；in the direction of意为“朝……方向”。 句意：如果你以问题的形式提出要求，那么会显得更有礼貌。
14.（湖北卷）His efforts to raise money for his program were ______ because, no one showed any intention to take a cent out of their pockets.
A. in place B. in sight C. in effect D. in vain
【答案】D
【解析】根据下文no one showed any intention to take a cent out of their pockets可知为集资做出的努力都白费了，应选择in vain。in place“和平地”，in sight“在视程内”，in effect“实际上”。
2010年
1.(北京卷)Would you mind not picking the flowers in the garden They are everyone's enjoyment.
A. in B. at C. for D. to
【答案】C
【解析】for enjoyment为了寻求乐趣。例如：We work in the garden for enjoyment.我们为寻求乐趣而在园子里劳作。
2.(湖北卷)It is illegal for a public official to ask people for gifts or money ____________favors to them.
A. in preference to B . in place of C. in agreement with D. in exchange for
【答案】D
【解析】in preference to （优先于）； in exchange for （交换）；in place of (代替)； in agreement with （同意，与……一致）。句意：政府官员为某人提供便利或帮助，以换取礼物或金钱，这种行为是非法的。
3.(江苏卷)So far we have done a lot to build a low-carbon economy, but it is ________ideal. We have to work
still harder.
A. next to B. far from C. out of D. due to
4.(江西卷)We give dogs time, space and love we can spare, and , dogs give us their all.
A. in all B. in fact C. in short D. in return
【答案】D
【解析】in return作为回报；作为回应；回答。in all 共计 in fact实际上 in short 简而言之。
句意：我们挤出时间，腾出空间，割舍我们的爱给狗，而狗以其全部回报我们。
5.（江西卷）Nowadays some hospitals refer to patients name, not case number.
A. of B. as C. by D. with
【答案】C
【解析】by以……的方式。句意：现在有些医院以名字来称呼病人，而不是以病号来称呼。
6.(天津卷)My father warned me _______ going to the West Coast because it was crowed with tourists.
A. by B. on C. for D. against
【答案】D
【解析】句中谓语动词warned和介词against搭配，构成warn sb. against doing sth. 相当于warn sb. not to do sth，意思是“警告某人不要干某事”。 句意：我父亲警告我不要去西海岸，因为那里挤满了游客。
7.(重庆卷)The dictionary is what I want, but I don’t have enough money me.
A. by B. for C. in D. with
【答案】D
【解析】I don’t have enough money with me 意思是“我没有随身带那么多钱”。
8.(福建卷)More and more high—rise buildings have been built in big cities space.
A. in search of B. in place of C. for lack of D. for fear of
【答案】C
【解析】in search of意为“寻找”；in place of意为“代替”；for lack of意为“因缺乏”；for fear of意为“生怕，以免”。句意：因为缺少空间，越来越多的高层建筑在许多大城市建了起来。
9.(辽宁卷) I agree to his suggestion ______the condition that he drops all charges.
A. by B. in C. on D. to
【答案】C
【解析】考查介词用法。介词on 和the condition that一起相当一个连词，引导条件状语从句，意思是“条件是，以……为条件”。 句意：我同意他的建议，条件是他放弃所有指控。
10.(四川卷)Tired, Jim was fast asleep with his back a big tree.
A. in B. below C. beside D. against
【答案】D
【解析】against此处意为“倚着，靠着”；below“在……下方”；beside“在……旁边”；in“在……
里面（时间）……之后”。句意：累了，吉姆背倚着一棵大树，很快就睡着了。
11.(浙江卷)I guess we've already talked about this before but I'll ask you again just ________.
A. by nature B. in return C. in case D. by chance
12.(上海卷)Sean has formed the habit of jogging the tree-lined avenue for two hours every day.[
A. between B. along C. below D. with]
【答案】B
【解析】根据句意“Sean已经形成了每天沿着绿荫大道慢跑两小时的习惯”，表示“沿着”时，应该
选B。
2011年
1.（大纲卷）This shop will be closed for repairs_________further notice.
A. with B. until C. for D. at
【答案】B
【解析】主句中be closed是延续性动词， until在肯定句中表示谓语动作延续到表示的时间为止。句意：商店将停业修缮，直到开业再作通知。
2.（北京卷）With new technology, pictures of underwater valleys can be taken_________ color.
A. by B. for C. with D. in
【答案】D
【解析】in color有颜色即彩色的，固定搭配。句意：采用新技术，水下峡谷的照片可以拍成彩色的。
3.（上海卷）Graduation is a good time to thank those who have helped you ______ the tough years.
A. through B. up C. with D. from
【答案】A
【解析】through the tough years，表示经历/度过了艰苦的岁月。句意：毕业的时候是你感谢那些曾经帮助你度过那些艰苦岁月的人们的好机会。
4.（湖北卷）When asked about their opinions about the schoolmaster, many teachers would prefer to see him step aside ________ younger men.
A. in terms of B. in need of C. in favor of D. in praise of
5.（山东卷）I’m sorry I didn’t phone you, but I’ve been very busy_______ the past couple of weeks.
A. beyond B. with C. among D. over
【答案】D
【解析】通过前半句“I’ve been very busy”现在完成时，可知搭配用的时间状语为“在过去的两周里”，固定搭配用介词“over the past couple of weeks=in the past couple of weeks”。句意：对不起，我没给你打电话，因为在过去的两周里我一直很忙。
6.（安徽卷）Sometimes proper answers are not far to seek________ food safety problem.
A. in B. to C. on D. after
【答案】B
【解析】本题考查名词后的介词的固定搭配。此句中主语为answers，意为“解决办法”，作此意时后跟
介词to或towards，故选B项。句意：有时不容易找到解决食品安全问题的适宜的办法。
7.（浙江卷）I always wanted to do the job which I’d been trained ________.
A. on B. for C. by D. of
【答案】B
【解析】train做动词意为“训练”，句意是“我总是想做我一直受训的工作”。后面的定语从句说明是什么样的工作，应该是“我一直以来（完成时）为此（for）被训练（被动式）的”，介词for表目的。
8.（四川卷）Nick, it’s good for you to read some books ________China before you start your trip there.
A. in B. for C. of D. on
【答案】D
【解析】on有“关于；论述”之意，故选D。句意：尼克，你在去中国旅行前要读一些有关中国的书籍是有好处的。
9.（天津卷）He was a good student and scored _________ average in most subjects.
A. below B. of C. on D. above
【答案】D
【解析】below average在平均分以下；of不与average搭配；on average平均；above average在平均分以上。根据句意可确定选项。句意：他是个好学生，大多数科目都在平均分以上。
10.（重庆卷）Shirley, a real book lover, often brings home many books to read________ the library.
A. in B. for C. by D. from
【答案】D
【解析】in 意为“在……里面”；by意为“在……旁边”；for 意为“为了……”；from意为“从……”，符合语境。句意：雪莉，一个真正爱读书的人，总是从图书馆带很多书回家去读。
11.（江苏卷）We’d better discuss everything ________before we work out the plan.
A. in detail B. in general C. on purpose D. on time
【答案】A
【解析】in detail意为“详细地，详尽地”；in general意为“大体上，总体上”；on purpose意为“故意地”；on time意为“准时”。根据句意。应该是“我们最好在制定计划前详细地讨论所有问题。”
12.（福建卷）_________ good service, the restaurant offers different kinds of traditional Fujian dished.
A. Far from B. Apart from C. Instead of D. Regardless of
1. Leaves are found _______ all kinds of trees, but they differ greatly ________ size and shape.
A. in; on B. in; from C. on; by D. on; in
【答案】D
【解析】叶子自然是长在树上的，用介词“on”。differ in 后面接具体的名词, 表示“在……方面不同”。
句意：各种各样的树都长叶子，但是不同的树叶的大小和形状却有很大差别。
2.Being exposed for a long time ______ strong sunlight might seriously damage your skin.
A. in B. under C. to D. over
【答案】C
【解析】be exposed to sth.为固定搭配，意思是“暴露于，遭受”。去掉干扰成分for a long time即可迅
速找到答案。
3.Ballet is not popular ________ our city because most people think it is too expensive to take the classes.
A. in B. with C. among D. on
【答案】A
【解析】句意表示“芭蕾舞在我们市不太流行”，in 表示“在……地方”。此题考生会误选B和C项，
be popular with/among sb.表示“受……欢迎”，介词后面接人。
4.We should talk about the things ________ the children's understanding in a simple way.
A. over B. beyond C. above D. under
【答案】B
【解析】句意：我们应当用一种简单的方式谈论超出儿童理解能力的事情。D项不符合句意；above和
over一般描述位置；beyond“超过，非……所能及”，符合句意。
5.Most pop music is influenced, ________ a greater or less degree，by the blues.
A. to B. on C. for D. within
【答案】A
【解析】degree通常与to搭配，to a degree意为“达到某种程度”。句意：大部分流行音乐都或多或少
地受到布鲁斯音乐的影响。
6.Putting the worries out of her mind, Mary turned her efforts ________ the evening meal.
A. to B. beyond C. off D. inside
【答案】A
【解析】turn…to是固定搭配，表示“(把注意力等)转向……”。
7.How the famous actor treated us made me feel he was not an important person out _____ reach, but kind big brother.
A. from B. of C. over D. to
【答案】B
【解析】“out of reach"为固定搭配，表示“遥不可及，力所不能及”，故选B。
8. I found the island a wonderful place for our experiments _______ the hot weather.
A. besides B. except for C. except D. except that
【答案】B
【解析】except 与 except for的区别是：前者主要用来谈论同类的东西；后者主要用来谈论不同类的东
西，在说明情况后作细节上的修正，有时含有惋惜之意。
9. Traveling ________ a speed of 160 kilometers per hour, we have covered a distance of 120 kilometers _______ less than 50 minutes.
A. with; in B. at; in C. with; for D. at; for
【答案】B
【解析】at the speed of ...意为“以……的时速”。in less than 50 minutes在不到50分钟内。
10. Guangdong lies ________ the south of China and still to the south, ______ Qiongzhou Strait, is the Hainan island.
A.. to; across B. to; on C. in; across D. in; to
【答案】C
【解析】因为广东省属于中国，故使用in；在琼州海峡对过应用across。
11. ______ two exams to worry about, I have to work really hard this weekend.
A. With B. As C. As for D. Because
【答案】A
【解析】 with复合结构：with+名词+动词不定式。这里表示原因。
12. ______ their return, they were praised as national heroes.
A. At B. By C. On D. With
【答案】C
【解析】on+（含有动作意义的）名词或动名词的结构表示“一……就”的意思。
13. It’s ________ me why Alice gave up her job and got married.
A. under B. above C. over D. beyond
【答案】D
【解析】句意：我难以想象为什么爱丽丝放弃工作而结婚了。It’s beyond me意为“超乎我的想象”。
14. The voyages of travelers before the 17th century show that they were not ________ the sea even though they
didn’t have modern navigational aids.
A. at the expense of B. at the risk of C. in the way of D. at the mercy of
【答案】D
【解析】此处at the mercy of意为“任由……摆布”。句意：17世纪前的航海表明尽管当时没有现代化的
航海辅助系统人们也不任由大海的摆布。
15.The new tax policy only affects people on yearly incomes over ￥120,000, the very rich.
A. by the way B. as a result C. in other words D. as a manner of
【答案】C
【解析】by the way意为“顺便说一下”； as a result意为“结果”； in other words意为“换句话说”；
as a manner of意为“作为……方式”。句意：新的税收政策只会影响每年的收入超过 12000元的人们，换句话说即富人。
16.The big snow lasted nearly half a week. What was worse, they were trapped in the mountain and badly ________ food.
A. in search of B. in the hope of C. in want of D. in charge of
【答案】C
【解析】in search of意为“搜寻”；in the hope of意为“带着……希望”；in want of意为“需要”；
in charge of意为“负责”。选项C符合句意。句意：大雪持续了几乎半个星期。而更糟糕的是，
他们被困在山里，急需食物。
17. With your brother's help, I've made great progress in English and I really want to do something for him ________.
A. in turn B. by turns C. in return D. in answer
【答案】C
【解析】in turn意为“依次”；by turns意为“轮流”；in return意为“作为回报/报答”；in answer意为
“回答”。根据前面的help判断，下文应为“我真的想做些事情来回报他”。
18. People in Los Angels have no idea of distance on the map，so they measure distance ________ time not miles.
A. by way of B. by means of C. for lack of D. on account of
19.To keep safe________ an earthquake，you should remain at a spot in your room where nothing may fall on you.
A. in search of B. in advance of C. in terms of D. in case of
【答案】D
【解析】in search of意为“寻找”；in advance of意为“在……前面，超过”；in terms of意为“就……
而言”；in case of意为“万一，以防”。句意：万一地震，为了保证你的安全，你最好待在一个
不会有东西掉下来的地方。故选D。
20.Mr.Clark working in our company is from the United States. But he is a Canadian ________.
A. by origin B. by nature C. by source D. by history
【答案】A
【解析】句意：在我们公司工作的克拉克先生是从美国来的。但论出身，他是加拿大人。by origin意为“论出身，就来源而言”；by nature意为“就本质而言，天生地”。
21.The company has changed some of its working practices ________ complaints and criticism from the customers.
A. in respect to B. in return for C. in exchange for D. in response to
【答案】D
【解析】从句意可知公司作出的调整是对顾客的投诉和批评的回应，in response to 意为“对……作出回
应”，符合句意。
22.After running for a mile yesterday，I was almost ________, not feeling bad，though.
A. out of shape B. out of breath C. out of control D. out of order
【答案】B
【解析】语意表示“昨天跑了一英里后，我上气不接下气”，out of breath意为“上气不接下气”，符
合语意。out of shape表示“走样的，身体不佳”；out of control表示“失控”；out of order 表
示“发生故障；秩序混乱”。
23.After the quarrel, I tried all my best to remove the misunderstanding between us，but all my efforts seemed ________.
A. in vain B. in case C. in time D. in trouble
【答案】A
【解析】句意：争吵过后，我尽力去消除我们之间的误会，但是我的努力看起来都白费了。in vain“白
费地，徒劳无益地”；in case“免得，以防”；in time 意为“及时”；in trouble意为“处于困
境”。
24.Many of the scientists and engineers are judged ________ how great their achievements are.
A. in spite of B. in charge of C. in favor of D. in terms of
【答案】D
【解析】in spite of意思是“不顾”；in charge of意思是“负责，管理”；in favor of意思是“支持，赞
同”；in terms of意思是“根据，就……而言”。根据题干内容可知，D项符合语境。即依据
他们所取得的成就来评定。
25. _______ I was keen on jazz, but I seem to have lost interest in it now.
A. At a time B. At one time C. At no time D. Of all time
【答案】B
【解析】根据was可知是指过去发生的事，故用at one time 意为“曾经，一度”；at a time意为“一次，
逐一”；at no time意为“决不”，位于句首时，要用倒装语序；of all time意为“有史以来”。非谓语动词是高考的重点和热点，也是我们英语学习中所碰到的难点之一。非谓语动词分为三种形式：不定式，V-ing分词（又分为现在分词和动名词）和过去分词。
1.非谓语动词的语法功能
所能充当的成分 主语 表语 宾语 宾语（主语）补足语 定语 插入语（独立成分）
V-ing形式 现在分词 ● ● ● ●
动名词 ● ● ● ●
不定式（to do） ● ● ● ● ● ●
过去分词（done） ● ● ● ●
注：常见作独立成分的非谓语动词
to tell you the truth(实话说)，needless to say(不用说)，to be honest/frank(老实说，坦白说)，to be more exact(更确切地说)，to make things worse (更糟的是)，not to mention…(更不用说)，Generally / Frankly / Roughly speaking (一般说来 / 坦白说 / 粗略地说)
2.非谓语动词的变化形式
非谓语形式 构成
时态 语态 复合结构 否定式
主动 被动
不定式 一般式 to do to be done for sb. to do sth. 或of sb. to do sth. 在“to”前加not或never
进行式 to have done to have been done
完成式 to be doing /
完成进行式 to have been doing /
动名词 一般式 doing being done sb.或sb’s doing作主语要用sb’s doing 在前加not特别注意复合结构的否定式： sb’s not doingsb’s not having done
完成式 having done having been done
现在分词 与动名词变化形式相同 在前加not
（一）辨别谓语与非谓语
特别注意分析句子的结构才能辨别谓语与非谓语。
①The traffic rule says young children under the age of four and __ less than 40 pounds must be in a child safety seat.
A. being weighed B. weighs C. weighed D. weighing
【解析】容易误选B或C，将其当成谓语看待。under the age of four and ____ less than 40 pounds用作children的定语。动词weigh与名词children是主动关系，所以选择weighing。
②______ blood if you can and many lives will be saved.
A. Giving B. Give C. Given D. To give
【解析】如果不注意分析句子结构，会误选A或C项。这是祈使句+and+陈述句的句型。答案B。
（二）非谓语作主语、宾语的重点
1.it充当动词不定式的形式主语或形式宾语
①It is important for us to learn English very well.对我们来说学好英语是非常重要的。
②I think it important for us to learn English very well.我认为对我们来说学好英语是非常重要的。
it作形式主语使用动名词的句型
①It is no use/no good/useless+doing sth.
It is no use crying.哭没有用。
②It is fun(a great pleasure, a waste of time)
It is a waste of time trying to explain.设法解释是浪费时间。
2.用不定式还是用动名词作宾语有特殊规定
①I don’t want ____ like I’m speaking ill of anybody, but the manager’s plan is unfair.
A. to sound B. to be sounded C. sounding D. to have sounded
【解析】want后要跟动词不定式作宾语，sound是连系动词不用被动式，与谓语动词没有时间的先后，故不可用它的完成式。答案A。
类似的知识点要记牢。如：help, hope, ask, refuse, decide, promise, wish, pretend, expect, arrange, learn, plan, demand, dare, manage, agree, prepare, fail, determine, offer, choose, desire, elect, long等动词后要用动词不定式作宾语。
②It is difficult to imagine his ________the decision without any consideration.
A. accept B. accepting C. to accept D. accepted
【解析】imagine要求用动名词作宾语。答案B。
类似的知识点要记牢。下列常见的这些动词（组）后要用动词动名词作宾语
suggest, risk, devote oneself to（建议冒险去献身）
finish, imagine, bear/stand, look forward to（完成想象忍盼望）
give up, delay/put off, regret, miss（放弃延期悔失去）
insist on/stick to, enjoy/appreciate, feel like, practice（坚持欣赏要实践）
pay attention to, excuse, escape/avoid, object to（注意原谅逃/避反对）
keep, be/get used to/be accustomed to, mind（保持习惯勿介意）
be worth, set about/burst out/get down to, be busy（值得开始将忙乎）
3.用不定式还是用动名词作宾语意义不同
In some parts of London, missing a bus means ____for another hour.
A. waiting B. to wait C. wait D. to be waiting
【解析】此题意为“在英国的一些地方，如果错过了公交车就意味着再等一个小时。”mean doing sth 意为“意味着什么”，mean to do sth 意为“试图、打算做什么”。答案A。
类似的知识点要记牢。
①动词本身意义不变，跟不定式和动名词意义不同
remember to do sth. 记住要做
remember doing sth.记得过去做过
forget to do sth. 忘了已做过的事
forget doing sth. 忘记要做某事
②动词本身意义改变，跟不定式和动名词意义不同
regret to do sth.对马上要或不做的事表示遗憾
regret doing sth.对已发生的事表示遗憾或后悔
mean to do sth.打算，想要
mean doing 意味着，意思是
try to do sth. 努力做某事
try doing sth. 尝试做某事
can’t help doing sth.情不自禁，忍不住
can’t help (to) do sth.不能帮忙做某事
be considered to have done被认为已经做了
consider…to be认为是
consider doing考虑做某事
③动词本身意义不变，跟不定式被动式和动名词意义相同
want，need，require接动名词表示被动意义，接不定式就要用被动式，这时主语与动名词之间为动宾关系
These young trees require looking after（=to be looked after）.
The matter needs thinking over(=to be thought over).
④下列动词跟动词不定式做目的状语，跟动名词作宾语
stop to do停下来，要做另一件事（不定式作目的状语）
stop doing停止做（动名词作宾语）
go on to do接着做另一件事（不定式作目的状语）
go on doing继续做同一件事（动名词作宾语）
4.有些动词后要用“疑问词＋不定式”结构作复合宾语
It is said that in Australia there is more land than the government knows _____.
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
【解析】本题考查“疑问词＋不定式”和动词短语 do with 的用法。答案C。
（三）非谓语作表语的重点
①不定式、动名词与分词作表语的区别。不定式和动名词作表语相当于一个名词作表语，含义是回答主语“是什么”；分词作表语相当于形容词作表语，含义是回答主语“怎么样”。
Our plan is to keep the affair secret.我们的计划是让这件事成为秘密。
Their job is making wheelchairs for disabled people.他们的工作是为残疾人制造轮椅。
The music they are playing sounds exciting.他们演奏的音乐听起来令人激动。
This beautiful village remains unknown to the rest of the world.
这个美丽的村庄仍未外界所知。
②现在分词和过去分词作表语的区别。现在分词和过去分词作表语都是用于回答主语“怎么样”的。现在分词说明主语的特征，过去分词说明主语的状态。如：
This dog is frightening.这条狗让人害怕。（说明狗的特征）
This dog is frightened.这条狗有些害怕。（说明狗的心理状态）
Climbing is tiring and we are completely tired after a day's climbing.
爬山是累人的，爬了一天的山我们都全累坏了。（tiring说明climbing的特征，tired说明我们的状态）
注意：在下列句中，非谓语动词具体的语法功能
What he wanted to suggest is to cut down the price and increase the sales.
他想建议的是降价促销。（不定式作表语，说明主语“是什么”）
My American teacher is to leave China soon.
我的美国老师即将离开中国。（不定式作表语，表示将来）
Her work is taking care of the children.她的工作是照顾小孩。（现在分词作表语，说明主语“是什么”）
She is taking care of the children.她在照料小孩。（构成进行时，说明主语正在执行的动作）
The cup is broken.杯子碎了。（过去分词作表语，说明主语所处的状态）
The cup was broken by Peter.杯子是被彼得打坏的。（构成被动语态，说明主语是动作的承受者）
（四）非谓语作宾语补足语的重点
1.理解下表中所列的关系
非谓语 与宾语的逻辑关系 与谓语动作的时间关系
不定式 主动关系 ①在谓语动词后发生②不带to的不定式表示动作的全过程
现在分词 主动关系 同时进行
过去分词 被动关系 动作已经完成或表示状态
When I came in, I saw her dancing happily. （主动进行）
I saw him go to the cinema.（主动，全过程）
We heard her singing next door.（主动进行）
We heard the song sung by her next door. （被动完成）
We heard the song being sung next door. （被动进行）
2.下列动词和短语必须以用不定式作宾语补足语
wish, want, ask, require/request, order, warn, allow/permit, forbid, expect, remind, encourage, inspire, call on, depend on
注意：advise/allow/permit/forbid +宾语+不定式作宾语补足语
advise/allow/permit/forbid +动名词作宾语时
①What did the librarian _____ out of the library
A. permit to take B. forbid to be taken
C. allow to take D. insist being taken
②I don’t allow ______ in my office and I don’t allow my family ______ at all.
A. to smoke…smoking B. smoking…to smoke
C. to smoke…to smoke D. smoking…smoking
答案：BB
3. 在think, consider, find等动词后常用to be +adj. 结构作宾语补足语，有时to be省略。
We all discover him (to be) kind and honest.
4.几个特别的结构
▲have+宾语+do/doing/done
①“ have + 宾语+ do sth ”意为“让/叫/使某人做某事”。此结构中的 have 是使役动词，宾语后的 do sth 是不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语。
The boss often has them work for 14 hours a day.老板经常要他们一天工作14 个小时。
②“have +宾语+ doing”意为“叫/让/使某人做某事或让某种情况发生”。宾语后面用现在分词作宾语补足语，表示宾语与现在分词表示的动作之间为主动关系，且动作正在进行。
Don’t have the dog barking much, Lilin. 李林，别让狗狂吠不停。
③“ have + 宾语+done”意为“让/叫/使/请别人做某事”或者是“遭受/遭遇了……，此时，主语是无意中的受害者，而不是动作的执行者”的意思。宾语后面用过去分词作宾语补足语，说明宾语与过去分词表示的动作之间是被动关系。
We had the machine mended just now.我们刚才请人把机器修好了。
He had his leg injured while playing football.他在踢足球时腿受了伤。
▲get+宾语+to do/doing/done
三种结构的意义请参看上述“have+宾语+do/doing/done”的意义解释。
He got his sister to help him with his clothes. 他让姐姐帮他洗衣服。
Can you really get that old clock going again 你真的能让那辆旧钟再走起来吗？
Doris got her bad tooth pulled out in the hospital. 多丽丝在医院把坏牙拔了。
▲catch sb. doing sth逮住某人干某事
If she catches me reading her diary, she’ll be furious.如果她抓住我偷看她的日记，她会愤怒的。
▲make + oneself + done
oneself 与其后的过去分词存在着动宾关系，或者说是被动关系
He raised his voice in order to make himself heard. 他提高了嗓门为了使别人听清他的讲话。
（五）非谓语作定语的重点
1.理解下表中所列的关系
分类 形式 与被修饰词的逻辑关系 与谓语动作的时间关系
不定式 to do 动宾关系 在谓语动作后发生
“the last/next/first...” 后常接不定式作定语，表示主谓关系 在谓语动作前或者后发生
to be done 被动关系 在谓语动作后发生
现在分词 doing 主动关系 与谓语动作同时进行
being done 被动关系 与谓语动作同时进行
过去分词 done 被动关系 在谓语动作之前发生
存在的状态或情况
It is a good chance to practice your spoken English.这是练习你的口语的好机会。
He was the last one to leave the office. 他是最后一个离开办公室的。
The woman standing over there is our English teacher.站在那边的那个妇女是我们的英语老师。
The house to be built (=which will be built/which is to be built) next year will be our new library.（将要建的）
The house being built (=which is being built) now will be our new library.（正在建的）
The house built (=which was built) last year is our new library now.（已经建成的）
I like reading books written by Lu Xun.我喜欢读鲁迅写的小说。
2.动词不定式尾后的介词不能丢
When I handed the report to John, he said that George was the person ______.
A. to send B. for sending it C. to send it to D. for sending it to
【解析】该题中须用不定式短语作后置定语，排除B 和D；答案A中，没有to就意味着是把George 这个人打发走。本句意思是将该报告送给这个人—George, it 指这个报告，因此to不能少。答案C。
（六）非谓语作状语的重点
1.理解下表中所列的关系
非谓语 与逻辑主语（即句子的主语）的关系 与谓语动作的时间关系
doing（一般式）作状语 主动关系 （几乎）与谓语动作同时进行
having done（完成式）作状语 主动关系 先于谓语动作发生
having been done（完成被动式）作状语 被动关系 先于谓语动作发生
done（过去分词）作状语 被动关系 已经在过去发生或是不十分强调时间概念
Waiting (=When I was waiting) to see the doctor, I met with a friend of mine.
Having (=Because we have) made full preparations, we are sure to be successful.
Having been shown around(=After we had been shown) the library, we were then taken to see the laboratory.
Seen (=When the town is seen) from the hill, the town looks more beautiful.
Locked (=When he was locked) up in the room, he found himself isolated from the outer world.
2.too…to…, enough to do…, only to…等结构表示结果
The boy is too young to join the navy.这男孩太小参不了海军。
The hall is big enough to hold 1,000 people. 这厅大得足以容纳一千人。
They lift a rock only to drop it on their own feet他们搬起石头结果却砸了自己的脚。
注意：动词作结果作状语表示未曾预料的结果，而现在分词作结果状语表示自然而然或必然的结果。
Her husband died in 1942, leaving her with five children.
The bus was held up by snowstorm, thus causing the delay.
3.分词（短语）作状语的附着规则
使用分词（短语）作句子状语时，有一条规则必须遵守：即分词（短语）的逻辑主语应当与句子的主语一致，否则句子就是错句。
_____from the top of the tower, the south foot of the mountain is a sea of trees.
A. Seen B. Seeing C. Have seen D. To see
【解析】此处是非谓语动词做状语，逻辑主语是句子的主语，非谓语动词与逻辑主语是被动关系，用过去分词。答案A。
对比：Seeing from the top of the tower, we can find the south foot of the mountain is a sea of trees.
主要：已经成为固定用法的非谓语动词（短语）不需要遵守这条附着规则
常见的的有：considering…(鉴于/考虑到……)，judging by/from…(从……来看，依据……来判断)，supposing that…(假定……)，providing that… (假定……)，according to…(依据……)，including…(包括……)，owing to…(由于……)，talking/speaking of…(谈及……)
given…(考虑到……), provided that…(如果……)
4.独立主格结构和with复合结构
▲逻辑主语+不定式/现在分词/过去分词
I send you 100 dollars today, the rest to follow in a year.
今天我先给你寄100美元。其余的钱一年内陆续寄过去。
Weather permitting, I’ll go to the park with my parents on Sunday.
如果天气允许，星期天我将和爸妈去公园。
All things considered, the planned trip will have to be called off.
考虑到所有的情况，原来计划好的旅行不得不取消。
▲with(without)+宾语+不定式/现在分词/过去分词
With a lot of difficult problems to settle ,the newly —elected president is having a hard time.
有很多难题要解决新任总统日子可不好过！
Without anything to eat, he died of hunger. 由于没有东西吃，他饿死了。
The Yangtze river is very busy with so many boats and ships coming and going every day.
每天长江上各种船只来来往往显得格外忙碌。
Without any more time given, we couldn't finish the task in three weeks.
如果不另给我们时间的话，我们三星期之内完成不了任务。
With everything well arranged, he left the office.一切都安排妥善之后，他离开了办公室。
（七）不定式的省略
不定式的省略我们可以分作两种，一种是对不定式符号“to”的省略（如：make sb. do sth等）；另一种则是不定式符号“ to ”后省略实义动词的形式。这儿讲的是第二种情况（又称不定式符号to的替代作用）。
常见情形有：
①would/should like/love to, used to, have to, ought to, be going to, be able to, be willing to 等后面的to均
为不定式符号，重复时可省略to后该不定式短语。如：
— Could you lend me your dictionary 能把你的词典借给我吗？
— I’d like to (lend you my dictionary). 行。
②动词afford, agree, expect, forget, hope, intend, manage, need, pretend, refuse, try, want, wish等后面常
接不定式短语作宾语，重复时可省略to后该宾语。如：
You may ask him for help if you want to (ask him for help). 如果你愿意，可以请他帮你。
③动词allow, beg, expect, forbid, force, invite, order, permit, tell, persuade等后面常接不定式短语作宾语
补足语，重复时可省略to后该宾语补足语。如：
I’ll go to her birthday party if she invites me to (go to her birthday party).
如果她邀请我参加她的生日聚会，我会去。
（八）非谓语动词的逻辑主语
一般说来非谓语动词的逻辑主语要么就是句子的主语或宾语，要么就是被它所修饰的中心词。但是有时需要明确非谓语动词所表示动作的执行者或承受者，这时就要标明它的逻辑主语。
①当动名词短语作主语、宾语或表语时，具有名词特性，其逻辑主语由“名词所有格或形容词性物主代词”表示，放在动名词短语之前。当动名词短语不在句首时，也可由“名词普通格或代词宾
格”表示。
Helen’s/Her being absent made the teacher very angry. 海伦/她没来上课，让老师很生气。
They insisted on my/me speaking at the meeting. 他们坚持要我在会上发言。
②形容词+for + 名词或代词 + 动词不定式
形容词通常表示事物的性质
It is necessary for you to finish the work before Friday.你们有必要在星期五前做完这项工作。
His idea is for us to travel in different cars.他的主意是让我们乘不同的车去旅游。
③形容词+of+ 名词或代词 + 动词不定式
形容词往往表示人物的性格和特征
How careless it is of him to break such a valuable vase! 他真不小心，把如此贵重的花瓶打破了。
It’s brave of you to go into the burning building to save the baby!
你真勇敢，冲进着火的大楼里救这个婴儿
（九）关于there be 的非谓语形式
there be非谓语形式可在句中作主语、宾语、状语和定语
1.作动词宾语时，通常用there to be结构，而不用there being。能这样用的及物动词为：expect，like，mean，intend，want，prefer，hate等，如：
We don't want there to be any comrades lagging behind.我们不希望有任何同志掉队。
They hate there to be long queues everywhere..他们不愿意处处都要排长队。
We have no objection to there being a meeting here．我们并不反对在这里开会。
2.作状语多用there being结构，但若置于介词for之后要用there to be
There being nobody else at hand, I had to do by myself．由于附近没有人，我只得独自干了。(原因状语)
It’s too early for there to be anybody up．太早了，还不会有人起床。(作程度状语)
There having been no rain for a long time，the ground was very dry.
因为好长时间没下雨了，地面非常干燥。(原因状语)
3.作主语时两种结构都可以，但如是用for引导则要用there to be.
It is not uncommon for there to be problems of communication between old and young.
老人与年青人之间存在着沟通问题是很常见的。
There being a kindergarten on campus is a great convenience to female teachers.
校园内有幼儿园对女教师十分方便。
Please do me a favor — ______ my friend Mr. Smith to Youth Theater at 7:30 tonight.
A. to invite B. inviting C. invite D. invited
【解析】
1.作宾语时的区别
①I can’t stand _____ with Jane in the same office. She just refuses______ talking while she works.
A. working , stopping B. to work, stopping C. working, to stop D. to work , to stop
【解析】
②Isn't it time you got down to______ the papers
A. mark B. be marked C. being marked D. marking
【解析】
③There is a new problem involved in the popularity of private cars ____ road conditions need _______.
A. that, to be improved B. which , to be improved
C. where, improving D. when, improving
【解析】
④Susan wanted to be independent of her parents. She tried alone, but she didn’t like it and moved back
home.
A. living B. to live C. to be living D. having lived
【解析】
⑤All the staff in our company are considering______ to the city centre for the fashion show.
A. to go B. going C. to have gone D. having gone
【解析】
2.作表语时的区别
①Tom sounds very much ______ in the job, but I’m not sure whether he can manage it.
A. interested B. interesting C. interestingly D. interestedly
【解析】
②Please remain ;the winner of the prize will be announced soon.
A. seating B. seated C. to seat D. to be seated
【解析】
3.作宾语（主语）补足语时的区别
①The teacher asked us _________so much noise.
A. don’t make B. not make C. not making D. not to make
【解析】
②—Excuse me sir, where is Room 301
—Just a minute. I’ll have Bob ____you to your room.
A. show B. shows C. to show D. showing
【解析】
③A cook will be immediately fired if he was found ________in kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked
【解析】
④To learn English well, we should find opportunities to hear English as much as we can.
A. speak B. speaking C. spoken D. to speak
【解析】
4.作后置定语时的区别
①If there is a lot of work _______, I’m happy to just keep on until it is finished.
A. to do B. to be doing C. done D. doing
【解析】
②When I handed the report to John, he said that George was the person ______.
A. to send B. for sending it C. to send it to D. for sending it to
【解析】
③—The last one ___________ pays the meal.
—Agreed!
A. arrived B. arrives C. to arrive D. arriving
【解析】
④The Chinese are proud of the 29th Olympic Games ______in Beijing in 2008.
A. hold B. holding C. held D. to be held
【解析】
⑤Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures ______ in your mind instead of
before your eyes.
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
【解析】
⑥At the beginning of class, the noise of desks ____ could be heard outside the classroom.
A. opened and closed B. to be opened and closed
C. being opened and closed D. to open and close
【解析】
⑦The Town Hall ______ in the 1800’s was the most distinguished building at that time.
A. to be completed B. having been completed
C. completed D. being completed
【解析】
⑧—Can those at the back of the classroom hear me —No problem.
A. seat B. sit C. seated D. sat
【解析】
5.作状语时的区别
①He hurried to the booking office only _____ that all the tickets has been sold out.
A. to be told B. to tell C. told D. telling
【解析】
②Oil prices have risen by 32 percent since the start of the year, ______ a record US $57.65 a barrel on April 4.
A. have reached B. reaching C. to reach D. to be reaching
【解析】
③The storm left ,_____ a lot of damage to this area .
A. caused B. to have caused C. to cause D. having caused
【解析】
④“You can’t catch me!” Janet shouted, _________ away.
A. run B. running C. to run D. ran
【解析】
⑤ to reach them on the phone, we sent an email instead.
A. Fail B. Failed C. To fail D. Having failed
【解析】
⑥ around the Water Cube, we were then taken to see the Bird’s Nest for the 2008 Olympic Games.
A. Having shown B. To be shown C. Having been shown D. To show
【解析】
⑦_____ in a white uniform, he looks more like a cook than a doctor.
A. Dressed B. To dress C. Dressing D. Having dressed
【解析】
⑧______ into use in April 2000, the hotline was meant for residents reporting water and heating supply breakdowns.
A. Put B. Putting C. Having put D. Being put
【解析】
①Faced with a bill for $10,000, _______.
A. an extra job has been given to John B. the boss has given John an extra job
C. an extra job has been taken D. John has taken an extra job
【解析】
②_________, the more expensive the camera, the better its quality.
A. General speaking B. Speaking general
C. Generally speaking D. Speaking generally
【解析】③___ _ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.
A. Compare B. When comparing C. Comparing D. When compared
【解析】
1.不定式的复合结构和否定结构
①It was foolish ______you to give up what you rightly owned.
A. for B. of C. about D. from
【解析】
②To fetch water before breakfast seemed to me a rule_____.
A. to never break B. never to be broken
C. never to have broken D. never to be breaking
【解析】
③The patient was warned ______oily food after the operation.
A. to eat not B. eating not C. not to eat D. not eating
【解析】
2.动词不定式的省略结构
①—What’s the matter with Della
—Well, her parents wouldn’t allow her to go to the party, but she still _ _.
A. hopes to B. hopes so C. hopes not D. hopes for
【解析】
②—Would you like to join me for a quick lunch before class
— , but I promised Nancy to go out with her.
A. I’d like to B.I like it C.I don’t D.I will
【解析】
③In my opinion, life in the twenty-first century is much easier than .
A. that used to be B. it is used to C. it was used to D. it used to be
【解析】
3.不定式的几个特别句型
①It is said in Australia there is more land than the government knows______ .
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
【解析】
②I like getting up very early in summer. The morning air is so good .
A. to be breathed B. to breathe C. breathing D. being breathed
【解析】
③—Is Bob still performing
—I’m afraid not. He is said________ the stage already as he has become an official.
A. to have left B. to leave C. to have been left D. to be left
【解析】
④The flu is believed _____ by viruses that like to reproduce in the cell inside the human nose and throat.
A. causing B. being caused C. to be caused D. to have caused
【解析】
4.动名词的复合结构和否定结构
①_____the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
A. The president will attend B. The president to attend
C. The president attended D. The president’s attending
【解析】
②— They are quiet, aren’t they
—Yes. They are accustomed________ at meals.
A. to talk B. to not talk C. to talking D. to not talking
【解析】
③The news of _______ greatly made us surprised a lot as he was indeed very excellent.
A. not his having elected B. not his being elected
C. his not being elected D. his not having elected
【解析】
注意：现在分词的否定式也是在其前加not。
_______the program, they have to stay there for another two weeks.
A. Not completing B. Not completed C. Not having completed D. Having not completed
【答案】C。
5.独立主格结构与with复合结构
①The country has already sent up three unmanned spacecraft, the most recent ________at the end of last March.
A. has been launched B. having been launched
C. being launched D. to be launched
【解析】
②The children went home from the grammar school, their lessons _______ for the day.
A. finishing B. finished C. had finished D. were finished
【解析】
③—Come on, please give me some ideas about the project.
—Sorry. With so much work _______ my mind, I almost break down.
A. filled B. filling C. to fill D. being filled
【解析】
④John received an invitation to dinner, and with his work ______, he gladly accepted it.
A. finished B. finishing C. having finished D. was finished
【解析】
2009年
1.（全国卷I）The children all turned the famous actress as she entered the classroom.
A. looked at B. to look at C. to looking at D. look at
【答案】
【解析】
2.（全国卷I）Now that we’ve discussed our problem, are people happy with the decisions
A. taking B. take C. taken D. to take
【答案】
【解析】
3.（全国卷II）They use computers to keep the traffic smoothly.
A. being run B. run C. to run D. running
【答案】
【解析】
4.（北京卷）For breakfast he only drinks juice from fresh fruit ___ on his own farm.
A. grown B. being grown C. to be grown D. to grow
【答案】
【解析】
5.（北京卷）All of them try to use the power of the workstation ___ information in a more effective way.
A. presenting B. presented C. being presented D. to present
【答案】
【解析】
6.（北京卷）_______ twice, the postman refused to deliver our letters unless we changed our dog.
A. Being bitten B. BittenC. Having bitten D. To be bitten
【答案】
【解析】
7.（上海卷）A small plane crashed into a hillside five miles east of the city, _____all four people on board.
A. killed B. killing C. kills D. to kill
【答案】
【解析】
8.（上海卷）With the government’s aid, those _____ by the earthquake have moved to the new settlements.
A. affect B. affecting C. affected D. were affected
【答案】
【解析】
9.（上海卷）Bill suggested _____ a meeting on what to do for the Shanghai Expo during the vacation.
A. having held B. to hold C. holding D. hold
【答案】
【解析】
10.（上海卷）David threatened his neighbour to the police if the damages were not paid.
A. to be reported B. reporting C. to report D. having reported
【答案】
【解析】
11.（天津卷）______ the project in time, the staff were working at weekends.
A. Competing B. Having completed C. To have completed D. To complete【答案】
【解析】
12.（天津卷）_____ by the advances in technology, many farmers have set up wind farms on their land.A. Being encouraged B. Encouraging C. Encouraged D. Having encouraged【答案】
【解析】
13.（重庆卷）Michael’s new house is like a huge palace, with his old one.
A. comparing B. compares C. to compare D. compared
【答案】
【解析】
14.（重庆卷）With the world changing fast, we have something new with all by ourselves every day.A. deal B. dealt C. to deal D. dealing
【答案】
【解析】
15.（安徽卷）The play next month aims mainly to reflect the local culture.
A. produced B. being produced C. to be produced D. having been produced
【答案】
【解析】
16.（福建卷） not to miss the flight at 15:20, the manager set out for the airport in a hurry.
A. Reminding B. Reminded C. To remind D. Having reminded
【答案】
【解析】
17.（福建卷）In April, 2009, President Hu inspected the warships in Qingdao, the 60th anniversary of the founding of the PLA Navy.
A. marking B. marked C. having marked D. being marked
【答案】
【解析】
18.（湖南卷）When he the door, he found his keys were nowhere.
A. would open B. opened C. had opened D. was to open
【答案】
【解析】
19.（湖南卷）At the age of 29, Dave was a worker, in a small apartment near Boston and ______ what to do about his future.
A. living; wondering B. lived; wondering C. lived; wondered D. living; wondered
【答案】
【解析】
20.（湖南卷）Nowadays people sometimes separate their waste to make it easier for it .
A. reusing B. reused C. reuses D. to be reused
【答案】
【解析】
21.（江苏卷）Schools across China are expected to hire 50,000 college graduates this year as short-term teachers, almost three times the number hired last year, reduce unemployment pressures.
A. help B. to have helped C. to help D. having helped
【答案】
【解析】
22.（江西卷）_________ the right kind of training , these teenage soccer players may one day grew the international stars.
A. Giving B. Having given C. To give D. Given
【答案】
【解析】
23.（江西卷）The government plans to bring in new laws _____ parents to take more responsibility for the education of their children.
A. forced B. forcing C. to be forced D. having forced
【答案】
【解析】
24.（辽宁卷）When we visited my old family home, memory came ______ back
A. flooding B. to flood C. flood. D. flooded
【答案】
【解析】
25.（辽宁卷） , you need to give all you have and try your best.
A. Being a winner B. To buy a winner C. Be a winner D. Having been a winner
【答案】
【解析】
26.（宁夏卷）Now that we’ve discussed out problem, are people happy with the decisions
A. taking B. take C. taken D. to take
【答案】
【解析】
27.（山东卷）We are invited to a party _________in our club next Friday.
A. to be held B. held C. being held D. holding
【答案】
【解析】
28.（陕西卷）I still remember to the Famen Temple and what I saw there.
A. to take B. to be taken C. taking D. being taken
【答案】
【解析】
29.（四川卷）He told us whether _________ a picnic was still under discussion
A. to have B. having C. have D. had
【答案】
【解析】
30.（四川卷）Ladies and gentlemen, please remain __________ until the plane has come to a complete stop.
A. seated B. seating C. to seat D. seat
【答案】
【解析】
31.（四川卷）________ many times, he finally understood it.
A. Told B. Telling C. Having told D. Having been told 21世纪教育网
【答案】
【解析】
32.（浙江卷）There is a great deal of evidence that music activities engage different parts of the brain.
A. indicate B. indicating C. to indicate D. to be indicating
【答案】
【解析】
33.（浙江卷） and short of breath, Andy and Ruby were the first to reach the top of Mount Tai.
A. To be tried B. Tired C. Tiring D. Being tired
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(全国I卷)Mrs. White showed her student some old maps _________from the library.
A. to borrow B. to be borrowed C. borrowed D. borrowing
【答案】
【解析】
2.(全国I卷)With Father’s Day around the corner, I have taken some money out of the bank______ presents
for my dad.
A. buy B. to buy C. buying D. to have bought
【答案】
【解析】
3.(全国卷II)Though ______ to see us, the professor gave us a warm welcome。
A. surprise B was surprised C. surprised D. being surprised
【答案】
【解析】
4.(安徽卷)He had wonderful childhood, _____with his mother to all corners of the word.
A. travel B. to travel C. traveled D. traveling
【答案】
【解析】
5.(北京卷) at my classmates' faces, I read the same excitement in their eyes.
A. Looking B. Look C. To look D. Looked
【答案】
【解析】
6.(北京卷)I’m calling to enquire about the position in yesterday’s China Daily.
A. advertised B. to be advertised C. advertising D. having advertised
【答案】
【解析】
7.(福建卷)Lots of rescue workers were working around the clock , supplies to Yushu, Oinghai province after the earthquake.
A. sending B. to send C. having sent D. to have sent
【答案】
【解析】
8.(福建卷)In April, thousands of holidaymakers remained abroad due to the volcanic ash cloud.A. sticking B. stuck C. to be stuck D. to have stuck
【答案】
【解析】
9.(湖南卷)Listen! Do you hear someone __________for help
A. calling B. call C. to call D. called
【答案】
【解析】
10.(湖南卷)Dina, _______ for months to find a job as a waitress, finally took a position at a local advertising agency.
A. struggling B. struggled C. having struggled D . to struggle
【答案】
【解析】
11.(湖南卷)So far nobody has claimed the money ___________________in the library.
A. discovered B. to be discovered C. discovering D. having discovered
【答案】
【解析】
12.(江苏卷)The retired man donated most of his savings to the school damaged by the earthquake in Yushu,
________ the students to return to their classrooms.
A. enabling B. having enabled C. to enable D. to have enabled
【答案】
【解析】
13.(江西卷)The lady walked around the shops, an eye out for bargains.
A. keep B. kept C. keeping D. to keep
【答案】
【解析】
14.(江西卷)There were many talented actors out there just waiting .
A. to discover B. to be discovered C. discovered D .being discovered
【答案】
【解析】
15.(辽宁卷)We were astonished _______ the temple still in its original condition.
A. finding B. to find C. find D. to be found
【答案】
【解析】
16.(辽宁卷)Alexander tried to get his work _______in the medical circles .
A. to recognize B. recognizing C. recognize D. recognized
【答案】
【解析】
17.(山东卷)I have a lot of readings _____ before the end of this term.
A. completing B. to complete C. completed D. being completed
【答案】
【解析】
18.(山东卷)The living room is clean and tidy, with a dining table already ______ for a meal to be cooked.
A. laid B. laying C. to lay D. being laid
【答案】
【解析】
19.(陕西卷)________from the top of the tower, the south foot of the mountain is a sea of trees.
A. Seen B. Seeing C. Have seen D. To see
【答案】
【解析】
20.(陕西卷)His first book next month is based on a true story.
A. published B. to be published C. to publish D. being published
【答案】
【解析】
21.(四川卷)In many people’s opinion，that company，though relatively small，is pleasant .
A. to deal with B. dealing with C. to be dealt with D. dealt with
【答案】
【解析】
22.(四川卷)A great number of students said they were forced to practise the piano.
A. to question B. to be questioned C. questioned D. questioning
【答案】
【解析】
23.(四川卷)The lawyer listened with full attention， to miss any point.
A. not trying B. trying not C. to try not D. not to try
【答案】
【解析】
24.(天津卷)I rained heavily in the south, _______ serious flooding in several provinces.
A. caused B. having caused C. causing D. to cause
【答案】
【解析】
25.(重庆卷)The news shocked the public, to great concern about students’ safety at school.
A. having led B. led C. leading D. to lead
【答案】
【解析】
26.(重庆卷)Many buildings in the city need repairing, but the one first is the library.
A. repaired B. being repaired C. repairing D. to be repaired
【答案】
【解析】
25.(浙江卷)The experiment shows that proper amounts of exercise, if __ regularly, can improve our health.
A. being carried out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
【答案】
【解析】
27.(浙江卷)The traffic rule says young children under the age of four and __ less than 40 pounds must be in a child safety seat.
A. being weighed B. to weigh C. weighed D. weighing
【答案】
【解析】
29.(上海卷)I had great difficulty the suitable food on the menu in that restaurant.
A. find B. found C. to find D. finding
【答案】
【解析】
30.(上海卷)Lucy has a great sense of humour and always keeps her colleagues_______ with her stories.
A. amused B. amusing C. to amuse D. to be amused
【答案】
【解析】
31.(上海卷) the city centre, we saw a stone statue of about 10 metres in height.
A. Approaching B. Approached C. To approach D. To be approached
【答案】
【解析】
32.(上海卷)Thai is the only way we can imagine the overuse of water in students' bathrooms.
A. reducing B. to reduce C. reduced D. reduce
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（新课标卷）The next thing he saw was smoke ______ from behind the house.
A. rose B. rising C. to rise D. risen
【答案】
【解析】
2.（大纲卷）The island, ______ to the mainland by a bridge, is easy to go to.
A. joining B. to join C. joined D. having joined
【答案】
【解析】
3.（大纲卷）Sarah pretended to be cheerful, ______nothing about the argument.
A. says B: said C. to say D. saying
【答案】
【解析】
4.（北京卷）It’s important for the figures _________ regularly.
A. to be updated B. to have been updated C. to update D. to have updated
【答案】
【解析】
5.（北京卷）33. Sit down, Emma. You will only make yourself more tired, ________ on your feet.
A. to keep B. keeping C. having kept D. to have kept
【答案】
【解析】
6.（上海卷）It’s no use ____________ without taking action.
A. complain B. complaining C. being complained D. to be complained
【答案】
【解析】
7.（上海卷）The rare fish, _____ from the cooking pot, has been returned to the sea.
A. saved B. saving C. to be saved D. having saved
【答案】
【解析】
8.（上海卷）At one point I made up my mind to talk to Uncle Sam. Then I changed my mind, ____ that
he could do nothing to help.
A. to realize B. realized C. realizing D. being realized
【答案】
【解析】
9.（上海卷）Today we have chat rooms, text messaging, emailing… but we seem _____ the art of communicating face-to-face.
A. losing B. to be losing C. to be lost D. having lost
【答案】
【解析】
10.（山东卷）Look over there—there’s a very long, winding path______ up to the house.
A. leading B. leads C. led D. to lead
【答案】
【解析】
11.（江西卷）On receiving a phone call from his wife _____ she had a fall, Mr Gordon immediately rushed home from office.
A. says B. said C. saying D. to say
【答案】
【解析】
12.（江苏卷）Recently a survey _____ prices of the same goods in two different supermarkets has caused heated debate among citizens.
A. compared B. comparing C. compares D. being compared
【答案】
【解析】
13.（安徽卷）Tom asked the candy makers if they could make the chocolate easier _____ into small pieces.
A. break B. breaking C. broken D. to break
【答案】
【解析】
14.（浙江卷）Even the best writers sometimes find themselves ______ for words.
A. lose B. lost C. to lose D. having lost
【答案】
【解析】
15.(浙江卷) Bats are surprisingly long-lived creatures, some _________a life span of around 20 years.
A. having B had C. have D. to have
【答案】
【解析】
16.（浙江卷）If they win the final tonight, the team are going to tour around the city ______ by their enthusiastic supporters.
A. being cheered B. be cheered C. to be cheered D. were cheered
【答案】
【解析】
17.（福建卷）Tsinghua University, ____ in 1911,is home to a great number of outstanding figures.
A. found B. founding C. founded D. to be founded
【答案】
【解析】
18.（福建卷）The difference in thickness and weight from the earlier version makes the iPad 2 more comfortable _______.
A. held B. holding C. be held D. to hold
【答案】
【解析】
19.（四川卷）Lydia doesn’t feel like_____ abroad. Her parents are old.
A. study B. studying C. studied D. to study
【答案】
【解析】
20.（四川卷）Simon made a big bamboo box _______ the little sick bird till it could fly.
A. keep B. kept C. keeping D. to keep
【答案】
【解析】
21.（四川卷）_________ an important role in a new movie, Andy has a chance to become famous.
A. Offer B. Offering C. Offered D. To offer
【答案】
【解析】
22.（辽宁卷）______ around the fire, the tourists danced with the local people.
A. Gather B. To gather C. Gathering D. To be gathering
【答案】
【解析】
23.（天津卷）Passengers are permitted _____ only one piece of hand luggage onto the plane.
A. to carry B. carrying C. to be carried D. being carried
【答案】
【解析】
24.（天津卷）______ into English, the sentence was found to have an entirely different word order.
A. Translating B. Translated C. To translate D. Having translated
【答案】
【解析】
25.（陕西卷）Claire had luggage _______ an hour before her plane left.
A. check B. checking C. to check D. checked
【答案】
【解析】
26.（陕西卷）More highways have been built in China, ___________it much easier for people to travel form one place to another.
A. making B. made C. to make D. having made
【答案】
【解析】
27.（重庆卷）More TV programs, according to government to officials, will be produced _______people’s concern over food safety.
A. to raise B. raising C. to have raised D. having raised
【答案】
【解析】
28.（重庆卷）Michael put up a picture of Yao Ming beside the bed to keep himself ________ of his own dreams.
A. reminding B. to remind C. reminded D. remind
【答案】
【解析】
29.（湖南卷）The ability _____an idea is as important as the idea itself.
A. expressing B. expressed C. to express D. to be expressed
【答案】
【解析】
30.（湖南卷）The players ______from the whole country are expected to bring us honor in this summer game .
A. selecting B. to select C. selected D. having selected
【答案】
【解析】
31.（湖南卷）Do you wake up every morning __________ energetic and ready to start a new day
A. feel B. to feel C. feeling D. felt
【答案】
【解析】
1.—What do you do yesterday afternoon ?
—I went to the bookstore,___ some books and visited my uncle.
A. to buy B. bought C. Buy D. buying?
【答案】
【解析】
2.________ a pleasant, small conversation with someone you don’t know, and people will feel relaxed and enjoy your company.
A. Starting B. To start C. Start D. Having started
【答案】
【解析】
3.Shella forgot all about the dog and the TV set, ________ in the new magazine that had come in the mail.
A. deeply lost B. deeply losing C. was deeply lost D. and deeply lost
【答案】
【解析】
4. Can you imagine what difficulty people had this year ________against the severe natural disasters
A. fighting B. to fight C. fought D. fight
【答案】
【解析】
5.With everything she needed ，she went out of the shop.
A. bought B. to buy C. buying D. buy
【答案】
【解析】
6.In common practice, an Englishman starts a conversation ________ with “What a good day！”and ________ it with phrases like “See you.” or “Bye.”
A. beginning; ending B. begins; ending C. beginning; ends D. begins; ends
【答案】
【解析】
7.—What are you going to do this evening？
—We are considering and it is considered a good idea.
A. going swimming；to be B. to go swimming；being
C. going swimming；being D. to go swimming；to be
【答案】
【解析】
8.—How is he getting along with his swimming？
— he’s only been learning for a week, he’s doing really well.
A. Considered B. Being considered C. To consider D. Considering
【答案】
【解析】
9.Almost everyone, teenagers in particular, enjoyed using text messaging, and they began to create a new language for messages ________“texting”.
A. to call B. calling C. called D. having called
【答案】
【解析】
10.All passengers ________ injured in the accident were sent to the nearby hospital in no time.
A. to find B. being found C. to be found D. found
【答案】
【解析】
11.The early warning of floods，________over the radio and on TV, spread quickly through the area.
A. having broadcast B. broadcasting C. broadcast D. to be broadcast
【答案】
【解析】
12.Carbon dioxide ________ from burning fuels is the most common of the so called greenhouse gases.
A. producing B. having been produced
C. to be produced D. produced
【答案】
【解析】
13.In his victory speech, ________ before a huge crowd of his supporters, Obama declared that change has come to America.
A. having delivered B. to be delivered C. delivering D. delivered
【答案】
【解析】
14.The win in the 100 meter butterfly gives the American swimmer Michael Phelps eight gold medals in Beijing, ________ the record set by American legend Mark Spitz at the 1972 Munich Games.
A. breaking B. broken C. to break D. being broken
【答案】
【解析】
15.—He didn’t feel a bit nervous when ________.
—No. He’d had a lot of time ________ for it after all.
A. interviewing; to prepare B. interviewed; to prepare
C. interviewing; preparing D. being interviewed; preparing
【答案】
【解析】
16.The psychological consultation centers have seen a sharp rise in the number of students looking for help, most ________ they were confused and depressed.
A. said B. to say C. say D. saying
【答案】
【解析】
17.The boy is looking forward to________ if his mother is coming.
A. see B. seeing C. seen D. saw
【答案】
【解析】
18.While shopping, people sometimes can’t help into buying something they don’t really need.
A. to persuade B. persuading C. being persuaded D. be persuaded
【答案】
【解析】
19.—Have you seen Mr. Li today？
—No, he is said Wuhan on business.
A. to go to B. to have been to C. to have gone to D. to has
【答案】
【解析】
20.The foreigner explained again and again but he still couldn’t make himself .
A. understand B. understood C. be understood D. understanding
【答案】
【解析】
21.It rained for two weeks on end，completely our holiday.
A. ruined B. to ruin C. ruining D. ruins
【答案】
【解析】
22.Madame Michel found herself in an _______ position, and therefore she felt rather _______.
A. embarrassing; embarrassed B. embarrassed; embarrassed
C. embarrassing; embarrassing D. embarrassed; embarrassing
【答案】
【解析】
23.I expected ________many students in the classroom，but in fact no one was in it.
A. to have B. there was C. there to have D. there to be
【答案】
【解析】
24.Quite a few people ________ that disaster was sure to strike if a mirror was broken.
A. were used to believe B. were used to believing
C. used to believe D. used to believing
【答案】
【解析】
25.All along the way to the tourist destination, he would sometimes slow down the car________ sure if we were
going the right way.
A. making B. to make C. made D. to be making
【答案】
【解析】
26.When I came there, I found him ________at the back of the hall with his eyes ________on a book.
A. seating; fixing B. seated; fixed C. seating; fixed D. seated; fixing
【答案】
【解析】
27._______ Sunday, rather than _______ at home, I preferred _______.
A. It being; stay; to travel B. Being; to stay; to travel
C. shavings been; stay; travel D. It was; to stay; travelling
【答案】
【解析】
28. in a heavy traffic jam is quite an unpleasant experience.
A. Caught B. Having caught C. Being caught D. To catch
【答案】
【解析】
29.A powerful earthquake struck Haiti’s capital，________tens of thousands homeless and buried in ruins.
A. left B. to leave C. being left D. leaving
【答案】
【解析】
30.When the minister came to the snow-stricken area, he was happy to see the disaster victims well________.
A. take care of B. took care of C. taken care of D. taking care of
【答案】
【解析】
31.A few days after the interview I received a letter ________my admission to the university.
A. offering B. offered C. having offered D. to be offered
【答案】
【解析】
32.Cao Cao’s tomb is reported ________in Anyang, which attracts nationwide attention.
A. being found B. to be found C. having been found D. to have been found
【答案】
【解析】
33.After suffering a heart attack, Michael Jackson was pronounced dead, ________a tragic end to the world’s most popular entertainer.
A. marking B. to mark C. marked D. having marked
【答案】
【解析】
34.You can hardly imagine the efforts I have made ________the goal.
A. to achieve B. of achieving C. to of achieving D. to have achieved
【答案】
【解析】
35.—Be careful！Don’t forget you are on a ladder.
—But you are holding it for me, nothing________.
A. worry about B. to worry about C. is worried about D. worrying about
【答案】
【解析】动词是英语中最灵活、最难掌握的词，在历年高考题中动词所占比例最大。设题时给出四个不同的动词或短语来测试考生在具体语境中对动词及其短语意义的理解和运用能力。主要出现在单项选择及完形填空中。
根据意义和句法作用，英语动词可分为四类
（一）实义动词
1.按性质分实义动词又分成及物动词和不及物动词，表示动作或状态，在句中独立做谓语。及物动词后须跟宾语；不及物动词不跟宾语。
例：—What did you think of her speech
—She _______for one hour but didn't ________ much.
A. spoke; speak B. spoke; say C. said; speak D. said; say
【解析】答案为B。speak作不及物动词，意为“说、发言、演讲”；speak作及物动词时意为“讲某种语言”；say 作及物动词，意为“说、讲”，后接宾语。题意为：她讲了一个小时，但并没有说出多少（事）”。
注意：英语里及物动词和不及物动词不是截然分开的，有的动词既可以是及物动词也可以是不及物动词。
It is important for you to learn how to learn.
第一个learn是及物动词，后面有宾语how to learn；第二个learn是不及物动词。
不及物动词向及物动词转化需要借助于介词、副词等构成短语动词。
He is working hard at English.
2.按时限分实义动词又分成延续性动词和非延续性动词（短暂性动词）
延续性动词动作可以延续，可以与一段时间连用。如：live, study, work, stay, keep, have等。
非延续性动词（短暂性动词）动作瞬间完成，不能与一段时间连用。如：finish, come, open, bring, buy等。
例：The evening news comes on at seven o' clock and ________ only thirty minutes.
A. keeps B. continues C. finishes D. lasts
（二）连系动词
连系动词可以细分为以下几类
1.表示“是”的be动词，根据主语有各种形式；
2.表示“感觉”的连系动词。如：look, feel, smell, taste, sound等；
3.表示“变得、变成”的连系动词。如become, turn, get, grow, go, fall, come等；
4.表示“结果”的连系动词。如turn out, prove等；
5.表示“仍然”的连系动词。如remain, stand, stay, keep等；
6.表示“似乎、好像”的连系动词。如seem, appear, look等。
注意：绝大多数连系动词又是实义动词，在解题时要正确区分,否则就会出错。
请看下列这道选择题：
good, the food has been sold out.
A. Tasted B. Having been Tasted C. Tasting D. To taste
【解析】答案为C。本题考生如果把taste当成实义动词去理解的话，就会误选A或B。其实taste在本句中是连系动词，应该选C才对=Because the food tastes good,…
（三）助动词
本身无词义，不能独立作谓语。用来表示否定，疑问，时态等语法形式。助动词（与动词原形或分词构成复合谓语），常见的有：be(am, is, are, was, were),do(does, did), have(has/had), will, would, shall, should等。
（四）情态动词
本身有一定意义，只能和实义动词一起构成谓语。没有人称和数的变化，常用来表示说话人的语气和情态。常见的有can(could), may(might), must, shall(should), will, would, ought to, dare, need等等。
注意：以上四类动词都有交叉的地方。如“do, have”既可以作实义动词又可以作助动词；“be”既可以作连系动词又可以作助动词；“dare, need”既可以作实义动词又可以作情态动词。
1.动词+副词所构成的短语动词分及物的和不及物的两类
Please turn off every light in the house. 请把房子里的每一盏灯都关掉。（及物）
Harry turned up after the party when everyone had left.晚会后，人们都已离去，哈里出现了。（不及物）
注意：①如果宾语较长，就应避免把副词同动词分开
She turned off all the lights which had been left on. 她关掉了所有还在亮着的灯。
②如果宾语是人称代词，只能放在动词和副词之间。
She gave them away.她把它们送掉了。
③同一动词和不同副词搭配时，意义上有很大的差异。
break out爆发 break up打碎；分解 break down出毛病；抛锚；分解；崩溃
①Don’t be so discouraged. If you such feelings, you will do better next time.
A. carry on B. get back C. break down D. put away
【解析】答案为D。carry on意为“开展、进行”；get back意为“取回，拿回”；break down意为“分解、崩溃”。put away除了有“把……收起、放好”的意思外还有“储存、抛弃、放弃”的意思。句意：别那么垂头丧气的。如果你抛弃这种情绪（而振作起来），下次你就会做得更好。
②I was still sleeping when the fire _________,and then it spread quickly.
A. broke out B. put out C. came out D. got out
【解析】答案为A。break out意为“发生”符合题意；put out意为“扑灭”；come out意为“出版、出现、出来”；get out意为“（拿）出来”。句意：火灾发生时，我还在睡觉，然后火势很快蔓延开来。
2.动词+介词所构成的短语动词相当于及物动词
I'm looking for my glasses.我在找我的眼镜。
注意：①当它跟宾语时，不能把介词放在宾语后面。
②同一动词和不同介词搭配时，意义上有很大的差异。
look after照料，look at看，look for寻找
①Once a decision has been made，all of us should _______it.
A. direct to B. stick to C. lead to D. refer to
【解析】答案为B。stick to意为“坚守（规则、诺言等）”
②It’s the present situation in poor areas that _______much higher spending on education and training.
A. answers for B. provides for C. calls for D. plans for
【解析】答案为C。call for意为“要求”；answer for意为“负责”；provide for意为“供养，为……做好准备”；plan for意为“为……作计划/打算”。
3.动词+副词/名词/反身代词+介词所构成的短语动词相当于及物动词
I look forward to seeing you soon. 我盼望不久就见到你。
①I don’t _______rock ‘n’ roll. It’s much too noisy for my taste.
A. go after B. go away with C. go into D. go in for
【解析】答案为D 。go in for意为“喜欢”；go after意为“追求”；go away with意为“随身带走”；go into意为“从事、参加”。
②Why do we have to ________Joan’s selfish behavior She should learn to care for others.
A. keep up with B. catch up with C. put up with D. come up with
【解析】答案为C。keep up with意为“跟着、跟上”；catch up with意为“赶上”；put up with意为“忍受”；come up with意为“想出、提出”。
③You can’t imagine what difficulty we had ________home in the snowstorm.
A. walked B. walk C. to walk D. walking
【解析】答案为D。考查“have difficulty (in) doing sth.”短语的变式运用。“difficulty”在句中充当了先行词，其后为定语从句。
④She devoted herself ____ the problems of the teenagers.
A. in studying B. at studying C. to study D. to studying
【解析】答案为D。devote oneself to意为“专心，致力于，献身”。“to”为介词
附录：近几年高考重点考查的动词短语
1.以a开头的动词为中心的词组
adapt to/adjust to 适应
agree about对……有相同的看法。
agree on就……达成协议；
agree to同意，赞成（观点，看法等）；
agree with同意某人意见（接sb.）；与……相适应/一致；
appeal to 向……呼吁，恳求； 诉诸；求助于
appeal to 吸引
apply for申请；请求
apply to适用于；向……申请(或要求)
attach…to…将……系在……；使隶属/附属于……，将……缚在……
attach importance to 关注，注重
attach to粘贴
be admitted to/into获准进入……，被……录取
be absorbed in埋头于……，专心于……
be accustomed to(=get used to=be used to)习惯于……
be addicted to沉迷于/沉溺于……，迷恋……
2.以break为中心的词组
break away from脱离，逃离，打破
break down vt. 破坏，粉碎，瓦解；vi.出故障，抛锚；衰弱
break in闯进，打断；使顺服
break into（后面要接宾语）闯入；强行进入
break off 打断，断绝，折断，突然终止
break out爆发，发生；准备使用；起锚
break up vt.开垦，破碎；解散，分解；vi.结束；断绝关系，（婚姻关系）破裂
break through 突破，克服，挤过去
3.以build为中心的词组
build on / upon 建立在……上，依赖，指望
build up 增强，增加，增进；建成，振兴
4.以 bring为中心的词组
bring about导致，引起，促使
bring back 带回，使回忆，使恢复
bring down 使下降，浓缩，收缩，击落
bring out 拿出，公布，发表，出版，生产
bring up 抚养，养育，培养，使停止
5.以call为中心的词组
call at 访问（某地），停泊在
care about关心，在乎
call for 需要，要求，接（某人），
call in 召集，收集，请入，引入
call off 取消，下令停止
call on 拜访（某人），号召
call out 大声喊，唤起
call up 打电话给……；召集; 使想起
6.以come为中心的词组
come about发生；改变方向
come across偶然碰到；想起；越过；偿付
come back回来；恢复；复原
come down倒下；降落；跌落；病倒
come into being发生，产生，出现，形成
come into power开始执政，当权，当选
come into effect/ force开始生效，开始实行
come into existence形成，产生，开始存在
come into fashion开始流行
come into operation开始运转，实施，生效
come into use开始使用，获得应用
come on快点；振作起来；请；来吧；跟着来；快点;
come out出现；出版
come out with说出，提出
come over从远方(或克服障碍后)过来 ；顺便来访
come to苏醒,复原,共计,达到,归结于,渐渐，说到/提及到
come to an agreement 达成协议
come to a conclusion 得出结论
come to a decision 作出决定
come to an end终止，结束
come to a stop 结束，停止，停顿，
come to an understanding 取得谅解
when it comes to…就……而论，谈到
come to know/realize/understand开始了解到/意识到/明白
come to life 苏醒，栩栩如生
come to light 明朗化，出现，显露出来
come to oneself苏醒
come up with跟上；想出；提出
7.以get为中心的词组
get across度过，通过，横过；说服，使被理解
get along前进，进步；同意；离去，相处
get along/on with与……相处
get away离开，逃脱，出发，开始度假
get away from逃离……
get back取回，回来；报复
get down记下，写下
get down to着手处理，认真对待；静下心来
get in插话，收割，收获
get into/out of debt 欠债/不欠债
get off送走；脱下（衣服）；下车；动身
get on 上车
get out出去，离开；逃脱； 泄露；摆脱；拿出来；说出
get over越过；恢复，痊愈；克服；完成
get rid of除去，去掉；免除，摆脱
get through拨通，到达，完成，通过；及格
get to 到达
get up起床，起立
8.以give为中心的词组
give away赠送；牺牲；泄露；颁发
give in屈服，让步，投降
give off发出（烟，气味）
give out vt.分发；公布；发出；使筋疲力尽； vi.用完
give up放弃；停止
9.以go为中心的词组
go /come to sb.’s rescue去/来援救某人
go away走开；离去；(岁月)流逝；
go back to 追溯至
go by 经过，过去
go on 继续，接下去
go out 出去，熄灭，离开，下台，退休
go over审查，复习，重温从头到尾检查一遍
go up 上升，上涨，攀登
10.以hold为中心的词组
hold back阻挡，妨碍，控制感情，隐瞒不讲
hold down 压制，压低，缩减
hold off 耽搁，不接近，离开
hold on继续；坚持，保持；不挂断电话
hold out 伸出，提出，支持，主张
hold up 举起；竖起；支持；使停滞；提出；阻挡
11.以keep为中心的词组
keep an eye on照看，留心
keep away (from) 不接近，避开，远离
keep back 阻止，扣留，隐瞒
keep in mind 记住
keep off 不接近，远离
keep out 使……不入内
keep pace with…跟上，同……步调一致
keep up 继续，坚持，保持，维持
keep up with…跟上 ，与……并肩前进
keep watch 守望，值班，注意
12.以look为中心的词组
look after照料，照看
look around东张西望，环顾
look at看，注视(某人或某物)
look away from掉过头去不忍心看
look down on/upon俯视；看不起，轻视
look for寻找
look forward to盼望，期待
look into窥视；调查；浏览
look on /upon旁观；面向
look on / upon …as…把……看作
look out向外看；注意；当心，提防
look over从上面看过去；检查，忽略
look through
look through透过……看去；看穿；浏览，彻底调查
look up查（单词、电话号码等）；仰视；涨价
look up to仰望，尊敬
13.以make为中心的词组
make a choice做出选择
make a difference 有差别，有关系，很重要
make a fool of愚弄，欺骗
make a will 立下遗嘱
make advantages/use of使用，利用
make it 就这么定了；成功；达到某一特定目标
make oneself understood 让别人理解自己
make out填写；开支票；理解；辨认；弄清楚
make the best/ most of尽量利用；极为重视
make up弥补；修理；赔偿；起草；编造；化装；,配制；占……比例
14.以put为中心的词组
put away 把……放好，把……收拾；储藏；
put down 放下；镇压；记下；削减；降落
put it表达
put off 推迟，延期；消除；推脱，脱下
put on穿上，戴上，上演，假装，增加
put out 熄灭，扑灭；伸出，拿出
put together 组装，装配，把……凑合起来
put up搭建；张贴；举起，挂起；投宿，留宿
put up with 忍受，容忍；
put up举起，抬起；建立，竖起；张贴；投宿，
put through 完成，（电话用语）拨通，使穿过
15.以set为中心的词组
be set in 以……为背景
set about（doing）着手，开始
set an example to sb.给某人树立个榜样
set aside 取消，放在一边，放弃，忽视，拒绝
set fire to (= set…on fire) 放火烧毁
set off vi.出发； vt.使爆炸，拨出（钱等）
set out vi.出发； vt.开始，着手(to do)，布置
set up 建立，设立，开办，引起（疾病等）
16.以take为中心的词组
take after 与……相像， 性格类似于，效仿
take away拿走，减去；夺去
take down 记下；拿下；拆除；拆卸；
take in 吸收，接纳，欺骗，轻信，领会
take off拿出，取出，拿走，取下；脱去（衣服等），起飞，（事业上的）腾飞，成功，成名
take on承担，呈现，雇用
take out把……带出去，清除, 除掉
take over接管，接替
take up从事，占据时间或空间，拿起
take turns(to do) 轮流做
17.以turn为中心的词组
turn around转身
turn down拒绝，（把声音等）调低
turn in上床睡觉, 上缴
turn on打开（水、电视、收音机、灯、煤气等）；反对；依靠，依赖，取决于
turn off 关上（水、电视、收音机、灯、煤气等）；解雇；避开（问题）
turn out外出；培养；证明是；制成；实际情况是
turn over翻身，翻转，把……移交
turn to转向；翻到（书的页数）；求助于；(使)变成
turn up出现；出席；被找到/发现
18.其它
be supposed to do应当，应该
begin with从……开始 ；以……开始；开始于
belong to属于
blow out吹熄（灯火等）；油井或汽井（井喷）
build up 增加，增进，建成，振兴
carry on坚持，继续，进行
carry out贯彻，执行，实施，完成
catch up with追上，赶上
close down停业；（工厂等）关闭，倒闭
close up暂停营业；关闭；堵塞；（伤口）愈合
deal with对付，处理
die down渐渐消失，平息（尤其指火势，大海，脾气）
divide up分割，瓜分，划分，分配
draw up起草，制订；使靠近；停住
drop out退出，退学
do away with去掉，废除；弄死；浪费
do without不需要……也行，不用；不用/吃……勉强度过
earn one’s living挣钱；维持生计
eat up吃完，吃光
end up as 作为……而结束的意思
end up with 以……为结束
fight for与……做斗争；为……而战
figure out算出；想出；理解；弄清楚
fill up装满，填满
find out查找出（结果）
finish up 结果成为；最终到来
fit in相处融洽，合得来
fix up修理，安装，安排，建造，提供
focus upon/on专注于
grow up成长，长大
hand down 把……传下去；留给；
hand out散发，（平均）分发，发给
hang up挂断电话
join up联合起来；连接
lead to通向；导致
leave out省去；遗漏
let out泄露
lie in（问题、事情等）在于
lift up举起；吊起
live up to履行
lose out失败，输掉
manage it设法做成某事
meet with偶然遇到；符合
pick out 挑出，辨别出
pick up学到(尤其指不正规的学到)；捡起；顺车接送，搭载；收拾，整理；重新开始；获得
point out指出
pull up 停车
refer to 指，提及，参考，查阅
remind sb. of… 就……提醒(某人)，使(某人)想起……
rule out排除（可能性）
run into撞到；偶遇
run out （某东西被）耗尽/用完
run out of sth.用完，耗尽
save up储蓄；贮存；节省
see through看穿；识破(谎言)
send up发射
show off炫耀，卖弄
slow down 慢下来
speak of谈到，论及
speed up加快
stand for代表；象征 ；主张；支持，拥护
start off动身，出发
stay up不睡觉，熬夜
stick to坚持，紧跟，粘住，忠于
tear down拆毁
use up=run out of用光，用尽
wait on等待，伺候，服伺
warn sb. of警告某人某事
watch out注意，当心；小心谨慎，留意提防
watch over看守，照管，监视
work out算出，想出，制订出；产生出；解决；确定
说明：这一讲不涉及动词的时态、语态、语气、非谓语动词以及情态动词等语法内容（这部分请参看后面有关的各讲的内容）。
①Recently, these companies have _______ some workers because of the drop in economy.
A. hired B. dismissed C. refused D. employed
【解析】
②When his brother was to cross the street, he was knocked down by a truck and badly _______。
A. injured B damaged C. harmed D. destroyed
【解析】
①I it as a basic principle of the company that suppliers of raw materials should be given a fair price for
their products.
A. make B. look C. take D. think
【解析】
②Her shoes her dress; they look very well together.
A. suit B. fit C. compare D. match
【解析】
③With modern equipment, many mysteries have _______ to light in recent years.
A. bought B. come C. thrown D. appeared
【解析】
④The card reads: “Dear Mom and Dad, they are _______ everyone write home. Love, Joey.”
A. advising B. suggesting C. letting D. making
【解析】
①The effect of the medicine on this kind of disease remains_______.
A. seen B. to be seen C. seeing D. to see
【解析】
②On hearing the news of the accident in the coal mine, she ______pale.
A. got B. changed C. went D. appeared
【解析】
③It was already past midnight and only three young men _______in the tea house.
A. left B. remained C. delayed D. deserted
【解析】
The present situation is very complex, so I think it will take me some time to its reality.
A. make up B. figure out C. look through D. put off
【解析】
It’s going to rain. Xiao Feng, will you please help me______ the clothes on the line
A. get off B. get back C. get in D. get on
【解析】
①In modern times, people have to learn to all kinds of pressure although they are leading a comfortable
life.
A. keep with B. stay with C. meet with D. live with
【解析】
②______a moment and I will go to your rescue.
A. Go on B. Hold on C. Move on D. Carry on
【解析】
—Have you________ some new ideas
—Yeah. I’ll tell you later.
A. come about B. come into C. come up with D. come out with
【解析】
The media can often help solve problems and draw attention _______ situations _______ help is needed.
A. in; that B. to; which C. in; where D. to; where
【解析】
2009年
1.（全国卷I）I tried phoning her office, but I couldn’t
A. get along B. get on C. get to D. get through
【答案】
【解析】
2.（全国卷I）Encourage your children to try new things, but try not to them too hard.
A. draw B. strike C. rush D. push
【答案】
【解析】
3.（全国卷II）If you leave the club, you will not be back in .
A. received B. admitted C. turned D. moved
【答案】
【解析】
4.（天津卷）—Sorry, I have to ______ now. It’s time for class.—OK, I’ll call back later.
A. hang up B. break up C. give up D. hold up
【答案】
【解析】
5.（天津卷）Don’t worry if you don’t understand everything, the teacher will __ the main points at the end.
A. recover B. review C. require D. remember
【答案】
【解析】
6.（安徽卷）Just as Professor Scotti often it, success is ninety-nine percent mental attitude.
A. gets B. makes C. puts D. means
【答案】
【解析】
7.（安徽卷）We tried to find a table for seven，hut they were all .
A. given away B. kept away C. taken up D. used up
【答案】
【解析】
8.（福建卷）We are at your service. Don’t to turn to us if you have any further problems.
A. beg B. hesitate C. desire D. seek
【答案】
【解析】
9.（福建卷）The Somali robbed frequent attacks on the sea urged the United Nations to all nations to take immediate action.
A. fight for B. apply for C. call on D. wait on
【答案】
【解析】
10.（湖北卷）Would you please ______ the paper for me and see if there are any obvious mistakes
A. look around B. look into C. look up D. look through
【答案】
【解析】
11.（湖北卷）During the war there was a serious lack of food. It was not unusual that even the wealthy families had to ______ bread for days.
A. eat up B. give away C. do without D. deal with
【答案】
【解析】
12.（湖北卷）The loss has not yet been ______ accurately, but it is believed to be well beyond a hundred million dollars.
A. calculated B. considered C. completed D. controlled
【答案】
【解析】
13.（湖北卷）Some parents are just too protective. They want to ______ their kids from every kind of danger, real or imagined.
A. spot B. dismiss C. shelter D. distinguish
【答案】
【解析】
14.（江苏卷） — I' m surprised to hear that Sue and Paul have __ __ .
—So am I. They seemed very happy together when I last saw them.
A. broken up B. finished up C. divided up D closed up
【答案】
【解析】
15.（江西卷） It is reported that the police will soon ____ the case of two missing children.
A. look upon B. look after C. look into D. look out
【答案】
【解析】
16.（山东卷）—Do you have enough to ________all your daily expenses
—Oh yes, enough and to spare.
A. cover B. spend C. fill D. offer
【答案】
【解析】
17.（山东卷） Amy joined a painting group but didn’t seem to _______, so she left.
A. show off B. go up C. fit in D. come over
【答案】
【解析】
18.（陕西卷）A. notice was in order to remind the students of the changed lecture time.
A. sent up B. given up C. set up D. put up
【答案】
【解析】
19.（四川卷） —Have you __________ —No. I had the wrong number.
A. got in B. got away C. got off D. got through
【答案】
【解析】
20.（四川卷）—How about your journey to Mount Emei
—Everything was wonderful except that our car _________ twice on the way.
A. slowed down B. broke down C. got down D. put down
【答案】
【解析】
21.（浙江卷） The good thing about children is that they very easily to new environments.
A. adapt B. appeal C. attach D. apply
【答案】
【解析】
22.（浙江卷）Practising Chinese kung fu can not only one’s strength, but also develop one’s character.
A. bring up B. take up C. build up D. pull up
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(全国I卷) The workers _____ the glasses and marked on each box “this side up”
A. carried B. delivered C. pressed D. packed
【答案】
【解析】
2.( 全国II卷8)My mother opened the drawer to _________ the knives and spoons.
A. put away B. put up C. put on D. put together
【答案】
【解析】
3.(安徽卷)No matter how low you consider yourself ,there is always someone _________you wishing
they were that high.
A. getting rid of B. getting along with C. looking up to D. looking down upon
【答案】
【解析】
4.(安徽卷)——How did you like Nick’s performance last night
—— To be honest ,his singing didn’t ________to me much
A. appeal B. belong C. refer D. occur
【答案】
【解析】
5.(福建卷)We’ve just moved into a bigger house and there’s a lot to do. Let’s it.
A. keep up with B. do away with C. get down to D. look forward to
【答案】
【解析】
6.(福建卷)——In this day and age, women can have children and jobs as well.
——I can’t agree more. It’s great to have the two .
A. linked B. related C. connected D. combined
【答案】
【解析】
7.(湖北卷)Duty is an act or a course of action that people you to take by social customs, law or religion.
A. persuade B. request C. instruct D. expect
【答案】
【解析】
8.(湖北卷)Just as the clothes a person wears, the food he eats and the friends with whom he spends his time, his house his personality.
A. resembles B. strengthens C. reflects D. shapes
【答案】
【解析】
9. (湖北卷)Had she_________ her promise, she would have made it to Yale University.
A. looked up to B. lived up to C. kept up with D. come up with
【答案】
【解析】
10.(江苏卷)Thousands of foreigners were______ to the Shanghai World Expo the day it opened.
A. attended B. attained C. attracted D. attached
【答案】
【解析】
11.(江苏卷)The experiment has_________ the possibility of the existence of any life on that planet, but it does not mean there is no life on other planets.
A. found out B. pointed out C. ruled out D. carried out
【答案】
【解析】
12.(江西卷)Parents much importance to education. They will do their best to give their children that priceless gift.
A. attach B. pay C. link D. apply
【答案】
【解析】
13.(江西卷)Smell the flowers before you go to sleep, and you may just sweet dreams.
A. keep up with B. put up with C. end up with D. catch up with
【答案】
【解析】
14.(辽宁卷)Thousands of people _______ to watch yesterday’s match against Ireland.
A. turned on B. turned in C. turned around D. turned out
【答案】
【解析】
15.(辽宁卷)The new movie _________to be one of the biggest money-makers of all time.
A. promises B. agrees C. pretends D. declines
【答案】
【解析】
16.(山东卷)Sam _______ some knowledge of the computer just by watching others working on it.
A. brought up B. looked up C. picked up D. set up
【答案】
【解析】
17.(山东卷)Your house is always so neat—how do you ______ it with three children
A. manage B. serve C. adapt D. construct
【答案】
【解析】
18.(陕西卷)You look well. The air and the sea foods in Sanya must _________ you, I suppose.
A. agree with B. agree to C. agree on D. agree about
【答案】
【解析】
19.(四川卷)Some people eat with their eyes. They prefer to order what _________nice.
A. looks B. smells C. feels D. tastes
【答案】
【解析】
20.(四川卷) Jenny was looking for a seat when，luckily，a man and left.
A. took up B. got up C. shut up D. set up
【答案】
【解析】
21.(天津卷)He telephoned the travel agency to_______ three air tickets to London.
A. order B. arrange C. take D. book
【答案】
【解析】
22.(天津卷) Joining the firm as a clerk, he got rapid promotion, and _______ as a manager.
A. ended up B. dropped out C. came back D. started off
【答案】
【解析】
23.(浙江卷)The majority of people in the town strongly __ the plan to build a playground for children.
A. consider B. support C. confirm D. submit
【答案】
【解析】
24.(浙江卷)After that, he knew he could ________any emergency by doing what he could to the best of his ability.
A. get away with B. get on with C. get through D. get across
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（新课标卷）I can _________ the house being untidy, but I hate it if it’s not clean.
A. come up with B. put up with C. turn to D. stick to
【答案】
【解析】
2.（新课标卷）William found it increasingly difficult to read, for his eyesight Was beginning to .
A. disappear B. fall C. fail D. damage
【答案】
【解析】
3.（大纲卷）Mary, I _________John of his promise to help you.
A. told B. reminded C. warned D. advised
【答案】
【解析】
4.（湖北卷）Knowledge and learning are important if we want to be successful, but they may also _______our thinking.
A. direct B. limit C. change D. improve
【答案】
【解析】
5.（湖北卷）The minister said, “We are ready for discussions with any legal parties, but we’ll never ________ with criminals.”
A. negotiate B. quarrel C. argue D. consult
【答案】
【解析】
6.（湖北卷）Clinical evidence began to _______, suggesting that the new drugs had a wider range of useful activities than had been predicted from experiments in animals.
A. operate B. strengthen C. approve D. accumulate
【答案】
【解析】
7.（湖北卷）The government has taken measures to ______ the high prices of daily goods to keep the market stable.
A. take down B. bring down C. hand down D. tear down
【答案】
【解析】
8.（山东卷）They are broadening the bridge to ______ the flow of traffic.
A. put off B. speed up C. turn on D. work out
【答案】
【解析】
9.（江西卷）You can’t predict everything. Often things don’t _____ as you expect.
A. run out B. break out C. work out D. put out
【答案】
【解析】
10.（江苏卷）—Are you still mad at her
—Not really, but I can’t ______ that her remarks hurt me.
A. deny B. refuse C. reject D. decline
【答案】
【解析】
11.（江苏卷）—You look upset. What’s the matter
—I had my proposal _____ again.
A. turned over B. turned on C. turned off D. turned down
【答案】
【解析】
12.（安徽卷）As the story______, the truth about the strange figure is slowly discovered.
A. begins B. happens C. ends D. develops
【答案】
【解析】
13.（安徽卷）If you _____faults but you still want the bicycle, ask the shop assistant to reduce the price.
A. come across B. care about C. look for D. focus upon
【答案】
【解析】
14.(浙江卷) The school isn’t the one I really wanted to go to ,but I suppose I’ll just have to __________it,
A. make the best of B. get away from C. keep an eye on D. catch up with
【答案】
【解析】
15.（浙江卷） He decided that he would drive all the way home instead of ______ at a hotel for the night.
A. putting down B. putting off C. putting on D. putting up
【答案】
【解析】
16.（福建卷）I’d prefer to _________my judgment until I find all the evidence.
A. show B. express C. pass D. reserve
【答案】
【解析】
17.（福建卷）Born into a family with three brothers, David was_________ to value the sense of sharing.
A. brought up B. turned down C. looked after D. held back
【答案】
【解析】
18.（四川卷）To get a better grade, you should __________the notes again before the test.
A. go over B. get over C. turn over D. take over
【答案】
【解析】
19.（四川卷） I often_______ the words I don’t know in the dictionary or on the Internet.
A. look up B. look at C. look for D. look into
【答案】
【解析】
20.（辽宁卷）What are you doing out of bed, Tom You’re ______ to be asleep.
A. supposed B. known C. thought D. considered
【答案】
【解析】
21.（辽宁卷）You are old enough to _________your own living.
A. win B. gain C. take D. earn
【答案】
【解析】
22.（辽宁卷）The exam results will be _____ on Friday afternoon.
A. put down B. put off C. put up D. put away
【答案】
【解析】
23.（天津卷）I _______ a bank account after I made﹩1 000 by doing a part-time job during the summer vacation.
A. borrowed B. opened C. entered D. ordered
【答案】
【解析】
24.（天津卷）She ________ an old friend of hers yesterday while she was shopping at the department store.
A. turned down B. dealt with C. took after D. came across
【答案】
【解析】
25.（陕西卷）Some insects ________the colour of their surroundings to protect themselves.
A. take in B. take off C. take on D. take out
【答案】
【解析】
1.We can no longer ________ to consider water an almost free resource that we can use as much as we like.
A. permit B. afford C. expect D. offer
【答案】
【解析】
2.His mother kept telling him to his manners at the party. So he became impatient.
A. mind B. notice C. watch D. care
【答案】
【解析】
3. To the couple’s relief, their only son is now fully to health after two months of treatment.
A. reformed B. refreshed C. restored D. renewed
【答案】
【解析】
4.We ________ that the magazines you have borrowed be returned to the school library before the end of this
month.
A. hoped B. permitted C. wished D. required
【答案】
【解析】
5.The former football champion is __________ of selling heroin to a number of drug users.
A. accustomed B. accused C. adjusted D. charged
【答案】
【解析】
6.More and more young girls are ______ to South Korean soap operas because of the beautiful scenes in them.
A adapted B addicted C admitted D affected
【答案】
【解析】
7.The headmaster will __________ a speech to the visiting foreign guests this afternoon.
A. deliver B. address C. announce D. declare
【答案】
【解析】
8.The two families have________ their disagreements out of court in a friendly way, and this is what all of us expected to see.
A. settled B. solved C. defeated D. overcame
【答案】
【解析】
9. The new policy will ________ the elders a lot that people over 65 can take buses free of charge.
A. discount B. support C. approve D. benefit
【答案】
【解析】
10.Speaking of public health, the spokesman says Chinese government will go all out to ________ product quality, especially food safety.
A. confirm B. ensure C. devote D. commit
【答案】
【解析】
11. The professor’s speech on environment protection was well ________ by the students.
A. paid B. made C. congratulated D. received
【答案】
【解析】
12.Drivers, as the traffic rules say, have to stop their cars and wait until the traffic signals green.
A. get B. grow C. turn D. become
【答案】
【解析】
13.If you keep practising your son in football, he ________to make a famous player.
A. wants B. hopes C. promises D. wishes
【答案】
【解析】
14.What the young man can’t ________is that his mum always treats him like a baby.
A. support B. undertake C. hold D. bear
【答案】
【解析】
15.The girl nodded with a smile as if she had ________his mind.
A. read B. found C. watched D. noticed
【答案】
【解析】
16.Thanks to the success of the business, we can ________a flat this year.
A. make B. devote C. remove D. afford
【答案】
【解析】
17.The idea of travelling abroad really _______a lot of Chinese people. That’s why every year witnesses more people applying for passports.
A. takes to B. caters to C. attends to D. appeals to
【答案】
【解析】
18.He didn’t ________what I said because his mind was on something else.
A. hold on B. hang on C. take in D. get over
【答案】
【解析】
19.—I heard Back Street would sing at the New Theater.
—Where did you _____
A. pick that up B. put that up C. make that up D. take that up
【答案】
【解析】
20.As I have an important exam tomorrow, I plan to for study tonight.
A. make up B. stay up C. turn up D. keep up
【答案】
【解析】
21.In order to make as much profit as possible，we must a lot more new business.
A. bring in B. bring about C. take in D. take over
【答案】
【解析】
22.It seems impossible that the old lady who is so seriously ill can ________ this winter.
A. live through B. go through C. pass through D. get through
【答案】
【解析】
23.—How did it that you made such a silly mistake？
—I myself haven’t figured it out yet.
A. bring about B. come about C. come across D. come on
【答案】
【解析】
24.—When did you staying up so late
—When I entered this school two years ago, where students have too much homework to do.
A. take in B. take on C. take down D. take to
【答案】
【解析】
25.The volcano erupted violently , yet the village at the foot of it should _________.
A. come through B. go through C. get through D. pass through
【答案】
【解析】
26.—Sorry, sir. If my bike doesn’t , I won’t be late for school again.
—What you say is hard to believe. This is the eighth time you have said so.
A. work out B. come across C. put off D. break down
【答案】
【解析】
27.After studying English for four years in a university, Jane her job as an interpreter in the capital.
A. set out B. set up C. took off D. took up
【答案】
【解析】
28.This company is closing up, so lots of workers will be ______.
A. laid down B. laid out C. laid off D. laid aside
【答案】
【解析】
29.The society today offers the young generation more chances to _______ their talent and skills.
A. give out B. take in C. show off D. carry on
【答案】
【解析】
30.The lectures given by Professor Smith ________a great number of students because of his humorous lecture style and rich knowledge.
A. adapt to B. appeal to C. attend to D. contribute to
【答案】
【解析】
31.—I think I should wear a dress instead of this jeans.
—It’s just a small informal party，so you don’t have to________.
A. warm up B. put up C. dress up D. keep up
【答案】
【解析】
32.Everyone in the village hoped that he would ________after a few days’ treatment.
A. pick up B. come up C. keep up D. make up
【答案】
【解析】
33.It’s impossible for many people to have more free time because their work ________ much of their time.
A. takes up B. takes over C. takes off D. takes in
【答案】
【解析】
34.The market was filled with salted fish，________ the worst smell that you can imagine.
A. sending off B. giving off C. putting off D. setting off
【答案】
【解析】
35.The little child was curious about drawing. He ______ the young man and his hands.
A. glared at B. stared at C. glanced at D. laughed at
【答案】
【解析】
36.The most important words in this sentence have been ______, so it doesn’t make any sense.
A. left out B. held out C. set out D. made out
【答案】
【解析】
37.We spent many years studying the formation of rocks, experiencing many sufferings and even death. But our
hard work _____in the end, and we made it.
A. paid off B. made up C. gave away D. came out
【答案】
【解析】
38.The ship struggled in the storm and radio signals for help.
A. gave off B. gave out C. gave up D. gave in
【答案】
【解析】
39. All these documents must be ________the university you are applying for before December, 31.
A. donated to B. sent in C. submitted to D. handed in
【答案】
【解析】
40.— Dad, the cat refuses to take medicine. It seems to get angry.
— Oh, really It’s dangerous! ________its attack!
A. Watch out for B. Look after C. Take care of D. Look out
【答案】
【解析】介词英语中称为“preposition”是由“前缀pre-（在……前部）+position（位置）”构成的，所以又叫前置词。一般放在名词、代词或动名词的前面。介词是虚词，主要用来表示人、物、事件等与其他人、物、事件之间的关系,如空间位置、时间先后、因果关系、方式方法等。介词与其宾语构成介词短语。可作介词宾语的主要有名词、代词、动名词（或动名词短语）、名词性从句等。
分类 特点 例词
简单介词 即一个介词 about, across, after, against, among, around, at, below, beyond, during, in, on等等。
合成介词 由两个介词构成合成词 into, onto, throughout, upon, within
短语介词 由短语构成 according to, because of, instead of, up to, due to, owing to, thanks to等等。
双重介词 由两个介词搭配而成 from among, from behind, from under, till after, in between等等。
分词介词 由现在分词转化而来 considering(就……而论), including，regarding，concerning等。
兼类介词 由形容词直接转化而来 like, unlike, near, next, opposite等等。
介词不能独立在句中做成份，介词后必须与名词、代词、或动名词构成介词短语在句中充当一个成分，
表示人、物、事件等与其它人、物、事件等之间的关系。
介词短语的功能 例 句
作定语 They didn’t find the solution to the problem.
作状语 We have breakfast at seven.（表时间）They were late for the meeting because of the heavy rain.（表原因）What do you mean by doing such a thing （表方法）Nothing in the world could live without air or water.（表条件）
作表语 When I paid a visit to you yesterday, you were not at home.
作宾语补足语 I found the old building in a bad condition.
介词是英语中最活跃的词类之一，使用频率相当高，其用法跟冠词一样复杂。但根据近年来高考命题的情况来看，考生需要掌握以下内容。
1.表示相同或相似概念的介词（短语）的区别
表示的概念 介词（短语） 区 别 例 子
时间 inonat at在一个时间点上；in在一段的时间之内；on在具体日子。 ①at 8 o’clock, at noon②in the 1990s, in January③on Monday, on a warm morning
sincefrom since 指从过去到现在的一段时间，和完成时连用；from指从时间的某一点开始。 ①We have not seen each other since 1995.②I hope to do morning exercises from today.
in,after in指在一段时间之后，也可以指一段时间之内=within；after表示某一具体时间点之后或用在过去时的一段时间中。 ①We’ll be back in three days.②After seven the rain began to fall.③What shall we do after graduation
in the endat the end ofby the end of in the end作“最后”、“终于”解，单独作句子成分，后不接介词of；at the end of 表示“在……末梢”，“到……尽头”，既可指时间，也可以指地上或物体。不可单独使用；by the end of 作“在……结束时”，“到……末为止”解，只能指时间。不可单独使用。 ①In the end they reached a place of safety.②At the end of the road stands a beautiful garden.③They decided to have an English evening at the end of this week.④By the end of last month he had finished the novel.
位置 betweenamong 一般说来，between表示两者之间，among用于三者或三者以上的中间。 ①You are to sit between your father and me.②He is always happy among his classmates.
注意：但有时说的虽然是三个以上的人或东西，强调的是两两相互间接关系时、在谈到一些事物或一组事物，而把它们视为分居两边时以及在谈事物间的差别时，就用between。 ①Agreements were made between the different countries.②The little valley lies between high mountains.③They don’t know the difference between wheat, rice and coin.
inonto in表示在某范围内；on指与什么毗邻；to指在某环境范围之外。 ①Changchun is in the northeast of China.②Mongolia is on the north of China.③Japan is to the east of China.
onin on只表示在某物的表面上，而用in表示占去某物一部分。 ①There is a book on the piece of paper. ②There is an interesting article in thenewspaper.③ He dug a hole in the wall.
ininto in通常表示位置（静态）；into表示动向，不表示目的地或位置。 ①We walked in the park.②We walked into the park.
throughacross through表示从内部通过，与in 有关；across则表示从一端至另一端在表面上的通过，与on有关。 ①Water flows through the pipe.②The old man walked across the street.
in the corner on the corner at the corner in the corner 表示在角落里，in指角的内面；on the corner表示“在角上”，on指的不是内面，也不是外面，而含内外兼有之意；at the corner指“在拐角处”，at指的是拐角外附近的外面。 ①The lamp stands in the corner of the room.②I met with him at the street corner.③He sat on the corner of the table.
除了 besidesexceptbutexcept for besides指“除了……还有，再加上”；except指“除了，减去什么”，不能放在句首。but 与except意思近似，表示“除了……外”经常用在no, all, nobody, anywhere, everything等和其他疑问词后面。except for表示“如无……就，只是”表明理由细节。 ①All went out besides me. ②All went out except me.③I never saw him reading anything but the newspaper.④His diary is good except for a few spelling mistakes.
表示的概念 构成 例 子
动作（表进行概念、表被动的关系） at+名词 at dinner/table在吃饭 at work在工作 at war交战 at cards 在玩牌 at work 在办公 at play 在玩耍 at rest在休息 school在上学 at press正在排印at church在做礼拜
beyond+名词 beyond belief难以置信 beyond control不听管教。
beyond compare无可比拟 beyond description难以形容beyond expression无法表达 beyond suspicion无可怀疑
in+名词或in +名词+of+名词 in the army在当兵 in need of需要 in action在运转in progress在进行 in operation在运行中 in use 开始使用 in sight看得见 in store贮藏着in course of construction正在兴建当中。 in (good) repair维修良好的
in course of shipment. 定的货正在运输途中。
in charge of 负责 in the charge of 由……负责
in possession of 拥有 in the possession of 被……拥有
on+名词 on business办事/出差 on holiday/vacation/leave在休假on watch值班 on duty值勤/日。on guard在值勤 on strike在罢工on sale出售 on loan借贷on the move 在移动，搬迁，离开 on the march在行军on the air在广播 on fire在燃烧。on trial在试用 on show/display/ exhibition在展出
under+名词 under control在控制之中 under discussion在讨论underdevelopment在发展中 under observation在观察中under test在被测试 under construction在建设中under fire在炮火中 under examination在检查/调查中under consideration在考虑中 under repair在修理中under arrest被逮捕 under attack受到袭击under medical treatment在治疗中 under study在研究中
其他 against one’s opinion反对某人的见解for one’s opinion同意某人的见解above reproach无可指责，无可非议 above suspicion不受怀疑above criticism无可指责at the mercy of在……支配下；任由……摆布for sale供出售 for rent供出租 within sight看得见
2.常见同一形容词与不同介词搭配时意义上的差别
常见形容词 搭配 意义
absent (be) absent from 缺席
(be) absent in 不在这里而在……
afraid (be) afraid of 担心……
(be) afraid for 为……而担心
angry (be) angry with sb. 对某人生气
(be) angry at/about sth. 因某事而生气
anxious (be)anxious for sth 急于想得到
(be)anxious about sth./sb. 对某事/某人担心
different (be) different from 与……不同
(be) different to 不关心
familiar (be) familiar with 精通，熟悉
(be) familiar to 为……熟知（悉）
good (be) good at 擅长于
(be) good for 对……有益
(be) good to 对……友好/态度好
popular (be) popular with sb. 受……欢迎
(be) popular for 因……而流行
strict (be) strict with sb. 对某人要求严格
(be) strict in sth. 对某事要求严格
3.容易混淆的含有介词固定搭配的词组
类 型 举 例
差一冠词，大相径庭 in front of（在……前面)——in the front of（在……前部） in charge of（负责）——in the charge of（由……负责）
out of question（毫无疑问）——out of the question（不可能） at table（在吃饭；在吃饭时）——at the table（在桌子旁边）
有无介词，意义不同 know sb.认识某人——know about sb.了解某人 shoot sb.击中某人——shoot at sb.向某人射击
search sb.搜身——search for sb.搜寻某人 believe sb.相信某人的话——believe in sb.信任某人的人格
benefit sb.使某人受益——benefit from sb.从某人那里得到益处
画蛇添足，误加介词 serve the people为人民服务（容易在serve后加for） enter the room进入房间（容易在enter后加into）
follow me跟在我后面（容易在follow后加behind） marry sb.与某人结婚（容易在marry后加with）go abroad出国（容易在go后面加to） live upstairs住在楼上（容易在live后面加 in）
母语思维，误用介词 be caught in the rain被雨淋着（不用by） leave for some place动身去某地（不用to）
set an example to sb.为某人树立榜样（不用for） in the direction朝着……方向（不用to）
do a favor for sb.帮某人一个忙（不用to） different from和……不同（不用with）
with the help of在……的帮助下（不用under） steal sth. from sb.偷某人的东西（不用of）read sth. to sb.给（为）……读（念）……（不用for）
①Although my opinion, the old professor didn’t come up with his own.
A. against B. on C. for D. in
【解析】
②Some people choose jobs for other reasons money these days.
A. for B. except C. besides D. with
【解析】
③Some students often listen to music classes to refresh themselves.
A. between B. among C. over D. during
【解析】
④This is a junior school. You should go to a senior school girls of your age. （2007北京卷）
A. for B. about C. from D. to
【解析】
⑤ the silence of the pauses, we could hear each other’s breathing and could almost hear our own heartbeats.
A. In B. For C. Under D. Between
【解析】
⑥Sorry, Madam. You’d better come tomorrow because it’s the visiting hours. （2006福建卷）
A. during B. at C. beyond D. before
【解析】
⑦This new model of car is so expensive that it is the reach of those with average incomes.
A. over B. within C. beyond D. below
【解析】
⑧It was a pity that the great writer died his works unfinished.
A. for B. with C. from D. of
【解析】
⑨—What do you want______those old boxes
—To put things in when I move to the new flat.
A. by B. for C. of D. with
【解析】
⑩Luckily, the bullet narrowly missed the captain ______an inch.
A. by B. at C. to D. from
【解析】
现将（2006-2011）六年来高考全国卷和各省市自主命题卷所涉及到的介词短语及固定搭配总结如下，
以便考生熟悉这一块的考点。
英语 汉语意义 英语 汉语意义
above one’s own in front of
above average in general
according to in honour of
after all in need of
along with in one’s mind
apart from in other words
as a result (of) in place
as well as in place of
be convinced of sth. in praise of
be curious about sth in return
because of in search of
below average in short
beyond control in sight
beyond description in spite of
beyond reach in terms of
beyond repair in the direction of
by chance in the form of
by means of in turn
by nature in vain
by oneself instead of
except for next to
far from of one's own age
for one thing on average
hear from on condition that
in addition to on one’s mind
in all on purpose
in case（of） on the other hand
in detail on time
in doubt on top of
in effect regardless of
in exchange for to the point
in face of with regard to
in favour of within easy reach
说明：例题请见以下的高考链接部分。
2009年
1.（全国卷I）Everybody was touched _____ words after they heard her moving story.
A. beyond B. without C. of D. in
【答案】
【解析】
2.（重庆卷）Try on this red skirt; you will look great it.
A. on B. by C. in D. for
【答案】
【解析】
3.（福建）—How amazing it is that astronauts are exploring outer space!
—It’s a challenge, I guess, man against nature.
A. of B. for C. by D. about
【答案】
【解析】
4.（陕西卷）He invited me to a dance after the show Christmas Eve.
A. at B. on C. in D. by
【答案】
【解析】
5.（北京卷）The wine industry in the area has developed in a special way, ____ little foreign ownership.
A. by B. of C. with D. from
【答案】
【解析】
6.（辽宁卷）Children need friends their own age to play with.
A of B for C in D at
【答案】
【解析】
7.（山东卷）It saves time in the kitchen to have things you use a lot _______ easy reach.
A. near B. upon C. within D. around
【答案】
【解析】
8.（四川卷）A great person is always putting others’ interests _________ his own.
A. below B. above C. in D. on
【答案】
【解析】
9.（湖南卷）Most Americans would prefer to keep their problems themselves, and solve their problems
______ themselves.
A. to; by B. by; to C. for; to D. in; on
【答案】
【解析】
10.（全国卷II ）Jenny nearly missed the flight ______ doing too much shopping.
A. as a result of B. on top of C. in front of D. in need of
【答案】
【解析】
11.（2009天津卷）The art show was _______ being a failure; it was a great success.
A. far from B. along with C. next to D. regardless of
【答案】
【解析】
12.（江苏卷）This special school accepts all disabled students, __ educational level and background.
A. according to B. regardless of C. in addition to D. in terms of
【答案】
【解析】
13.（湖北卷）You’d sound a lot more polite if you make a request ______ a question.
A. in search of B. in the form of C. in need of D. in the direction of
【答案】
【解析】
14.（湖北卷）His efforts to raise money for his program were ______ because, no one showed any intention to take a cent out of their pockets.
A. in place B. in sight C. in effect D. in vain
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(北京卷)Would you mind not picking the flowers in the garden They are everyone's enjoyment.
A. in B. at C. for D. to
【答案】
【解析】
2.(湖北卷)It is illegal for a public official to ask people for gifts or money ____________favors to them.
A. in preference to B . in place of C. in agreement with D. in exchange for
【答案】
【解析】
3.(江苏卷)So far we have done a lot to build a low-carbon economy, but it is ________ideal. We have to work
still harder.
A. next to B. far from C. out of D. due to
【答案】
【解析】
4.(江西卷)We give dogs time, space and love we can spare, and , dogs give us their all.
A. in all B. in fact C. in short D. in return
【答案】
【解析】
5.（江西卷）Nowadays some hospitals refer to patients name, not case number.
A. of B. as C. by D. with
【答案】
【解析】
6.(天津卷)My father warned me _______ going to the West Coast because it was crowed with tourists.
A. by B. on C. for D. against
【答案】
【解析】
7.(重庆卷)The dictionary is what I want, but I don’t have enough money me.
A. by B. for C. in D. with
【答案】
【解析】
8.(福建卷)More and more high—rise buildings have been built in big cities space.
A. in search of B. in place of C. for lack of D. for fear of
【答案】
【解析】
9.(辽宁卷) I agree to his suggestion ______the condition that he drops all charges.
A. by B. in C. on D. to
【答案】
【解析】
10.(四川卷)Tired, Jim was fast asleep with his back a big tree.
A. in B. below C. beside D. against
【答案】
【解析】
11.(浙江卷)I guess we've already talked about this before but I'll ask you again just __ .
A. by nature B. in return C. in case D. by chance
【答案】
【解析】
12.(上海卷)Sean has formed the habit of jogging the tree-lined avenue for two hours every day.[
A. between B. along C. below D. with]
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（大纲卷）This shop will be closed for repairs_________further notice.
A. with B. until C. for D. at
【答案】
【解析】
2.（北京卷）With new technology, pictures of underwater valleys can be taken_________ color.
A. by B. for C. with D. in
【答案】
【解析】
3.（上海卷）Graduation is a good time to thank those who have helped you ______ the tough years.
A. through B. up C. with D. from
【答案】
【解析】
4.（湖北卷）When asked about their opinions about the schoolmaster, many teachers would prefer to see him step aside ________ younger men.
A. in terms of B. in need of C. in favor of D. in praise of
【答案】
【解析】
5.（山东卷）I’m sorry I didn’t phone you, but I’ve been very busy_______ the past couple of weeks.
A. beyond B. with C. among D. over
【答案】
【解析】
6.（安徽卷）Sometimes proper answers are not far to seek________ food safety problem.
A. in B. to C. on D. after
【答案】
【解析】
7.（浙江卷）I always wanted to do the job which I’d been trained ________.
A. on B. for C. by D. of
【答案】
【解析】
8.（四川卷）Nick, it’s good for you to read some books ________China before you start your trip there.
A. in B. for C. of D. on
【答案】
【解析】
9.（天津卷）He was a good student and scored _________ average in most subjects.
A. below B. of C. on D. above
【答案】
【解析】
10.（重庆卷）Shirley, a real book lover, often brings home many books to read________ the library.
A. in B. for C. by D. from
【答案】
【解析】
11.（江苏卷）We’d better discuss everything ________before we work out the plan.
A. in detail B. in general C. on purpose D. on time
【答案】
【解析】
12.（福建卷）_________ good service, the restaurant offers different kinds of traditional Fujian dished.
A. Far from B. Apart from C. Instead of D. Regardless of
【答案】
【解析】
1. Leaves are found _______ all kinds of trees, but they differ greatly ________ size and shape.
A. in; on B. in; from C. on; by D. on; in
【答案】
【解析】
2.Being exposed for a long time ______ strong sunlight might seriously damage your skin.
A. in B. under C. to D. over
【答案】
【解析】
3.Ballet is not popular ________ our city because most people think it is too expensive to take the classes.
A. in B. with C. among D. on
【答案】
【解析】
4.We should talk about the things ________ the children's understanding in a simple way.
A. over B. beyond C. above D. under
【答案】
【解析】
5.Most pop music is influenced, ________ a greater or less degree，by the blues.
A. to B. on C. for D. within
【答案】
【解析】
6.Putting the worries out of her mind，Mary turned her efforts ________ the evening meal.
A. to B. beyond C. off D. inside
【答案】
【解析】
7.How the famous actor treated us made me feel he was not an important person out _____ reach, but kind big brother.
A. from B. of C. over D. to
【答案】
【解析】
8. I found the island a wonderful place for our experiments _______ the hot weather.
A. besides B. except for C. except D. except that
【答案】
【解析】
9. Traveling ________ a speed of 160 kilometers per hour, we have covered a distance of 120 kilometers _______ less than 50 minutes.
A. with; in B. at; in C. with; for D. at; for
【答案】
【解析】
10. Guangdong lies ________ the south of China and still to the south, ______ Qiongzhou Strait, is the Hainan island.
A.. to; across B. to; on C. in; across D. in; to
【答案】
【解析】
11. ______ two exams to worry about, I have to work really hard this weekend.
A. With B. As C. As for D. Because
【答案】A
【解析】
12. ______ their return, they were praised as national heroes.
A. At B. By C. On D. With
【答案】
【解析】
13. It’s ________ me why Alice gave up her job and got married.
A. under B. above C. over D. beyond
【答案】
【解析】
14. The voyages of travelers before the 17th century show that they were not ________ the sea even though they
didn’t have modern navigational aids.
A. at the expense of B. at the risk of C. in the way of D. at the mercy of
【答案】
【解析】
15.The new tax policy only affects people on yearly incomes over ￥120,000, the very rich.
A. by the way B. as a result C. in other words D. as a manner of
【答案】
【解析】
16.The big snow lasted nearly half a week. What was worse, they were trapped in the mountain and badly ________ food.
A. in search of B. in the hope of C. in want of D. in charge of
【答案】
【解析】
17. With your brother's help, I've made great progress in English and I really want to do something for him ________.
A. in turn B. by turns C. in return D. in answer
【答案】
【解析】
18. People in Los Angels have no idea of distance on the map，so they measure distance ________ time not miles.
A. by way of B. by means of C. for lack of D. on account of
【答案】
【解析】
19.To keep safe________ an earthquake，you should remain at a spot in your room where nothing may fall on you.
A. in search of B. in advance of C. in terms of D. in case of
【答案】
【解析】
20.Mr.Clark working in our company is from the United States. But he is a Canadian ________.
A. by origin B. by nature C. by source D. by history
【答案】
【解析】
21.The company has changed some of its working practices ________ complaints and criticism from the customers.
A. in respect to B. in return for C. in exchange for D. in response to
【答案】
【解析】
22.After running for a mile yesterday，I was almost ________, not feeling bad，though.
A. out of shape B. out of breath C. out of control D. out of order
【答案】
【解析】
23.After the quarrel, I tried all my best to remove the misunderstanding between us，but all my efforts seemed ________.
A. in vain B. in case C. in time D. in trouble
【答案】
【解析】
24.Many of the scientists and engineers are judged ________ how great their achievements are.
A. in spite of B. in charge of C. in favor of D. in terms of
【答案】
【解析】
25. _______ I was keen on jazz, but I seem to have lost interest in it now.
A. At a time B. At one time C. At no time D. Of all time
【答案】
【解析】非谓语动词是高考的重点和热点，也是我们英语学习中所碰到的难点之一。非谓语动词分为三种形式：不定式，V-ing分词（又分为现在分词和动名词）和过去分词。
1.非谓语动词的语法功能
所能充当的成分 主语 表语 宾语 宾语（主语）补足语 定语 插入语（独立成分）
V-ing形式 现在分词 ● ● ● ●
动名词 ● ● ● ●
不定式（to do） ● ● ● ● ● ●
过去分词（done） ● ● ● ●
注：常见作独立成分的非谓语动词
to tell you the truth(实话说)，needless to say(不用说)，to be honest/frank(老实说，坦白说)，to be more exact(更确切地说)，to make things worse (更糟的是)，not to mention…(更不用说)，Generally / Frankly / Roughly speaking (一般说来 / 坦白说 / 粗略地说)
2.非谓语动词的变化形式
非谓语形式 构成
时态 语态 复合结构 否定式
主动 被动
不定式 一般式 to do to be done for sb. to do sth. 或of sb. to do sth. 在“to”前加not或never
进行式 to have done to have been done
完成式 to be doing /
完成进行式 to have been doing /
动名词 一般式 doing being done sb.或sb’s doing作主语要用sb’s doing 在前加not特别注意复合结构的否定式： sb’s not doingsb’s not having done
完成式 having done having been done
现在分词 与动名词变化形式相同 在前加not
（一）辨别谓语与非谓语
特别注意分析句子的结构才能辨别谓语与非谓语。
①The traffic rule says young children under the age of four and __ less than 40 pounds must be in a child safety seat.
A. being weighed B. weighs C. weighed D. weighing
【解析】容易误选B或C，将其当成谓语看待。under the age of four and ____ less than 40 pounds用作children的定语。动词weigh与名词children是主动关系，所以选择weighing。
②______ blood if you can and many lives will be saved.
A. Giving B. Give C. Given D. To give
【解析】如果不注意分析句子结构，会误选A或C项。这是祈使句+and+陈述句的句型。答案B。
（二）非谓语作主语、宾语的重点
1.it充当动词不定式的形式主语或形式宾语
①It is important for us to learn English very well.对我们来说学好英语是非常重要的。
②I think it important for us to learn English very well.我认为对我们来说学好英语是非常重要的。
it作形式主语使用动名词的句型
①It is no use/no good/useless+doing sth.
It is no use crying.哭没有用。
②It is fun(a great pleasure, a waste of time)
It is a waste of time trying to explain.设法解释是浪费时间。
2.用不定式还是用动名词作宾语有特殊规定
①I don’t want ____ like I’m speaking ill of anybody, but the manager’s plan is unfair.
A. to sound B. to be sounded C. sounding D. to have sounded
【解析】want后要跟动词不定式作宾语，sound是连系动词不用被动式，与谓语动词没有时间的先后，故不可用它的完成式。答案A。
类似的知识点要记牢。如：help, hope, ask, refuse, decide, promise, wish, pretend, expect, arrange, learn, plan, demand, dare, manage, agree, prepare, fail, determine, offer, choose, desire, elect, long等动词后要用动词不定式作宾语。
②It is difficult to imagine his ________the decision without any consideration.
A. accept B. accepting C. to accept D. accepted
【解析】imagine要求用动名词作宾语。答案B。
类似的知识点要记牢。下列常见的这些动词（组）后要用动词动名词作宾语
suggest, risk, devote oneself to（建议冒险去献身）
finish, imagine, bear/stand, look forward to（完成想象忍盼望）
give up, delay/put off, regret, miss（放弃延期悔失去）
insist on/stick to, enjoy/appreciate, feel like, practice（坚持欣赏要实践）
pay attention to, excuse, escape/avoid, object to（注意原谅逃/避反对）
keep, be/get used to/be accustomed to, mind（保持习惯勿介意）
be worth, set about/burst out/get down to, be busy（值得开始将忙乎）
3.用不定式还是用动名词作宾语意义不同
In some parts of London, missing a bus means ____for another hour.
A. waiting B. to wait C. wait D. to be waiting
【解析】此题意为“在英国的一些地方，如果错过了公交车就意味着再等一个小时。”mean doing sth 意为“意味着什么”，mean to do sth 意为“试图、打算做什么”。答案A。
类似的知识点要记牢。
①动词本身意义不变，跟不定式和动名词意义不同
remember to do sth. 记住要做
remember doing sth.记得过去做过
forget to do sth. 忘了已做过的事
forget doing sth. 忘记要做某事
②动词本身意义改变，跟不定式和动名词意义不同
regret to do sth.对马上要或不做的事表示遗憾
regret doing sth.对已发生的事表示遗憾或后悔
mean to do sth.打算，想要
mean doing 意味着，意思是
try to do sth. 努力做某事
try doing sth. 尝试做某事
can’t help doing sth.情不自禁，忍不住
can’t help (to) do sth.不能帮忙做某事
be considered to have done被认为已经做了
consider…to be认为是
consider doing考虑做某事
③动词本身意义不变，跟不定式被动式和动名词意义相同
want，need，require接动名词表示被动意义，接不定式就要用被动式，这时主语与动名词之间为动宾关系
These young trees require looking after（=to be looked after）.
The matter needs thinking over(=to be thought over).
④下列动词跟动词不定式做目的状语，跟动名词作宾语
stop to do停下来，要做另一件事（不定式作目的状语）
stop doing停止做（动名词作宾语）
go on to do接着做另一件事（不定式作目的状语）
go on doing继续做同一件事（动名词作宾语）
4.有些动词后要用“疑问词＋不定式”结构作复合宾语
It is said that in Australia there is more land than the government knows _____.
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
【解析】本题考查“疑问词＋不定式”和动词短语 do with 的用法。答案C。
（三）非谓语作表语的重点
①不定式、动名词与分词作表语的区别。不定式和动名词作表语相当于一个名词作表语，含义是回答主语“是什么”；分词作表语相当于形容词作表语，含义是回答主语“怎么样”。
Our plan is to keep the affair secret.我们的计划是让这件事成为秘密。
Their job is making wheelchairs for disabled people.他们的工作是为残疾人制造轮椅。
The music they are playing sounds exciting.他们演奏的音乐听起来令人激动。
This beautiful village remains unknown to the rest of the world.
这个美丽的村庄仍未外界所知。
②现在分词和过去分词作表语的区别。现在分词和过去分词作表语都是用于回答主语“怎么样”的。现在分词说明主语的特征，过去分词说明主语的状态。如：
This dog is frightening.这条狗让人害怕。（说明狗的特征）
This dog is frightened.这条狗有些害怕。（说明狗的心理状态）
Climbing is tiring and we are completely tired after a day's climbing.
爬山是累人的，爬了一天的山我们都全累坏了。（tiring说明climbing的特征，tired说明我们的状态）
注意：在下列句中，非谓语动词具体的语法功能
What he wanted to suggest is to cut down the price and increase the sales.
他想建议的是降价促销。（不定式作表语，说明主语“是什么”）
My American teacher is to leave China soon.
我的美国老师即将离开中国。（不定式作表语，表示将来）
Her work is taking care of the children.她的工作是照顾小孩。（现在分词作表语，说明主语“是什么”）
She is taking care of the children.她在照料小孩。（构成进行时，说明主语正在执行的动作）
The cup is broken.杯子碎了。（过去分词作表语，说明主语所处的状态）
The cup was broken by Peter.杯子是被彼得打坏的。（构成被动语态，说明主语是动作的承受者）
（四）非谓语作宾语补足语的重点
1.理解下表中所列的关系
非谓语 与宾语的逻辑关系 与谓语动作的时间关系
不定式 主动关系 ①在谓语动词后发生②不带to的不定式表示动作的全过程
现在分词 主动关系 同时进行
过去分词 被动关系 动作已经完成或表示状态
When I came in, I saw her dancing happily. （主动进行）
I saw him go to the cinema.（主动，全过程）
We heard her singing next door.（主动进行）
We heard the song sung by her next door. （被动完成）
We heard the song being sung next door. （被动进行）
2.下列动词和短语必须以用不定式作宾语补足语
wish, want, ask, require/request, order, warn, allow/permit, forbid, expect, remind, encourage, inspire, call on, depend on
注意：advise/allow/permit/forbid +宾语+不定式作宾语补足语
advise/allow/permit/forbid +动名词作宾语时
①What did the librarian _____ out of the library
A. permit to take B. forbid to be taken
C. allow to take D. insist being taken
②I don’t allow ______ in my office and I don’t allow my family ______ at all.
A. to smoke…smoking B. smoking…to smoke
C. to smoke…to smoke D. smoking…smoking
答案：BB
3. 在think, consider, find等动词后常用to be +adj. 结构作宾语补足语，有时to be省略。
We all discover him (to be) kind and honest.
4.几个特别的结构
▲have+宾语+do/doing/done
①“ have + 宾语+ do sth ”意为“让/叫/使某人做某事”。此结构中的 have 是使役动词，宾语后的 do sth 是不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语。
The boss often has them work for 14 hours a day.老板经常要他们一天工作14 个小时。
②“have +宾语+ doing”意为“叫/让/使某人做某事或让某种情况发生”。宾语后面用现在分词作宾语补足语，表示宾语与现在分词表示的动作之间为主动关系，且动作正在进行。
Don’t have the dog barking much, Lilin. 李林，别让狗狂吠不停。
③“ have + 宾语+done”意为“让/叫/使/请别人做某事”或者是“遭受/遭遇了……，此时，主语是无意中的受害者，而不是动作的执行者”的意思。宾语后面用过去分词作宾语补足语，说明宾语与过去分词表示的动作之间是被动关系。
We had the machine mended just now.我们刚才请人把机器修好了。
He had his leg injured while playing football.他在踢足球时腿受了伤。
▲get+宾语+to do/doing/done
三种结构的意义请参看上述“have+宾语+do/doing/done”的意义解释。
He got his sister to help him with his clothes. 他让姐姐帮他洗衣服。
Can you really get that old clock going again 你真的能让那辆旧钟再走起来吗？
Doris got her bad tooth pulled out in the hospital. 多丽丝在医院把坏牙拔了。
▲catch sb. doing sth逮住某人干某事
If she catches me reading her diary, she’ll be furious.如果她抓住我偷看她的日记，她会愤怒的。
▲make + oneself + done
oneself 与其后的过去分词存在着动宾关系，或者说是被动关系
He raised his voice in order to make himself heard. 他提高了嗓门为了使别人听清他的讲话。
（五）非谓语作定语的重点
1.理解下表中所列的关系
分类 形式 与被修饰词的逻辑关系 与谓语动作的时间关系
不定式 to do 动宾关系 在谓语动作后发生
“the last/next/first...” 后常接不定式作定语，表示主谓关系 在谓语动作前或者后发生
to be done 被动关系 在谓语动作后发生
现在分词 doing 主动关系 与谓语动作同时进行
being done 被动关系 与谓语动作同时进行
过去分词 done 被动关系 在谓语动作之前发生
存在的状态或情况
It is a good chance to practice your spoken English.这是练习你的口语的好机会。
He was the last one to leave the office. 他是最后一个离开办公室的。
The woman standing over there is our English teacher.站在那边的那个妇女是我们的英语老师。
The house to be built (=which will be built/which is to be built) next year will be our new library.（将要建的）
The house being built (=which is being built) now will be our new library.（正在建的）
The house built (=which was built) last year is our new library now.（已经建成的）
I like reading books written by Lu Xun.我喜欢读鲁迅写的小说。
2.动词不定式尾后的介词不能丢
When I handed the report to John, he said that George was the person ______.
A. to send B. for sending it C. to send it to D. for sending it to
【解析】该题中须用不定式短语作后置定语，排除B 和D；答案A中，没有to就意味着是把George 这个人打发走。本句意思是将该报告送给这个人—George, it 指这个报告，因此to不能少。答案C。
（六）非谓语作状语的重点
1.理解下表中所列的关系
非谓语 与逻辑主语（即句子的主语）的关系 与谓语动作的时间关系
doing（一般式）作状语 主动关系 （几乎）与谓语动作同时进行
having done（完成式）作状语 主动关系 先于谓语动作发生
having been done（完成被动式）作状语 被动关系 先于谓语动作发生
done（过去分词）作状语 被动关系 已经在过去发生或是不十分强调时间概念
Waiting (=When I was waiting) to see the doctor, I met with a friend of mine.
Having (=Because we have) made full preparations, we are sure to be successful.
Having been shown around(=After we had been shown) the library, we were then taken to see the laboratory.
Seen (=When the town is seen) from the hill, the town looks more beautiful.
Locked (=When he was locked) up in the room, he found himself isolated from the outer world.
2.too…to…, enough to do…, only to…等结构表示结果
The boy is too young to join the navy.这男孩太小参不了海军。
The hall is big enough to hold 1,000 people. 这厅大得足以容纳一千人。
They lift a rock only to drop it on their own feet他们搬起石头结果却砸了自己的脚。
注意：动词作结果作状语表示未曾预料的结果，而现在分词作结果状语表示自然而然或必然的结果。
Her husband died in 1942, leaving her with five children.
The bus was held up by snowstorm, thus causing the delay.
3.分词（短语）作状语的附着规则
使用分词（短语）作句子状语时，有一条规则必须遵守：即分词（短语）的逻辑主语应当与句子的主语一致，否则句子就是错句。
_____from the top of the tower, the south foot of the mountain is a sea of trees.
A. Seen B. Seeing C. Have seen D. To see
【解析】此处是非谓语动词做状语，逻辑主语是句子的主语，非谓语动词与逻辑主语是被动关系，用过去分词。答案A。
对比：Seeing from the top of the tower, we can find the south foot of the mountain is a sea of trees.
主要：已经成为固定用法的非谓语动词（短语）不需要遵守这条附着规则
常见的的有：considering…(鉴于/考虑到……)，judging by/from…(从……来看，依据……来判断)，supposing that…(假定……)，providing that… (假定……)，according to…(依据……)，including…(包括……)，owing to…(由于……)，talking/speaking of…(谈及……)
given…(考虑到……), provided that…(如果……)
4.独立主格结构和with复合结构
▲逻辑主语+不定式/现在分词/过去分词
I send you 100 dollars today, the rest to follow in a year.
今天我先给你寄100美元。其余的钱一年内陆续寄过去。
Weather permitting, I’ll go to the park with my parents on Sunday.
如果天气允许，星期天我将和爸妈去公园。
All things considered, the planned trip will have to be called off.
考虑到所有的情况，原来计划好的旅行不得不取消。
▲with(without)+宾语+不定式/现在分词/过去分词
With a lot of difficult problems to settle ,the newly —elected president is having a hard time.
有很多难题要解决新任总统日子可不好过！
Without anything to eat, he died of hunger. 由于没有东西吃，他饿死了。
The Yangtze river is very busy with so many boats and ships coming and going every day.
每天长江上各种船只来来往往显得格外忙碌。
Without any more time given, we couldn't finish the task in three weeks.
如果不另给我们时间的话，我们三星期之内完成不了任务。
With everything well arranged, he left the office.一切都安排妥善之后，他离开了办公室。
（七）不定式的省略
不定式的省略我们可以分作两种，一种是对不定式符号“to”的省略（如：make sb. do sth等）；另一种则是不定式符号“ to ”后省略实义动词的形式。这儿讲的是第二种情况（又称不定式符号to的替代作用）。
常见情形有：
①would/should like/love to, used to, have to, ought to, be going to, be able to, be willing to 等后面的to均
为不定式符号，重复时可省略to后该不定式短语。如：
— Could you lend me your dictionary 能把你的词典借给我吗？
— I’d like to (lend you my dictionary). 行。
②动词afford, agree, expect, forget, hope, intend, manage, need, pretend, refuse, try, want, wish等后面常
接不定式短语作宾语，重复时可省略to后该宾语。如：
You may ask him for help if you want to (ask him for help). 如果你愿意，可以请他帮你。
③动词allow, beg, expect, forbid, force, invite, order, permit, tell, persuade等后面常接不定式短语作宾语
补足语，重复时可省略to后该宾语补足语。如：
I’ll go to her birthday party if she invites me to (go to her birthday party).
如果她邀请我参加她的生日聚会，我会去。
（八）非谓语动词的逻辑主语
一般说来非谓语动词的逻辑主语要么就是句子的主语或宾语，要么就是被它所修饰的中心词。但是有时需要明确非谓语动词所表示动作的执行者或承受者，这时就要标明它的逻辑主语。
①当动名词短语作主语、宾语或表语时，具有名词特性，其逻辑主语由“名词所有格或形容词性物主代词”表示，放在动名词短语之前。当动名词短语不在句首时，也可由“名词普通格或代词宾
格”表示。
Helen’s/Her being absent made the teacher very angry. 海伦/她没来上课，让老师很生气。
They insisted on my/me speaking at the meeting. 他们坚持要我在会上发言。
②形容词+for + 名词或代词 + 动词不定式
形容词通常表示事物的性质
It is necessary for you to finish the work before Friday.你们有必要在星期五前做完这项工作。
His idea is for us to travel in different cars.他的主意是让我们乘不同的车去旅游。
③形容词+of+ 名词或代词 + 动词不定式
形容词往往表示人物的性格和特征
How careless it is of him to break such a valuable vase! 他真不小心，把如此贵重的花瓶打破了。
It’s brave of you to go into the burning building to save the baby!
你真勇敢，冲进着火的大楼里救这个婴儿
（九）关于there be 的非谓语形式
there be非谓语形式可在句中作主语、宾语、状语和定语
1.作动词宾语时，通常用there to be结构，而不用there being。能这样用的及物动词为：expect，like，mean，intend，want，prefer，hate等，如：
We don't want there to be any comrades lagging behind.我们不希望有任何同志掉队。
They hate there to be long queues everywhere..他们不愿意处处都要排长队。
We have no objection to there being a meeting here．我们并不反对在这里开会。
2.作状语多用there being结构，但若置于介词for之后要用there to be
There being nobody else at hand, I had to do by myself．由于附近没有人，我只得独自干了。(原因状语)
It’s too early for there to be anybody up．太早了，还不会有人起床。(作程度状语)
There having been no rain for a long time，the ground was very dry.
因为好长时间没下雨了，地面非常干燥。(原因状语)
3.作主语时两种结构都可以，但如是用for引导则要用there to be.
It is not uncommon for there to be problems of communication between old and young.
老人与年青人之间存在着沟通问题是很常见的。
There being a kindergarten on campus is a great convenience to female teachers.
校园内有幼儿园对女教师十分方便。
Please do me a favor — ______ my friend Mr. Smith to Youth Theater at 7:30 tonight.
A. to invite B. inviting C. invite D. invited
【解析】答案为C。该题目把祈使句，非谓语动词以及破折号的作用综合到一起来进行考察查。句意：请帮我个忙——邀请我的朋友史密斯先生今晚7点半到青年剧院。破折号后是一个祈使句。
1.作宾语时的区别
①I can’t stand _____ with Jane in the same office. She just refuses______ talking while she works.
A. working , stopping B. to work, stopping C. working, to stop D. to work , to stop
【解析】答案为C。stand在这里表示“忍受”，后面要求用动名词作宾语，而“refuse”要用不定式作宾语。
②Isn't it time you got down to______ the papers
A. mark B. be marked C. being marked D. marking
【解析】答案为D。 “got down to”中的“to”是介词因而要用动名词作宾语，而动名词“marking”与其逻辑主语“you”是主动关系。
③There is a new problem involved in the popularity of private cars ____ road conditions need _______.
A. that, to be improved B. which , to be improved
C. where, improving D. when, improving
【解析】答案为A。因为“公路状况需要改善”，“need”后接“improving”或“to be improved”都可以。后面的从句应是“problem”的同位语，应用“that”引导。
④Susan wanted to be independent of her parents. She tried alone, but she didn’t like it and moved back
home.
A. living B. to live C. to be living D. having lived
【解析】答案为A。try doing sth.意为“试着做某事”；try to do sth. 意为“尽力去做某事”。句意：苏姗不想依赖父母。她试着一个人生活，但不喜欢这样，又搬回家去了。
⑤All the staff in our company are considering______ to the city centre for the fashion show.
A. to go B. going C. to have gone D. having gone
【解析】答案为B。consider doing意为“考虑做某事”。
2.作表语时的区别
①Tom sounds very much ______ in the job, but I’m not sure whether he can manage it.
A. interested B. interesting C. interestingly D. interestedly
【解析】答案为A。“sound”是连系动词，应使用形容词化的分词作表语。C、D 备选项都是副词，应排除。“interest”的现在分词表示主语所具有的特征，意思是“令人感兴趣的”；过去分词表示主语所处的状态，意思是“感兴趣的”。
②Please remain ;the winner of the prize will be announced soon.
A. seating B. seated C. to seat D. to be seated
【解析】答案为B。“seat”是及物动词，“be seated=sit down”。此处“seated=sitting”。“remain seated”
保持坐着的状态。句意为：请各位在座位上坐着；获奖者很快就会宣布的。
3.作宾语（主语）补足语时的区别
①The teacher asked us _________so much noise.
A. don’t make B. not make C. not making D. not to make
【解析】答案为D。在动词“ask”后面用不定式作宾语补足语，其否定形式是“not to do”。
②—Excuse me sir, where is Room 301
—Just a minute. I’ll have Bob ____you to your room.
A. show B. shows C. to show D. showing
③A cook will be immediately fired if he was found ________in kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked
【解析】答案为B。“find”后接现在分词作主语补足语。此句中“smoking” 是主语“he”的补足语, 所以称为主语补足语。表示主动的正在发生的事。根据“immediately”可判断出“厨师当场被发现在厨房吸烟会被立即开除”。
④To learn English well, we should find opportunities to hear English as much as we can.
A. speak B. speaking C. spoken D. to speak
【解析】答案为C。此处考查“hear+宾语+do/doing/done”的结构。因为“English”是“被说”，故用过去分词（spoken）作宾补，表示被动。
4.作后置定语时的区别
①If there is a lot of work _______, I’m happy to just keep on until it is finished.
A. to do B. to be doing C. done D. doing
【解析】答案为A。“work”和“do”虽然存在逻辑上的动宾关系，但主语“I”和“do”存在逻辑上的主谓关系，此时用“to do”做后置定语。
②When I handed the report to John, he said that George was the person ______.
A. to send B. for sending it C. to send it to D. for sending it to
【解析】答案为C。该题中须用不定式短语作后置定语，排除B 和D选项；答案A项意为“送乔治这个人走”，显然不符合题意。而应该是将报告送给“乔治这个人”才符合题意。“it”指这个报告。后面的介词“to”不能少。
③—The last one ___________ pays the meal.
—Agreed!
A. arrived B. arrives C. to arrive D. arriving
【解析】答案为C。“the last/next/first...” 后常接不定式作定语。
④The Chinese are proud of the 29th Olympic Games ______in Beijing in 2008.
A. hold B. holding C. held D. to be held
【解析】答案为D。非谓语动词作后置定语的三种情况：the meeting to be held意为“即将召开的会议”；the meeting held意为“已经召开的会议”；the meeting being held是“正在召开的会议”的意思。很显然当时（2006年）“the 29th Olympic Games”还没有召开，故选D项。
⑤Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures ______ in your mind instead of
before your eyes.
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
【解析】答案为C。根据本题提供的语境，“看书时有画面在大脑中形成。”而句中有谓语“there are ”，
所以本应填非谓语动词，可排除B项。又因为“看书的同时就会形成”，排除A、D选项，故
选C项作定语。
⑥At the beginning of class, the noise of desks ____ could be heard outside the classroom.
A. opened and closed B. to be opened and closed
C. being opened and closed D. to open and close
【解析】答案为C。参看上面的例④。
⑦The Town Hall ______ in the 1800’s was the most distinguished building at that time.
A. to be completed B. having been completed
C. completed D. being completed
【解析】答案为C。参看上面例④的简析。
⑧—Can those at the back of the classroom hear me —No problem.
A. seat B. sit C. seated D. sat
【解析】答案为C。“sit”为不及物动词，可用“sitting”作定语；“seat”为及物动词，常与反身代词连用或用“be seated”形式。这里“seat”与“those”构成逻辑上的被动关系，故用其过去分词作定语=those who are seated…。
5.作状语时的区别
①He hurried to the booking office only _____ that all the tickets has been sold out.
A. to be told B. to tell C. told D. telling
【解析】答案为A。“only”后接不定式表示出人意料的结果。
②Oil prices have risen by 32 percent since the start of the year, ______ a record US $57.65 a barrel on April 4.
A. have reached B. reaching C. to reach D. to be reaching
【解析】答案为B。从句意来分析, 主句部分表示油价上涨了百分之三十二，逗号后面的内容为油价上涨后的必然结果“达到……记录” 。
③The storm left ,_____ a lot of damage to this area .
A. caused B. to have caused C. to cause D. having caused
【解析】答案为D。因“The storm”与“cause”存在逻辑上的主动关系，故排除选项A；不定式作状语，前面通常不用逗号，排除B、C选项；因暴风雨给这个地区“造成损失”是在“结束”之前, 所以用完成式。
④“You can’t catch me!” Janet shouted, _________ away.
A. run B. running C. to run D. ran
【解析】答案为B。“running away”在此作“shouted”的伴随状语, 由珍妮特发出这一动作, 故用现在分词。
⑤ to reach them on the phone, we sent an email instead.
A. Fail B. Failed C. To fail D. Having failed
【解析】答案为D。非谓语动词与主语构成主谓关系。且“没有打动电话”在“发电子邮件” 前已经发生。用现在分词主动式的完成式作时间状语。
⑥ around the Water Cube, we were then taken to see the Bird’s Nest for the 2008 Olympic Games.
A. Having shown B. To be shown C. Having been shown D. To show
【解析】答案为C。“show”与“take”之间有明显的时间先后关系，且句子的主语与“show”构成逻辑上的动宾关系，故该空格处用完成式的被动形式。
⑦_____ in a white uniform, he looks more like a cook than a doctor.
A. Dressed B. To dress C. Dressing D. Having dressed
【解析】答案为A。“dress”是及物动词，其用法为“dress sb./oneself（表动作）、be dressed in（表状态）”。
“dress”与“he”之间存在逻辑上的被动关系, 故用过去分词。
⑧______ into use in April 2000, the hotline was meant for residents reporting water and heating supply breakdowns.
A. Put B. Putting C. Having put D. Being put
【解析】答案为A。句子的主语是“the hotline”与“投入使用”存在着逻辑上的被动关系，而且表示过
去的事情, 所以排除D项。
①Faced with a bill for $10,000, _______.
A. an extra job has been given to John B. the boss has given John an extra job
C. an extra job has been taken D. John has taken an extra job
【解析】答案为A。根据“分词作状语其逻辑主语应与句子主语一致”的原则，只有A项才对。
②_________, the more expensive the camera, the better its quality.
A. General speaking B. Speaking general
C. Generally speaking D. Speaking generally
【解析】答案为C。分词短语独立成分。现在分词短语作为习语不遵守分词的附着规则。
③___ _ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.
A. Compare B. When comparing C. Comparing D. When compared
【解析】答案为D。分词的逻辑主语为“the biggest ocean”，它不能发出“compare”动作。从“compare A with B”的结构我们可以推断，它们之间存在逻辑上的被动关系，应用过去分词。如选B或C项，则就是“垂悬分词”。
1.不定式的复合结构和否定结构
①It was foolish ______you to give up what you rightly owned.
A. for B. of C. about D. from
【解析】答案为B。本句可以改成：You were foolish to give up…。形容词与非谓语动词之间有逻辑上的主谓关系。
②To fetch water before breakfast seemed to me a rule_____.
A. to never break B. never to be broken
C. never to have broken D. never to be breaking
【解析】答案为B。动词不定式的否定式是在“to”前加“not”或“never”。“规则被打破”要用被动式。
③The patient was warned ______oily food after the operation.
A. to eat not B. eating not C. not to eat D. not eating
【解析】答案为C。动词不定式的否定式是在“to”前加“not”或“never”。
2.动词不定式的省略结构
①—What’s the matter with Della
—Well, her parents wouldn’t allow her to go to the party, but she still _ _.
A. hopes to B. hopes so C. hopes not D. hopes for
【解析】答案为A。在不定式作简略回答时，常常将不定式“to”之后的内容省略。
②—Would you like to join me for a quick lunch before class
— , but I promised Nancy to go out with her.
A. I’d like to B.I like it C.I don’t D.I will
【解析】答案为A。简略答语中省略动词，只保留动词不定式符号。
③In my opinion, life in the twenty-first century is much easier than .
A. that used to be B. it is used to C. it was used to D. it used to be
【解析】答案为D。表示 “过去常常……”用“used to do”。本题中“be”为连系动词，不是实义动词，不能省略。
3.不定式的几个特别句型
①It is said in Australia there is more land than the government knows______ .
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
【解析】答案为C。“疑问词+不定式”作动词“knows”的宾语，而to do with sth.意为“处置、对付”是固定搭配。“it”是“with”的宾语指“the land”。“what to do with it”当于宾语从句“what the government should do with it”。
②I like getting up very early in summer. The morning air is so good .
A. to be breathed B. to breathe C. breathing D. being breathed
【解析】答案为B。在“主语+be+adj.+to do”句型中，动词不定式用主动形式表被动意义。
③—Is Bob still performing
—I’m afraid not. He is said________ the stage already as he has become an official.
A. to have left B. to leave C. to have been left D. to be left
【解析】答案为A。在“Sb./Sth. is/was+过去分词+不定式”句型中，如果不定式所表示的动作在谓语动词前面发生，动词不定式要用完成式。
④The flu is believed _____ by viruses that like to reproduce in the cell inside the human nose and throat.
A. causing B. being caused C. to be caused D. to have caused
【解析】答案为C。在“Sb./Sth. is/was+过去分词+不定式”句型中，如果不定式所表示的动作在谓语动
词后面发生，动词不定式要用一般式。
4.动名词的复合结构和否定结构
①_____the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
A. The president will attend B. The president to attend
C. The president attended D. The president’s attending
【解析】答案为D。此题为动名词的复合结构在句中作主语，句中“the president’s”为名词所有格充当动名“attending”的逻辑主语。
②— They are quiet, aren’t they
—Yes. They are accustomed________ at meals.
A. to talk B. to not talk C. to talking D. to not talking
【解析】答案为D。词组“be accused to （习惯于）”，其中“to”是介词，后跟名词或动名词。动名词的否定式在其前加“not”。
③The news of _______ greatly made us surprised a lot as he was indeed very excellent.
A. not his having elected B. not his being elected
C. his not being elected D. his not having elected
【解析】答案为C。如果将D选项改成“his not having been elected”也对。
注意：现在分词的否定式也是在其前加not。
_______the program, they have to stay there for another two weeks.
A. Not completing B. Not completed C. Not having completed D. Having not completed
【答案】C。
5.独立主格结构与with复合结构
①The country has already sent up three unmanned spacecraft, the most recent ________at the end of last March.
A. has been launched B. having been launched
C. being launched D. to be launched
【解析】答案为B。独立主格结构作状语，排除谓语动词形式，即A项。“the most recent”与“launch”为逻辑上的被动关系，且“launch”在谓语动词之前发生。
②The children went home from the grammar school, their lessons _______ for the day.
A. finishing B. finished C. had finished D. were finished
【解析】答案为B。根据句子结构判断，此处为独立主格结构，且功课是被完成，因此用过去分词。
③—Come on, please give me some ideas about the project.
—Sorry. With so much work _______ my mind, I almost break down.
A. filled B. filling C. to fill D. being filled
【解析】答案为B。“so much work”与“fill”之间存在逻辑上的主谓关系, 并且强调此时状态, 故用现在分词。
④John received an invitation to dinner, and with his work ______, he gladly accepted it.
A. finished B. finishing C. having finished D. was finished
【解析】答案为A。“his work”与“finish”之间逻辑上存在被动关系，用过去分词表示被动且已经完成。
2009年
1.（全国卷I）The children all turned the famous actress as she entered the classroom.
A. looked at B. to look at C. to looking at D. look at
【答案】B
【解析】句意：当那位著名的女演员进教室的时候，孩子们一下子都转过去看她。不要把“to”和“turn”联系在一起理解为“turn to （转向，求助）”的词组，该词组中的“to”是介词。本题是不定式作目的状语。
2.（全国卷I）Now that we’ve discussed our problem, are people happy with the decisions
A. taking B. take C. taken D. to take
【答案】C
【解析】句意：既然我们讨论了我们的问题，那么人们满意所作的决定吗？The decisions和take之间是被动关系，故用过去分词。
3.（全国卷II）They use computers to keep the traffic smoothly.
A. being run B. run C. to run D. running
【答案】D
【解析】这儿构成“keep sth. doing”固定用法。现在分词作动词keep的宾语补足语。traffic与run之间是主动关系，所以用现在分词。
4.（北京卷）For breakfast he only drinks juice from fresh fruit ___ on his own farm.
A. grown B. being grown C. to be grown D. to grow
【答案】A
【解析】fresh fruit与grow的关系是被动和完成，所以用过去分词做定语。
5.（北京卷）All of them try to use the power of the workstation ___ information in a more effective way.
A. presenting B. presented C. being presented D. to present
【答案】D
【解析】通过句意可知要用不定式作状语表示原因。为了更好的展示信息。所以答案为D。
6.（北京卷）_______ twice, the postman refused to deliver our letters unless we changed our dog.
A. Being bitten B. BittenC. Having bitten D. To be bitten
【答案】B
【解析】The postman与bite之间是被动和完成的关系，所以答案为B。
7.（上海卷）A small plane crashed into a hillside five miles east of the city, _____all four people on board.
A. killed B. killing C. kills D. to kill
【答案】B
【解析】飞机撞到山上与杀死飞机上的所有乘客之间是因果关系，所以用现在分词作状语表示结果。
8.（上海卷）With the government’s aid, those _____ by the earthquake have moved to the new settlements.
A. affect B. affecting C. affected D. were affected
【答案】C
【解析】Those与affect之间是被动和完成的关系，所以用过去分词作定语。
9.（上海卷）Bill suggested _____ a meeting on what to do for the Shanghai Expo during the vacation.
A. having held B. to hold C. holding D. hold
【答案】C
【解析】suggest后接doing sth.作宾语。
10.（上海卷）David threatened his neighbour to the police if the damages were not paid.
A. to be reported B. reporting C. to report D. having reported
【答案】C
【解析】threaten to do sth.威胁要做某事。因为该句是主动关系所以答案为C。
11.（天津卷）______ the project in time, the staff were working at weekends.
A. Competing B. Having completed C. To have completed D. To complete【答案】D
【解析】句意：为了按时完成工程，全体员工周末正在工作。动词不定式用于作目的状语，表将来。
故选D项。
12.（天津卷）_____ by the advances in technology, many farmers have set up wind farms on their land.A. Being encouraged B. Encouraging C. Encouraged D. Having encouraged【答案】C
【解析】句意：由于受到鼓励，许多农民在他们的土地上建起了风电场。过去分词表示被动和原因的。
故选C项。
13.（重庆卷）Michael’s new house is like a huge palace, with his old one.
A. comparing B. compares C. to compare D. compared
【答案】D
【解析】表达“与某物或某人相比”用compared with/to sb/sth.
14.（重庆卷）With the world changing fast, we have something new with all by ourselves every day.A. deal B. dealt C. to deal D. dealing
【答案】C
【解析】不定式做定语，deal with的动作发出者是句子的主语，所以要用主动表示被动。
15.（安徽卷）The play next month aims mainly to reflect the local culture.
A. produced B. being produced C. to be produced D. having been produced
【答案】C
【解析】非谓语动词作定语,句中已明显给出将来时间的标志next week,因此作定语应该选择动词不定式来表达将来。
16.（福建卷） not to miss the flight at 15:20, the manager set out for the airport in a hurry.
A. Reminding B. Reminded C. To remind D. Having reminded
【答案】B
【解析】非谓语动词做状语，逻辑主语是句子的主语the manager，非谓语动词与句子主语是被动关系，且其表示的动作在谓语动词set out之前已经发生，非谓语动词用过去分词，选B项。
17.（福建卷）In April, 2009, President Hu inspected the warships in Qingdao, the 60th anniversary of the founding of the PLA Navy.
A. marking B. marked C. having marked D. being marked
【答案】A
【解析】非谓语动词做状语，其后有宾语，故与逻辑主语是主动关系，且表示的动作与谓语动词的动作同时进行，用现在分词，选A项。
18.（湖南卷）When he the door, he found his keys were nowhere.
A. would open B. opened C. had opened D. was to open
【答案】D
【解析】句意：当他要打开门的时候,他发现他的钥匙不见了。动词不定时表示将要发生的动作。
19.（湖南卷）At the age of 29, Dave was a worker, in a small apartment near Boston and ______ what to do about his future.
A. living; wondering B. lived; wondering C. lived; wondered D. living; wondered
【答案】A
【解析】句意：29岁的大卫,是一个工人,住在一间小公寓在波士顿附近,不知怎么办关于他的未来。现在分词作定语修饰a worker，and 为并列连词，连接相同的成份。
20.（湖南卷）Nowadays people sometimes separate their waste to make it easier for it .
A. reusing B. reused C. reuses D. to be reused
【答案】D
【解析】句意：现在人们有时把他们的废物分开，以便很容易被重复利用。重新再利用是指将来发生的
动作，而且是被动的。故选D项。
21.（江苏卷）Schools across China are expected to hire 50,000 college graduates this year as short-term teachers, almost three times the number hired last year, reduce unemployment pressures.
A. help B. to have helped C. to help D. having helped
【答案】C
【解析】China are expected to help reduce unemployment pressures. to help 与to hire 位置相同。
22.（江西卷）_________ the right kind of training , these teenage soccer players may one day grew the international stars.
A. Giving B. Having given C. To give D. Given
【答案】D
【解析】如果把句子补充完整就不难看出：If they are given the right kind of training , 可知主语they 即these teenager soccer players与give 之间是被动的关系，所以用过去分词。根据主、从句主语一致可省略从句主语的原则，连词if 也可省，所以得出given the right kind of training , these teenager soccer players……
23.（江西卷）The government plans to bring in new laws _____ parents to take more responsibility for the education of their children.
A. forced B. forcing C. to be forced D. having forced
【答案】B
【解析】现在分词短语作后置定语，修饰new laws ,相当于which forces ……
24.（辽宁卷）When we visited my old family home, memory came ______ back
A. flooding B. to flood C. flood. D. flooded
【答案】A
【解析】现在分词作伴随状语。flooding 伴随came 意思为“记忆洪水般地涌现”，选A项恰当。
25.（辽宁卷） , you need to give all you have and try your best.
A. Being a winner B. To buy a winner C. Be a winner D. Having been a winner
【答案】B
【解析】不定式作目的状语。根据后句你需要付出你的一切和努力，前面应该是后句的目的，意思“为了去当冠军，”buy 意思是“obtain at a sacrifice”符合句意，选B项。
26.（宁夏卷）Now that we’ve discussed out problem, are people happy with the decisions
A. taking B. take C. taken D. to take
【答案】C
【解析】考查with +宾语+宾语补足语的用法。句意为：现在,我们已经讨论了问题,是人们最满意的决定？ take 与the decisions之间存在的关系是动宾关系，故用过去分词表示被动。
27.（山东卷）We are invited to a party _________in our club next Friday.
A. to be held B. held C. being held D. holding
【答案】A
【解析】由next month可知时间是在将来，party是被举行，故选A项。
28.（陕西卷）I still remember to the Famen Temple and what I saw there.
A. to take B. to be taken C. taking D. being taken
【答案】D
【解析】此处非谓语动词做remember的宾语，而remember后用非谓语动词做宾语时，可以用v-ing形式，v-ing表示的动作已经完成，也可用动词不定式，表示的动作还未发生，根据后文的saw可知此处非谓语动词动作已经完成，且与逻辑主语是被动关系，用v-ing的被动式，选D项。
29.（四川卷）He told us whether _________ a picnic was still under discussion
A. to have B. having C. have D. had
【答案】B
【解析】分析句子可知whether +to do sth. 做了宾语从句的主语, He told us 后省略了宾语从句的引导词that。
30.（四川卷）Ladies and gentlemen, please remain __________ until the plane has come to a complete stop.
A. seated B. seating C. to seat D. seat
【答案】A
【解析】remain后可接adj, v-ing, v-ed和to be done 等多种形式做表语，在该题中可以把seated视为一个形容词，所以正确答案为A项。
31.（四川卷）________ many times, he finally understood it.
A. Told B. Telling C. Having told D. Having been told 21世纪教育网
【答案】D
【解析】tell与主语之间的关系是被动和完成的关系，所以用having been done来表示被动和完成。
32.（浙江卷）There is a great deal of evidence that music activities engage different parts of the brain.
A. indicate B. indicating C. to indicate D. to be indicating
【答案】B
【解析】evidence与indicate之间是主动的关系，所以用现在分词作定语，可以恢复为which indicates。
33.（浙江卷）and short of breath, Andy and Ruby were the first to reach the top of Mount Tai.
A. To be tried B. Tired C. Tiring D. Being tired
【答案】B
【解析】本提的突破点在主语Andy and Ruby和tired的关系，前句是省略的让步状语从句，它的主语仍然是Andy and Ruby，此处可知意思是感到疲乏 ，选B项。
2010年
1.(全国I卷)Mrs. White showed her student some old maps _________from the library.
A. to borrow B. to be borrowed C. borrowed D. borrowing
【答案】C
【解析】题干中空格划在名词maps后，空格后部分是对maps解释说明，因此此题考察非谓语动词做定语。非谓语动词做定语，首先判断动词与所修饰名词的主动还是被动关系，borrow和maps是被动关系，被动关系时非谓语动词形式有三种：to be done表示动作将要发生，being done表示动作正在发生，done表示动作已经完成，根据句意borrow的动作已经完成，因此选择C。句意：怀特夫人向学生们展示了从图书馆借来的一些老地图。
2.(全国I卷)With Father’s Day around the corner, I have taken some money out of the bank______ presents
for my dad.
A. buy B. to buy C. buying D. to have bought
【答案】B
【解析】句意：父亲节即将来临，我从银行里取出一些钱，准备买个礼物送给爸爸。由句意可知此处取钱的目的是为了买一些礼物送给父亲，故用动词不定式表示目的，即B项正确。
3.(全国卷II)Though ______ to see us, the professor gave us a warm welcome。
A. surprise B was surprised C. surprised D. being surprised
【答案】C
【解析】省略结构和非谓语动词考查。补完整为：Though he was surprised，跟后面句子的主语一致，可以省略主语和系动词。
4.(安徽卷)He had wonderful childhood, _____with his mother to all corners of the word.
A. travel B. to travel C. traveled D. traveling
【答案】D
【解析】主语（he）与动词travel之间存在主动关系，故用traveling作伴随状语。
5.(北京卷) at my classmates' faces, I read the same excitement in their eyes.
A. Looking B. Look C. To look D. Looked
【答案】A
【解析】look与其逻辑主语I为主动关系，因此用looking。
6.(北京卷)I’m calling to enquire about the position in yesterday’s China Daily.
A. advertised B. to be advertised C. advertising D. having advertised
【答案】A
【解析】the position肯定是被advertise的，此处的过去分词相当于一个定语从句：which was advertised。
句意：我打电话来咨询一下昨天中国日报上刊登职位的信息。
7.(福建卷)Lots of rescue workers were working around the clock , supplies to Yushu, Oinghai province after the earthquake.
A. sending B. to send C. having sent D. to have sent
【答案】A
【解析】现在分词短语作伴随状语。
8.(福建卷)In April, thousands of holidaymakers remained abroad due to the volcanic ash cloud.A. sticking B. stuck C. to be stuck D. to have stuck
【答案】B
【解析】非谓语动词与它的逻辑主语thousands of holidaymakers thousands of holidaymakers之间存在被动关系，且该动作已经完成（被阻止……）。
9.(湖南卷)Listen! Do you hear someone __________for help
A. calling B. call C. to call D. called
【答案】A
【解析】该空在句中为非谓语动词作宾补，根据 someone与call的主动关系排除D项。hear后接不定式作宾补时应省略to，由此排除C项。由listen可判断此处表示正在求救，故选A项。
10.(湖南卷)Dina, _______ for months to find a job as a waitress, finally took a position at a local advertising agency.
A. struggling B. struggled C. having struggled D . to struggle
【答案】C
【解析】该空是分词短语作时间状语，其逻辑主语Dina与struggle为主动关系，故排除B项。由剧中的finally可知非谓语动词表示的动作发生在句中谓语took a position之前，故用现在分词的完成主动式。
11.(湖南卷)So far nobody has claimed the money ___________________in the library.
A. discovered B. to be discovered C. discovering D. having discovered
【答案】A
【解析】该空在句中作后置定语修饰the money，根据the money与discover的被动关系，排除C、D两项。B项表示的是“将要被发现”的意思，根据句意“到目前为止还没有人来认领在图书馆所发现的钱”可判断选A项。
12.(江苏卷)The retired man donated most of his savings to the school damaged by the earthquake in Yushu,
________ the students to return to their classrooms.
A. enabling B. having enabled C. to enable D. to have enabled
【答案】A
【解析】现在分词短语作结果状语。即：在他捐献后的结果。
13.(江西卷)The lady walked around the shops, an eye out for bargains.
A. keep B. kept C. keeping D. to keep
【答案】C
【解析】句子主语lady和keep 之间是主动关系, 而且walk和keep 同时发生，现在分词短语作伴随状语。
14.(江西卷)There were many talented actors out there just waiting .
A. to discover B. to be discovered C. discovered D .being discovered
【答案】B
【解析】演员等待被发现，用被动，“发现”发生在等待之后，所以用不定式。
15.(辽宁卷)We were astonished _______ the temple still in its original condition.
A. finding B. to find C. find D. to be found
【答案】B
【解析】be astonished 后应该跟动词不定式做状语。句意：我们吃惊地发现那座庙仍然还是原来的状况。
16.(辽宁卷)Alexander tried to get his work _______in the medical circles .
A. to recognize B. recognizing C. recognize D. recognized
【答案】D
【解析】宾语work和recognize之间存在被动关系，所以用过去分词作宾语补足语。=have+宾语+done的结构。句意：亚历山大试图让他的工作在医学圈内得到认可。
17.(山东卷)I have a lot of readings _____ before the end of this term.
A. completing B. to complete C. completed D. being completed
【答案】B
【解析】句意应为“这个学期结束前，我有很多阅读练习要做。”由于时间状语before the end of this term表达未来的时间，所以空格处使用动词不定式表示将来，充当readings的定语。注意不是have+宾语+done的结构。
18.(山东卷)The living room is clean and tidy, with a dining table already ______ for a meal to be cooked.
A. laid B. laying C. to lay D. being laid
【答案】A
【解析】非谓语动词作定语。table与“放置”这个动作之间主存在逻辑上的被动关系。桌子应该是被放置，选择laid。
19.(陕西卷)________from the top of the tower, the south foot of the mountain is a sea of trees.
A. Seen B. Seeing C. Have seen D. To see
【答案】A
【解析】此处是非谓语动词做状语，逻辑主语是句子的主语，非谓语动词与逻辑主语是被动关系，用过去分词，选A项。
20.(陕西卷)His first book next month is based on a true story.
A. published B. to be published C. to publish D. being published
【答案】B
【解析】非谓语动词做后置定语，由时间状语next month可知所填非谓语动词表示将来的动作，用动词不定式，其逻辑主语是所修饰的名词book,不定式与逻辑主语是被动关系，故用不定式的被动式，选B。
21.(四川卷)In many people’s opinion，that company，though relatively small，is pleasant .
A. to deal with B. dealing with C. to be dealt with D. dealt with
【答案】A
【解析】考查不定式句型sb./sth. is adj./n. to do。该句型相当于to do sth. is adj./n.。命题人在该句型中插入了though状语，有一定的干扰。此题实际是that company is pleasant to deal with= to deal with that company is pleasant。
22.(四川卷)A great number of students said they were forced to practise the piano.
A. to question B. to be questioned C. questioned D. questioning
【答案】C
【解析】question与students存在被动关系，question表示的动作也已完成，故用过去分词。
23.(四川卷)The lawyer listened with full attention， to miss any point.
A. not trying B. trying not C. to try not D. not to try
【答案】B
【解析】句中listen和try not to miss为同时进行的动作，故用现在分词的一般式做伴随状语。又动词不定式的否定式要在其前加not.故选B。
24.(天津卷)I rained heavily in the south, _______ serious flooding in several provinces.
A. caused B. having caused C. causing D. to cause
【答案】C
【解析】空格后serious flooding是rained heavily的后果，而且句子主语it和cause之间存在主动关系，所以此处要用动词的ing形式作结果状语。句意：南方下了大雨，造成好几个省分的严重洪灾。
25.(重庆卷)The news shocked the public, to great concern about students’ safety at school.
A. having led B. led C. leading D. to lead
【答案】C
【解析】The news和lead之间是主动关系，并作shocked的伴随状语，所以用leading。句意：这个消息使公众震惊，也引起了人们对学生在校安全的关注。
26.(重庆卷)Many buildings in the city need repairing, but the one first is the library.
A. repaired B. being repaired C. repairing D. to be repaired
【答案】D
【解析】the one指代前面提到的buildings与repair是动宾关系，由前半句房屋需要修缮可知修缮这个动作发生在need之后，所以用to be repaired。
25.(浙江卷)The experiment shows that proper amounts of exercise, if __ regularly, can improve our health.
A. being carried out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
【答案】C
【解析】=if proper amounts of exercise are carried out。句意：这个实验表明合理的运动量可以促进我们的健康，如果运动量有规律的进行的话。
27.(浙江卷)The traffic rule says young children under the age of four and __ less than 40 pounds must be in a child safety seat.
A. being weighed B. to weigh C. weighed D. weighing
【答案】D
【解析】根据句子结构：主语：the traffic rule；谓语动词：says；宾语从句：young children under the age of four and ____ less than 40 pounds must be in a child safety seat。宾语从句中的主干为：young children must be in a child safety seat。under the age of four and ____ less than 40 pounds用于修饰宾语从句主语children。动词weigh与名词children是主动关系，所以选择weighing。
句意：交通法则规定四岁以下并且体重不超过四十磅的婴儿必须坐在婴儿安全座上。
29.(上海卷)I had great difficulty the suitable food on the menu in that restaurant.
A. find B. found C. to find D. finding
【答案】D
【解析】have difficulty(in)doing sth.的结构：做某事有困难。
30.(上海卷)Lucy has a great sense of humour and always keeps her colleagues_______ with her stories.
A. amused B. amusing C. to amuse D. to be amused
【答案】A
【解析】过去分词作宾语补足语。与它所修饰的her colleagues存在被动关系。（be）amused with…
31.(上海卷) the city centre, we saw a stone statue of about 10 metres in height.
A. Approaching B. Approached C. To approach D. To be approached
【答案】A
【解析】现在分词作时间状语，此时分词的逻辑主语就是主句的主语。
32.(上海卷)Thai is the only way we can imagine the overuse of water in students' bathrooms.
A. reducing B. to reduce C. reduced D. reduce
【答案】B
【解析】此处应该用不定式the way to do sth表示做……的途径、方式。the only way to do……,we can imagine 做定语，前面省略了that。
2011年
1.（新课标卷）The next thing he saw was smoke ______ from behind the house.
A. rose B. rising C. to rise D. risen
【答案】B
【解析】rise升起来和see看到这两个动作是同时发生的，因此选择进行式表示非谓语动词动作和谓语动词动作同时发生。选B。句意：接下来我们看到的是从屋子后面冒出来的烟雾。
2.（大纲卷）The island, ______ to the mainland by a bridge, is easy to go to.
A. joining B. to join C. joined D. having joined
【答案】B
【解析】join… to…表示“把……连接起来”，joined在句中是过去分词作定语，相当于定语从句which is joined…。句意：因为那个岛屿与大陆有座桥连接，所以很容易到达。
3.（大纲卷）Sarah pretended to be cheerful, ______nothing about the argument.
A. says B: said C. to say D. saying
【答案】D
【解析】A和B项是谓语动词形式，句中没有连词，故排除；C项是作目的状语的，而句中所需要的是伴随状态，故选D。句意：Sarah假装开心，对那次争论什么也没说。
4.（北京卷）It’s important for the figures _________ regularly.
A. to be updated B. to have been updated C. to update D. to have updated
【答案】A
【解析】B和D项表示发生过的某件具体的事，但句尾的regularly表示经常发生的事，故用一般现在时。for引出的逻辑主语the figures与update存在着被动关系，故选A。句意：经常更新这些数值很重要。
5.（北京卷）33. Sit down, Emma. You will only make yourself more tired, ________ on your feet.
A. to keep B. keeping C. having kept D. to have kept
【答案】B
【解析】A项to keep是表示将来。C项having kept和D项to have kept表示动作先于谓语动词发生。make yourself more tired与keeping on you feet同时进行，故选B。句意：Emma，你坐下吧。老这么站着你会累的。
6.（上海卷）It’s no use ____________ without taking action.
A. complain B. complaining C. being complained D. to be complained
【答案】B
【解析】考查固定句型。It’s no use doing sth.做某事是白费力气。句意：不去行动只是抱怨是没有用的。
7.（上海卷）The rare fish, _____ from the cooking pot, has been returned to the sea.
A. saved B. saving C. to be saved D. having saved
【答案】A
【解析】“鱼”和“救”是被动关系，排除AD选项。根据句意“鱼”已经被救起来了。用过去分词表示“被动的和完成的”。句意：这条稀有的鱼被从蒸煮的锅里救了出来，已经把它放归了大海。
8.（上海卷）At one point I made up my mind to talk to Uncle Sam. Then I changed my mind, ____ that
he could do nothing to help.
A. to realize B. realized C. realizing D. being realized
【答案】C
【解析】“I”与“realize”是主动关系，故排除BD选项。A项表示将来，不符合题意。句意：当时我决定跟山姆叔叔谈谈。接着当我意识他帮不了忙时，我就改变了主意。
9.（上海卷）Today we have chat rooms, text messaging, emailing… but we seem _____ the art of communicating face-to-face.
A. losing B. to be losing C. to be lost D. having lost
【答案】B
【解析】“seem”跟动词不定式。跟不定式的进行式表示正在进行的动作。句意：现今，我们拥有聊天室，短信，电子邮件，但是看上去我们正在丧失面对面交流的艺术。
10.（山东卷）Look over there—there’s a very long, winding path______ up to the house.
A. leading B. leads C. led D. to lead
【答案】A
【解析】leading作为path的后置定语，相当于which leads。选A。句意：看那儿，有一条长长的蜿蜒小路向上延伸到那座房子。
11.（江西卷）On receiving a phone call from his wife _____ she had a fall, Mr Gordon immediately rushed home from office.
A. says B. said C. saying D. to say
【答案】C
【解析】非谓语动词修饰phone call，前后动词的动作在同一时间发生，表主动进行用现在分词的形式。选C。句意：在接到妻子的电话说她摔倒后，Gordon先生立刻从办公室冲回家。
12.（江苏卷）Recently a survey _____ prices of the same goods in two different supermarkets has caused heated debate among citizens.
A. compared B. comparing C. compares D. being compared
13.（安徽卷）Tom asked the candy makers if they could make the chocolate easier _____ into small pieces.
A. break B. breaking C. broken D. to break
【答案】D
【解析】该句中的形容词easier为宾语补足语，相当于表语的作用，其后应该使用不定式结构，类似于It is + adj. + to do…结构，故选择D项。句意：汤姆问糖果制造商他们能否把巧克力制作地更易弄碎。
14.（浙江卷）Even the best writers sometimes find themselves ______ for words.
A. lose B. lost C. to lose D. having lost
【答案】B
【解析】lose是及物动词，ACD选项都是主动式，空格后又没有lose的宾语，故用过去分词作find themselves的宾语补足语。句意：甚至最优秀的作家有时也会发现他们难以用文字来表达自己。
15.(浙江卷) Bats are surprisingly long-lived creatures, some _________a life span of around 20 years.
A. having B had C. have D. to have
【答案】A
【解析】考查独立主格结构。had和have是谓语动词形式，题中没有连词，无法并存两个句子。to have表将来；having表伴随，因此，选A。句意：令人惊讶的是，蝙蝠是长寿的动物，有些能活20年左右。
16.（浙江卷）If they win the final tonight, the team are going to tour around the city ______ by their enthusiastic supporters.
A. being cheered B. be cheered C. to be cheered D. were cheered
【答案】C
【解析】A项being cheered正在进行；B项be cheered是谓语原形；D项were cheered也是谓语，但句中已有谓语are going to；C项to be cheered表示将来，同时也表示被动。根据语境，选C。句意：如果他们赢了今晚的决赛，队员们将会巡游全城，接受热心支持者的欢呼。
17.（福建卷）Tsinghua University, ____ in 1911,is home to a great number of outstanding figures.
A. found B. founding C. founded D. to be founded
【答案】C
【解析】Tsinghua University与found之间存在着被动关系，to be founded不定式表将来。founded过去分词表被动，也表动作已完成，故选C。句意：建于1911年的清华大学培养了一大批杰出的人士。
18.（福建卷）The difference in thickness and weight from the earlier version makes the iPad 2 more comfortable _______.
A. held B. holding C. be held D. to hold
【答案】D
【解析】在用easy, difficult, hard, comfortable等形容词构成的复合宾语时，用不定式作状语。hold与前面的the iPad2有逻辑上的动宾关系，故用主动式。因此，选D。句意：与与早期的版本厚度与重量的不同使得iPad2拿着更舒服。
19.（四川卷）Lydia doesn’t feel like_____ abroad. Her parents are old.
A. study B. studying C. studied D. to study
【答案】B
【解析】feel like doing sth.想要做某事，习惯表达法。因此选B。句意：Lydia不想去国外留学，因为她的父母年纪大了。
20.（四川卷）Simon made a big bamboo box _______ the little sick bird till it could fly.
A. keep B. kept C. keeping D. to keep
【答案】D
【解析】make a big bamboo box的目的是为了keep the little sick bird，因此选D表示目的状语。A项构成使役用法，大竹盒无生命力，不能执行这个动作；B项是谓语词，与句中made冲突；C项是伴随状语，表示made与keep同时进行。根据句意选D。句意：Simon制作了一个大竹盒来养这只生病的小鸟，直到它会飞。
21.（四川卷）_________ an important role in a new movie, Andy has a chance to become famous.
A. Offer B. Offering C. Offered D. To offer
【答案】C
【解析】offer sb. sth.(主动)提供某人某物。句中Andy与offer之间存在着被动关系，故选C。句意：Andy在一部新影片中扮演重要角色，这就有了成名的机会。
22.（辽宁卷）______ around the fire, the tourists danced with the local people.
A. Gather B. To gather C. Gathering D. To be gathering
【答案】C
【解析】Gathering around the fire为现在分词短浯作状语，表示伴随的情况。由于the tourists和Gathering之间为逻辑上的主动关系，所以选C。句意：游客们和当地人围着篝火跳起了舞蹈。
23.（天津卷）Passengers are permitted _____ only one piece of hand luggage onto the plane.
A. to carry B. carrying C. to be carried D. being carried
【答案】A
【解析】该题考查permit的固定搭配be permitted to do sth.（被允许做某事）的用法。动词不定式在permit sb. to do中作宾语补足语，但在be permitted to do中作主语补足语。可排除B、D选项。to carry是动词不定式的一般式的主动形式，而to be carried则是动词不定式一般式的被动形式。根据carry与passengers之间的主动关系可确定选项为A。句意：乘客只被允许带一件手提行李登机。
24.（天津卷）______ into English, the sentence was found to have an entirely different word order.
A. Translating B. Translated C. To translate D. Having translated
【答案】B
【解析】translating作状语，表示该动作与句子主语间的关系是主动关系，不符合本题题意；translated作状语，表示该动作与句子主语之间的关系是被动关系，符合语意及语法要求；to translate为不定式作状语，往往表示一种目的或结果状语，而having translated作状语，则强调该动作先于句子谓语动词所表示的动作发生，均不符合语境。句意：被翻译成英语时，这个句子的词序完全不同。
25.（陕西卷）Claire had luggage _______ an hour before her plane left.
A. check B. checking C. to check D. checked
【答案】D
【解析】have sth. Done“让……被做”。逻辑主语是her luggage，和check的关系是被动关系，所以选择D。句意：Claire在登机前一小时她携带的行李接受了检查。
26.（陕西卷）More highways have been built in China, ___________it much easier for people to travel form one place to another.
A. making B. made C. to make D. having made
【答案】A
【解析】空格后面是it，说明是主动关系，排除B；不能选择C的原因是to do做目的状语，不符合句意；答案选择A，表示结果。句意：中国修建了越来越多的高速公路，使得人们从一个地点到另外一个地点更加方便。
27.（重庆卷）More TV programs, according to government to officials, will be produced _______people’s concern over food safety.
A. to raise B. raising C. to have raised D. having raised
【答案】A
【解析】raising表示伴随；to have raised表示动作已发生；having raised表示动作先发生；to raise表示目的状语，事情还没有发生，是前面“将制作更多的电视节目”的目的，因此，选A。句意：据政府官员说，为了唤起人们对食品安全的关注，将制作更多的电视节目。
28.（重庆卷）Michael put up a picture of Yao Ming beside the bed to keep himself ________ of his own dreams.
A. reminding B. to remind C. reminded D. remind
【答案】C
【解析】remind和himself构成动宾关系，即remind sb of sth; 故用reminded。reminded作宾语补足
语。句意：Michael把姚明的像片挂在床边以提醒自己不要忘了自己的梦想。
29.（湖南卷）The ability _____an idea is as important as the idea itself.
A. expressing B. expressed C. to express D. to be expressed
【答案】C
【解析】express 修饰的是ability, 为主动关系，排除B和D表示被动的选项；ability作为一个抽象名词，通常使用动词不定式做定语，联系到短语be able to do sth，不难推断正确选项为C。句意：想法重要，提出想法的能力也同样重要。
30.（湖南卷）The players ______from the whole country are expected to bring us honor in this summer game .
A. selecting B. to select C. selected D. having selected
【答案】C
【解析】select修饰players, 为被动关系，只有C选项表被动。故选C。句意：人们期待着从全国各地挑选出来的运动员能在今年夏季的赛事中给我们带来荣誉。
31.（湖南卷）Do you wake up every morning __________ energetic and ready to start a new day
A. feel B. to feel C. feeling D. felt
【答案】C
【解析】wake up作句子的谓语，句中没有连词，排除谓语动词feel。to feel表将来，与wake up组成一先一后的动作关系，felt 作为过去分词表被动，与you 这个逻辑主语矛盾，故选C，feeling作伴随状语。句意：每天早上醒来后，你是否感到精力充沛，并为新的一天作好了准备？
1.—What do you do yesterday afternoon ?
—I went to the bookstore,___ some books and visited my uncle.
A. to buy B. bought C. Buy D. buying?
【答案】B
【解析】went，bought，visited是几个连续发生的动作，为谓语动词。
2.________ a pleasant, small conversation with someone you don’t know, and people will feel relaxed and enjoy your company.
A. Starting B. To start C. Start D. Having started
【答案】C
【解析】题干为“祈使句＋and＋并列句”结构，因此空白处应填动词原形。句意：和陌生人开始一段友
好而简短的谈话，人们会感到放松并乐意与你相处。
3.Shella forgot all about the dog and the TV set, ________ in the new magazine that had come in the mail.
A. deeply lost B. deeply losing C. was deeply lost D. and deeply lost
【答案】A
【解析】句意：雪莉完全忘了狗和电视，深深地沉浸于刚给她邮来的新杂志里。=who was deeply lost。
4. Can you imagine what difficulty people had this year ________against the severe natural disasters
A. fighting B. to fight C. fought D. fight
【答案】A
【解析】考查固定句式的用法。“sb. have some difficulty in doing sth.”是固定句式，意思是“某人做某事有困难”，其中的介词in 可以省略。
5.With everything she needed ，she went out of the shop.
A. bought B. to buy C. buying D. buy
【答案】A
【解析】分析句子结构可知，she needed为everything的定语从句，可忽略不管。Everything与buy之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，因此用过去分词。with everything to buy“有东西要买”，不符合句意。故选A项。
6.In common practice, an Englishman starts a conversation ________ with “What a good day！”and ________ it with phrases like “See you.” or “Bye.”
A. beginning; ending B. begins; ending C. beginning; ends D. begins; ends
【答案】C
【解析】考查非谓语动词和句子结构。beginning with “What a good day！”是分词短语作后置定语，修饰conversation；根据句中的并列连词and可知第二个空格处与前面的谓语动词starts并列，故用一般现在时。
7.—What are you going to do this evening？
—We are considering and it is considered a good idea.
A. going swimming；to be B. to go swimming；being
C. going swimming；being D. to go swimming；to be
【答案】A
【解析】 第一个consider是“考虑”的意思，后接动名词；第二个consider是“认为”的意思，后接to do(to be)。
8.—How is he getting along with his swimming？
— he’s only been learning for a week, he’s doing really well.
A. Considered B. Being considered C. To consider D. Considering
【答案】D
【解析】considering…(鉴于/考虑到……)已经成为固定用法的非谓语动词（短语）不需要遵守附着规则。
9.Almost everyone, teenagers in particular, enjoyed using text messaging, and they began to create a new language for messages ________“texting”.
A. to call B. calling C. called D. having called
【答案】C
【解析】非谓语动词形式作定语用法。language与call(称为)之间是动宾关系，因此call应使用被动式，表示“该语言被称为”，故选C项。
10.All passengers ________ injured in the accident were sent to the nearby hospital in no time.
A. to find B. being found C. to be found D. found
【答案】D
【解析】过去分词found作后置定语修饰passengers。B项表示正在进行时，C项表示将来时，都与句子的时态不相符。
11.The early warning of floods，________over the radio and on TV, spread quickly through the area.
A. having broadcast B. broadcasting C. broadcast D. to b情态动词表示说话人的语气和情绪，本身词义不全，不能单独作谓语，后面必须与动词原形一起构成谓语。情态动词没有人称和数的变化，有的情态动词有过去式。常见的情态动词有can, could, may, might, must, have to, shall, should, will, would, ought to, need, dare等。
（一）can和could
1.表示体力或脑力(知识、技能)所产生的能力。
He could read books in English when he was only five.他只有五岁的时候就会读英文书籍了。
2.表示客观的可能性
Anybody can make mistakes.任何一个人都有可能犯错误。
3.表示请求建议，用could 比 can语气更委婉 (回答用原形)
Could you be here at eight o’clock tomorrow morning 你可不可以明天上午8点钟来这儿呢？
4.表示允许、许可，用could 比 can更委婉客气。
Could/Can I borrow your reference books 我可以借用一下你的参考书吗？
1.否定句、疑问句和感叹句中，表示怀疑、惊异、不相信的态度。
Can it be true 难道这是真的？
You can't be serious! 你怕不是在开玩笑吧！
Oh, dear, what on earth can this mean 哎呀，亲爱的，这究竟是意味着什么？
2.表示“经过努力后终于能……”用be able to
The fire spread the building quickly but everybody was able to escape.
大火迅速蔓延到整幢大楼，但大家都逃了出来。
注意：be able to比can有更多的形式变化
When he grows up, he will be able to support his family.他长大后就能养家了。
Frank is ill. He hasn't been able to go to school for one week.弗兰克病了，已经一周没去上学了。
I'm sorry for not being able to help you in time.对不起，不能及时帮你的忙。
3.惯用形式“can not (can't)…too/over/enough”。表示“无论怎么……也不(过分)”，用来加强语气
You can not be too careful.你无论怎么小心都不为过（你越小心越好）。
4.can not but do sth. 不得不；只好。
I couldn’t but choose to wait.我只好选择等待。
（二）may和might
1.表示允许、请求。
“Might I…？”比“May I…？”语气更为委婉和有礼貌。对于“Might I …？”的回答用“… may”；
“May I …？”的否定回答常用“… mustn’t / can’t”
— May I watch TV after supper 晚饭后我可以看电视吗？
— Yes, you may.可以。
或No, you may not.不，不可以。
或You mustn't.绝对不可以。
2.表示可能性，表示“或许”，“大概”。用于肯定句或否定句中，用might 比 may语气更加不肯定。
He may be very busy these days.这些天也许他很忙。
He might come tomorrow.明天他也许要来的。
1.惯用形式 may (might)as well＋动词原形：不妨做……
If that is the case, we may as well try.如果情况是这样的话，我们不妨试试看。
2.表示祝愿may而不用might。采用部分倒装语序：may＋主语＋动词原形＋……！
May the friendship between our two peoples last forever! 祝愿我们两个民族的友谊源远流长！
3.may或might可和as well连用，表示“建议”，译为“还是……的为好”
You may as well keep a certain distance from that mad man. 你们还是离那疯子远点为好。
You might as well go home now.你还是现在回家为好。
（三）must和have to
1.must 表示“必须”。强调主观看法，只有现在时形式，否定式是must not/mustn’t，表示“禁止、不准”。
Everybody must obey the rules. 人人都得遵守规则。
You mustn't speak like that to your mother. 不准你那样对你母亲说话。
— Must I be home before eight o'clock 八点之前我必须回家吗？
— Yes, you must.是的，必须的。
— No, you needn't./No, you don't have to.不，没必要/不必啦。
2.must表示有把握的推测，意为“一定，肯定”，用于肯定句中。
You must be hungry after the long walk.跑了这么远的路，你一定是饿了。
Home cooking must be more delicious.家常菜一定更可口。
3.have to表示“必须，不得不”，着重强调客观需要，能用于更多时态(过去式和将来式)。
The students today will have to know how to use computers.现在的学生必须懂得如何使用电脑。
As he had his leg broken, he had to lie in bed.由于腿断了，他不得不躺在床上。
1.must 还表示主语主观的坚持，有“偏偏， 偏要，一定要”之意
If you must know how old I am, I tell you that I’m twice my son’s age.
如果你一定要知道我多大年龄的话，我告诉你我是儿子年龄的两倍。
2.must表示推测时的否定式是“can’t”翻译为“不可能”
Michael ______be a policeman, for he’s much too short.
A. needn’t B. can’t C. wouldn’t D. mustn’t
（四）will和would
1.用于各种人称，表示意愿或决心。will指现在，would则指过去
I will do my best to help you.我愿意尽力帮助你。
They said that they would help us.他们说他们愿意尽力帮助我们。
2.用于第二人称的疑问句中表示有礼貌的询问和请求，would 比 will更委婉。其 回 答 用“will”
—Would you pass me the book 请把那本书递给我，好吗？
—Yes, I will.好的。
Will you please give him a message when you see him 你见到他时给他带个口信，好吗？
3.表示习惯性、经常性、倾向性，意为“总是”，“惯于”。 will指现在，would指过去。
Fish will die without water.鱼儿离开了水会死亡的。
He would come to see me on Sunday when he was in Beijing.他在北京的时候，每逢星期日他常来看我。
The wound would not heal.伤口老是不能愈合。
would 与used to 的区别：
1.used to表示过去的某种习惯，现在已经没那样的习惯了；would 表示过去有某种习惯，不与现在对比
We would sit in the yard every evening and listen to his story. (过去会这样，不与现在对比)
We used to sit in the yard every evening and listen to his story. (过去是这样的，但现在不这样了)
2.表示过去的状态，只能用used to，不能用would
There used to be a park here.这儿过去有个公园。（言下之意：现在没有了）
（五）shall, should和ought to
1.shall用于第一、第三人称作主语的疑问句中，表示征求对方（听话者）的意见
What shall we do this evening 我们今天晚上做什么呢？
Shall he come in 他可以进来吗？
2.should 表示“应该”，表义务，责任，也可表示劝告，建议
You should keep your promise.你应该信守诺言。
3.should表示按常规、常理推测，意为“可能”或“应该”
They should arrive by one o’clock.到了一点钟，他们该回来了。
4.提出意见、请求、建议时，可用should表示委婉、谦逊的语气，意为“可”，“倒是”
I should think you are mistaken.我倒是认为你弄错了。
5.ought to表示责任和义务，意为“应该”，语气比 should强；还可表推测
You ought to obey your parents when they are right.父母亲对的时候，你就该服从他们。
You have practiced for a long time. There ought to be no difficulty for you.
你练了那么长时间了，对你来说，应该没有什么困难了。
1.shall用于第二、三人称表示“警告、命令、允诺、威胁”等
You shall fail if you don’t work harder.你不更加努力工作，你就不会成功。（警告）
You shall have the book when I finish reading.我读完了，你就可以拿走这本书。（允诺）
He shall be punished.他一定会遭到惩罚。（威胁）
2.Why/How ＋should结构表示说话人对某事不能理解、感到意外、惊异等意思，意为“竟会”。
Why should you be so late 你今天来得怎么这么晚？
How should I know 我怎会知道！(意为：我不知道。)
(六)need
need作情态动词表示“需要”，“必要”。通常用于否定句、疑问句、条件句中，且只有现在时，其他
时态用“have to”的相应形式代替
You needn't come tomorrow. 你明天没必要来了。
— Need he come now 他现在就需要来吗？
— Yes, he must. 是的，必须来。/ No, he needn't / he doesn't have to.不必啦。
1.“Must…？”一般疑问句的否定回答要用：No, …needn't.
— Must I finish my homework now 我现在就必须把作业做完了？
— No, you needn’t.不，不必啦.
2.need还可以用作行为动词，其变化和一般的动词相同。若主语为动作承受者时用动词主动形式表示被动意义或用不定式的被动形式。
We need to have a rest.我们需要休息一下。
The house needs repairing.=The house needs to be repaired.这栋房子需要修理。
(七)dare
dare作情态动词表示“敢于”，用于否定句、疑问句和条件句中。
She dare not go there.她不敢去那儿。
How dare he do such a thing 他怎么敢做重要的事呢？
If he dare come, I will kick him out. 如果他胆敢来，我就把他踢出去。
1.惯用短语“I dare say”意为“我敢说、我想、或许”。
I dare say he is right.我敢说他是对的。
2.dare还可以用作行为动词，其变化与一般动词相同。
The girl didn't dare to go home.那个女孩不敢回家。
Do you dare to jump into the ocean 跳进海洋里，你敢吗？
【注意】在否定句中时，dare后的“to＋动词原形”可以省略to。
I don't dare (to) ask her. 我不敢问她。
(八) can ,may ,must皆可用来表示推测
1.在肯定句中都可以用来表示可能。在含义上“must”语气最肯定，“may”表示的是事实上的可能性。
2.在否定句中只能用“can和may”。所以“can’t”（不可能）语气比“may not”（可能不、也许不）更强。
3.在疑问句中只能用“can”，不能用“may和must”。
①Peter ______come with us tonight, but he isn’t very sure yet.
A. must B. may C. can D. will
②Mary is in poor health. She can be ill at any times.
Michael ______be a policeman, for he’s much too short.
A. needn’t B. can’t C. should D. may
③He may be very busy now. → Can he be very busy now
He must be very busy now. → Can he be very busy now
④They can’t be cleaning the room now. 他们现在不可能在打扫房间。
注意：could ,might 表示推测时不表示时态，其推测的程度不如can ,may。
(九)情态动词+have done的用法
1.could+have done：过去本可以做而实际上未能做
You could have done better, but you didn’t try your best. 你本来能做得更好的，但你没有尽力。
2.cannot+have done：表示对过去行为的否定推测
He cannot have been to that town. 他不可能去过那个小镇。
3.can+主语+have done：（用于疑问句）表示对过去行为的怀疑或不肯定
Can he have got the book 他可能得到那本书了吗？
4.might(may)+ have done：对过去发生的行为不太肯定的推测
He may not have finished the work. 他可能没有完成工作。
If we had taken the other road, we might have arrived earlier.
如果我们走另一条路，我们可能更早地到达了。
5.must+have done：对过去发生的行为肯定的推测。其否定式为：cannot have done
You must have seen the film. 你肯定看过那部电影。
You cannot have seen the film. 你不可能看过那部电影。
6.needn’t+have done：本来不必要做的而实际上又做了
You needn’t have watered the flowers, for it is going to rain.你本没必要浇花的，因为就要下雨了。
注意：didn’t need to(have to)do :没有必要做而实际上也没有做
I didn’t need to clean the windows. My sister did it 2 hours ago.我没必要擦窗户。我姐姐两小时前刚擦过。
7.should(ought to)+ have done：本来应该做而实际上又没有做。
其否定形式表示某种行为不该发生却发生了。
You should have started earlier, but you didn’t. 你应该早点开始的，但是你没有。
She shouldn’t have taken away my measuring tape, for I wanted to use it.
他本不应该拿走我的字典的，因为我现在需要它。
（一）“if”虚拟条件句
主从句谓语动词的构成
情 况 从句谓语动词的构成 主句谓语动词的构成
与现在事实相反 过去式（be用were） should/would/could/might+动词原形
与过去事实相反 had+过去分词 should/would/could/might +have+过去分词
与将来事实相反 过去式should+动词原形were+不定式 should/would/could/might+动词原形
注意：从句中的should可用于各种人称，且不可以被would所代替。
If he were here, he would help us.如果他在这里，他会帮助我们的。
If I had been free at that time, I would have visited you.如果那时我有空的话，我就拜访你了。
If it should rain tomorrow, we would not go camping.如果明天下雨的话，我们就不去野营。
（二）省略“if”的虚拟条件句
将虚拟条件从句中的“were，had，should”放到主语之前，构成部分倒装
Should he come, tell him to ring me up.如果他来，告诉他让他给我打电话。
Were I you, I would not do it.如果我是你，我就不做。
Had I been free, I would have visited you.如果我有空的话，我就拜访你了。
（三）混合虚拟条件句
1.不同时间的虚拟，遵守相应的规则
If he had listened to me, he would not be in trouble now.
要是他听了我的话，现在就不会有麻烦了。（从句与过去事实相反，主句与现在事实相反）
If he had told me yesterday, I should know what to do now.
要是他昨天告诉我了，我就知道现在做什么了。（从句与过去事实相反，主句与现在事实相反）
If I were you, I would have gone to her birthday party.
如果我是你，我就去参加他的生日聚会了。（从句与现在事实相反，主句与过去事实相反）
2.虚拟与陈述的混合，遵守相应的规则
He could have passed the exam, but he wasn’t careful enough. 他本来能通过考试的，但他不够细心。
You should have come earlier. The bus left a moment ago. 你应该早一点来的，汽车刚走一会儿。
（四）含蓄虚拟条件句：即不用“if”而用其它形式给出虚拟条件
1.用“but for+名词”表示虚拟条件
—Did you make it at last 你们最后成功了吗？
—Yes. But for your help, it would have caused a serious loss.成功了，要不是你的帮助，我们的损失就大了。
2.用“without+名词”表示虚拟条件
Without electricity, human life would be quite different today.
如果没有电的话，人类今天的生活就会大为不同。
3.用“动词不定式”表示虚拟条件
It would be only partly right to follow in this way. 如果这样做，仅仅对了一半。
4.用“现在分词”表示虚拟条件
Having known in time ,we might have prevented the accident.
要是及时得知的话，我们也许能阻止这场事故。
5.用“过去分词”表示虚拟条件
Given more attention, the tree could have grown better.如果多留心的话，这树本来可以长的更好。
6.用“副词otherwise”表示虚拟条件
I was too busy at that time. Otherwise, I would have called you.我当时太忙，否则我就给你打电话了。
7.用“连词but连接的句子”表示隐含的虚拟条件
He _________fatter but he eats too little.
A. would become B. would have become C. must become D. must have become
【解析】答案为A。从后句“但是他吃得太少”来看，隐含着虚拟即：如果他吃得多点，就会胖些了。
（五）特殊句式虚拟结构
1.suggest, order, propose, request, require, demand, advise, insist+ 宾语从句(should )do
He suggested that we (should)not change our mind.他建议我们不要改变主意。
He insisted that he (should) go to work in the south.他坚持要到南方去工作。
注意：当suggest表示暗示，insist表示坚持观点，事实时，后接的宾语从句应当用真实语气。
His silence suggested that he agreed with my decision.他的沉默说明了他同意我的决定。
He insists that doing morning exercises does good to people’s health.他坚持认为做早操对人的身体有益。
2.It is suggested/advised/ordered/requested/required…+ that从句(should) do
It is suggested that more students should go to university.有人建议应该有更多的学生去上大学。
3.My advice/suggestion/request/requirement/order/proposal…+ is +表语从句(should)do
My advice is that you should practice speaking English as often as possible.
我的建议是有应该尽可能多地练习说英语。
4.His suggestion/advice/request/requirement…+ 同位语从句(should )do+ is..
The request that they should get more is reasonable.他们得到更多的要求是合理的。
5.It is natural/necessary/strange +that从句 (should) do表惊奇、怀疑、惋惜、不满、理应如此等。
It’s strange that he should have missed the train. 真奇怪，这样的一个人竟然是我们的朋友。（表竟然）
It is important that we should learn from others.重要的是我们理应向他人学习。（表理应如此）
It is a pity that he should not go with us.真遗憾，他不肯跟我们一起走。(表惋惜)
6.wish + that clause (did/were 与现在相反)
wish + that clause (would/could/might + do与将来相反)
wish + that clause ( had done 与过去相反)
I wish I were a doctor. 我希望我是个医生就好了。(现在)
I wish that the rain would stop. 我希望雨能停下来。(将来)
I wish that he had not made so much fuss about it. 我希望他不要把事情搞大了。(过去)
7.It is (high) time + 从句(did或should do )
It is (high) time we went/should go home. 我们真该回家了。
8.would rather + 从句 (did 与现在或将来相反)；（had done 与过去相反）
I would rather you came tomorrow. 我宁愿你现在呆在家里。
I would rather you hadn’t told her the news.我宁愿你没有把这个消息告诉她。
9.省去条件从句或主句：表示虚拟语气的主句或从句有时可以省略，但其含义仍可以推知
①省去条件从句
You could have washed your clothes yourself. 你本可以自已洗衣服的。
（省去了“If you had wanted to”，事实是：你自己没洗衣服，因为你不想洗。）
②省去主句(常用以表示愿望) If only + 从句 ( did/were与现在相反)/ (would/could/might + do与将来相反) /( had done 与过去相反) “要是……就好了”
If my grandmother were with me! 如果我的祖母与我在一起多好啊!(事实是:祖母已不在世了。)
If only she had not left! 如果她没走就好了!(事实是:她已经走了。)
If only he would come tomorrow!要是他明天能来该多好啊！
注意：only if是“只要”的意思，从句中用陈述语气。
10.as if +从句 (did/were 与现在相反) / (would/could/might + do与将来相反)/( had done 与过去相反)
I’ve loved you as if you were my relative.我一直爱你仿佛你是我的亲人。
They talked as if they had been friends for years.他们交谈起来就像是处了多年的朋友。
注意：“as if/as though”引导的状语从句中也可以用陈述语气：当说话者认为所述的是真实的或极有可能发生或存在的事实时：
It sounds as if it is raining. 听起来像是在下雨。
He talks as if he is drunk. 从他谈话的样子来看他似乎是喝醉了。
（一）情态动词
▲
①If it were not for the fact that she _______ sing, I would invite her to the party.
A. couldn’t B. shouldn’t C. can’t D. might not
【解析】
②The World Wide Web is sometimes jokingly called the World Wide Wait because it _________be very slow.
A. should B. must C. will D. can
【解析】
③We hope that as many people as possible join us for the picnic tomorrow.
A. need B. must C. should D. can
【解析】
▲
Helen _______ go on the trip with us, but she isn’t quite sure yet.
A. shall B. must C. may D. can
【解析】
▲
①—I think I’ll give Bob a ring.
—You _______. You haven’t been in touch with him for ages.
A. will B. may C. have to D. should
【解析】
②There ____ be any difficulty about passing the road test since you have practiced a lot in the driving school.
A. mustn’t B. shan’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
【解析】
▲
①—What’s the name
—Khulaifi.
—_______I spell that for you
A. Shall B. Would C. Can D. Might
【解析】
②一What does the sign over there read
一No person ________smoke or carry a lighted cigarette，cigar or pipe in this area.
A. will B. may C. shall D. must
【解析】
▲
①In crowded places like airports and railway stations, you___ take care of your luggage.
A. can B. may C. must D. will
【解析】
②—Could I have a word with you, mum
—Oh dear, if you _______.
A. can B. must C. may D. should
【解析】
▲
①—What do you think we can do for our aged parents
—You _______do anything except to be with them and be yourself.
A. don’t have to B. oughtn’t to C. mustn’t D. can’t
【解析】
②Some aspects of a pilot’s job _______be boring, and pilots often ________work at convenient hours.
A. can; have to B. may; can C. have to; may D. ought to; must
【解析】
①You be hungry already— you had lunch only two hours ago!
A. wouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. needn’t
【解析】
②There’s no light on—they ______be at home.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. needn’t D. shouldn’t
【解析】
③—I’ve take someone else’s green sweater by mistake.
—It _____ Harry’s. He always wears green.
A. has to be B. will be C. mustn’t be D. could be
【解析】
①The weather turned out to be fine yesterday. I the trouble to carry my umbrella with me.
A. should have taken B. could have taken C. needn’t have taken D. mustn’t have taken
【解析】
②As you worked late yesterday, you ______have come this morning.
A. mayn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. needn’t
【解析】
③I told your friend how to get to the hotel, but perhaps I have driven her there.
A. could B. must C. might D. should
【解析】
④—I’m sorry. I ________at you the other day.
—Forget it. I was a bit out of control myself.
A. shouldn’t shout B. shouldn’t have shouted
C. mustn’t shout D. mustn’t have shouted
【解析】
⑤—Guess what! I have got A for my term paper.
—Great! You ______read widely and put a lot of work into it.
A. must B. should C. must have D. should have
【解析】
⑥He _____ have completed his work; otherwise, he wouldn’t be enjoying himself by the seaside.
A. should B. must C. wouldn’t D. can’t
【解析】
⑦—Where is my dictionary I remember I put it here yesterday.
—You it in the wrong place.
A. must put B. should have put C. might put D. might have put
【解析】
⑧She have left school, for her bike is still here.
A. can’t B. wouldn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
【解析】
⑨Thank you for all your hard work last week. I don’t think we it without you.
A. can manage B. could have managed
C. could manage D. can have managed
【解析】
⑩He paid for a seat, when he _________ have entered free.
A. could B. would C. must D. need
【解析】
（二）虚拟语气
①If there were no subjunctive mood, English ______ much easier.
A. will be B. would have been C. could have been D. would be
【解析】
②________he had not hurt his leg, John would have won the race.
A. If B. Since C. Though D. When
【解析】
③If it _______ tomorrow, we________ put off the visit to the Yangpu Bridge.
A. rains; would have had to B. were to rain; will have to
C. should rain; would have to D. rained; should have had to
【解析】
特别注意省略“if”的虚拟条件句
④________fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.
A. Would you be B. Should you be C. Could you be D. Might you be
【解析】
⑤______for the free tickets, I would not have gone to the films so often.
A. If it is not B. Were it not C. Had it not been D. If they were not
【解析】
If Newton lived today, he would be surprised by what________in science and technology.
A. had discovered B. had been discovered C. has discovered D. has been discovered
【解析】
①They ________two free tickets to Canada, otherwise they’d never have been able to afford to go.
A. had got B. got C. have got D. get
【解析】
②But for the Party, he _______ of hunger 30 years ago.
A. would have died B. must have died C. would die D. died
【解析】
③Without the air to hold some of the sun’s heat, the earth at night__, too cold for us to live.
A. would be freezing cold B. will be freezing coldly
C. would be frozen cold D. can freeze coldly
【解析】
④Having known earlier, we __________such a thing from happening again.
A. would stopped B. should have stopped C. would have stopped D. need have stopped
【解析】
⑤— He _________ in the experiment last time. — Luckily he followed your advice.
A. failed B. was failing C. might have failed D. would have failed
【解析】
①Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it________ yesterday.
A. was happening B. happens C. has happened D. happened
【解析】
②—I’m going to see the victim’s brother.
—I’d rather you__________________.
A. didn’t B. do not C. don’t D. do
【解析】
③—Don’t you think it necessary that he _______to Miami but to New York
—I agree, but the problem is ________ he has refused to.
A. will not be sent; that B. not be sent; that
C. should not be sent; what D. should not send; what
【解析】
④I wish that you _____ such a bad headache because I’m sure that you would have enjoyed the concert.
A. hadn’t B. didn’t have had C. hadn’t had D. hadn’t have
【解析】
2009年
1. (全国卷I)What do you mean, there are only ten tickets There be twelve
A. should B. would C. will D. shall
【答案】
【解析】
2. (全国卷II) I can’t leave. She told me that I stay here until she comes back.
A. can B. must C. will D. may
【答案】
【解析】
3. (北京卷) One of the few things you ___ say about English people with certainty is that they talk a lot about the weather.
A. need B. must C. should D. can
【答案】
【解析】
4.（上海卷）It_____ have been Tom that parked the car here, as he is the only one with a car.
A. may B. can C. must D. should
【答案】
【解析】
5.This printer is of good quality. If it _______ break down within the first year, we would repair it at our expense.
A. would B. should C. could D. might
【答案】
【解析】
6.（重庆卷）—Hi, Tom. Any idea where Jane is
—She in the classroom. I saw her there just now.
A. shall be B. should have been
C. must be D. might have been
【答案】
【解析】
7.（安徽卷）Some people who don’t like to talk much are not necessarily shy；they just be quiet people.
A. must B. may C. should D. would
【答案】
【解析】
8.（安徽卷）But for their help，we the program in time.
A. can not finish B. will not finish C. had not finished D. could not have finished
【答案】
【解析】
9.（福建卷）But for the help of my English teacher, I the first prize in the English Writing Competition.
A. would not win B. would not have won C. would win D. would have won
【答案】
【解析】
10.（湖南卷）— It’s the office! So you know eating is not allowed here.
— Oh, sorry.
A. must B. will C. may D. need
【答案】
【解析】
11.（江苏卷）He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he it differently.
A. could express B. would express C. could have expressed D. must have expressed
【答案】
【解析】
12.（辽宁卷）The traffic is heavy this day, I arrive a bit late, so could you save me a place
A. can B. must C. need. D. might
【答案】
【解析】
13.（四川卷） —I don’t care what people think. —Well, you _______
A. could B. would C. should D. might
【答案】
【解析】
14.（浙江卷）The doctor recommended that you swim after eating a large meal.
A. wouldn’t B. couldn’t C. needn’t D. shouldn’t
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(全国I) Just be patient .You_____________ except the world to change so soon.
A. can’t B. needn’t C. may not D. will not
【答案】
【解析】
2.(全国II) I’m afraid Mr.Harding ____ see you now . he’s busy.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
【答案】
【解析】
3.(安徽卷) Jack descried his father, who _____a brave boy many years ago, as a strong-willed man
A. would be B. would have been C. must be D. must have been
【答案】
【解析】
4.(北京卷)—Good morning. I've got an appointment with Miss Smith in the Personnel Department.
—Ah, good morning. You be Mrs. Peters.
A. might B. must C. would D. can
【答案】
【解析】
5.(北京卷)－The weather has been very hot and dry.
－Yes. If it had rained even a drop, things would be much better now! And my vegetables .
A. wouldn't die B. didn't die C. hadn't died D. wouldn't have died
【答案】
【解析】
6.(福建卷)Teachers recommend parents their children under 12 to ride bicycles to school for safety.
A. not allow B. do not allow C. mustn’t allow D. couldn’t allow
【答案】
【解析】
7.(湖南卷)If he __________my advice, he wouldn’t have lost his job.
A. followed B. should follow C. had followed D. would follow
【答案】
【解析】
8.(湖南卷)You_________ buy a gift , but you can if you want to.
A. must B. mustn’t C. have to D. don’t have to
【答案】
【解析】
9.(江苏卷)—I haven’t got the reference book yet, but I’ll have a test on the subject next month.
—Don’t worry. You______ have it by Friday.
A. could B. shall C. must D. may
【答案】
【解析】
10.(江苏卷)George is going to talk about the geography of his country, but I’d rather he_______ more on its culture.
A. focus B. focused C. would focus D. had focused
【答案】
【解析】
11.(江西卷)I have told you the truth I keep repeating it
A. Must B. Can C. May D. Will
【答案】
【解析】
12.(辽宁卷)Doctors say that exercise is important for health, but it _______ be regular exercise.
A. can B. will C. must D. may
【答案】
【解析】
13.(山东卷)I_______ have watched that movie —it’ll give me horrible dreams.
A. shouldn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
【答案】
【解析】
14.(陕西卷)If we _ __ the other road, we might have arrived here in time for the meeting.
A. take B. had taken C. took D. have taken
【答案】
【解析】
15.(陕西卷)—May I take this book out of the reading room
—No, you . You read it in here.
A. mightn’t B. won’t C. needn’t D. mustn’t
【答案】
【解析】
16.(四川卷)— I take the book out
—I'm afraid not.
A. Will B. May C. Must D. Need
【答案】
【解析】
17.(天津卷)Mark _______ have hurried. After driving at top speed, he arrived half an hour early.
A. needn’t B. wouldn’t C. mustn’t D. couldn’t
【答案】
【解析】
18.(天津卷)－John went to the hospital alone.
－If he _______ me about it, I would have gone with him.
A. should tell B. tells C. told D. had told
【答案】
【解析】
19.(重庆卷)You park here! It’s an emergency exit.
A. wouldn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
【答案】
【解析】
20.(浙江卷) “You ____ have a wrong number,” she said. “There’s no one of that name here.”
A. need B. can C. must D. would
【答案】
【解析】
21.(浙江卷)Had I known about this computer program, a huge amount of time and energy __ .
A. would have been saved B. had been saved
C. will be saved D. was saved
【答案】
【解析】
22.(上海卷)－Sorry, Professor Smith. I didn't finish the assignment yesterday.
－Oh, you have done it as yesterday was the deadline.
A. must B. mustn't C. should D. shouldn't
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.(新课标卷) They have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed.
A. will B. can C. must D. should
【答案】
【解析】
2.(大纲卷) If you smoke, please go outside.
A. can B. should C. must D. may
【答案】
【解析】
3.（北京卷）—I don’t really like James. Why did you invite him
—Don’t worry. He come. He said he wasn’t certain what his plans were.
A. must not B. need not C. would not D. might not
【答案】
【解析】
4.（北京卷）—Where are the children The dinner’s going to be completely ruined.
—I wish they always late.
A. weren’t B. hadn’t been C. wouldn’t be D. wouldn’t have been
【答案】
【解析】
5. Maybe if I science, and not literature then, I would be able to give you more help.
A. studied B. would study C. had studied D. was studying
【答案】
【解析】
6.（天津卷）I ______ sooner but I didn’t know that they were waiting for me.
A. had come B. was coming C. would come D. would have come
【答案】
【解析】
7.I ______ worry about my weekend—I always have my plans ready before it comes.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. daren’t D. needn’t
【答案】
【解析】
8.（江苏卷）—I left my handbag on the train, but luckily someone gave it to a railway official.
—How unbelievable to get it back! I mean, someone ______ it.
A. will have stolen B. might have stolen C. should have stolen D. must have stolen
【答案】
【解析】
9.（福建卷）—Shall I inform him of the change of the schedule right now
—I am afraid you , in case he comes late for the meeting .
A. will B. must C. may D. can
【答案】
【解析】
10.（福建卷）—Pity you missed the lecture on nuclear pollution.
—I it, but I was busy preparing for a job interview.
A. attended B. had attended C. would attend D. would have attended
【答案】
【解析】
11.（安徽卷）—What do you think of store shopping in the future
—Personally, I think it will exist along with home shopping but _______.
A. will never replace B. would never replace
C. will never be replaced D. would never be replaced
【答案】
【解析】
12.（浙江卷）—How’s your new babysitter
—We ________ask for a better one. All our kids love her so much.
A. should B. might C. mustn’t D. couldn’t
【答案】
【解析】
13.（四川卷）The police still haven’t found the lost child, but they’re doing all they .
A. can B. may C. must D. should
【答案】
【解析】
14.（重庆卷）—Why didn’t you come to Simon’s party last night
— I wanted to ,but my mom simply ________ not let me out so late at night.
A. could B. might C. would D. should
【答案】
【解析】
15.（陕西卷）I________ through that bitter period without your generous help.
A. couldn’t have gone B. didn’t go C. wouldn’t go D. hadn’t gone
【答案】
【解析】
16.（陕西卷）—Will you read me a story ,Mummy
—OK. You________ have one if you go to bed as soon as possible.
A. might B. must C. could D. shall
【答案】
【解析】
17.（湖南卷）No one ________ be compared with Yao Ming in playing basketball.
A. can B. need C. must D. might
【答案】
【解析】
18.(辽宁卷) If you go, at least wait until the storm is over.
A. can B. may C. must D. will
【答案】
【解析】
19.（江西卷）It _______ be the postman at the door. It’s only six o’clock.
A. mustn’t B. can’t C. won’t D. needn’t
【答案】
【解析】
20.（江西卷）We _____John’s name on the race list yesterday but for his recent injury.
A. will put B. will have put C. would put D. would have put
【答案】
【解析】
1.—Why didn’t Alex attend the party yesterday evening
—He ________not have wanted to see me.
A. should B. might C. could D. would
【答案】
【解析】
2. —May I tell this to my close friend
—No, you ________.Never let anybody else know about it.
A. needn’t B. shouldn’t C. mustn’t D. can’t
【答案】
【解析】
3.—Mum, I am feeling tired and sleepy now.
—You ________so late last night.
A. couldn’t have stayed up B. mustn’t have stayed up
C. shouldn’t have stayed up D. needn’t have stayed up
【答案】
【解析】
4. Shopping online can save much time as you ________go to a shop or walk around crowded shopping centers.
A. don’t have to B. oughtn’t to C. won’t D. mustn’t
【答案】
【解析】
5.—Everyone in my class passed the exam.
—Oh, really？It ________difficult.
A. can’t have been B. needn’t have been C. must be D. mightn’t be
【答案】
【解析】
6.—Did you punish him for losing your digital camera
—Yes, but I don’t think I________.
A. should do that B. need to have done so
C. ought have done that D. should have done so
【答案】
【解析】
7.It ________be really cold in November in Hefei though we usually have warm and sunny days.
A. should B. will C. must D. can
【答案】
【解析】
8.The well-dressed lady was caught stealing in the fashion shop. Strangely enough, she ________have done such a thing.
A. would B. must C. should D. might
【答案】
【解析】
9.—Mary’s score on the test is the highest in her class.
—Really？She ________have studied very hard.
A. may B. ought to C. must D. should
【答案】
【解析】
10.Don’t play with the dog, Jack, for it ________be dangerous at times.
A. shall B. should C. can D. must
【答案】
【解析】
11. The purpose of education ________ be to provide students with a value system—not to prepare them for a specific job.
A. will B. should C. could D. may
【答案】
【解析】
12.—Where is Lucy
—I can’t say where she is, but she ________have gone to meet her classmates，for they want to go to Sichuan to work as volunteers.
A. can B. should C. must D. may
【答案】
【解析】
13.—Mum, would you please buy me an MP5 player
—If you can help do the dishes the whole vacation, you ________have one as a reward.
A. must B. need C. would D. shall
【答案】
【解析】
14.If human beings had been a bit less greedy and cruel, more birds and animals ________dying out.
A. ought to avoid B. could have been avoided
C. should have avoided D. might have avoided
【答案】
【解析】
15.________anyone call, please tell him I’m not free.
A. Must B. Can C. May D. Should
【答案】
【解析】
16.If you hadn’t taken such a long time to get dressed, we ________there by now.
A. would be B. are C. have been D. had been
【答案】
【解析】
17.—I didn’t attend the lecture yesterday.
—I________, either, if my mother hadn’t reminded me.
A. wouldn’t B. wouldn’t have C. didn’t D. hadn’t
【答案】
【解析】
18. Without the help of my English teacher, I ________ the first prize in the English Speaking Competition.
A. would win B. would have won C. would not win D. would not have won
【答案】
【解析】
19. —I ________ to your birthday party last Sunday.
—Unfortunately, you were out on business.
A. had come B. came C. would come D. would have come
【答案】
【解析】
20.—It's hard to believe that Jack ________ have fought with the policeman.
—Yes. If one ________ ask for trouble, it can't be helped.
A. would; will B. must; may C. should; must D. need; dare
【答案】
【解析】
21.We’re still at the airport. If it weren't for the delayed flight, we ________ the concert right now.
A. can be enjoying B. must have enjoyed
C. would be enjoying D. should have enjoyed
【答案】
【解析】
22.—Thank you for reminding me of the time, or I ________ late yesterday.
—Don’t mention it.
A. should be B. would be C. will have been D. would have been
【答案】
【解析】
23. I was totally shocked that that child ________ have said such a thing to his parents.
A. might B. could C. would D. should
【答案】
【解析】
24.—Did you hear Tom was criticized for his spelling mistakes in his English composition
—Yes, but a more careful person ________ so many mistakes.
A. wouldn’t make B. needn’t have made C. shouldn’t make D. wouldn’t have made
【答案】
【解析】
25.—He was receiving more and more attention in the company.
—So he was. But for his good education, he ________ the job.
A. will never get B. shouldn't have got C. would not have got D. mustn't have got
【答案】
【解析】
26.—Did you meet with Mr. Jackson
—________ I had come here a little earlier.
A. If only B. Only if C. But for D. For fear
【答案】
【解析】
27.The captain urged that the mission ________ before dark.
A. must be finished B. ought to be finished C. be finished D. was finished
【答案】
【解析】
28.If he ________ that he ________ to work there then, everything would be OK now.
A. insisted; be sent B. insisted; was sent C. had insisted; be sent D. had insisted; was sent
【答案】
【解析】
29.—Did you make it at last
—Yes. But for your help, it ________a serious loss.
A. would cause B. must have caused C. would have caused D. may cause
【答案】
【解析】
30.—How much of the foreign expert’s speech have you understood
—Next to nothing. I wish I ________harder at English.
A. worked B. had worked C. would work D. were working
【答案】
【解析】
31.Would you rather I _____ buying a new bike
A. decided against B. will decide against C. have decided D. shall decide against
【答案】
【解析】
32.You look so tired tonight. It is time you _____.
A. go to sleep B. went to sleep C. go to bed D. went to bed
【答案】
【解析】
33.He was very busy yesterday; otherwise, he _____ to the meeting.
A. would come B. came C. would have come D. will come
【答案】
【解析】
34.I do not have a job. I would find one but I _____ no time.
A. had B. didn’t have C. had had D. have
【答案】
【解析】
35.—It looks as if he were drunk.
—So it does. _________.
A. He’d better give up drinking B. He shouldn’t have drunk so much
C. Health is more important than drink D. I wonder why he is always doing so
【答案】
【解析】代词是高考考查的重点语法项目之一，也是考生容易出错的项目，因为代词具有较大灵活性。考生在做代词选择填空时最容易犯的错误是1）机械地套用语法规则；2）用汉语思维去分析题意。从高考考查情况看，高考考查最多的是不定代词，因为不定代词是整个代词中最为活跃的部分，其次是名词性物主代词和反身代词。
单数 复数
第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称
人称代词 主格 I you he she it we you they
宾格 me you him her it us You them
物主代词 形容词性 my your his her its our your their
名词性 mine yours his hers its ours yours theirs
反身代词 myself yourself himself herself itself ourselves yourselves themselves
指示代词 this that such these those such
相互代词 宾格 each other one another
所有格 each other’s one another’s
不定代词 可数 one each, many, (a) few ,both, another, either., neither
不可数 much, (a) little
可数不可数 any other all some
复合不定代词 anyone anybody anything somebody something someone everyone everything everybody nobody nothing
疑问代词 who whom whose which what
连接代词 who whom whose which what（参见第九讲）
关系代词 who whom whose which that（参见第十一讲）
1.人称代词
①在句中作主语用主格，在句中作宾语,则用宾格；
She teaches them physics.
②在句中作表语常用宾格；
Who is it It’s me.
但有时要用主格：It was I who told him the whole story.
在强调句型中,强调的是主语,故I用主格。
③两个或两个以上的人称代词并列时，其顺序是：
单数按2，3，1人称排列，复数按1，2，3人称顺序排列。
you, she and I ; we, you and they
2.物主代词
①形容词性物主代词只能作宾语
We love our motherland.
②名词性物主代词可用作主语,表语和宾语
Your coat is black while mine is red.
3.反身代词
①用作宾语、表语，或主语、宾语的同位语
He teaches himself Japanese every evening.（宾语）
She is not quite herself today.她今天身体不太舒服。（表语）
I myself can repair the bike.（主语的同位语）
②常用含有反身代词的惯用语归纳
by oneself= alone 独自 for oneself独立、为自己
be oneself处于正常状态,显得自然 enjoy oneself玩得愉快
seat oneself坐下 dress oneself in 给自己穿
devote oneself to专心于、献身于 help oneself to 自行取用、不用客气
come to oneself苏醒 make oneself at home 不要客气
4.指示代词
①this和that是近指, that和those 是远指
I don’t want this book. I want that one.
②有时为了避免重复，常用that/ those 来代表前面出现过的名词
At this time of year，the weather here is much colder than that in Nanjing.
③this和that都可代表前面提到过的事情,若出现两个名词,指代前面的用that指代较后面的用this；但若指下文将要叙述事情,则只能用this，不能用that。此外，还可用于代替上文中出现过个单数或不可数名词，且后面带有of短语修饰。
Health is above wealth; this cannot give so much happiness as that.
健康胜于财富;财富不会像健康那样带来那么多幸福(句中this=wealth; that=health)
They cant afford it. That/this is their problem.
What I want you to remember is this :English is of great use.(此句中this不能用that替换)
The population of Shanghai is larger than that of Suzhou.
④such的用法
such 一般在句中作定语和主语.用作定语时,它所修饰的名词前的不定冠词应放在之后。
Such is my answer.
Such are the results of the exams.
I have never seen such beautiful flowers.
用作定语时,它所修饰的名词前的不定冠词应放在such之后such a good book。
5.相互代词
①在句中可作宾语
They help each other and learn from each other.
②加’s后成为所有格,作定语
They asked about one another’s life and work.
6.不定代词
不定代词种类较多,在使用时应注意其用法与区别。为了便于记忆我们择其重点以表格的形式列出。
不定代词 区 别 例 句
one, some，any和it one可以泛指人或者事（东西），其复数为ones。 ①We’ve been looking at the houses but haven’t found ___ we like yet. A.one B.ones C.it D.them ②Cars do cause us some health problems — in fact far more serious _______ than mobile phones do. A.one B.ones C.it D.those
some可用于疑问句中，表示盼望得到肯定的答复，或者表示建议，请求等。 —Your coffee smells great! —It’s from Mexico. Would you like ________ A.it B.some C.this D.1ittle
some 和any修饰可数名词单数时，some表示某个，any表示任何一个。 ①I have read this article in some magazine. Please correct the mistakes, if any.②—Which of the three ways shall I take to the village —________way as you please.A.Each B.Every C.Any D.Either
one指同类中的一个，it指代同一种类的东西。记住下列三点区别：①it =the /this/ my…+单数名词one =a/an+单数名词②it代替特定的单数名词one代替不特定的单数名词③one之前加上定冠词the可以表示特指，one前如有形容词修饰,之前还可以加上不定冠词,但是it之前既不能加冠词也不能加形容词修饰。此外it还可以作形式主语、形式宾语和用于强调句型中。 ①—There is still a copy of the book in the library. Will you go and borrow —No, I’d rather buy in the bookstore. A.it;one B.one;one C.one;it D.it;it②This film is an interesting one.③Of all the dresses, this is the one I like best.
some多用于肯定句，any多用于疑问句和否定句。 ①There’s ________cooking oil in the house. Would you go to the corner store and get ________. A.1ittle,some B.1ittle,anyC.a little,some D.a little,any②We had three sets of garden tools and we seemed to have no use for ________.A.none B.either C.any D.each③He doesn’t have _________ furniture in his room --just an old desk.A. any B. many C. some D. much
each和every each强调个别，代表的数可以是两个或两个以上，而every强调整体，所指的数必须是三个或三个以上。 ①Each student has a pocket dictionary.Each (of us) has a dictionary.= We each have a dictionary.②Every student has strong and weak points. Every one of us has strong and weak points.
all和both both指两个人或物,而all指三个以上的人或物. 在句中都可作主语，宾语,表语,同位语和定语 ①— Which of the two books will you take — I’ll take ____and I think ____of them is very important to me.A. either; neither B. neither; both C. both; either D. either; both②—Which of those electronic dictionaries do you like most —____.They are both cheap and of great importance.A. None B. Both C. Neither D. All
注意：both, all, each, every以及由every构成的不定代词出现在否定句中，不管否定词在前还是在后，都是部分否定：All of them don’t like music=Not all of them like music.他们并不都喜欢音乐。要表示完全否定，需要借助neither，none ，no one ，nothing，nobody等。Neither of them doesn’t like music.他们俩都不喜欢音乐。None of them don’t like the music.他们都不喜欢音乐。
none和no no等于not any，作定语。none作主语或宾语，代替不可数名词，谓语用单数，代替可数名词，谓语单复数皆可。 ①There is no water in the bottle.②How much water is there in the bottle None.③None of the students are (is) afraid of difficulties.
other和another other泛指“另外的，别的”常与其他词连用，④the other day, every other week, some other reason, no other way, the other特指两者中的另外一个，复数为the others。 ①Both sides have accused of breaking the contract.A. another B. the other C. neither D. each②Two students in our class failed, but all the others passed the exam.
another指“又一个，另一个”，复数形式是others，泛指“别的人或事”。 ①We had a picnic last term and it was a lot of fun，so let’s have ______ one this month. A. the other B. some C. another D. other②The trousers are too long, please give me another pair/some others.③Some like football, while others like basketball.
either和neither 前者意思为：两者中任何一方都；后者意思为：两者都不。 ①—Do you want tea or coffee —______,I really don't mind. A. none B. neither C. either D. all②It was hard for him to learn English in a family,in which _____ of the parents spoke the language.A. none B. neither C. both D. each
few和little;a few和a little few 和little 表示没有多少，含否定意义，而a few 和a little示一些，有几个，含肯定意义。另外，few与a few修饰可数名词，little与 a little 修饰不可数名词。此外quite a few , quite a little意思是“不少,相当多的”。 ①The old man knows a little English.②Few of them can speak Russian.
7.it的用法
①用作人称代词,代替前文提到的事情。
This bike is not mine. It’s Peter’s.
②用以代替提示代词this, that
—What is this —It’s a pen.
—Whose book is that —It’s Mike’s.
③起指示代词的作用,指一个人或事物
—Who is knocking at the door —It’s me.
—Who is making such a noise. —It must be the children.
④指环境情况等。
It was very quiet at the moment.
⑤指时间，季节，天气，气候等
—What time is it —It is eight o’clock.
It often rains in summer.
⑥指距离
It is five kilometers from the office to my home.
It is a long way to the factory.
⑦作形式主语和形式宾语
当动词不定式,动名词或从句作主语时,通常把它们放在谓语之后,而用it作句子的形式主语
It is not easy to finish the work in two days.
It is not a good habit to stay up late.
It is no use crying over split milk.
It is a pity that you didn’t read the book..
当复合宾语中的宾语是不定式,动名词,宾语从句时,往往把宾语放在它的补足语后面,而用it作形式宾语,放在宾语补足语之前
I think it no use arguing with him.
I found it very interesting to study English.
He made it clear that he was not interested in this subject.
注意：see to it that…（务必）和take it for granted that…（想当然）句型中的it，以及词组make it（做事成功，搞定）中的it。
⑧用于强调结构（详见第十二讲）
要强调句子的某一部分(通常是主语,状语,宾语), 可以把it 当作先行词.这种句子的结构是 “It is(was)+被强调部分+that (who )+句子的其余部分” .如果强调的部分是人,可用who whom 代替that
I met an old friend in the park yesterday.
此句各部分被强调后句型如下：
It was I who /that met an old friend in the park yesterday.
It was an old friend who/ that/whom I met in the park yesterday.
It was in the park that I met an old friend yesterday.
It was yesterday that I met an old friend in the park.
①Our neighbors gave_ __a baby bird yesterday that hurt_ __when it fell from its nest.
A. us, it B. us, itself C. ourselves, itself D. ourselves, it
【解析】
②To save class time, our teacher has ________ students do half of the exercise in class and complete the other half for homework.
A. us B. we C. our D. ours
【解析】
Some of the stamps belong to me, while the rest are _____.
A. him and her B. his and hers C. his and her D. him and hers
【解析】
①—Who called me this morning when I was out
—A man calling ______ Robert.
A. him B. himself C. his D.不填
【解析】
②Isn’t it amazing how the human body heals ____ after an injury
A. himself B. him C. itself D. it
【解析】
①—He got his first book published. It turned out to be a bestseller.
—When was _____
—_____ was in 2000 when he was still in college.
A. that; This B. this; It C. it; This D. that; It
【解析】
②—Could you tell me how to get to Victoria Street
—Victoria Street ______ is where the Grand Theatre is.
A. Such B. There C. That D. This
【解析】
③The English spoken in the United States is only slightly different from ____ spoken in England.
A. which B. what C. that D. the one
【解析】
④Little joy can equal ________ of a surprising ending when you read stories.
A. that B. those C. any D. some
【解析】
此外指示代词“this和that”还可以用作副词修饰形容词，相当于“so”。
⑤Sometimes it was a bit boring to work there because there wasn’t always ______ much to do.
A. such B. that C. more D. very
【解析】
①If you can’t decide which of the two books to borrow, why don’t you take ______ I won’t read them this week.
A. all B. any C. either D. both
【解析】
②You may drop in or just give me a call. ______ will do.
A. Either B. Each C. Neither D. All
【解析】
③Of all the books on the desk, ______ is of any use for our study.
A. nothing B. no one C. neither D. none
【解析】
④It was hard for him to learn English in a family, in which ____ of the parents spoke the language.
A. none B. neither C. both D. each
【解析】
⑤The mayor has offered a reward of $ 5000 to ______ who can capture the tiger alive or dead.
A. both B. others C. anyone D. another
【解析】
①There’s _____ cooking oil left in the house. Would you go to the corner store and get _____
A. little; some B. little; any C. a little; some D. a little; any
【解析】
②―Would you like _____, sir
―No, thanks. I have had much.
A. some more oranges B. any more oranges C. some more orange D. any more orange
【解析】
①I’m moving to the countryside because the air there is much fresher than _____ in the city.
A. ones B. one C. that D. those
【解析】
②We’ve been looking at houses but haven’t found _____we like yet.
A. one B. ones C. it D. them
【解析】
③Cars do cause us some health problems —in fact far more serious _____ than mobile phones do.
A. one B. ones C. it D. those
【解析】
④My most famous relative of all, __________ who really left his mark on America, was Rob Sussel, my
great-grandfather.
A. one B. the one C. he D. someone
【解析】
⑤—There is still a copy of the book in the library. Will you go and borrow
—No, I’d rather buy in the bookstore.
A. it; one B. one; one C. one; it D. it; it
【解析】
①I think he’s just going to deal with this problem ______ day.
A. next B. other C. following D. another
【解析】
②No progress was made in the trade talk as neither side would accept the conditions of _____.
A. others B. the other C. either D. another
【解析】
③The manager believes prices will not rise by more than _____ four percent.
A. any other B. the other C. another D. other
【解析】
①—One week’s time has been wasted. —I can’t believe we did all that work for _____.
A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything
【解析】
②She doesn’t know anyone here. She has got ______to talk to.
A. anyone B. someone C. everyone D. no one
【解析】
③I made so many changes in my composition that only I could read it. To _____ else, it was hard to make out.
A. none B. everyone C. someone D. anyone
【解析】
④—I’d like some more cheese. —Sorry, there’s ______ left.
A. some B. none C. a little D. few
【解析】
①If I can help_______, I don't like working late into the night.
A. so B. that C. it D. them
【解析】
②I’d appreciate ____ if you would like to teach me how to use the computer.
A. that B. it C. this D. you
【解析】
数词分为两种：基数词（表示数目）和序数词（表示顺序）。
功 能 例 句
主语 Two of them are teachers.
定语 There are fifty students in our class.
宾语 Give me two.
表语 I'm eighteen now.
同位语 You may leave it to us two.
状语 This room is one-sixth larger than that one.
数词不是高考的常考点。但是除了了解数词常见的表达方式外，还有下列重点内容需要注意。
1.dozen和score的复数形式应注意以下几点：
①dozen表示：一打，十二个，score表示：二十；
②当dozen与数词，或many，several等连用时，不加“s”，所修饰的名词前常省去“of”；score则不然。
two dozen pencils两打铅笔
two score of pencils四十支铅笔
dozens of people=scores of people许多人
③当后面的名词前有"these"，“those"，“them"，" us"等词时, dozen后应加"of "。
a dozen of these people
two dozen of them
three score and ten people中不加of(七十人)
2.分数和百分数的表达
①分数由基数词和序数词合成，分子用基数词，分母用序数词，分子大于1时，分母的序数词要用复数
形式
1/3：one(a)third 2/3：two thirds three-sevenths：七分之三
特殊的表达
1/2：one(a)half 1/4：one(a)quarter／one(a)fourth 3/4：three quarters
分子与分母之间加in或out of,分子在前，分母在后，分子分母都用基数词
one in ten：十分之一 five in eight：八分之五
one out of ten：十分之一 five out of eight：八分之五
②百分数的表示法
表示百分数直接将数词放在单词percent前面即可：twenty percent=20%百分之二十。
注意：分数和百分数后面不能直接接名词或代词，而用以下形式：
分数/百分数＋of +冠词/限定词+名词/代词，其谓语动词与of后的名词在人称和数上保持一致
Two-thirds of the money was spent on food.
About seventy percent of the earth surface is covered by water.
3.序号的表示法
①单纯的序号，可在基数词前加number,简写为No.。
No.1一号
②事物名词的序号表达法有什所不同：
对于一些小序号可有序数词也可用基数词表达，形式分别为：the +序数词 + 名词；名词 + 基数词
第一次世界大战可以表示为the First World War或World War I。
对于一些大序号我们通常只用一种表达法，即名词 + 数词
501号房间表示为Room 501
538路公共汽车表示为Bus 538
可用a/the + number + 基数词 + 名词
a No.5 bus一辆五路公共汽车
the No.8 bus那辆8路公共汽车
4.大约数的表示法
①用ten, dozen, score, hundred, thousand, million等数词的复数后加of短语来表示几十、几百、上千、成千上万等大约数概念
The little boy buys dozens of pencils every term.数打铅笔
Thousands of people died in the earthquake.数千人
Every year tens of thousands of people go to work in Guangdong Province.
②用less than、under、below、almost、nearly、up to等来表示小于或接近某数目
He is good at English, so he can finish the paper in less than two hours.不到两个小时
③用more than, over, above, beyond, or more等来表示超过或多于某个数目
Peking University has a history of more than 100 years.北大有100多年的历史
④用or, or so, about, around, some, more or less等表示在某一数目左右
About 50 people were present at that time.
⑤用to, from … to…, between … and表示介于两数词
His salary rises from 20 dollars a week to 35 dollars a week.从每周20美元涨到每周35美元
注意：dozen, score, hundred, thousand, million作数词表示确切数量时，不用复数。如：three score, five dozen, seven million等。
5.年龄的表达法
用基数词表示年龄。如：The baby is one year old.
表示“在某人的几十岁”时，可用介词in+ one’s+整十位数的复数形式：
She is still in her twenties. 她才二十几岁。
但表示十多岁时用：in one’s teens
表示“一个九岁的男孩”，可以有多种表达法
a boy of nine，a boy of nine years old，a boy of nine years of age，a nine-year-old boy
注意：与基数词合成的定语，其中的名词用单数：a three-month-old baby，a five-year plan。
She went to the bookstore and bought .
A. dozen books B. dozens books C. dozen of books D. dozens of books
【解析】
①It is reported that the floods have left about people homeless.
A. two thousand B. two-thousands C. two thousands D. two thousands of
【解析】
②________people in the world are sending information by E-mail every day.
A. Several million B. Many millions C. Several millions D. Many million
【解析】
______of the land in that district______ covered with trees and grass.
A. Two fifth; is B. Two fifth; are C. Two fifths; is D. Two fifths; are
【解析】
2009年
1.(北京卷)Being a parent is not always easy, and being the parent of a child with special needs often carries
with______ extra stress.
A. it B. them C. one D. him
【答案】
【解析】
2.(江苏卷)Nine in ten parents said there were significant differences in their approach to educating their children compared with _____ of their parents.
A. those B. one C. both D. that
【答案】
【解析】
3.(辽宁卷) is the power of TV that it can make a person suddenly famous.
A. Such B. This C. That D. So
【答案】
【解析】
4.(全国I)One of the most important questions they had to consider was of public health.
A. what B. this C. that D. which
【答案】
【解析】
5.(全国II) Charles was alone at home, with _____ looking after him.
A. someone B. anyone C. not one D. no one
【答案】
【解析】
6.(全国II) The CDs are on sale！Buy one and you get ______ completely free.
A. other B. others C. one D. ones
【答案】
【解析】
7.(山东卷) I felt so bad all day yesterday that I decided this morning I couldn’t face ________ day like that.
A. other B. another C. the other D. others
【答案】
【解析】
8.(陕西卷) Jane was asked a lot of questions ,but she didn’t answer of them .
A other B any C none D some
【答案】
【解析】
9.(上海卷) —Wow! You’ve got so many clothes.
—But _____ of them are in fashion now.
A. all B. both C. neither D. none
【答案】
【解析】
10.(四川卷)I like this house with a beautiful garden in front, but I don’t have enough money to buy__________.
A. one B. it C. this D. that
【答案】
【解析】
11.(浙江卷)——I’ve read another book this week.
——Well, maybe is not how much you read but what you read that counts.
A .this B. that C. there D. it
【答案】
【解析】
12.(重庆卷)Over the past 20 years, the Internet helped change our world in _____way or another for the better.
A. any B. one C. every D. either
【答案】
【解析】
2010年
1.(全国I卷) I’ll spend half of my holiday practicing English and ___ half learning drawing.
A. another B. the other C. other’s D. other
【答案】
【解析】
2. (全国II卷12.) Neither side is prepared to talk to _____ unless we can smooth thing over between them。
A. others B. the other C. another D. one other
【答案】
【解析】
3.(全国II )The doctor thought ____ would be good for you to have a holiday.
A. this B. that C. one D. it
【答案】
【解析】
4.(安徽卷)You are the team star! Working with _________ is really your cup of tea.
A. both B. either C. others D. the other
【答案】
【解析】
5.(福建卷)When you introduce me to Mr. Johnson could you please say for me
A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing
【答案】
【解析】
6.(江西卷)Swimming is my favorite sport.There is like swimming as a means of keeping fit.
A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
【答案】
【解析】
7.(陕西卷)The cost of renting a house in central Xi’an is higher than ____ in any other area of the city.
A. that B. this C. it D. one
【答案】
【解析】
8.(四川卷)On my desk is a photo that my father took of when I was a baby.
A. him B. his C. me D. mine
【答案】
【解析】
9.(天津卷)_______ in my life impressed me so deeply as my first visit to the Palace Museum.
A. Anything B. Nothing C. Everything D. Something
【答案】
【解析】
10.(重庆卷) He had lost his temper and his health in the war and never found of them again.
A. neither B. either C. each D. all
【答案】
【解析】
11.(上海卷)If our parents do everything for us children, we won't learn to depend on
A. themselves B. them C. us D. ourselves
【答案】
【解析】
12.(辽宁卷)The fact that she was foreign made _____difficult for her to get a job in that country.
A. so B. much C. that D. it
【答案】
【解析】
13.(山东卷)Helping others is a habit, _______ you can learn even at an early age.
A. it B. that C. what D. one
【答案】
【解析】
14.(浙江卷) ______that's important is that you are doing your best and moving in the right direction.
A. One B. All C. Everything D. Anything
【答案】
【解析】
2011年
1.（大纲卷）I got this bicycle for ________ ; my friend gave it to me when she bought a new one.
A. everything B. something C. anything D. nothing
【答案】
【解析】
2.（北京卷）The employment rate has continued to rise in big cities thanks to the efforts of the local governments to increase ________.
A. them B. those C. it D. that
【答案】
【解析】
3.（上海卷） To stay awake, he finished a cup of coffee and ordered ________.
A. the other B. other C. the others D. another
【答案】C
【解析】
4.（山东卷）The two girls are so alike that strangers find ________ difficult to tell one from the other.
A. it B. them C. her D. that
【答案】
【解析】
5.（江西卷）Why don’t you bring _________ to his attention.
A. that B. it C. his D. him
【答案】
【解析】
6.（安徽卷）Surprisingly, Susan’s beautiful hair reached below her knees and made_______ almost an overcoat for her.
A. them B. her C. itself D. herself
【答案】
【解析】
7.（福建卷）We have various summer camps for your holidays, you can choose________based on your own interests.
A. either B. each C. one D. it
【答案】
【解析】
8.（四川卷）There is __________in his words. W e should have a try.
A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
【答案】
【解析】
9.（辽宁卷）—Would you like tea or coffee
—______, thank you. I’ve just had some water.
A. Either B. Both C. Any D. Neither
【答案】
【解析】
10.（天津卷）We feel __________our duty to make our country a better place.
A. it B. this C. that D. one
【答案】
【解析】
11.（陕西卷）—Would you get me a bar of chocolate from the kitchen, dear
—________one
A. Other B. Every C. Another D. More
【答案】
【解析】
12.（重庆卷）—Silly me! I forget what my luggage looks like.
—What do you think of ________over there
A. the one B. this C. it D. that
【答案】
【解析】
13.（湖南卷）I know that _________ would ever discourage him; he would never give up wanting to be a director.
A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing
【答案】
【解析】
14. Since people are fond of humor, it is as well in conversation as _______ else.
A. anything B. something C. anywhere D. somewhere
【答案】
【解析】
1.—How much vinegar did you put in the soup
—I’m sorry to say, ____. I forget.
A. no B. no one C. nothing D. none
【答案】
【解析】
2.Why don’t you bring to his attention that you are to ill to go on working
A. One B. it C. that D. this
【答案】
【解析】
3.The young mother saw her baby fall to the ground, brought her heart to her mouth.
A. it B. and which C. and that D. this
【答案】
【解析】
4.Will you see to ____ that my birds are looked after well while I’m away
A. them B. yourself C. it D. me
【答案】
【解析】
5.—Who is making so much noise in the garden
—______ the children.
A. There are B. They are C. That is D. It is
【答案】
【解析】
6.—Do you have anything in mind ____ you’d like for supper
—Well, ____ is okay with me.
A. that; anything B. which; everything C. what; whatever D. where; something
【答案】
【解析】
7.—What is the man over there
—I don’t know for sure. But I think he can be ____ but a teacher.
A. anybody B. anything C. nobody D. nothing
【答案】
【解析】
8.—Do you have _____ at home
— No, we still have to get several pounds of fruit and some tea.
A. something B. everything C. anything D. nothing
【答案】
【解析】
9.—Do you worship “The Grassland” and “The Space Dreams” by James
—I should if _____ of them were written lively.
A. either B. each C. neither D. all
【答案】
【解析】
10.Generally speaking, the effect a teacher has on children is greater than _________of their parents.
A. it B. one C. those D. that
【答案】
【解析】
11.________with any common sense can tell the difference between the two.
A. Who B. Whoever C. Anyone D. Who else
【答案】
【解析】
12.—Would you like a cup of coffee or a glass of beer
—_______ will do, but milk is ________popular with me.
A. Neither, not B. Both, more C. Either, the most D. All, the most
【答案】
【解析】
13.—That old bridge is ______ safe.
—OK, we can have another access to the village.
A. none but B. anything but C. nothing but D. something but
【答案】
【解析】
14.The teacher told us that the problem was not ________easy and that we should think ________over carefully.
A. such, it B. that, it C. such, 不填 D. that，不填
【答案】
【解析】
15.—If you want a necklace, I’ll buy one for you at once.
—Oh, no. A necklace is not ________that I need most.
A. anything B. something C. nothing D. everything
【答案】
【解析】
16.—Susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.
—Why ______ John is sitting there doing nothing.”
A. him B. he C. I D. me
【答案】
【解析】
17.She said the fun of reading books was different from of _________any other kind.
A. one B. that C. it D. those
【答案】
【解析】
18.My husband's birthday is coming. I'd like to buy him a present, _________he will always treasure.
A. one B. it C. that D. what
【答案】
【解析】
19.I'd prefer ________if you didn't smoke in front of the children.
A. you B. that C. it D. one
【答案】
【解析】
20.I didn't want __________of the two notebooks and the salesman had to show me ______.
A. either; another B. all; the others C. both; others D. neither; the others
【答案】
【解析】
21.You shouldn't take _____ for granted that your parents care much about you and do so much for you.
A. it B. that C. this D. one
【答案】
【解析】
22.A study shows people who have a pet visit the doctor less often and experience less sleeping difficulties than ______ without a four-legged friend.
A. these B. who C. those D. that
【答案】
【解析】
23.For me traveling to Antarctica proved to be the beginning of a new life,_____ I had thought I would never see.
A. what B. that C. one D. it
【答案】
【解析】
24.Even if they are on sale, these refrigerators are equal in price to, if not more expensive than, ________at the other store.
A. anyone B. the others C. that D. the ones
【答案】
【解析】
25.—What do you think of Obama’s address to the nation
—I like ________ of what he said. His success has proved that the American dream can be turned into a reality.
A. many B. few C. much D. little
【答案】
【解析】
26.The man had expected to see all his relatives when in hospital, but ________ came to see him while many of his friends offered him their help.
A. none B. no one C. someone D. anyone
【答案】
【解析】
27.It must be somebody’s, but I don’t know ________.
A. who B. which C. whose D. whom
【答案】
【解析】
28. Some warned that the step the US government has taken to cope with the current crisis is ________ much risk.
A. one of B. the one of C. the one D. that one
【答案】
【解析】
29.It is not rare in that people in fifties are going to university for further education.
A. 90s; the B. the 90s; 不填 C. 90s; their D. the 90s; their
【答案】
【解析】
30.I had thought there would be many students in the hall，but when I went in, I found .
A. none B. no one C. nobody D. nothing
【答案】
【解析】
31. seems to be a strong competition in China for senior high students to enter college or university.
A. It B. There C. What D. That
【答案】
【解析】
32.Sometimes, money is tight and on other occasions time is tight; on________ occasion, a travel is out of the
question.
A. all B. any C. either D. every
【答案】
【解析】
33.—What do you think of them
—I don’t know _____ is better, so I’ve taken _____ of them.
A. what, both B. what, none C. which, both D. which, none
【答案】
【解析】
34.These trousers are dirty and wet — I’ll change into my _____.
A. another B. trousers C. others D. other
【答案】
【解析】
35.I agree with most of what you said, but I don’t agree with ______.
A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing
【答案】
【解析】
36.—There’s coffee and tea; you can have _______.
—Thanks.
A. either B. each C. one D. it
【答案】
【解析】
37.—How many pencils would you like, Madame
—Well, I want _________of these.
A. three dozen B. three dozen of C. three dozens D. three dozens of
【答案】
【解析】
38.After 1953 ,_______ people have succeeded in climbing the mountain.
A. several hundred of B. several hundreds C. several hundreds of D. several hundred
【答案】
【解析】
39.To give students more chances to practice English, the teacher has the students sit _________.
A. in two and three B. in twos and threes C. in two or three D. in twos or threes
【答案】
【解析】
40.—Have you got everything ready for the meeting
—Not yet, we need _________.
A. three another chair B. other three chairs C. another three chairs D. more three chairs
【答案】
【解析】
